# pali

volume: 38
item: 209
title: ^vivekasuttavaṇṇanā^upaṭṭhānasuttavaṇṇanā^kassapagottasuttavaṇṇanā^sambahulasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 224^b^.^eb^ catutthe ^b^sambahulā^eb^ti bahū suttantikā  ābhidhammikā vinayadharā ca. ^b^viharantī^eb^ti satthu santike  kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā viharanti. ^b^pakkamiṃsū^eb^ti te kira tasmiṃ  janapade aññataraṃ gāmaṃ upasaṅkamante disvā manussā pasannacittā  ^a^P1.0291^ea^ āsanasālāya kojavattharaṇādīni paññāpetvā  yāgukhajjakāni datvā upanisīdiṃsu. mahāthero ekaṃ dhammakathikaṃ  ``dhammaṃ kathehī''ti āha. so cittaṃ dhammakathaṃ kathesi. manussā  pasīditvā bhojanavelāyaṃ paṇītabhojanaṃ adaṃsu. mahāthero manuññaṃ  bhattānumodanamakāsi. manussā bhiyyosomattāya pasannā ``idheva,  bhante, temāsaṃ vasathā''ti paṭiññaṃ kāretvā gamanāgamanasampanne ṭhāne  senāsanāni kāretvā catūhi paccayehi upaṭṭhahiṃsu. mahāthero  vassūpanāyikadivase bhikkhū ovadi -- ``āvuso, tumhehi garukassa  satthu santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahitaṃ, buddhapātubhāvo nāma dullabho.  māsassa aṭṭha divase dhammassavanaṃ katvā gaṇasaṅgaṇikaṃ pahāya appamattā  viharathā''ti. te tato paṭṭhāya yuñjanti ghaṭenti. kadāci  sabbarattikaṃ dhammassavanaṃ ^a^M1.0266^ea^ karonti, kadāci pañhaṃ vissajjenti, kadāci  padhānaṃ karonti. tesaṃ dhammassavanadivase dhammaṃ kathentānaṃyeva aruṇo  uggacchati. pañhāvissajjanadivase ^a^V1.0256^ea^ byatto bhikkhu pañhaṃ pucchati,  paṇḍito vissajjetīti pucchanavissajjanaṃ karontānaṃyeva. padhānadivase  sūriyatthaṅgamane gaṇḍiṃ paharitvāva caṅkamaṃ otaritvā padhānaṃ  karontānaṃyeva. te evaṃ vassaṃ vassitvā pavāretvā pakkamiṃsu. taṃ  sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^paridevamānā^eb^ti ``idāni tathārūpaṃ madhuraṃ  dhammassavanaṃ pañhākathanaṃ kuto labhissāmī''tiādīni vatvā rodamānā.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^khāyatī^eb^ti paññāyati upaṭṭhāti. ^b^ko me^eb^ti kahaṃ  ime. ^b^vajjibhūmiyā^eb^ti vajjiraṭṭhābhimukhā gatā. ^b^magā  viyā^eb^ti yathā magā tasmiṃ tasmiṃ pabbatapāde vā vanasaṇḍe vā  vicarantā -- ``idaṃ amhākaṃ mātusantakaṃ pitusantakaṃ  paveṇiāgata''nti agahetvā, yattheva nesaṃ gocaraphāsutā ca hoti  paripanthābhāvo ca, tattha vicaranti. evaṃ aniketā agehā  bhikkhavopi ``ayaṃ, āvuso, amhākaṃ ācariyupajjhāyānaṃ santako  paveṇiāgato''ti agahetvā yattheva nesaṃ utusappāyaṃ bhojanasappāyaṃ  puggalasappāyaṃ senāsanasappāyaṃ dhammassavanasappāyañca sulabhaṃ hoti,  tattha viharanti. catutthaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 210
title:
  vivekasuttavaṇṇanā^upaṭṭhānasuttavaṇṇanā^kassapagottasuttavaṇṇanā^sambahulasuttavaṇṇanā^ānandasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 225^b^.^eb^ pañcame ^a^P1.0292^ea^ ^b^ānando^eb^ti  dhammabhaṇḍāgārikatthero. ^b^ativela^eb^nti atikkantaṃ velaṃ.  ^b^gihisaññattibahulo^eb^ti rattiñca divā ca bahukālaṃ gihī  saññāpayanto. bhagavati parinibbute mahākassapatthero theraṃ āha --  ``āvuso, mayaṃ rājagahe vassaṃ upagantvā dhammaṃ saṅgāyissāma, gaccha  tvaṃ araññaṃ pavisitvā uparimaggattayatthāya vāyāmaṃ karohī''ti. so  bhagavato pattacīvaramādāya kosalaraṭṭhaṃ gantvā ekasmiṃ araññāvāse  vasitvā punadivase ekaṃ gāmaṃ pāvisi. manussā theraṃ disvā --  ``bhante ānanda, tumhe pubbe satthārā saddhiṃ āgacchatha. ajja  ekakāva āgatā. kahaṃ satthāraṃ ṭhapetvā āgatattha? idāni kassa  pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā vicaratha? kassa mukhodakaṃ dantakaṭṭhaṃ detha, pariveṇaṃ  sammajjatha, vattapaṭivattaṃ karothā''ti bahuṃ vatvā parideviṃsu. thero --  ``mā, āvuso, socittha, mā ^a^M1.0267^ea^ paridevittha, aniccā  saṅkhārā''tiādīni vatvā te saññāpetvā bhattakiccāvasāne  vasanaṭṭhānameva gacchati. manussā sāyampi tattha gantvā tatheva  paridevanti. theropi tatheva ovadati. taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ.  ^b^ajjhabhāsī^eb^ti ^a^V1.0257^ea^ ``ayaṃ thero bhikkhusaṅghassa kathaṃ sutvā  `samaṇadhammaṃ karissāmī'ti araññaṃ pavisitvā idāni gihī  saññāpento viharati, satthu sāsanaṃ asaṅgahitapuppharāsi viya ṭhitaṃ,  dhammasaṅgahaṃ na karoti, codessāmi na''nti cintetvā abhāsi.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^pasakkiyā^eb^ti pavisitvā. ^b^hadayasmiṃ opiyā^eb^ti  kiccato ca ārammaṇato ca hadayamhi pakkhipitvā. ``nibbānaṃ  pāpuṇissāmī''ti vīriyaṃ karonto nibbānaṃ kiccato hadayamhi  opeti nāma, nibbānārammaṇaṃ pana samāpattiṃ appetvā nisīdanto  ārammaṇato. tadubhayampi sandhāyesā bhāsati. ^b^jhāyā^eb^ti dvīhi  jhānehi jhāyiko bhava. ^b^biḷibiḷikā^eb^ti ayaṃ gihīhi saddhiṃ  biḷibiḷikathā. pañcamaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 211
title:
  upaṭṭhānasuttavaṇṇanā^kassapagottasuttavaṇṇanā^sambahulasuttavaṇṇanā^ānandasuttavaṇṇanā^anuruddhasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 226^b^.^eb^ chaṭṭhe ^a^P1.0293^ea^  ^b^purāṇadutiyikā^eb^ti anantare attabhāve aggamahesī.  ^b^sobhasī^eb^ti pubbepi sobhasi, idānipi sobhasi.  ^b^duggatā^eb^ti na gatiduggatiyā duggatā. tā hi sugatiyaṃ ṭhitā  sampattiṃ anubhavanti, paṭipattiduggatiyā pana duggatā. tato cutā hi  tā nirayepi upapajjantīti duggatā. ^b^patiṭṭhitā^eb^ti sakkāyasmiṃ  hi patiṭṭhahanto aṭṭhahi kāraṇehi patiṭṭhāti -- ratto rāgavasena  patiṭṭhāti, duṭṭho dosavasena... mūḷho mohavasena... vinibaddho  mānavasena... parāmaṭṭho diṭṭhivasena... thāmagato anusayavasena...  aniṭṭhaṅgato vicikicchāvasena... vikkhepagato uddhaccavasena patiṭṭhāti.  tāpi evaṃ patiṭṭhitāva. ^b^naradevāna^eb^nti devanarānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^natthi dānī^eb^ti sā kira devadhītā there balavasinehā  ahosi, paṭigantuṃ nāsakkhi. kālena āgantvā pariveṇaṃ sammajjati,  mukhodakaṃ dantakaṭṭhaṃ pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhapeti. thero  anāvajjanena paribhuñjati. ekasmiṃ divase therassa jiṇṇacīvarassa  coḷakabhikkhaṃ carato saṅkārakūṭe dibbadussaṃ ṭhapetvā pakkami. thero taṃ  disvā ukkhipitvā, olokento dussantaṃ ^a^M1.0268^ea^ disvā ``dussameta''nti  ñatvā, ``alaṃ ettāvatā''ti aggahesi. tenevassa cīvaraṃ niṭṭhāsi.  atha dve aggasāvakā anuruddhatthero cāti tayo janā cīvaraṃ kariṃsu.  satthā sūciṃ yojetvā ^a^V1.0258^ea^ adāsi. niṭṭhitacīvarassa piṇḍāya carato  devatā piṇḍapātaṃ samādapeti. sā kālena ekikā, kālena  attadutiyā therassa santikaṃ āgacchati. tadā pana attatatiyā  āgantvā divāṭṭhāne theraṃ upasaṅkamitvā -- ``mayaṃ manāpakāyikā  nāma manasā icchiticchitarūpaṃ māpemā''ti āha. thero -- ``etā  evaṃ vadanti, vīmaṃsissāmi, sabbā nīlakā hontū''ti cintesi.  tā therassa manaṃ ñatvā sabbāva nīlavaṇṇā ahesuṃ, evaṃ  pītalohitaodātavaṇṇāti. tato cintayiṃsu -- ``thero amhākaṃ  dassanaṃ assādetī''ti tā samajjaṃ kātuṃ āraddhā, ekāpi gāyi,  ekāpi nacci, ekāpi accharaṃ pahari. thero indriyāni okkhipi.  tato -- ``na amhākaṃ dassanaṃ thero assādetī''ti ñatvā sinehaṃ  vā santhavaṃ vā alabhamānā nibbinditvā gantumāraddhā. thero tāsaṃ  gamanabhāvaṃ ñatvā -- ``mā ^a^P1.0294^ea^ punappunaṃ  āgacchiṃsū''ti arahattaṃ byākaronto imaṃ gāthamāha. tattha  ^b^vikkhīṇo^eb^ti khīṇo. ^b^jātisaṃsāro^eb^ti tattha tattha  jātisaṅkhāto saṃsāro. chaṭṭhaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 212
title:
  kassapagottasuttavaṇṇanā^sambahulasuttavaṇṇanā^ānandasuttavaṇṇanā^anuruddhasuttavaṇṇanā^nāgadattasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 227^b^.^eb^ sattame ^b^atikālenā^eb^ti sabbarattiṃ  niddāyitvā balavapaccūse koṭisammuñjaniyā thokaṃ sammajjitvā mukhaṃ  dhovitvā yāgubhikkhāya pātova pavisati. ^b^atidivā^eb^ti yāguṃ  ādāya āsanasālaṃ gantvā pivitvā ekasmiṃ ṭhāne nipanno  niddāyitvā -- ``manussānaṃ bhojanavelāya paṇītaṃ bhikkhaṃ  labhissāmī''ti upakaṭṭhe majjhanhike uṭṭhāya dhammakaraṇena udakaṃ gahetvā  akkhīni pamajjitvā piṇḍāya caritvā yāvadatthaṃ bhuñjitvā majjhanhike  vītivatte paṭikkamati. ^b^divā ca āgantvā^eb^ti atikāle paviṭṭhena  nāma aññehi bhikkhūhi paṭhamataraṃ āgantabbaṃ hoti, tvaṃ pana ativiya  divā āgantvā gatāsīti attho. ^b^bhāyāmi nāgadatta^eb^nti taṃ  nāgadattaṃ ahaṃ bhāyāmi. ^b^suppagabbha^eb^nti suṭṭhu pagabbhaṃ.  ^b^kulesū^eb^ti khattiyakulādiupaṭṭhākakulesu. sattamaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 213
title:
  sambahulasuttavaṇṇanā^ānandasuttavaṇṇanā^anuruddhasuttavaṇṇanā^nāgadattasuttavaṇṇanā^kulagharaṇīsuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 228^b^.^eb^ aṭṭhame ^a^M1.0269^ea^ ^b^ajjhogāḷhappatto^eb^ti ogāhappatto.  so kira satthu santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā ^a^V1.0259^ea^ taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ pavisitvā  dutiyadivase gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi pāsādikehi abhikkantādīhi.  aññataraṃ kulaṃ tassa iriyāpathe pasīditvā pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā  piṇḍapātaṃ adāsi. bhattānumodanaṃ puna sutvā atirekataraṃ pasīditvā,  ``bhante, niccakālaṃ idheva bhikkhaṃ gaṇhathā''ti nimantesi. thero  adhivāsetvā tesaṃ āhāraṃ paribhuñjamāno vīriyaṃ paggayha ghaṭento  arahattaṃ patvā cintesi -- ``bahūpakāraṃ me etaṃ kulaṃ, aññattha gantvā  kiṃ karissāmī''ti? phalasamāpattisukhaṃ anubhavanto tattheva vasi.  ^b^ajjhabhāsī^eb^ti sā kira therassa khīṇāsavabhāvaṃ ajānantī  ^a^P1.0295^ea^ cintesi -- ``ayaṃ thero neva aññaṃ gāmaṃ  gacchati, na aññaṃ gharaṃ, na rukkhamūlāasanasālādīsu nisīdati,  niccakālaṃ gharaṃ pavisitvāva nisīdati, ubhopete ogādhappattā  paṭigādhappattā, kadāci esa imaṃ kulaṃ dūseyya, codessāmi na''nti.  tasmā abhāsi.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^saṇṭhāne^eb^ti nagaradvārassa āsanne manussānaṃ bhaṇḍakaṃ  otāretvā vissamanaṭṭhāne. ^b^saṅgammā^eb^ti samāgantvā.  ^b^mantentī^eb^ti kathenti. ^b^mañca tañcā^eb^ti mañca kathenti  tañca kathenti. ^b^kimantara^eb^nti kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? ^b^bahū hi saddā  paccūhā^eb^ti bahukā ete lokasmiṃ paṭilomasaddā. ^b^na tenā^eb^ti  tena kāraṇena, tena vā tapassinā na maṅku hotabbaṃ. ^b^na hi  tenā^eb^ti na hi tena parehi vuttavacanena satto kilissati, attanā  katena pana pāpakammeneva kilissatīti dasseti. ^b^vātamigo  yathā^eb^ti yathā vane vātamigo vāteritānaṃ paṇṇādīnaṃ saddena  paritassati, evaṃ yo saddaparittāsī hotīti attho. ^b^nāssa  sampajjate vata^eb^nti tassa lahucittassa vataṃ na sampajjati. thero pana  khīṇāsavattā sampannavatoti veditabbo. aṭṭhamaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 214
title:
  ānandasuttavaṇṇanā^anuruddhasuttavaṇṇanā^nāgadattasuttavaṇṇanā^kulagharaṇīsuttavaṇṇanā^vajjiputtasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 229^b^.^eb^ navame ^b^vajjiputtako^eb^ti vajjiraṭṭhe rājaputto  chattaṃ pahāya pabbajito. ^b^sabbaratticāro^eb^ti kattikanakkhattaṃ  ghosetvā sakalanagaraṃ dhajapaṭākādīhi ^a^M1.0270^ea^ paṭimaṇḍetvā pavattito  sabbaratticāro. idañhi nakkhattaṃ yāva cātumahārājikehi ekābaddhaṃ  hoti. ^b^tūriyatāḷitavāditanigghosasadda^eb^nti bheriāditūriyānaṃ  tāḷitānaṃ vīṇādīnañca vāditānaṃ nigghosasaddaṃ. ^b^abhāsī^eb^ti  vesāliyaṃ kira satta rājasahassāni sattasatāni satta ca rājāno,  tattakāva tesaṃ uparājasenāpatiādayo ^a^V1.0260^ea^. tesu alaṅkatapaṭiyattesu  nakkhattakīḷanatthāya vīthiṃ otiṇṇesu saṭṭhihatthe mahācaṅkame  caṅkamamāno nabhassa majjhe ṭhitaṃ candaṃ disvā caṅkamanakoṭiyaṃ phalakaṃ  nissāya ṭhito abhāsi. ^b^apaviddhaṃva^eb^ ^a^P1.0296^ea^  ^b^vanasmiṃ dāruka^eb^nti vatthaveṭhanālaṅkārarahitattā vane chaḍḍitadārukaṃ  viya jātaṃ. ^b^pāpiyo^eb^ti lāmakataro amhehi añño koci  atthi. ^b^pihayantī^eb^ti thero āraññiko paṃsukūliko  piṇḍapātiko sapadānacāriko appiccho santuṭṭhoti bahū tuyhaṃ  patthayantīti attho. ^b^saggagāmina^eb^nti saggaṃ gacchantānaṃ  gatānampi. navamaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 215
title:
  anuruddhasuttavaṇṇanā^nāgadattasuttavaṇṇanā^kulagharaṇīsuttavaṇṇanā^vajjiputtasuttavaṇṇanā^sajjhāyasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 230^b^.^eb^ dasame ^b^yaṃ suda^eb^nti nipātamattaṃ.  ^b^sajjhāyabahulo^eb^ti nissaraṇapariyattivasena sajjhāyanato bahutaraṃ  kālaṃ sajjhāyanto. so kira ācariyassa divāṭṭhānaṃ sammajjitvā  ācariyaṃ udikkhanto tiṭṭhati. atha naṃ āgacchantaṃ disvāva  paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā paññattāsane nisinnassa  tālavaṇṭavātaṃ datvā pānīyaṃ āpucchitvā pāde dhovitvā telaṃ makkhetvā  vanditvā ṭhito uddesaṃ gahetvā yāva sūriyatthaṅgamā sajjhāyaṃ karoti.  so nhānakoṭṭhake udakaṃ upaṭṭhapetvā aṅgārakapalle aggiṃ karoti.  ācariyassa nhatvā āgatassa pādesu udakaṃ puñchitvā piṭṭhiparikammaṃ  katvā vanditvā uddesaṃ gahetvā paṭhamayāme sajjhāyaṃ katvā majjhimayāme  sarīraṃ samassāsetvā pacchimayāme uddesaṃ gahetvā yāva aruṇuggamanā  sajjhāyaṃ katvā niruddhasaddaṃ khayato sammasati. tato sesaṃ  upādāyarūpaṃ bhūtarūpaṃ nāmarūpanti pañcasu khandhesu vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā  arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. ^b^appossukko^eb^ti uddesaggahaṇe ca  sajjhāyakaraṇīye ca nirussukko. ^b^saṅkasāyatī^eb^ti yassa dāni  atthāya ahaṃ sajjhāyaṃ kareyyaṃ, so me attho matthakaṃ ^a^M1.0271^ea^ patto. kiṃ me  idāni sajjhāyenāti phalasamāpattisukhena kālaṃ ativatteti.  ^b^ajjhabhāsī^eb^ti, ``kiṃ nu kho assa therassa aphāsukaṃ jātaṃ,  udāhussa ācariyassa? kena nu kho kāraṇena pubbe viya  madhurassarena na sajjhāyatī''ti? āgantvā santike ṭhitā abhāsi.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^dhammapadānī^eb^ti idha sabbampi buddhavacanaṃ adhippetaṃ ^a^P1.0297^ea^.  ^b^nādhīyasī^eb^ti na sajjhāyasi. nādiyasīti vā  pāṭho, na gaṇhāsīti attho. ^b^pasaṃsa^eb^nti dhammabhāṇako pasaṃsaṃ  labhati, ābhidhammiko ^a^V1.0261^ea^ suttantiko vinayadharotissa pasaṃsitā bhavanti.  ^b^virāgenā^eb^ti ariyamaggena. ^b^aññāyā^eb^ti jānitvā.  ^b^nikkhepana^eb^nti tassa diṭṭhasutādino vissajjanaṃ santo vadantīti  dīpeti, na buddhavacanassa. ettāvatā ``thero buddhavacanaṃ na  vissajjāpetī''ti na niccakālaṃ sajjhāyanteneva bhavitabbaṃ,  sajjhāyitvā pana -- ``ettakassāhaṃ atthassa vā dhammassa vā  ādhāro bhavituṃ samattho''ti ñatvā vaṭṭadukkhassa antakiriyāya  paṭipajjitabbaṃ. dasamaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 216
title:
  nāgadattasuttavaṇṇanā^kulagharaṇīsuttavaṇṇanā^vajjiputtasuttavaṇṇanā^sajjhāyasuttavaṇṇanā^akusalavitakkasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 231^b^.^eb^ ekādasame ^b^akusale vitakke^eb^ti  kāmavitakkādayo tayo mahāvitakke. ^b^ayoniso manasikārā^eb^ti  anupāyamanasikārena. ^b^so^eb^ti so tvaṃ. ^b^ayoniso  paṭinissajjā^eb^ti etaṃ anupāyamanasikāraṃ vajjehi. ^b^satthāra^eb^nti  imāya gāthāya pāsādikakammaṭṭhānaṃ katheti.  ^b^pītisukhamasaṃsaya^eb^nti ekaṃseneva balavapītiñca sukhañca  adhigamissasi. ekādasamaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 217
content: [03] 232^b^.^eb^ dvādasame yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ devatāsaṃyutte nandanavagge vuttameva. dvādasamaṃ.
title:
  kulagharaṇīsuttavaṇṇanā^vajjiputtasuttavaṇṇanā^sajjhāyasuttavaṇṇanā^akusalavitakkasuttavaṇṇanā^majjhanhikasuttavaṇṇanā


volume: 38
item: 218
content: [03] 233^b^.^eb^ terasamaṃ devaputtasaṃyutte jantudevaputtasutte vitthāritameva. terasamaṃ.
title:
  vajjiputtasuttavaṇṇanā^sajjhāyasuttavaṇṇanā^akusalavitakkasuttavaṇṇanā^majjhanhikasuttavaṇṇanā^pākatindriyasuttavaṇṇanā


volume: 38
item: 219
title:
  sajjhāyasuttavaṇṇanā^akusalavitakkasuttavaṇṇanā^majjhanhikasuttavaṇṇanā^pākatindriyasuttavaṇṇanā^gandhatthenasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 234^b^.^eb^ cuddasame ^a^M1.0272^ea^ ^b^ajjhabhāsī^eb^ti taṃ bhikkhuṃ nāḷe  gahetvā padumaṃ siṅghamānaṃ disvāva -- ``ayaṃ bhikkhu satthu santike  kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā samaṇadhammaṃ kātuṃ araññaṃ ^a^P1.0298^ea^ paviṭṭho  gandhārammaṇaṃ upanijjhāyati, svāyaṃ ajja upasiṅghaṃ svepi  punadivasepi upasiṅghissati, evamassa sā gandhataṇhā vaḍḍhitvā  diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaṃ atthaṃ nāsessati, mā mayi passantiyā  nassatu, codessāmi na''nti upasaṅkamitvā abhāsi.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^ekaṅgametaṃ^eb^ ^a^V1.0262^ea^ ^b^theyyāna^eb^nti thenitabbānaṃ rūpārammaṇādīnaṃ  pañcakoṭṭhāsānaṃ idaṃ ekaṅgaṃ, ekakoṭṭhāsoti attho. ^b^na  harāmī^eb^ti na gahetvā gacchāmi. ^b^ārā^eb^ti dūre nāḷe gahetvā  nāmetvā dūre ṭhito upasiṅghāmīti vadati. ^b^vaṇṇenā^eb^ti  kāraṇena.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^yvāya^eb^nti yo ayaṃ. tasmiṃ kira devatāya saddhiṃ  kathenteyeva eko tāpaso otaritvā bhisakhananādīni kātuṃ āraddho,  taṃ sandhāyevamāha. ^b^ākiṇṇakammanto^eb^ti evaṃ aparisuddhakammanto.  akhīṇakammantotipi pāṭho, kakkhaḷakammantoti attho. ^b^na  vuccatī^eb^ti gandhacoroti vā pupphacoroti vā kasmā na vuccati.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^ākiṇṇaluddo^eb^ti bahupāpo gāḷhapāpo vā, tasmā na  vuccati. ^b^dhāticelaṃva makkhito^eb^ti yathā dhātiyā  nivatthakiliṭṭhavatthaṃ uccārapassāvapaṃsumasikaddamādīhi makkhitaṃ, evamevaṃ  rāgadosādīhi makkhito. ^b^arahāmi vattave^eb^ti arahāmi vattuṃ.  devatāya codanā kira sugatānusiṭṭhisadisā, na taṃ lāmakā  hīnādhimuttikā micchāpaṭipannakapuggalā labhanti. tasmiṃ pana  attabhāve maggaphalānaṃ bhabbarūpā puggalā taṃ labhanti, tasmā evamāha. <br/><br/>[01] ^b^sucigavesino^eb^ti sucīni sīlasamādhiñāṇāni  gavesantassa. ^b^abbhāmattaṃ vā^eb^ti valāhakakūṭamattaṃ viya.  ^b^jānāsī^eb^ti suddho ayanti jānāsi. ^b^vajjāsī^eb^ti  vadeyyāsi. ^b^neva taṃ upajīvāmā^eb^ti devatā kira cintesi --  ``ayaṃ bhikkhu atthi me hitakāmā devatā, sā maṃ codessati  sāressatīti ^a^M1.0273^ea^ pamādampi anuyuñjeyya, nāssa ^a^P1.0299^ea^ vacanaṃ  sampaṭicchissāmī''ti. tasmā evamāha. ^b^tvamevā^eb^ti tvaṃyeva.  ^b^jāneyyā^eb^ti jāneyyāsi. ^b^yenā^eb^ti yena kammena sugatiṃ  gaccheyyāsi, taṃ kammaṃ tvaṃyeva jāneyyāsīti. cuddasamaṃ. <br/><br/>[06] iti sāratthappakāsiniyā<br/><br/>[03] saṃyuttanikāya-aṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] vanasaṃyuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 38
item: 220
title: akusalavitakkasuttavaṇṇanā^majjhanhikasuttavaṇṇanā^yakkhasaṃyuttaṃ^^indakasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 235^b^.^eb^ yakkhasaṃyuttassa ^a^V1.0263^ea^ ^a^M1.0274^ea^ paṭhame ^a^P1.0300^ea^  ^b^indakassā^eb^ti indakūṭanivāsino yakkhassa. yakkhato hi  kūṭena, kūṭato ca yakkhena nāmaṃ laddhaṃ. ^b^rūpaṃ na jīvanti  vadantī^eb^ti yadi buddhā rūpaṃ jīvanti na vadanti, yadi rūpaṃ satto  puggaloti evaṃ na vadantīti attho. ^b^kathaṃ nvaya^eb^nti kathaṃ nu  ayaṃ? ^b^kutassa aṭṭhīyakapiṇḍametī^eb^ti assa sattassa  aṭṭhiyakapiṇḍañca kuto āgacchati? ettha ca aṭṭhiggahaṇena tīṇi  aṭṭhisatāni, yakapiṇḍaggahaṇena nava maṃsapesisatāni gahitāni. yadi  rūpaṃ na jīvo, athassa imāni ca aṭṭhīni imā ca maṃsapesiyo kuto  āgacchantīti pucchati. ^b^kathaṃ nvayaṃ sajjati gabbharasmi^eb^nti kena  nu kāraṇena ayaṃ satto mātukucchismiṃ sajjati laggati, tiṭṭhatīti?  puggalavādī kiresa yakkho, ``ekappahāreneva satto mātukucchismiṃ  nibbattatī''ti gahetvā gabbhaseyyakasattassa mātā macchamaṃsādīni  khādati, sabbāni ekarattivāsena pacitvā pheṇaṃ viya vilīyanti.  yadi rūpaṃ satto na bhaveyya, evameva vilīyeyyāti laddhiyā evamāha.  athassa bhagavā -- ``na mātukucchismiṃ ekappahāreneva nibbattati,  anupubbena pana vaḍḍhatī''ti dassento ^b^paṭhamaṃ kalalaṃ  hotī^eb^tiādimāha. tattha ^b^paṭhama^eb^nti paṭhamena  paṭisandhiviññāṇena saddhiṃ tissoti vā phussoti vā nāmaṃ natthi,  atha kho tīhi jātiuṇṇaṃsūhi katasuttagge saṇṭhitatelabinduppamāṇaṃ  kalalaṃ hoti, yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ -- <br/><br/>[21] ``tilatelassa yathā bindu, sappimaṇḍo anāvilo. <br/><br/>[22] evaṃ vaṇṇappaṭibhāgaṃ, kalalaṃ sampavuccatī''ti..<br/><br/>[03] ^b^kalalā^eb^ ^a^V1.0264^ea^ ^a^P1.0301^ea^ ^b^hoti abbuda^eb^nti tasmā  kalalā sattāhaccayena maṃsadhovanaudakavaṇṇaṃ abbudaṃ nāma hoti,  kalalanti nāmaṃ antaradhāyati. vuttampi cetaṃ -- <br/><br/>[21] ``sattāhaṃ kalalaṃ hoti, paripakkaṃ samūhataṃ. <br/><br/>[22] vivaṭṭamānaṃ tabbhāvaṃ, abbudaṃ nāma jāyatī''ti..<br/><br/>[03] ^b^abbudā^eb^ ^a^M1.0275^ea^ ^b^jāyate pesī^eb^ti tasmāpi abbudā sattāhaccayena  vilīnatipusadisā pesi nāma sañjāyati. sā maricaphāṇitena  dīpetabbā. gāmadārikā hi supakkāni maricāni gahetvā sāṭakante  bhaṇḍikaṃ katvā pīḷetvā maṇḍaṃ ādāya kapāle pakkhipitvā ātape  ṭhapenti, taṃ sukkhamānaṃ sabbabhāgehi muccati. evarūpā pesi hoti,  abbudanti nāmaṃ antaradhāyati. vuttampi cetaṃ -- <br/><br/>[21] ``sattāhaṃ abbudaṃ hoti, paripakkaṃ samūhataṃ. <br/><br/>[22] vivaṭṭamānaṃ tabbhāvaṃ, pesi nāma pajāyatī''ti..<br/><br/>[03] ^b^pesi nibbattatī ghano^eb^ti tato pesito sattāhaccayena  kukkuṭaṇḍasaṇṭhāno ghano nāma maṃsapiṇḍo nibbattati, pesīti nāmaṃ  antaradhāyati. vuttampi cetaṃ -- <br/><br/>[21] ``sattāhaṃ pesi bhavati, paripakkaṃ samūhataṃ. <br/><br/>[22] vivaṭṭamānaṃ tabbhāvaṃ, ghanoti nāma jāyati.. <br/><br/>[21] ``yathā kukkuṭiyā aṇḍaṃ, samantā parimaṇḍalaṃ. <br/><br/>[22] evaṃ ghanassa saṇṭhānaṃ, nibbattaṃ kammapaccayā''ti..<br/><br/>[03] ^b^ghanā pasākhā jāyantī^eb^ti pañcame sattāhe dvinnaṃ  hatthapādānaṃ sīsassa catthāya pañca pīḷakā jāyanti, yaṃ sandhāyetaṃ  vuttaṃ ``pañcame, bhikkhave, sattāhe pañca pīḷakā saṇṭhahanti  kammato''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ito ^a^V1.0265^ea^ paraṃ chaṭṭhasattamādīni sattāhāni atikkamma desanaṃ  saṅkhipitvā dvācattālīse sattāhe pariṇatakālaṃ gahetvā dassento  ^b^kesā^eb^tiādimāha. tattha ^b^kesā lomā nakhāpi cā^eb^ti  dvācattālīse sattāhe etāni jāyanti. <br/><br/>[01] ^b^tena so tattha yāpetī^eb^ti tassa hi nābhito  uṭṭhito nāḷo mātu udarapaṭalena ekābaddho hoti, so uppaladaṇḍako  viya chiddo, tena āhāraraso saṃsaritvā āhārasamuṭṭhānarūpaṃ samuṭṭhāpeti.  evaṃ so dasa māse yāpeti. ^b^mātukucchigato naro^eb^ti mātuyā  tirokucchigato, kucchiyā abbhantaragatoti attho. iti bhagavā  ^a^M1.0276^ea^ ``evaṃ kho, yakkha, ayaṃ satto anupubbena mātukucchiyaṃ vaḍḍhati, na  ekappahāreneva nibbattatī''ti dasseti. paṭhamaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 221
title: majjhanhikasuttavaṇṇanā^yakkhasaṃyuttaṃ^^indakasuttavaṇṇanā^sakkanāmasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 236^b^.^eb^ dutiye ^a^P1.0302^ea^ ^b^sakkanāmako^eb^ti  evaṃ nāmako eko yakkho, so kira mārapakkhikayakkho.  ^b^vippamuttassā^eb^ti tīhi bhavehi vippamuttassa. ^b^yadañña^eb^nti  yaṃ aññaṃ. ^b^vaṇṇenā^eb^ti kāraṇena. ^b^saṃvāso^eb^ti ekato  vāso, sakkhidhammo mittadhammoti attho. ^b^sappañño^eb^ti supañño  sambuddho. dutiyaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 222
title: yakkhasaṃyuttaṃ^^indakasuttavaṇṇanā^sakkanāmasuttavaṇṇanā^sūcilomasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 237^b^.^eb^ tatiye ^b^gayāya^eb^nti gayāgāme, gayāya  avidūre niviṭṭhagāmaṃ upanissāyāti attho. ^b^ṭaṅkitamañce^eb^ti  dīghamañce pādamajjhe vijjhitvā aṭaniyo pavesetvā katamañce. tassa  ``idaṃ upari, idaṃ heṭṭhā''ti natthi, parivattetvā atthatopi tādisova  hoti, taṃ devaṭṭhāne ṭhapenti. catunnaṃ pāsāṇānaṃ upari pāsāṇaṃ  attharitvā katagehampi ``ṭaṅkitamañco''ti vuccati.  ^b^sūcilomassā^eb^ti kathinasūcisadisalomassa. so kira  kassapassa bhagavato sāsane pabbajitvā dūraṭṭhānato āgato  sedamalaggahitena gattena supaññattaṃ saṅghikamañcaṃ anādarena  apaccattharitvā nipajji, tassa parisuddhasīlassa taṃ kammaṃ suddhavatthe  kāḷakaṃ viya ahosi. so tasmiṃ attabhāve visesaṃ nibbattetuṃ  asakkonto kālaṃkatvā gayāgāmadvāre saṅkāraṭṭhāne yakkho hutvā nibbatti.  nibbattamattasseva cassa sakalasarīraṃ kathinasūcīhi  gavicchivijjhitaṃ viya jātaṃ. <br/><br/>[01] athekadivasaṃ ^a^V1.0266^ea^ bhagavā paccūsasamaye lokaṃ olokento taṃ  yakkhaṃ paṭhamāvajjanasseva āpāthaṃ āgataṃ disvā -- ``ayaṃ ekaṃ  buddhantaraṃ mahādukkhaṃ anubhavi. kiṃ nu khvāssa maṃ āgamma  sotthikāraṇaṃ bhaveyyā''ti? āvajjento ^a^M1.0277^ea^ paṭhamamaggassa upanissayaṃ  addasa. athassa saṅgahaṃ kātukāmo surattadupaṭṭaṃ nivāsetvā  sugatamahācīvaraṃ pārupitvā devavimānakappaṃ gandhakuṭiṃ pahāya  hatthigavāssamanussakukkurādikuṇapaduggandhaṃ saṅkāraṭṭhānaṃ gantvā tattha  mahāgandhakuṭiyaṃ viya nisīdi. taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ``sūcilomassa  yakkhassa bhavane''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^kharo^eb^ti ^a^P1.0303^ea^ suṃsumārapiṭṭhi viya  chadaniṭṭhakāhi visamacchadanapiṭṭhi viya ca kharasarīro. so kira  kassapasammāsambuddhakāle sīlasampanno upāsako ekadivase vihāre  cittattharaṇādīhi atthatāya bhūmiyā saṅghike attharaṇe attano  uttarāsaṅgaṃ apaccattharitvā nipajji. saṅghikaṃ telaṃ abhājetvā  attano uttarāsaṅgaṃ apaccattharitvā nipajji. saṅghikaṃ telaṃ  abhājetvā attano hatthehi sarīraṃ makkhesītipi vadanti. so tena  kammena sagge nibbattituṃ asakkonto tasseva gāmassa dvāre saṅkāraṭṭhāne  yakkho hutvā nibbatti. nibbattamattassa cassa sakalasarīraṃ  vuttappakāraṃ ahosi. te ubhopi sahāyā jātā. iti kharassa  kharabhāvo veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^avidūre atikkamantī^eb^ti gocaraṃ pariyesantā samāgamaṭṭhānaṃ  vā gacchantā āsanne ṭhāne gacchanti. tesu sūcilomo satthāraṃ na  passati, kharalomo paṭhamataraṃ disvā sūcilomaṃ yakkhaṃ etadavoca --  ^b^``eso samaṇo''^eb^ti, samma, esa tava bhavanaṃ pavisitvā  nisinno eko samaṇoti. ^b^neso samaṇo, samaṇako eso^eb^ti  so kira yo maṃ passitvā bhīto palāyati, taṃ samaṇakoti vadati.  yo na bhāyati, taṃ samaṇoti. tasmā ``ayaṃ maṃ disvā bhīto  palāyissatī''ti maññamāno evamāha.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^kāyaṃ upanāmesī^eb^ti bheravarūpaṃ nimminitvā mahāmukhaṃ  vivaritvā sakalasarīre lomāni uṭṭhāpetvā kāyaṃ upanāmesi.  ^b^apanāmesī^eb^ti ratanasatikaṃ suvaṇṇagghanikaṃ viya thokaṃ  apanāmesi. ^b^pāpako^eb^ti lāmako amanuñño. so gūthaṃ viya  aggi viya kaṇhasappo viya ca parivajjetabbo, na iminā  suvaṇṇavaṇṇena sarīrena sampaṭicchitabbo. evaṃ vutte pana sūcilomo  ``pāpako kira me samphasso''ti kuddho ^b^pañhaṃ taṃ,  samaṇā^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^cittaṃ vā te khipissāmī^eb^ti yesañhi  amanussā cittaṃ ^a^M1.0278^ea^ khipitukāmā honti, tesaṃ setamukhaṃ nīlodaraṃ  surattahatthapādaṃ ^a^V1.0267^ea^ mahāsīsaṃ pajjalitanettaṃ bheravaṃ vā attabhāvaṃ nimminitvā  dassenti, bheravaṃ vā saddaṃ sāventi, kathentānaṃyeva vā mukhe hatthaṃ  pakkhipitvā hadayaṃ maddanti, tena te sattā ummattakā honti  khittacittā. taṃ sandhāyevamāha. ^b^pāragaṅgāyā^eb^ti dvīsu pādesu  gahetvā ^a^P1.0304^ea^ taṃ āviñchetvā yathā na punāgacchasi, evaṃ  pāraṃ vā gaṅgāya khipissāmīti vadati. ^b^sadevake^eb^tiādi  vuttatthameva. ^b^puccha yadākaṅkhasī^eb^ti yaṃkiñci ākaṅkhasi, taṃ  sabbaṃ puccha, asesaṃ te byākarissāmīti sabbaññupavāraṇaṃ pavāreti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^kutonidānā^eb^ti kiṃnidānā, kiṃpaccayāti attho?  ^b^kumārakā dhaṅkamivossajantī^eb^ti yathā kumārakā kākaṃ gahetvā  ossajanti khipanti, evaṃ pāpavitakkā kuto samuṭṭhāya cittaṃ  ossajantīti pucchati?<br/><br/>[03] ^b^itonidānā^eb^ti ayaṃ attabhāvo nidānaṃ etesanti ito  nidānā. ^b^itojā^eb^ti ito attabhāvato jātā. ^b^ito  samuṭṭhāya manovitakkā^eb^ti yathā dīghasuttakena pāde baddhaṃ kākaṃ  kumārakā tassa suttapariyantaṃ aṅguliyaṃ veṭhetvā ossajanti, so dūraṃ  gantvāpi puna tesaṃ pādamūleyeva patati, evameva ito attabhāvato  samuṭṭhāya pāpavitakkā cittaṃ ossajanti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^snehajā^eb^ti taṇhāsinehato jātā. ^b^attasambhūtā^eb^ti  attani sambhūtā. ^b^nigrodhasseva khandhajā^eb^ti nigrodhakhandhe jātā  pārohā viya. ^b^puthū^eb^ti bahū anekappakārā pāpavitakkā  taṃsampayuttakilesā ca. ^b^visattā^eb^ti laggā laggitā.  ^b^kāmesū^eb^ti vatthukāmesu. ^b^māluvāva vitatā vane^eb^ti yathā  vane māluvā latā yaṃ rukkhaṃ nissāya jāyati, taṃ mūlato yāva  aggā, aggato yāva mūlā punappunaṃ saṃsibbitvā ajjhottharitvā  otatavitatā tiṭṭhati. evaṃ vatthukāmesu puthū kilesakāmā visattā,  puthū vā sattā tehi kilesakāmehi vatthukāmesu visattā. ^b^ye naṃ  pajānantī^eb^ti ye ``attasambhūtā''ti ettha vuttaṃ attabhāvaṃ jānanti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^yatonidāna^eb^nti ^a^M1.0279^ea^ yaṃ nidānamassa attabhāvassa tañca  jānanti. ^b^te naṃ vinodentī^eb^ti te evaṃ attabhāvasaṅkhātassa  dukkhasaccassa nidānabhūtaṃ samudayasaccaṃ maggasaccena vinodenti.  ^b^te duttara^eb^nti te samudayasaccaṃ nīharantā idaṃ duttaraṃ kilesoghaṃ  taranti. ^b^atiṇṇapubba^eb^nti anamatagge saṃsāre supinantepi na  tiṇṇapubbaṃ. ^b^apunabbhavāyā^eb^ti apunabbhavasaṅkhātassa  nirodhasaccassatthāya. iti ^a^V1.0268^ea^ imāya gāthāya cattāri saccāni  pakāsento arahattanikūṭena ^a^P1.0305^ea^ desanaṃ niṭṭhapesi.  desanāvasāne sūcilomo tasmiṃyeva padese ṭhito desanānusārena ñāṇaṃ  pesetvā sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhito. sotāpannā ca nāma na  kiliṭṭhattabhāve tiṭṭhantīti saha phalapaṭilābhenassa sarīre  setakaṇḍupīḷakasūciyo sabbā patitā. so dibbavatthanivattho  dibbavaradukūluttarāsaṅgo dibbaveṭhanaveṭhito dibbābharaṇagandhamāladharo  suvaṇṇavaṇṇo hutvā bhummadevatāparihāraṃ paṭilabhīti. tatiyaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 223
title: ^indakasuttavaṇṇanā^sakkanāmasuttavaṇṇanā^sūcilomasuttavaṇṇanā^maṇibhaddasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 238^b^.^eb^ catutthe ^b^sukhamedhatī^eb^ti, sukhaṃ paṭilabhati.  ^b^suve seyyo^eb^ti suve suve seyyo, niccameva seyyoti attho.  ^b^verā na parimuccatī^eb^ti ahaṃ satimāti ettakena verato na muccati.  ^b^yassā^eb^ti yassa arahato. ^b^ahiṃsāyā^eb^ti karuṇāya ceva  karuṇāpubbabhāge ca. ^b^mettaṃso^eb^ti so mettañceva mettāpubbabhāgañca  bhāveti. atha vā ^b^aṃso^eb^ti koṭṭhāso vuccati. mettā aṃso  etassāti mettaṃso. idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti -- yassa arahato sabbakālaṃ  ahiṃsāya rato mano, yassa ca sabbabhūtesu mettākoṭṭhāso atthi, tassa  kenaci puggalena saddhiṃ veraṃ nāma natthi yakkhāti. catutthaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 224
title:
  indakasuttavaṇṇanā^sakkanāmasuttavaṇṇanā^sūcilomasuttavaṇṇanā^maṇibhaddasuttavaṇṇanā^sānusuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 239^b^.^eb^ pañcame ^b^yakkhena gahito hotī^eb^ti so  kira tassā upāsikāya ekaputtako. atha naṃ sā daharakāleyeva  pabbājesi. so pabbajitakālato paṭṭhāya sīlavā ahosi  vattasampanno, ācariyupajjhāyāagantukādīnaṃ ^a^M1.0280^ea^ vattaṃ katameva hoti,  māsassa aṭṭhamīdivase pāto vuṭṭhāya udakamāḷake udakaṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā  dhammassavanaggaṃ sammajjitvā dīpaṃ jāletvā madhurassarena dhammassavanaṃ  ghoseti. bhikkhū tassa thāmaṃ ñatvā ``sarabhāṇaṃ bhaṇa, sāmaṇerā''ti  ajjhesanti. so ``mayhaṃ hadayavāto rujati, kāso vā bādhatī''ti  kiñci paccāhāraṃ akatvā dhammāsanaṃ ^a^P1.0306^ea^ abhiruhitvā  ākāsagaṅgaṃ otārento viya sarabhāṇaṃ vatvā otaranto -- ``mayhaṃ  mātāpitūnampi imasmiṃ sarabhaññe pattī''ti vadati. tassa manussā  mātāpitaro pattiyā dinnabhāvaṃ na jānanti. anantarattabhāve panassa  mātā yakkhinī jātā. sā devatāhi saddhiṃ āgatā ^a^V1.0269^ea^, dhammaṃ sutvā --  ``sāmaṇerena dinnapattiṃ anumodāmi, tātā''ti vadati. sīlasampannā  ca nāma bhikkhū sadevakassa lokassa piyā hontīti tasmiṃ sāmaṇere  devatā salajjā sagāravā mahābrahmaṃ viya aggikkhandhaṃ viya ca naṃ  maññanti. sāmaṇere gāravena taṃ yakkhiniṃ garuṃ katvā passanti.  dhammassavanayakkhasamāgamādīsu ``sānumātā sānumātā''ti  yakkhiniyā aggāsanaṃ aggodakaṃ aggapiṇḍaṃ denti. mahesakkhāpi  yakkhā taṃ disvā maggā okkamanti, āsanā vuṭṭhahanti.<br/><br/>[03] atha kho sāmaṇero vuḍḍhimanvāya paripakkindriyo  anabhiratipīḷito anabhiratiṃ vinodetuṃ asakkonto parūḷhakesanakho  kiliṭṭhanivāsanapārupano kassaci anārocetvā pattacīvaramādāya  ekakova mātu gharaṃ gato. upāsikā puttaṃ disvā, vanditvā āha --  ``tāta, tvaṃ pubbe ācariyupajjhāyehi vā daharasāmaṇerehi vā saddhiṃ  idhāgacchasi. kasmā ekakova ajja āgato''ti? so  ukkaṇṭhitabhāvaṃ ārocesi. saddhā upāsikā nānappakārena gharāvāse  ādīnavaṃ dassetvā puttaṃ ovadamānāpi taṃ saññāpetuṃ asakkontī,  ``appeva nāma attano dhammatāyapi sallakkhessatī''ti anuyojetvāva  -- ``tiṭṭha, tāta, yāva te yāgubhattaṃ sampādemi, yāguṃ pivitvā  katabhattakiccassa te manāpāni vatthāni nīharitvā dassāmī''ti vatvā  āsanaṃ paññāpetvā adāsi. nisīdi sāmaṇero. upāsikā  muhutteneva yāgukhajjakaṃ sampādetvā adāsi. tato ``bhattaṃ  sampādessāmī''ti avidūre nisinnā taṇḍule dhovati. tasmiṃ samaye  sā yakkhinī ``kahaṃ nu kho sāmaṇero? kiñci bhikkhāhāraṃ  labhati ^a^M1.0281^ea^, udāhu no''ti? āvajjamānā tassa vibbhamitukāmatāya  nisinnabhāvaṃ ñatvā, ``mā heva kho me devatānaṃ antare lajjaṃ  uppādeyya, gacchāmissa ^a^P1.0307^ea^ vibbhamane antarāyaṃ  karomī''ti āgantvā sarīre adhimuccitvā gīvaṃ parivattetvā bhūmiyaṃ  pātesi. so akkhīhi viparivattehi kheḷena paggharantena bhūmiyaṃ  vipphandati. tena vuttaṃ ``yakkhena gahito hotī''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^abhāsī^eb^ti upāsikā puttassa taṃ vippakāraṃ disvā vegena  gantvā puttaṃ āliṅgetvā ūrūsu nipajjāpesi. sakalagāmavāsino  āgantvā balikammādīni karonti. upāsikā paridevamānā imā  gāthāyo abhāsi.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^pāṭihāriyapakkhañcā^eb^ti manussā ``aṭṭhamīuposathassa  paccuggamanañca anuggamanañca karissāmā''ti ^a^V1.0270^ea^ sattamiyāpi navamiyāpi  uposathaṅgāni samādiyanti, cātuddasīpannarasīnaṃ paccuggamanānuggamanaṃ  karontā terasiyāpi pāṭipadepi samādiyanti, ``vassāvāsassa  anuggamanaṃ karissāmā''ti dvinnaṃ pavāraṇānaṃ antare aḍḍhamāsaṃ  nibaddhuposathikā bhavanti. idaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ  ``pāṭihāriyapakkhañcā''ti. ^b^aṭṭhaṅgasusamāgata^eb^nti aṭṭhaṅgehi suṭṭhu  samāgataṃ, sampayuttanti attho. ^b^brahmacariya^eb^nti seṭṭhacariyaṃ.  ^b^na te hi yakkhā kīḷantī^eb^ti na te gahetvā yakkhā kilamenti.<br/><br/>[03] puna ^b^cātuddasi^eb^nti imāya gāthāya sāmaṇerassa kāye  adhimuttā yakkhinī āha. ^b^āvi vā yadi vā raho^eb^ti  kassaci sammukhe vā parammukhe vā. ^b^pamutyatthī^eb^ti pamutti  atthi. ^b^uppaccāpī^eb^ti uppatitvāpi. sacepi sakuṇo viya  uppatitvā palāyasi, tathāpi te mokkho natthīti vadati. evañca  pana vatvā sāmaṇeraṃ muñci. sāmaṇero akkhīni ummīlesi, mātā  kese pakiriya assasantī passasantī rodati. so ``amanussena  gahitomhī''ti na jānāti. olokento pana ``ahaṃ pubbe pīṭhe  nisinno. mātā me avidūre nisīditvā taṇḍule dhovati. idāni  panamhi bhūmiyaṃ ^a^P1.0308^ea^ nisinno, mātāpi me assasantī  passasantī rodati, sakalagāmavāsinopi sannipatitā. kiṃ nu kho  eta''nti? nipannakova ^b^mataṃ vā ammā^eb^ti gāthamāha.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^kāme^eb^ ^a^M1.0282^ea^ ^b^cajitvānā^eb^ti duvidhepi kāme pahāya.  ^b^punarāgacchate^eb^ti vibbhamanavasena āgacchati. ^b^puna jīvaṃ mato  hi so^eb^ti uppabbajitvā puna jīvantopi so matakova, tasmā tampi  rodantīti vadati.<br/><br/>[03] idānissa gharāvāse ādīnavaṃ dassentī  ^b^kukkuḷā^eb^tiādimāha. tattha ^b^kukkuḷā^eb^ti gharāvāso kira  uṇhaṭṭhena kukkuḷā nāma hoti. ^b^kassa ujjhāpayāmase^eb^ti --  ``abhidhāvatha, bhaddaṃ te hotū''ti evaṃ vatvā -- ``yaṃ tvaṃ  vibbhamitukāmo yakkhena pāpito, imaṃ vippakāraṃ kassa mayaṃ  ujjhāpayāma nijjhāpayāma ārocayāmā''ti vadati. ^b^puna  ḍayhitumicchasī^eb^tiādittagharato nīhaṭabhaṇḍaṃ viya gharā nīharitvā  buddhasāsane pabbajito puna mahāḍāhasadise gharāvāse ḍayhituṃ icchasīti  attho. so mātari kathentiyā kathentiyā sallakkhetvā hirottappaṃ  paṭilabhitvā, ``natthi mayhaṃ gihibhāvena attho''ti āha. athassa  mātā ``sādhu, tātā''ti tuṭṭhā ^a^V1.0271^ea^ paṇītabhojanaṃ bhojetvā, ``kati  vassosi, tātā''ti pucchi. paripuṇṇavassomhi upāsiketi.  ``tena hi, tāta, upasampadaṃ karohī''ti cīvarasāṭake adāsi. so  ticīvaraṃ kārāpetvā upasampanno buddhavacanaṃ uggaṇhanto tepiṭako hutvā  sīlādīnaṃ āgataṭṭhāne taṃ taṃ pūrento nacirasseva arahattaṃ patvā  mahādhammakathiko hutvā vīsavassasataṃ ṭhatvā sakalajambudīpaṃ khobhetvā  parinibbāyi. pañcamaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 225
title:
  sakkanāmasuttavaṇṇanā^sūcilomasuttavaṇṇanā^maṇibhaddasuttavaṇṇanā^sānusuttavaṇṇanā^piyaṅkarasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 240^b^.^eb^ chaṭṭhe ^b^jetavane^eb^ti jetavanassa paccante  kosambakakuṭi nāma atthi, tattha viharati. ^b^dhammapadānī^eb^ti  idha pāṭiyekkaṃ saṅgahaṃ āruḷhā chabbīsativaggā tanti adhippetā  ^a^P1.0309^ea^. tatra thero tasmiṃ samaye antovihāre nisinno  madhurassarena sarabhaññaṃ katvā appamādavaggaṃ bhāsati. ^b^evaṃ  tosesī^eb^ti sā kira puttaṃ piyaṅkaraṃ aṅkenādāya jetavanassa  pacchimabhāgato paṭṭhāya gocaraṃ pariyesantī anupubbena nagarābhimukhī  hutvā uccārapassāvakheḷasiṅghāṇikadubbhojanāni pariyesamānā therassa  vasanaṭṭhānaṃ patvā madhurassaraṃ assosi. tassā so saddo  chaviādīni chetvā ^a^M1.0283^ea^ aṭṭhimiñjaṃ āhacca hadayaṅgamanīyo hutvā aṭṭhāsi.  athassā gocarapariyesane cittampi na uppajji, ohitasotā dhammameva  suṇantī ṭhitā. yakkhadārakassa pana daharatāya dhammassavane cittaṃ  natthi. so jighacchāya pīḷitattā, ``kasmā ammā gatagataṭṭhāne  khāṇuko viya tiṭṭhasi? na mayhaṃ khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā  pariyesasī''ti punappunaṃ mātaraṃ codeti. sā ``dhammassavanassa me  antarāyaṃ karotī''ti puttakaṃ ``mā saddaṃ kari, piyaṅkarā''ti evaṃ  tosesi. tattha ^b^mā saddaṃ karī^eb^ti saddaṃ mā kari.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^pāṇesu cā^eb^ti gāthāya sā attano dhammatāya samādiṇṇaṃ  pañcasīlaṃ dasseti. tattha ^b^saṃyamāmase^eb^ti saṃyamāma saṃyatā homa.  iminā pāṇātipātā virati gahitā, dutiyapadena musāvādā  virati, tatiyapadena sesā tisso viratiyo. ^b^api muccema  pisācayoniyā^eb^ti api nāma yakkhaloke uppannāni pañca verāni  pahāya, yoniso paṭipajjitvā imāya chātakadubbhikkhāya  pisācayakkhayoniyā muccema, tātāti vadati. chaṭṭhaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 226
title:
  sūcilomasuttavaṇṇanā^maṇibhaddasuttavaṇṇanā^sānusuttavaṇṇanā^piyaṅkarasuttavaṇṇanā^punabbasusuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 241^b^.^eb^ sattame ^a^V1.0272^ea^ ^b^tena kho pana samayenā^eb^ti  katarasamayena? sūriyassa atthaṅgamanasamayena. tadā kira bhagavā  pacchābhatte mahājanassa dhammaṃ desetvā mahājanaṃ uyyojetvā nhānakoṭṭhake  nhatvā gandhakuṭipariveṇe paññattavarabuddhāsane puratthimalokadhātuṃ  olokayamāno nisīdi. athekacārikadvicārikādayo  paṃsukūlikapiṇḍapātikabhikkhū attano ^a^P1.0310^ea^ attano  vasanaṭṭhānehi nikkhamitvā āgamma dasabalaṃ vanditvā rattasāṇiyā  parikkhipamānā viya nisīdiṃsu. atha nesaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ viditvā  satthā nibbānapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ dhammakathaṃ kathesi.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^evaṃ tosesī^eb^ti sā kira dhītaraṃ aṅkenādāya puttaṃ  aṅguliyā gahetvā jetavanapiṭṭhiyaṃ pākāraparikkhepasamīpe  uccārapassāvakheḷasiṅghāṇikaṃ pariyesamānā anupubbena  jetavanadvārakoṭṭhakaṃ sampattā. bhagavato ca, ``ānanda, pattaṃ āhara,  cīvaraṃ āhara, vighāsādānaṃ dānaṃ dehī''ti kathentassa saddo samantā  dvādasahatthamattameva gaṇhāti. dhammaṃ desentassa ^a^M1.0284^ea^ sacepi  cakkavāḷapariyantaṃ katvā parisā nisīdati, yathā parisaṃ gacchati,  bahiparisāya ekaṅgulimattampi na niggacchati, ``mā akāraṇā  madhurasaddo nassī''ti. tatrāyaṃ yakkhinī bahiparisāya ṭhitā saddaṃ na  suṇāti, dvārakoṭṭhake ṭhitāya panassā mahatiyā buddhavīthiyā abhimukhe  ṭhitā gandhakuṭi paññāyi. sā nivāte dīpasikhā viya buddhagāravena  hatthakukkuccādirahitaṃ niccalaṃ parisaṃ disvā -- ``nūna mettha kiñci  bhājanīyabhaṇḍaṃ bhavissati, yato ahaṃ sappitelamadhuphāṇitādīsu  kiñcideva pattato vā hatthato vā paggharantaṃ bhūmiyaṃ vā pana patitaṃ  labhissāmī''ti antovihāraṃ pāvisi. dvārakoṭṭhake avaruddhakānaṃ  nivāraṇatthāya ṭhitā ārakkhadevatā yakkhiniyā upanissayaṃ disvā  na nivāresi. tassā saha parisāya ekībhāvagamanena madhurassaro  chaviādīni chinditvā aṭṭhimiñjaṃ āhacca aṭṭhāsi. taṃ  dhammassavanatthāya niccalaṃ ṭhitaṃ purimanayeneva puttakā codayiṃsu. sā  ``dhammassavanassa me antarāyaṃ karontī''ti puttake ^b^tuṇhī  uttarike hohī^eb^ti evaṃ tosesi.<br/><br/>[03] tattha ^b^yāvā^eb^ti yāva dhammaṃ suṇāmi, tāva tuṇhī hohīti  attho. ^b^sabbaganthappamocana^eb^nti nibbānaṃ āgamma sabbe ganthā  pamuccanti, tasmā taṃ sabbaganthappamocananti vuccati.  ^b^ativelā^eb^ti velātikkantā pamāṇātikkantā. ^b^piyāyanā^eb^ti  magganā patthanā. ^b^tato piyatara^eb^nti yā ^a^V1.0273^ea^ ayaṃ assa dhammassa  magganā patthanā, idaṃ mayhaṃ tato piyataranti attho. piyatarāti vā  pāṭho. ^b^pāṇina^eb^nti yathā ^a^P1.0311^ea^ pāṇīnaṃ dukkhā  moceti. ke mocetīti? pāṇineti āharitvā vattabbaṃ. ^b^yaṃ  dhammaṃ abhisambuddha^eb^nti, yaṃ dhammaṃ bhagavā abhisambuddho.  ^b^tuṇhībhūtāyamuttarā^eb^ti na kevalaṃ ahameva, ayaṃ me bhaginī  uttarāpi tuṇhībhūtāti vadati. ^b^saddhammassa anaññāyā^eb^ti, amma,  mayaṃ pubbepi imaṃ saddhammameva ajānitvā idāni idaṃ  khuppipāsādidukkhaṃ anubhavantā dukkhaṃ carāma viharāma.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^cakkhumā^eb^ti pañcahi cakkhūhi  cakkhumā. dhammaṃ desentoyeva bhagavā parisaṃ sallakkhayamāno tassā  yakkhiniyā ceva yakkhadārakassa ca sotāpattiphalassa upanissayaṃ  disvā desanaṃ vinivaṭṭetvā catusaccakathaṃ dīpeti, taṃ sutvā tasmiṃyeva  dese ṭhitā yakkhinī saddhiṃ puttena ^a^M1.0285^ea^ sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhitā.  dhītuyāpi panassā upanissayo atthi, atidaharattā pana desanaṃ  sampaṭicchituṃ nāsakkhi.<br/><br/>[03] idāni sā yakkhinī puttassa anumodanaṃ karontī ^b^sādhu  kho paṇḍito nāmā^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^ajjāhamhi samuggatā^eb^ti  ahamhi ajja vaṭṭato uggatā samuggatā sāsane vā uggatā samuggatā,  tvampi sukhī hohīti. ^b^diṭṭhānī^eb^ti mayā ca tayā ca diṭṭhāni.  ^b^uttarāpi suṇātu me^eb^ti, ``amhākaṃ catusaccapaṭivedhabhāvaṃ, dhītā  me uttarāpi, suṇātū''ti vadati. saha saccapaṭivedheneva sāpi  sūcilomo viya sabbaṃ setakaṇḍukacchuādibhāvaṃ pahāya dibbasampattiṃ  paṭilabhati saddhiṃ puttena. dhītā panassā yathā nāma loke  mātāpitūhi issariye laddhe puttānampi taṃ hoti, evaṃ  mātu-ānubhāveneva sampattiṃ labhi. tato paṭṭhāya ca sā saddhiṃ puttakehi  gandhakuṭisamīparukkheyeva nivāsarukkhaṃ labhitvā sāyaṃ pātaṃ buddhadassanaṃ  labhamānā dhammaṃ suṇamānā dīgharattaṃ tattheva vasi. sattamaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 227
title:
  maṇibhaddasuttavaṇṇanā^sānusuttavaṇṇanā^piyaṅkarasuttavaṇṇanā^punabbasusuttavaṇṇanā^sudattasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 242^b^.^eb^ aṭṭhame ^b^kenacideva karaṇīyenā^eb^ti  vāṇijjakammaṃ adhippetaṃ. anāthapiṇḍiko ca rājagahaseṭṭhi ca  aññamaññaṃ bhaginipatikā honti. yadā rājagahe uṭṭhānakabhaṇḍakaṃ  mahagghaṃ hoti, tadā rājagahaseṭṭhi taṃ gahetvā ^a^P1.0312^ea^  pañcasakaṭasatehi sāvatthiṃ gantvā yojanamatte ṭhito attano ^a^V1.0274^ea^ āgatabhāvaṃ  jānāpeti. anāthapiṇḍiko paccuggantvā tassa mahāsakkāraṃ katvā  ekayānaṃ āropetvā sāvatthiṃ pavisati. so sace bhaṇḍaṃ lahukaṃ  vikkīyati, vikkiṇāti. no ce, bhaginighare ṭhapetvā pakkamati.  anāthapiṇḍikopi tatheva karoti. svāyaṃ tadāpi teneva karaṇīyena  agamāsi. taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] taṃ divasaṃ pana rājagahaseṭṭhi yojanamatte ṭhitena anāthapiṇḍikena  āgatabhāvajānanatthaṃ pesitaṃ paṇṇaṃ na suṇi, dhammassavanatthāya vihāraṃ  agamāsi. so dhammakathaṃ sutvā svātanāya buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ  nimantetvā attano ghare uddhanakhaṇāpanadāruphālanādīni kāresi.  anāthapiṇḍikopi ``idāni mayhaṃ paccuggamanaṃ karissati, idāni  karissatī''ti gharadvārepi paccuggamanaṃ alabhitvā ^a^M1.0286^ea^ antogharaṃ paviṭṭho  paṭisanthārampi na bahuṃ alattha. ``kiṃ, mahāseṭṭhi, kusalaṃ  dārakarūpānaṃ? nasi magge kilanto''ti? ettakova paṭisanthāro  ahosi. so tassa mahābyāpāraṃ disvā, ``kiṃ nu te, gahapati,  āvāho vā bhavissatī''ti? khandhake (cūḷava0 304)  āgatanayeneva kathaṃ pavattetvā tassa mukhato buddhasaddaṃ sutvā pañcavaṇṇaṃ  pītiṃ paṭilabhi. sā tassa sīsena uṭṭhāya yāva pādapiṭṭhiyā,  pādapiṭṭhiyā uṭṭhāya yāva sīsā gacchati, ubhato uṭṭhāya majjhe  osarati, majjhe uṭṭhāya ubhato gacchati. so pītiyā nirantaraṃ  phuṭṭho, ``buddhoti tvaṃ, gahapati, vadesi? buddho tāhaṃ, gahapati,  vadāmī''ti evaṃ tikkhattuṃ pucchitvā, ``ghosopi kho eso dullabho  lokasmiṃ yadidaṃ buddho''ti āha. idaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ``assosi  kho anāthapiṇḍiko, gahapati, buddho kira loke uppanno''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^etadahosi akālo kho ajjā^eb^ti so kira taṃ seṭṭhiṃ  pucchi, ``kuhiṃ gahapati satthā viharatī''ti? athassa so --  ``buddhā ^a^P1.0313^ea^ nāma durāsadā āsīvisasadisā honti,  satthā sivathikāya vasati, na sakkā tattha tumhādisehi imāya velāya  gantu''nti ācikkhi. athassa etadahosi. ^b^buddhagatāya satiyā  nipajjī^eb^ti taṃdivasaṃ kirassa bhaṇḍasakaṭesu vā upaṭṭhākesu vā  cittampi na uppajji, sāyamāsampi na akāsi, sattabhūmikaṃ pana  pāsādaṃ āruyha supaññattālaṅkatavarasayane ``buddho buddho''ti sajjhāyaṃ  karontova nipajjitvā niddaṃ okkami. tena vuttaṃ ``buddhagatāya  satiyā nipajjī''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^rattiyā sudaṃ tikkhattuṃ uṭṭhāsi pabhātanti maññamāno^eb^ti  paṭhamayāme tāva vītivatte uṭṭhāya buddhaṃ ^a^V1.0275^ea^ anussari, athassa balavappasādo  udapādi, pītiāloko ahosi, sabbatamaṃ vigacchi, dīpasahassujjalaṃ  viya canduṭṭhānaṃ sūriyuṭṭhānaṃ viya ca jātaṃ. so ``papādaṃ āpanno  vatamhi, sūriyo uggato''ti uṭṭhāya ākāsatale ṭhitaṃ candaṃ ulloketvā  ``ekova yāmo gato, aññe dve atthī''ti puna pavisitvā nipajji.  etenupāyena majjhimayāmāvasānepi pacchimayāmāvasānepīti  tikkhattuṃ uṭṭhāsi. pacchimayāmāvasāne pana balavapaccūseyeva uṭṭhāya  ākāsatalaṃ āgantvā ^a^M1.0287^ea^ mahādvārābhimukhova ahosi, sattabhūmikadvāraṃ  sayameva vivaṭaṃ ahosi. so pāsādā oruyha antaravīthiṃ paṭipajji.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^vivariṃsū^eb^ti ``ayaṃ mahāseṭṭhi `buddhupaṭṭhānaṃ gamissāmī'ti  nikkhanto, paṭhamadassaneneva sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāya tiṇṇaṃ ratanānaṃ  aggupaṭṭhāko hutvā asadisaṃ saṅghārāmaṃ katvā cātuddisassa  ariyagaṇassa anāvaṭadvāro bhavissati, na yuttamassa dvāraṃ  pidahitu''nti cintetvā vivariṃsu. ^b^antaradhāyī^eb^ti rājagahaṃ  kira ākiṇṇamanussaṃ antonagare nava koṭiyo, bahinagare navāti taṃ  upanissāya aṭṭhārasa manussakoṭiyo vasanti. avelāya matamanusse  bahi nīharituṃ asakkontā aṭṭālake ṭhatvā bahidvāre khipanti.  mahāseṭṭhi nagarato bahinikkhantamattova allasarīraṃ pādena akkami,  aparampi piṭṭhipādena pahari. makkhikā uppatitvā parikiriṃsu.  duggandho nāsapuṭaṃ abhihani. buddhappasādo tanuttaṃ gato. tenassa  ^a^P1.0314^ea^ āloko antaradhāyi, andhakāro pāturahosi.  ^b^saddamanussāvesī^eb^ti ``seṭṭhissa ussāhaṃ janessāmī''ti  suvaṇṇakiṅkiṇikaṃ ghaṭṭento viya madhurassarena saddaṃ anussāvesi.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^sataṃ kaññāsahassānī^eb^ti purimapadānipi imināva  sahassapadena saddhiṃ sambandhanīyāni. yatheva hi sataṃ  kaññāsahassāni, sataṃ sahassāni hatthī, sataṃ sahassāni assā, sataṃ  sahassāni rathāti ayamettha attho. iti ekekasatasahassameva  dīpitaṃ. ^b^padavītihārassā^eb^ti padavītihāro nāma samagamane  dvinnaṃ padānaṃ antare muṭṭhiratanamattaṃ. ^b^kalaṃ nāgghanti soḷasi^eb^nti  taṃ ekaṃ padavītihāraṃ soḷasabhāge katvā tato eko koṭṭhāso puna  soḷasadhā, tato eko soḷasadhāti evaṃ soḷasa vāre soḷasadhā  bhinnassa eko koṭṭhāso soḷasikalā nāma, taṃ soḷasikalaṃ etāni  cattāri satasahassāni na agghanti. idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti -- sataṃ  hatthisahassāni sataṃ assasahassāni sataṃ rathasahassāni sataṃ  kaññāsahassāni, tā ca kho āmukkamaṇikuṇḍalā  sakalajambudīparājadhītaro vāti imasmā ettakā lābhā vihāraṃ  gacchantassa ^a^V1.0276^ea^ tasmiṃ soḷasikalasaṅkhāte padese pavattacetanāva  uttaritarāti. idaṃ pana vihāragamanaṃ kassa vasena gahitanti?  vihāraṃ gantvā anantarāyena sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahantassa.  ``gandhamālādīhi pūjaṃ karissāmi ^a^M1.0288^ea^, cetiyaṃ vandissāmi, dhammaṃ  sossāmi, dīpapūjaṃ karissāmi, saṅghaṃ nimantetvā dānaṃ dassāmi,  sikkhāpadesu vā saraṇesu vā patiṭṭhahissāmī''ti gacchatopi vasena  vaṭṭatiyeva.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^andhakāro antaradhāyī^eb^ti so kira cintesi -- ``ahaṃ  ekakoti saññaṃ karomi, anuyuttāpi me atthi, kasmā bhāyāmī''ti  sūro ahosi. athassa balavā buddhappasādo udapādi. tasmā  andhakāro antaradhāyīti. sesavāresupi eseva nayo. apica  purato purato gacchanto bhiṃsanake susānamagge  aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikasamaṃsalohitantiādīni anekavidhāni kuṇapāni  addasa ^a^P1.0315^ea^. soṇasiṅgālādīnaṃ saddaṃ assosi. taṃ  sabbaṃ parissayaṃ punappunaṃ buddhagataṃ pasādaṃ vaḍḍhetvā maddanto  agamāsiyeva.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^ehi sudattā^eb^ti so kira seṭṭhi gacchamānova cintesi --  ``imasmiṃ loke bahū pūraṇakassapādayo titthiyā `mayaṃ buddhā mayaṃ  buddhā'ti vadanti, kathaṃ nu kho ahaṃ satthu buddhabhāvaṃ jāneyya''nti?  athassa etadahosi -- ``mayhaṃ guṇavasena uppannaṃ nāmaṃ mahājano  jānāti, kuladattiyaṃ pana me nāmaṃ aññatra mayā na koci jānāti.  sace buddho bhavissati, kuladattikanāmena maṃ ālapissatī''ti.  satthā tassa cittaṃ ñatvā evamāha.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^parinibbuto^eb^ti kilesaparinibbānena parinibbuto.  ^b^āsattiyo^eb^ti taṇhāyo. ^b^santi^eb^nti kilesavūpasamaṃ.  ^b^pappuyyā^eb^ti patvā. idañca pana vatvā satthā tassa anupubbikathaṃ  kathetvā matthake cattāri saccāni pakāsesi. seṭṭhi dhammadesanaṃ sutvā  sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāya buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ nimantetvā  punadivasato paṭṭhāya mahādānaṃ dātuṃ ārabhi. bimbisārādayo seṭṭhissa  sāsanaṃ pesenti -- ``tvaṃ āgantuko, yaṃ nappahoti, taṃ ito  āharāpehī''ti. so ``alaṃ tumhe bahukiccā''ti sabbe  paṭikkhipitvā pañcahi sakaṭasatehi ānītavibhavena sattāhaṃ mahādānaṃ  adāsi. dānapariyosāne ca bhagavantaṃ sāvatthiyaṃ vassāvāsaṃ  paṭijānāpetvā rājagahassa ca sāvatthiyā ^a^M1.0289^ea^ ca antare yojane yojane  satasahassaṃ datvā pañcacattālīsa ^a^V1.0277^ea^ vihāre kārento sāvatthiṃ gantvā  jetavanamahāvihāraṃ kāretvā buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa  niyyādesīti. aṭṭhamaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 228
title:
  sānusuttavaṇṇanā^piyaṅkarasuttavaṇṇanā^punabbasusuttavaṇṇanā^sudattasuttavaṇṇanā^paṭhamasukkāsuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 243^b^.^eb^ navame ^b^rathikāya rathika^eb^nti ekaṃ rathikaṃ  gahetvā tato aparaṃ gacchanto rathikāya rathikaṃ upasaṅkamanto nāma  hoti. siṅghāṭakepi eseva nayo. ettha ca ^b^rathikā^eb^ti racchā.  ^b^siṅghāṭaka^eb^nti catukkaṃ. ^b^kiṃ me katā^eb^ti kiṃ ime katā?  kiṃ karontīti attho. ^b^madhupītāva^eb^ ^a^P1.0316^ea^  ^b^seyare^eb^ti gandhamadhupānaṃ pītā viya sayanti. gandhamadhupānaṃ pīto  kira sīsaṃ ukkhipituṃ na sakkoti, asaññī hutvā sayateva. tasmā  evamāha.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^tañca pana appaṭivānīya^eb^nti tañca pana dhammaṃ  appaṭivānīyaṃ deseti. bāhirakañhi sumadhurampi bhojanaṃ punappunaṃ  bhuñjantassa na ruccati, ``apanetha, kiṃ iminā''ti? paṭivānetabbaṃ  apanetabbaṃ hoti, na evamayaṃ dhammo. imaṃ hi dhammaṃ paṇḍitā  vassasatampi vassasahassampi suṇantā tittiṃ na gacchanti. tenāha  ``appaṭivānīya''nti. ^b^asecanakamojava^eb^nti anāsittakaṃ  ojavantaṃ. yathā hi bāhirāni asambhinnapāyāsādīnipi  sappimadhusakkharāhi āsittāni yojitāneva madhurāni ojavantāni  honti, na evamayaṃ dhammo. ayaṃ hi attano dhammatāya madhuro ceva  ojavā ca, na aññena upasitto. tenāha ``asecanakamojava''nti.  ^b^pivanti maññe sappaññā^eb^ti paṇḍitapurisā pivanti viya.  ^b^valāhakameva panthagū^eb^ti valāhakantarato nikkhantaudakaṃ  ghammābhitattā pathikā viya. navamaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 229
title:
  piyaṅkarasuttavaṇṇanā^punabbasusuttavaṇṇanā^sudattasuttavaṇṇanā^paṭhamasukkāsuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyasukkāsuttādivaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 244^b^.^eb^ dasame ^b^puññaṃ vata pasavi bahu^eb^nti bahuṃ vata  puññaṃ pasavatīti. dasamaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 245^b^.^eb^ ekādasamaṃ uttānameva. ekādasamaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 230
title:
  punabbasusuttavaṇṇanā^sudattasuttavaṇṇanā^paṭhamasukkāsuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyasukkāsuttādivaṇṇanā^āḷavakasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 246^b^.^eb^ dvādasame ^a^V1.0278^ea^ ^b^āḷaviya^eb^nti āḷavīti taṃ  raṭṭhampi nagarampi. tañca bhavanaṃ nagarassa avidūre gāvutamatte ṭhitaṃ.  bhagavā tattha viharanto taṃ nagaraṃ upanissāya ^a^M1.0290^ea^ āḷaviyaṃ viharatīti  ^a^P1.0317^ea^ vutto. ^b^āḷavakassa yakkhassa bhavane^eb^ti  ettha pana ayamanupubbikathā -- āḷavako kira rājā  vividhanāṭakūpabhogaṃ chaḍḍetvā corapaṭibāhanatthaṃ paṭirājanisedhanatthaṃ  byāyāmakaraṇatthañca sattame sattame divase migavaṃ gacchanto ekadivasaṃ  balakāyena saddhiṃ katikaṃ akāsi -- ``yassa passena migo  palāyati, tasseva so bhāro''ti. atha tasseva passena migo  palāyi, javasampanno rājā dhanuṃ gahetvā pattikova tiyojanaṃ taṃ migaṃ  anubandhi. eṇimigā ca tiyojanavegā eva honti. atha  parikkhīṇajavaṃ taṃ udakaṃ viya pavisitvā ṭhitaṃ vadhitvā dvidhā chetvā  anatthikopi maṃsena ``nāsakkhi migaṃ gahetu''nti apavādamocanatthaṃ  kājenādāya āgacchanto nagarassāvidūre bahalapattapalāsaṃ mahānigrodhaṃ  disvā parissamavinodanatthaṃ tassa mūlamupagato. tasmiñca nigrodhe  āḷavako yakkho mahārājasantikā bhavanaṃ labhitvā majjhanhikasamaye  tassa rukkhassa chāyāya phuṭṭhokāsaṃ paviṭṭhe pāṇino khādanto  paṭivasati. so taṃ disvā khādituṃ upagato. rājā tena saddhiṃ  katikaṃ akāsi -- ``muñca maṃ, ahaṃ te divase divase manussañca  thālipākañca pesessāmī''ti. yakkho -- ``tvaṃ rājūpabhogena  pamatto na sarissasi, ahaṃ pana bhavanaṃ anupagatañca ananuññātañca  khādituṃ na labhāmi, svāhaṃ bhavantampi jīyeyya''nti na muñci.  rājā ``yaṃ divasaṃ na pesemi, taṃ divasaṃ maṃ gahetvā khādā''ti  attānaṃ anujānitvā tena mutto nagarābhimukho agamāsi.<br/><br/>[03] balakāyo magge khandhāvāraṃ bandhitvā ṭhito rājānaṃ disvā,  ``kiṃ, mahārāja, ayasamattabhayā evaṃ kilantosī''ti? vadanto  paccuggantvā paṭiggahesi. rājā taṃ pavattiṃ anārocetvā nagaraṃ gantvā  katapātarāso nagaraguttikaṃ āmantetvā etamatthaṃ ārocesi.  nagaraguttiko -- ``kiṃ, deva ^a^P1.0318^ea^, kālaparicchedo  kato''ti āha? na kato bhaṇeti. duṭṭhu kataṃ, deva, amanussā hi  paricchinnamattameva labhanti, aparicchinne pana janapadassābādho  bhavissati, hotu deva, kiñcāpi evamakāsi, appossukko tvaṃ  rajjasukhamanubhohi, ahamettha kātabbaṃ karissāmīti. so kālasseva  vuṭṭhāya bandhanāgāradvāre ṭhatvā ye ye vajjhā honti, te te sandhāya  ``yo jīvitatthiko, so nikkhamatū''ti ^a^M1.0291^ea^ bhaṇati. yo paṭhamaṃ  nikkhamati, taṃ gehaṃ ^a^V1.0279^ea^ netvā nhāpetvā bhojetvā ca ``imaṃ thālipākaṃ  yakkhassa dehī''ti peseti. taṃ rukkhamūlaṃ paviṭṭhamattaṃyeva yakkho  bheravaṃ attabhāvaṃ nimminitvā mūlakandaṃ viya khādi. yakkhānubhāvena  kira manussānaṃ kesādīni upādāya sakalasarīraṃ navanītapiṇḍaṃ viya  hoti, yakkhassa bhattaṃ gāhāpetuṃ gatapurisā taṃ disvā bhītā yathāmittaṃ  ārocesuṃ. tato pabhuti ``rājā core gahetvā yakkhassa detī''ti  manussā corakammato paṭiviratā. tato aparena samayena navacorānaṃ  abhāvena purāṇacorānañca parikkhayena bandhanāgārāni suññāni ahesuṃ. <br/><br/>[01] atha nagaraguttiko rañño ārocesi. rājā attano  dhanaṃ nagararacchāsu chaḍḍāpesi ``appeva nāma koci lobhena  gaṇheyyā''ti. taṃ pādenapi koci nacchupi. so core alabhanto  amaccānaṃ ārocesi. amaccā ``kulapaṭipāṭiyā ekamekaṃ jiṇṇakaṃ  pesema, so pakatiyāpi maccupathe vattatī''ti āhaṃsu. rājā  ``amhākaṃ pitaraṃ amhākaṃ pitāmahaṃ pesetīti manussā khobhaṃ  karissanti, mā vo etaṃ ruccī''ti vāresi. ``tena hi, deva,  dārakaṃ pesema uttānaseyyakaṃ, tathāvidhassa hi `mātā me'ti `pitā  me'ti sineho natthī''ti āhaṃsu. rājā anujāni. te tathā  akaṃsu. nagare dārakamātaro ca dārake gahetvā gabbhiniyo ca  palāyitvā parajanapade dārake saṃvaḍḍhetvā ānenti. evaṃ dvādasa  vassāni gatāni.<br/><br/>[03] tato ekadivasaṃ sakalanagaraṃ vicinitvā ^a^P1.0319^ea^  ekampi dārakaṃ alabhitvā amaccā rañño ārocesuṃ -- ``natthi, deva,  nagare dārako ṭhapetvā antepure tava puttaṃ āḷavakakumāra''nti. rājā  ``yathā mama putto piyo, evaṃ sabbalokassa, attanā pana piyataraṃ  natthi, gacchatha tampi datvā mama jīvitaṃ rakkhathā''ti. tena ca  samayena āḷavakassa mātā puttaṃ nhāpetvā maṇḍetvā dukūlacumbaṭake  katvā aṅke sayāpetvā nisinnā hoti. rājapurisā rañño āṇāya  tattha gantvā vippalapantiyā tassā soḷasannañca devisahassānaṃ saddhiṃ  dhātiyā taṃ ādāya pakkamiṃsu, ``sve yakkhabhakkho bhavissatī''ti.  taṃdivasañca bhagavā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya ^a^M1.0292^ea^ jetavanavihāre gandhakuṭiyaṃ  mahākaruṇāsamāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ olokento  addasa āḷavakassa kumārassa anāgāmiphaluppattiyā upanissayaṃ  yakkhassa ca sotāpattiphaluppattiyā, desanāpariyosāne ca  caturāsītipāṇasahassānaṃ dhammacakkhupaṭilābhassāti. so vibhātāya  rattiyā purimabhattakiccaṃ katvā suniṭṭhitapacchābhattakicco  kāḷapakkhūposathadivase vattamāne oggate sūriye eko adutiyo  pattacīvaramādāya pādamaggeneva sāvatthito tiṃsa yojanāni  ^a^V1.0280^ea^ gantvā tassa yakkhassa bhavanaṃ pāvisi. tena vuttaṃ ``āḷavakassa yakkhassa  bhavane''ti.<br/><br/>[03] kiṃ pana bhagavā yasmiṃ nigrodhe āḷavakassa bhavanaṃ, tassa mūle  vihāsi, udāhu bhavaneyevāti? bhavaneyeva. yatheva hi yakkhā  attano bhavanaṃ passanti, tathā bhagavāpi. so tattha gantvā bhavanadvāre  aṭṭhāsi. tadā āḷavako himavante yakkhasamāgamaṃ gato hoti.  tato āḷavakassa dvārapālo gadrabho nāma yakkho bhagavantaṃ  upasaṅkamitvā vanditvā, ``kiṃ, bhante, bhagavā vikāle āgato''ti  āha. āma, gadrabha, āgatomhi, sace te agaru, vihareyyāmekarattaṃ  āḷavakassa bhavaneti ^a^P1.0320^ea^. na me, bhante, garu,  apica kho so yakkho kakkhaḷo pharuso, mātāpitūnampi  abhivādanādīni na karoti, mā rucci bhagavato idha vāsoti.  jānāmi, gadrabha, tassa sabhāvaṃ, na koci mamantarāyo bhavissati.  sace te agaru, vihareyyāmekarattanti.<br/><br/>[03] dutiyampi gadrabho yakkho bhagavantaṃ etadavoca --  ``aggitattakapālasadiso, bhante, āḷavako, mātāpitaroti vā  samaṇabrāhmaṇāti vā dhammoti vā na jānāti, idhāgatānaṃ pana  cittakkhepampi karoti, hadayampi phāleti, pādepi gahetvā parasamuddaṃ vā  paracakkavāḷaṃ vā khipatī''ti. dutiyampi bhagavā āha --  ``jānāmi, gadrabha, sacepi te agaru, vihareyyāmekaratta''nti. na  me, bhante, garu, apica kho so yakkho attano anārocetvā  anujānantaṃ maṃ jīvitāpi voropeyya, ārocemi, bhante, tassāti.  yathāsukhaṃ ^a^M1.0293^ea^, gadrabha, ārocehīti. ``tena hi, bhante, tvameva  jānāhī''ti bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā himavantābhimukho pakkāmi.  bhavanadvārampi sayameva bhagavato vivaramadāsi. bhagavā antobhavanaṃ  pavisitvā yattha abhilakkhitesu maṅgaladivasādīsu nisīditvā  āḷavako siriṃ anubhoti, tasmiṃyeva dibbaratanamaye pallaṅke  nisīditvā suvaṇṇābhaṃ muñci. taṃ disvā yakkhassa itthiyo  āgantvā bhagavantaṃ vanditvā samparivāretvā nisīdiṃsu. bhagavā  ``pubbe tumhe dānaṃ datvā sīlaṃ samādiyitvā pūjaneyyaṃ pūjetvā imaṃ  sampattiṃ pattā, idānipi tatheva karotha, mā aññamaññaṃ  issāmacchariyābhibhūtā viharathā''tiādinā nayena tāsaṃ  pakiṇṇakadhammakathaṃ kathesi. tā bhagavato madhuranigghosaṃ sutvā  sādhukārasahassāni datvā bhagavantaṃ samparivāretvā nisīdiṃsuyeva.  gadrabhopi himavantaṃ gantvā āḷavakassārocesi -- ``yagghe ^a^V1.0281^ea^, mārisa,  jāneyyāsi vimāne te bhagavā nisinno''ti. so gadrabhassa saññaṃ  akāsi ``tuṇhī hohi, gantvā kattabbaṃ karissāmī''ti.  purisamānena kira lajjito ahosi, tasmā ``mā koci parisamajjhe  suṇeyyā''ti evamakāsi.<br/><br/>[03] tadā sātāgirahemavatā bhagavantaṃ jetavaneyeva vanditvā  ``yakkhasamāgamaṃ gamissāmā''ti saparivārā nānāyānehi ^a^P1.0321^ea^  ākāsena gacchanti. ākāse ca yakkhānaṃ sabbattha maggo  natthi, ākāsaṭṭhāni vimānāni pariharitvā maggaṭṭhāneneva maggo hoti.  āḷavakassa pana vimānaṃ bhūmaṭṭhaṃ suguttaṃ pākāraparikkhittaṃ  susaṃvihitadvārāṭṭālakagopuraṃ upari kaṃsajālasañchannaṃ mañjūsasadisaṃ  tiyojanaṃ ubbedhena, tassa upari maggo hoti. te taṃ padesamāgamma  gantuṃ nāsakkhiṃsu. buddhānaṃ hi nisinnokāsassa uparibhāgena yāva  bhavaggā koci gantuṃ na sakkoti. te ``kimida''nti? āvajjetvā  bhagavantaṃ disvā ākāse khittaleḍḍu viya oruyha vanditvā dhammaṃ  sutvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā, ``yakkhasamāgamaṃ gacchāma bhagavā''ti tīṇi  vatthūni pasaṃsantā yakkhasamāgamaṃ agamaṃsu. āḷavako te disvā,  ``idha nisīdathā''ti paṭikkamma okāsamadāsi. te āḷavakassa  nivedesuṃ -- ``lābhā te, āḷavaka, yassa te bhavane bhagavā viharati,  gacchāvuso, bhagavantaṃ payirupāsassū''ti. evaṃ bhagavā bhavaneyeva  vihāsi, na yasmiṃ nigrodhe ^a^M1.0294^ea^ āḷavakassa bhavanaṃ, tassa mūleti. tena  vuttaṃ -- ``ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā āḷaviyaṃ viharati āḷavakassa  yakkhassa bhavane''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^atha kho āḷavako...pe0... etadavoca -- ``nikkhama,  samaṇā''^eb^ti kasmā panāyaṃ etadavoca? rosetukāmatāya. tatrevaṃ  ādito pabhuti sambandho veditabbo -- ayaṃ hi yasmā assaddhassa  saddhākathā dukkathā hoti dussīlādīnaṃ sīlādikathā viya, tasmā tesaṃ  yakkhānaṃ santikā bhagavato pasaṃsaṃ sutvāyeva aggimhi  pakkhittaloṇasakkharā viya abbhantare kopena taṭataṭāyamānahadayo hutvā  ``ko so bhagavā nāma, yo mama bhavanaṃ paviṭṭho''ti āha. te  ahaṃsu -- ``na tvaṃ, āvuso, jānāsi bhagavantaṃ amhākaṃ satthāraṃ, yo  tusitabhavane ṭhito pañcamahāvilokitaṃ viloketvā''tiādinā nayena  yāva dhammacakkapavattanā kathentā paṭisandhiādīsu dvattiṃsa  pubbanimittāni vatvā, ``imānipi tvaṃ, āvuso, acchariyāni  nāddasā''ti? codesuṃ. so disvāpi kodhavasena ``nāddasa''nti  āha. āvuso āḷavaka, passeyyāsi vā tvaṃ, na vā, ko tayā  attho passatā vā apassatā ^a^P1.0322^ea^ vā? kiṃ tvaṃ  karissasi ^a^V1.0282^ea^ amhākaṃ satthuno, yo tvaṃ taṃ upanidhāya  calakkakudha-mahāusabhasamīpe tadahujātavacchako viya, tidhā  pabhinnamattavāraṇasamīpe bhiṅkapotako viya,  bhāsuravilambitakesarasobhitakkhandhassa migarañño samīpe jarasiṅgālo  viya, diyaḍḍhayojanasatapavaḍḍhakāyasupaṇṇarājasamīpe  chinnapakkhakākapotako viya khāyasi, gaccha yaṃ te karaṇīyaṃ, taṃ  karohīti. evaṃ vutte duṭṭho āḷavako uṭṭhahitvā manosilātale  vāmapādena ṭhatvā -- ``passatha dāni tumhākaṃ vā satthā mahānubhāvo,  ahaṃ vā''ti dakkhiṇapādena saṭṭhiyojanamattaṃ kelāsapabbatakūṭaṃ akkami.  taṃ ayokūṭapahaṭo viya niddhantāyopiṇḍo papaṭikāyo muñci, so tatra  ṭhatvā, ``ahaṃ āḷavako''ti ugghosesi. sakalajambudīpaṃ saddo phari.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^cattāro kira saddā^eb^ sakalajambudīpe sūyiṃsu -- yañca  puṇṇako yakkhasenāpati dhanañjayakorabyarājānaṃ jūtaṃ jinitvā  apphoṭetvā ``ahaṃ jini''nti ugghosesi; yañca sakko devānamindo  kassapabhagavato sāsane osakkante vissakammadevaputtaṃ sunakhaṃ karitvā  -- ``ahaṃ pāpabhikkhū ca ^a^M1.0295^ea^ pāpabhikkhuniyo ca upāsake ca  upāsikāyo ca sabbeva ca adhammavādino khādāmī''ti ugghosāpesi;  yañca kusajātake pabhāvatihetu sattahi rājūhi nagare uparuddhe pabhāvatiṃ  attanā saha hatthikkhandhe āropetvā nagarā nikkhamma -- ``ahaṃ  sīhassaramahākusarājā''ti mahāpuriso ugghosesi; yañca  kelāsamuddhani ṭhatvā āḷavakoti. tadā hi sakalajambudīpe dvāre  ṭhatvā ugghositasadisaṃ ahosi. tiyojanasahassavitthato ca  himavāpi saṅkampi yakkhassānubhāvena.<br/><br/>[03] so ^b^vātamaṇḍalaṃ^eb^ samuṭṭhāpesi -- ``eteneva samaṇaṃ  palāpessāmī''ti ^a^P1.0323^ea^. te puratthimādibhedā vātā  samuṭṭhahitvā aḍḍhayojanayojanadviyojanatiyojanappamāṇāni  pabbatakūṭāni padāletvā vanagaccharukkhādīni ummūlaṃ katvā,  āḷavinagaraṃ pakkhantā jiṇṇahatthisālādīni cuṇṇentā chadaniṭṭhakā  ākāse vidhamentā. bhagavā ``mā kassaci uparodho hotū''ti  adhiṭṭhāsi. te vātā dasabalaṃ patvā cīvarakaṇṇamattampi cāletuṃ  nāsakkhiṃsu. tato ^b^mahāvassaṃ^eb^ samuṭṭhāpesi. ``udakena  ajjhottharitvā samaṇaṃ māressāmī''ti. tassānubhāvena uparūpari  satapaṭalasahassapaṭalādibhedā valāhakā uṭṭhahitvā pavassiṃsu.  vuṭṭhidhārāvegena pathavī chiddā ahosi. vanarukkhādīnaṃ upari mahogho  āgantvā dasabalassa cīvare ussāvabindumattampi temetuṃ nāsakkhi.  tato ^b^pāsāṇavassaṃ^eb^ samuṭṭhāpesi. mahantāni mahantāni  pabbatakūṭāni dhūmāyantāni ^a^V1.0283^ea^ pajjalantāni ākāsenāgantvā dasabalaṃ  patvā dibbamālāguḷāni sampajjiṃsu. tato ^b^paharaṇavassaṃ^eb^  samuṭṭhāpesi. ekatodhārāubhatodhārāasisattikhurappādayo dhūmāyantā  pajjalantā ākāsenāgantvā dasabalaṃ patvā dibbapupphāni ahesuṃ. tato  ^b^aṅgāravassaṃ^eb^ samuṭṭhāpesi. kiṃsuka vaṇṇā aṅgārā  ākāsenāgantvā dasabalassa pādamūle dibbapupphāni hutvā vikīrayiṃsu.  tato ^b^kukkulavassaṃ^eb^ samuṭṭhāpesi. accuṇhā kukkulā  ākāsenāgantvā dasabalassa pādamūle candanacuṇṇaṃ hutvā nipatiṃsu.  tato ^b^vālikavassaṃ^eb^ samuṭṭhāpesi. atisukhumavālikā dhūmāyantā  pajjalantā ākāsenāgantvā dasabalassa pādamūle dibbapupphāni hutvā  nipatiṃsu. tato ^b^kalalavassaṃ^eb^ samuṭṭhāpesi. taṃ kalalavassaṃ  dhūmāyantaṃ pajjalantaṃ ākāsenāgantvā dasabalassa pādamūle dibbagandhaṃ  hutvā nipati. tato ^a^M1.0296^ea^ ^b^andhakāraṃ^eb^ samuṭṭhāpesi ``bhiṃsetvā samaṇaṃ  palāpessāmī''ti. taṃ caturaṅgasamannāgataṃ andhakārasadisaṃ hutvā  dasabalaṃ patvā sūriyappabhāvihatamiva andhakāraṃ antaradhāyi.<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ yakkho imāhi navahi  vātavassapāsāṇapaharaṇaṅgārakukkulavālikakalalandhakāravuṭṭhīhi ^a^P1.0324^ea^  bhagavantaṃ palāpetuṃ asakkonto nānāvidhapaharaṇahatthāya  anekappakārarūpabhūtagaṇasamākulāya caturaṅginiyā senāya sayameva  bhagavantaṃ abhigato. te bhūtagaṇā anekappakāre vikāre katvā  ``gaṇhatha hanathā''ti bhagavato upari āgacchantā viya honti.  apica kho niddhantalohapiṇḍaṃ viya makkhikā, bhagavantaṃ allīyituṃ  asamatthāva ahesuṃ. evaṃ santepi yathā bodhimaṇḍe māro  āgatavelāyameva nivatto, tathā anivattetvā upaḍḍharattimattaṃ  byākulamakaṃsu. evaṃ upaḍḍharattimattaṃ  anekappakāravibhiṃsanakadassanenapi bhagavantaṃ cāletuṃ asakkonto  āḷavako cintesi -- ``yaṃnūnāhaṃ kenaci ajeyyaṃ dussāvudhaṃ  muñceyya''nti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^cattāri kira āvudhāni^eb^ loke seṭṭhāni -- sakkassa  vajirāvudhaṃ, vessavaṇassa gadāvudhaṃ, yamassa nayanāvudhaṃ, āḷavakassa  dussāvudhanti. yadi hi sakko duṭṭho vajirāvudhaṃ sinerumatthake  pahareyya, aṭṭhasaṭṭhisahassādhikayojanasatasahassaṃ vinivijjhitvā heṭṭhato  gaccheyya. vessavaṇena kujjhanakāle vissajjitaṃ gadāvudhaṃ bahūnaṃ  yakkhasahassānaṃ sīsaṃ pātetvā puna hatthapāsaṃ āgantvā tiṭṭhati.  yamena duṭṭhena nayanāvudhena olokitamatte anekāni kumbhaṇḍasahassāni  tattakapāle tilā viya pharantāni vinassanti. āḷavako duṭṭho sace  ākāse dussāvudhaṃ muñceyya, dvādasa vassāni devo na vasseyya.  sace pathaviyaṃ muñceyya. sabbarukkhatiṇādīni sussitvā  ^a^V1.0284^ea^ dvādasavassantare na puna viruheyyuṃ. sace samudde muñceyya, tattakapāle  udakabindu viya sabbamudakaṃ susseyya. sace sinerusadisepi pabbate  muñceyya, khaṇḍākhaṇḍaṃ hutvā vikireyya. so evaṃ mahānubhāvaṃ  dussāvudhaṃ uttarisāṭakaṃ muñcitvā aggahesi. yebhuyyena  dasasahassīlokadhātudevatā vegena sannipatiṃsu ``ajja ^a^M1.0297^ea^ ^a^P1.0325^ea^  bhagavā āḷavakaṃ damessati, tattha dhammaṃ sossāmā''ti  yuddhadassanakāmāpi devatā sannipatiṃsu. evaṃ sakalampi ākāsaṃ  devatāhi paripuṇṇamahosi.<br/><br/>[03] atha āḷavako bhagavato samīpe uparūpari vicaritvā vatthāvudhaṃ  muñci. taṃ asanivicakkaṃ viya ākāse bheravasaddaṃ karontaṃ dhūmāyantaṃ  pajjalantaṃ bhagavantaṃ patvā yakkhamānamaddanatthaṃ pādapuñchanacoḷaṃ hutvā  pādamūle nipati. āḷavako taṃ disvā chinnavisāṇo viya usabho  uddhatadāṭho viya sappo nittejo nimmado nipatitamānaddhajo hutvā  cintesi -- ``dussāvudhampi me samaṇaṃ nābhibhosi. kiṃ nu kho  kāraṇa''nti? ``idaṃ kāraṇaṃ, mettāvihārayutto samaṇo, handa naṃ  rosetvā mettāya viyojemī''ti iminā sambandhenetaṃ vuttaṃ -- atha kho  āḷavako yakkho yena bhagavā...pe0... nikkhama samaṇāti.  tatthāyamadhippāyo -- kasmā mayā ananuññāto mama bhavanaṃ pavisitvā  gharasāmiko viya itthāgārassa majjhe nisinnosi? ananuyuttametaṃ  samaṇassa yadidaṃ adinnaparibhogo itthisaṃsaggo ca? tasmā yadi tvaṃ  samaṇadhamme ṭhito, nikkhama samaṇāti. eke pana -- ``etāni  aññāni ca pharusavacanāni vatvā evāyaṃ etadavocā''ti bhaṇanti. <br/><br/>[01] atha bhagavā -- ``yasmā thaddho paṭithaddhabhāvena vinetuṃ  na sakkā, so hi paṭithaddhabhāve kayiramāne, seyyathāpi caṇḍassa  kukkurassa nāsāya pittaṃ bhindeyya, so bhiyyosomattāya caṇḍataro  assa, evaṃ thaddhataro hoti, mudunā pana so sakkā vinetu''nti ñatvā,  ^b^sādhāvuso^eb^ti piyavacanena tassa vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā nikkhami.  tena vuttaṃ ^b^sādhāvusoti bhagavā nikkhamī^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03] tato āḷavako -- ``subbaco vatāyaṃ samaṇo ekavacaneneva  nikkhanto, evaṃ nāma nikkhametuṃ sukhaṃ samaṇaṃ akāraṇenevāhaṃ  sakalarattiṃ yuddhena abbhuyyāsi''nti muducitto hutvā puna cintesi --  ``idānipi na sakkā jānituṃ, kiṃ nu kho subbacatāya nikkhanto  udāhu kodhano ^a^V1.0285^ea^. handāhaṃ ^a^P1.0326^ea^ vīmaṃsāmī''ti. tato  ^b^pavisa, samaṇā^eb^ti āha. atha subbacoti  mudubhūtacittavavatthānakaraṇatthaṃ puna piyavacanaṃ vadanto  ^b^sādhāvuso^eb^ti bhagavā ^a^M1.0298^ea^ pāvisi. āḷavako punappunaṃ tameva  subbacabhāvaṃ vīmaṃsanto dutiyampi tatiyampi ^b^nikkhama pavisā^eb^ti  āha. bhagavāpi tathā akāsi. yadi na kareyya, pakatiyāpi  thaddhayakkhassa cittaṃ thaddhataraṃ hutvā dhammakathāya bhājanaṃ na bhaveyya.  tasmā yathā nāma mātā rodantaṃ puttakaṃ yaṃ so icchati, taṃ datvā vā  katvā vā saññāpesi tathā bhagavā kilesarodanena rodantaṃ yakkhaṃ  saññāpetuṃ yaṃ so bhaṇati, taṃ akāsi. yathā ca dhātī thaññaṃ  apivantaṃ dārakaṃ kiñci datvā upalāḷetvā pāyeti, tathā bhagavā  yakkhaṃ lokuttaradhammakhīraṃ pāyetuṃ tassa patthitavacanakaraṇena  upalāḷento evamakāsi. yathā ca puriso lābumhi catumadhuraṃ  pūretukāmo tassabbhantaraṃ sodheti, evaṃ bhagavā yakkhassa citte  lokuttaracatumadhuraṃ pūretukāmo tassabbhantare kodhamalaṃ sodhetuṃ yāva  tatiyaṃ nikkhamanapavisanaṃ akāsi.<br/><br/>[03] atha āḷavako ``subbaco ayaṃ samaṇo `nikkhamā'ti vutto  nikkhamati, `pavisā'ti vutto pavisati. yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ samaṇaṃ  evameva sakalarattiṃ kilametvā pāde gahetvā pāragaṅgāya khipeyya''nti?  pāpakaṃ cittaṃ uppādetvā catutthavāraṃ āha ^b^nikkhama, samaṇā^eb^ti.  taṃ ñatvā bhagavā ^b^na khvāhaṃ ta^eb^nti āha. evaṃ vā vutte  taduttarikaraṇīyaṃ pariyesamāno pañhaṃ pucchitabbaṃ maññissati. taṃ  dhammakathāya mukhaṃ bhavissatīti ñatvā, ^b^na khvāhaṃ ta^eb^nti āha.  tattha ^b^na^eb^-iti paṭikkhepe. ^b^kho^eb^ti avadhāraṇe.  ^b^aha^eb^nti attanidassanaṃ. ^b^ta^eb^nti hetuvacanaṃ. tenevettha  ``yasmā tvaṃ evaṃ cintesi, tasmā ahaṃ, āvuso, neva  nikkhamissāmi, yaṃ te karaṇīyaṃ, taṃ karohī''ti evamattho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03] tato āḷavako yasmā pubbepi ākāsena gamanavelāya --  ``kiṃ nu kho etaṃ suvaṇṇavimānaṃ, udāhu rajatamaṇivimānānaṃ  aññataraṃ, handa naṃ passāmā''ti evaṃ attano vimānaṃ āgate iddhimante  tāpasaparibbājake pañhaṃ pucchitvā vissajjetuṃ ^a^P1.0327^ea^  asakkonte cittakkhepādīhi viheṭheti, tasmā bhagavantampi tathā  viheṭhessāmīti maññamāno ^b^pañhaṃ ta^eb^ntiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03] kuto panassa pañhāti ^a^M1.0299^ea^? tassa kira mātāpitaro kassapaṃ  bhagavantaṃ payirupāsitvā aṭṭha ^a^V1.0286^ea^ pañhe saha vissajjanena uggahesuṃ. te  daharakāle āḷavakaṃ pariyāpuṇāpesuṃ; so kālaccayena vissajjanaṃ  sammussi. tato ``ime pañhāpi mā vinassantū''ti suvaṇṇapaṭṭhe  jātihiṅgulakena lekhāpetvā vimāne nikkhipi. evamete puṭṭhapañhā  buddhavisayāva honti. bhagavā taṃ sutvā yasmā buddhānaṃ  pariccattalābhantarāyo vā jīvitantarāyo vā  sabbaññutaññāṇabyāmappabhādipaṭighāto vā na sakkā kenaci kātuṃ,  tasmā naṃ loke asādhāraṇaṃ buddhānubhāvaṃ dassento ^b^na khvāhaṃ taṃ,  āvuso, passāmi sadevake loke^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ bhagavā tassa bādhanacittaṃ paṭisedhetvā pañhāpucchane ussāhaṃ  janento āha ^b^apica tvaṃ, āvuso, puccha, yadākaṅkhasī^eb^ti.  tassattho -- puccha, yadi ākāṅkhasi, na me pañhāvissajjane bhāro  atthi. atha vā puccha, yaṃ ākaṅkhasi. sabbaṃ te  vissajjessāmīti sabbaññupavāraṇaṃ pavāresi asādhāraṇaṃ  paccekabuddhāggasāvakamahāsāvakehi. evaṃ bhagavato sabbaññupavāraṇāya  pavāritāya ^b^atha kho āḷavako yakkho bhagavantaṃ gāthāya  ajjhabhāsi^eb^.<br/><br/>[03] tattha ^b^kiṃ sūdha vitta^eb^nti, kiṃ su idha vittaṃ.  ^b^vitta^eb^nti dhanaṃ. taṃ hi pītisaṅkhātaṃ vittiṃ karoti, tasmā  ``vitta''nti vuccati. ^b^suciṇṇa^eb^nti sukataṃ. ^b^sukha^eb^nti  kāyikacetasikaṃ sātaṃ. ^b^āvahātī^eb^ti āvahati āneti deti  appeti. ^b^have^eb^-iti daḷhatthe nipāto. ^b^sādutara^eb^nti  atisayena sādu. ``sādhutara''ntipi pāṭho. ^b^rasāna^eb^nti  rasasaññitānaṃ dhammānaṃ. ^b^katha^eb^nti kena pakārena. kathaṃjīvino  jīvitaṃ ^b^kathaṃjīviṃjīvitaṃ^eb^. gāthābandhasukhatthaṃ pana sānunāsikaṃ  ^a^P1.0328^ea^ vuccati. kathaṃjīviṃ jīvatanti vā pāṭho, tassa  ``jīvantānaṃ kathaṃjīvi''nti attho. evaṃ imāya gāthāya ``kiṃ su  idha loke purisassa vittaṃ seṭṭhaṃ? kiṃ su suciṇṇaṃ sukhamāvahāti?  kiṃ rasānaṃ sādutaraṃ? kathaṃjīviṃ jīvitaṃ seṭṭhamāhū''ti? ime cattāro  pañhe pucchi.<br/><br/>[03] athassa bhagavā kassapadasabalena vissajjitanayeneva vissajjento  imaṃ gāthamāha ^b^saddhīdha vitta^eb^nti. tattha yathā hiraññasuvaṇṇādi  vittaṃ upabhogasukhaṃ ^a^M1.0300^ea^ āvahati, khuppipāsādidukkhaṃ paṭibāhati,  dāliddiyaṃ vūpasameti, muttādiratanapaṭilābhahetu hoti, lokasantatiñca  āvahati, evaṃ lokiyalokuttarā saddhāpi yathāsambhavaṃ lokiyalokuttaraṃ  vipākaṃ sukhamāvahati, saddhādhurena paṭipannānaṃ jātijarādidukkhaṃ  paṭibāhati, guṇadāliddiyaṃ vūpasameti,  satisambojjhaṅgādiratanapaṭilābhahetu hoti. <br/><br/>[21] ``saddho ^a^V1.0287^ea^ sīlena sampanno, yaso bhogasamappito. <br/><br/>[22] yaṃ yaṃ padesaṃ bhajati, tattha tattheva pūjito''ti..  (dha0 pa0 303) -- <br/><br/>[25] vacanato lokasantatiñca āvahatīti katvā  ``vitta''nti vuttaṃ. yasmā pana tesaṃ saddhāvittaṃ anugāmikaṃ  anaññasādhāraṇaṃ sabbasampattihetu, lokiyassa  hiraññasuvaṇṇādivittassāpi nidānaṃ. saddhoyeva hi dānādīni  puññāni katvā vittaṃ adhigacchati, assaddhassa pana vittaṃ yāvadeva  anatthāya hoti, tasmā seṭṭhanti vuttaṃ. ^b^purisassā^eb^ti  ukkaṭṭhaparicchedadesanā. tasmā na kevalaṃ purisassa, itthiādīnampi  saddhāvittameva seṭṭhanti veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^dhammo^eb^ti dasakusaladhammo, dānasīlabhāvanādhammo vā.  ^b^suciṇṇo^eb^ti sukato sucarito. ^b^sukhamāvahatī^eb^ti  soṇaseṭṭhiputtaraṭṭhapālādīnaṃ viya manussasukhaṃ, sakkādīnaṃ viya  dibbasukhaṃ, pariyosāne mahāpadumādīnaṃ viya nibbānasukhañca āvahati. <br/><br/>[01] ^b^sacca^eb^nti ayaṃ saccasaddo anekesu atthesu dissati.  seyyathidaṃ -- ``saccaṃ bhaṇe na kujjheyyā ^a^P1.0329^ea^'' tiādīsu (dha0 pa0 224) vācāsacce. ``sacce ṭhitā  samaṇabrāhmaṇā cā''tiādīsu (jā0 2.21.433) viratisacce.  ``kasmā nu saccāni vadanti nānā, pavādiyāse kusalā  vadānā''tiādīsu (su0 ni0 891) diṭṭhisacce. ``cattārimāni,  bhikkhave, brāhmaṇasaccānī''tiādīsu (a0 ni0  4.185)  brāhmaṇasacce. ``ekaṃ hi saccaṃ na dutiyamatthī''tiādīsu (su0  ni0 890; mahāni0 119) paramatthasacce. ``catunnaṃ saccānaṃ kati  kusalā''tiādīsu (vibha0 216) ariyasacce. idha pana  paramatthasaccaṃ nibbānaṃ viratisaccañca abbhantaraṃ katvā ^a^M1.0301^ea^ vācāsaccaṃ  adhippetaṃ, yassānubhāvena udakādīni vase vattenti, jātijarāmaraṇapāraṃ  taranti. yathāha -- <br/><br/>[21] ``saccena vācenudakamhi dhāvati, <br/><br/>[27] visampi saccena hananti paṇḍitā. <br/><br/>[26] saccena devo thanayaṃ pavassati, <br/><br/>[22] sace ṭhitā nibbutiṃ patthayanti.. <br/><br/>[21] ``ye ^a^V1.0288^ea^ kecime atthi rasā pathabyā, <br/><br/>[27] saccaṃ tesaṃ sādutaraṃ rasānaṃ. <br/><br/>[26] sacce ṭhitā samaṇabrāhmaṇā ca, <br/><br/>[22] taranti jātimaraṇassa pāra''nti.. (jā0  2.21.433).<br/><br/>[03] ^b^sādutara^eb^nti madhurataraṃ paṇītataraṃ. ^b^rasāna^eb^nti ye  ime ``mūlaraso khandharaso''tiādinā (dha0 sa0 628-630)  nayena sāyanīyadhammā, yecime ``anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sabbaṃ  phalarasaṃ (mahāva0 300), arasarūpo bhavaṃ gotamo, ye te, brāhmaṇa,  rūparasā saddarasā (pārā0 3; a0 ni0  8.11), anāpatti  rasarase (pāci0 605-611), ayaṃ dhammavinayo ekaraso  vimuttiraso (cūḷava0 385; a0 ni0  8.19), bhāgī vā bhagavā  attharasassa dhammarasassā''tiādinā (mahāni0 149) nayena  rūpācārarasupavajjā avasesā byañjanādayo ``dhammarasā''ti vuccanti  ^a^P1.0330^ea^. tesaṃ rasānaṃ saccaṃ have sādutaraṃ saccameva  sādutaraṃ. sādhutaraṃ vā, seṭṭhataraṃ, uttamataraṃ. mūlarasādayo hi  sarīramupabrūhenti, saṃkilesikañca sukhamāvahanti. saccarase  viratisaccavācāsaccarasā samathavipassanādīhi cittaṃ upabrūheti,  asaṃkilesikañca sukhamāvahati. vimuttiraso  paramatthasaccarasaparibhāvitattā sādu, attharasadhammarasā ca  tadadhigamūpāyabhūtaṃ atthañca dhammañca nissāya pavattitoti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^paññājīviṃjīvita^eb^nti ettha pana yvāyaṃ  andhekacakkhudvicakkhukesu dvicakkhupuggalo gahaṭṭho vā  kammantānuṭṭhāna-saraṇagamanadāna-saṃvibhāga-sīlasamādānuposathakammādi  gahaṭṭhapaṭipadaṃ, pabbajito vā avippaṭisārakarasīlasaṅkhātaṃ  taduttaricittavisuddhiādibhedampi pabbajitapaṭipadaṃ paññāya ārādhetvā  jīvati, tassa ^a^M1.0302^ea^ paññāya jīvino jīvitaṃ, taṃ vā paññājīvitaṃ  seṭṭhamāhūti evamattho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ bhagavatā vissajjite cattāropi pañhe sutvā attamano  yakkho avasesepi cattāro pañhe pucchanto ^b^kathaṃsu tarati  ogha^eb^nti gāthamāha. athassa bhagavā purimanayeneva vissajjento  ^b^saddhāya taratī^eb^ti gāthamāha. tattha kiñcāpi yo catubbidhamoghaṃ  tarati, so saṃsāraṇṇavampi tarati, vaṭṭadukkhampi acceti,  kilesamalāpi parisujjhati, evaṃ santepi pana yasmā assaddho  oghataraṇaṃ asaddahanto na pakkhandati, pañcasu kāmaguṇesu  cittavossaggena pamatto ^a^V1.0289^ea^ tattheva visattattā saṃsāraṇṇavaṃ na tarati,  kusīto dukkhaṃ viharati vokiṇṇo akusalehi dhammehi, appañño  suddhimaggaṃ ajānanto na parisujjhati, tasmā tappaṭipakkhaṃ dassentena  bhagavatā ayaṃ gāthā vuttā.<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ vuttāya cetāya yasmā sotāpattiyaṅgapadaṭṭhānaṃ saddhindriyaṃ,  tasmā ^b^saddhāya tarati ogha^eb^nti iminā padena diṭṭhoghataraṇaṃ  sotāpattimaggaṃ sotāpannañca pakāseti. yasmā pana sotāpanno  kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanāya sātaccakiriyasaṅkhatena appamādena  samannāgato dutiyamaggaṃ ārādhetvā ṭhapetvā sakidevimaṃ ^a^P1.0331^ea^  lokaṃ āgamanamaggaṃ avasesaṃ sotāpattimaggena atiṇṇaṃ  bhavoghavatthuṃ saṃsāraṇṇavaṃ tarati, tasmā ^b^appamādena aṇṇava^eb^nti  iminā padena bhavoghataraṇaṃ sakadāgāmimaggaṃ sakadāgāmiñca pakāseti.  yasmā ca sakadāgāmī vīriyena tatiyamaggaṃ ārādhetvā  sakadāgāmimaggena anatītaṃ kāmoghavatthuṃ kāmoghasaññitañca  kāmadukkhamacceti, tasmā ^b^vīriyena dukkhamaccetī^eb^ti iminā padena  kāmoghataraṇaṃ anāgāmimaggaṃ anāgāmiñca pakāseti. yasmā pana  anāgāmī vigatakāmasaññāya parisuddhāya paññāya ekantaparisuddhaṃ  catutthamaggapaññaṃ ārādhetvā anāgāmimaggena appahīnaṃ avijjāsaṅkhātaṃ  paramamalaṃ pajahati, tasmā ^b^paññāya parisujjhatī^eb^ti, iminā padena  avijjoghataraṇaṃ arahattamaggañca arahattañca pakāseti. imāya ca  arahattanikūṭena kathitāya gāthāya pariyosāne yakkho sotāpattiphale  patiṭṭhāsi.<br/><br/>[03] idāni ^a^M1.0303^ea^ tameva ``paññāya parisujjhatī''ti ettha vuttaṃ paññāpadaṃ  gahetvā attano paṭibhānena lokiyalokuttaramissakaṃ pañhaṃ pucchanto  ^b^kathaṃsu labhate pañña^eb^nti imaṃ chappadaṃ gāthamāha. tattha  ^b^kathaṃsū^eb^ti sabbattheva atthayuttipucchā honti. ayaṃ hi  paññādiatthaṃ ñatvā tassa yuttiṃ pucchati -- ``kathaṃ, kāya yuttiyā,  kena kāraṇena paññaṃ labhatī''ti? esa nayo dhanādīsu.<br/><br/>[03] athassa bhagavā catūhi kāraṇehi paññālābhaṃ dassento  ^b^saddahāno^eb^tiādimāha. tassattho -- yena pubbabhāge  kāyasucaritādibhedena aparabhāge ca sattatiṃsabodhipakkhiyabhedena dhammena  arahanto buddhapaccekabuddhasāvakā nibbānaṃ pattā, taṃ saddahāno arahataṃ  dhammaṃ nibbānapattiyā lokiyalokuttarapaññaṃ labhati, tañca kho na  saddhāmattakeneva. yasmā pana saddhājāto upasaṅkamati ^a^V1.0290^ea^, upasaṅkamanto  payirupāsati, payirupāsanto sotaṃ odahati, ohitasoto dhammaṃ  suṇāti, tasmā upasaṅkamanato pabhuti yāva dhammassavanena sussūsaṃ  labhati. kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti -- taṃ dhammaṃ saddahitvāpi ācariyupajjhāye  kālena upasaṅkamitvā ^a^P1.0332^ea^ vattakaraṇena payirupāsitvā  yadā payirupāsanāya ārādhitacittā kiñci vattukāmā honti. atha  adhigatāya sotukāmatāya sotaṃ odahitvā suṇanto labhatīti. evaṃ  sussūsampi ca satiavippavāsena appamatto subhāsitadubbhāsitaññutāya  vicakkhaṇo eva labhati, na itaro. tenāha ``appamatto  vicakkhaṇo''ti.<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ yasmā saddhāya paññalābhasaṃvattanikaṃ paṭipadaṃ paṭipajjati,  sussūsāya sakkaccaṃ paññādhigamūpāyaṃ suṇāti, appamādena gahitaṃ na  pamussati. vicakkhaṇatāya anūnādhikaṃ aviparītañca gahetvā  vitthārikaṃ karoti. sussūsāya vā ohitasoto paññāpaṭilābhahetuṃ  dhammaṃ suṇāti, appamādena sutadhammaṃ dhāreti, vicakkhaṇatāya dhatānaṃ  dhammānaṃ atthamupaparikkhati, athānupubbena paramatthasaccaṃ sacchikaroti,  tasmāssa bhagavā ``kathaṃsu labhate pañña''nti puṭṭho imāni cattāri  kāraṇāni dassento imaṃ gāthamāha.<br/><br/>[03] idāni ^a^M1.0304^ea^ tato pare tayo pañhe vissajjento ^b^patirūpakārī^eb^ti  imaṃ gāthamāha. tattha desakālādīni ahāpetvā lokiyassa  lokuttarassa vā dhanassa patirūpaṃ adhigamūpāyaṃ karotīti  ^b^patirūpakārī. dhuravā^eb^ti cetasikavīriyavasena anikkhittadhuro.  ^b^uṭṭhātā^eb^ti, ``yo ca sītañca uṇhañca, tiṇā bhiyyo na  maññatī''tiādinā (theragā0 232) nayena kāyikavīrīyavasena  uṭṭhānasampanno asithilaparakkamo. ^b^vindate dhana^eb^nti ekamūsikāya  nacirasseva catusatasahassasaṅkhaṃ cūḷantevāsī viya lokiyadhanañca,  mahallakamahātissatthero viya lokuttaradhanañca labhati. so  ``tīhiyeva iriyāpathehi viharissāmī''ti vattaṃ katvā  thinamiddhāgamanavelāya palālacumbaṭakaṃ temetvā sīse katvā galappamāṇaṃ  udakaṃ pavisitvā thinamiddhaṃ paṭibāhanto dasahi vassehi arahattaṃ  ^a^P1.0333^ea^ pāpuṇi. ^b^saccenā^eb^ti vacīsaccenāpi  ``saccavādī bhūtavādī''ti, paramatthasaccenāpi ``buddho paccekabuddho  ariyasāvako''ti evaṃ kittiṃ pappoti. ^b^dada^eb^nti yaṃkiñci  icchitapatthitaṃ dadanto mittāni ganthati, sampādeti karotīti attho.  duddadaṃ vā dadaṃ taṃ ganthati. dānamukhena vā cattāripi  saṅgahavatthūni gahitānīti veditabbāni, tehi mittāni karotīti vuttaṃ  hoti.<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ ^a^V1.0291^ea^ gahaṭṭhapabbajitānaṃ sādhāraṇena lokiyalokuttaramissakena  nayena cattāro pañhe vissajjetvā idāni ``kathaṃ pecca na socatī''ti  imaṃ pañcamaṃ pañhaṃ gahaṭṭhavasena vissajjento ^b^yassete^eb^tiādīmāha.  tassattho -- yassa ``saddahāno arahata''nti ettha vuttāya  sabbakalyāṇadhammuppādikāya saddhāya samannāgatattā ^b^saddhassa,  gharamesino^eb^ti gharāvāsaṃ pañca vā kāmaguṇe esantassa gavesantassa  kāmabhogino gahaṭṭhassa ``saccena kittiṃ pappotī''ti ettha vuttappakāraṃ  ^b^saccaṃ^eb^. ``sussūsaṃ labhate pañña''nti ettha sussūsapaññānāmena  vuttova ^b^damo^eb^. ``dhuravā uṭṭhātā''ti ettha dhuranāmena  uṭṭhānanāmena ca vuttā ^b^dhiti^eb^. ``dadaṃ mittāni ganthatī''ti  ettha vuttappakāro ^b^cāgo^eb^ cāti ete caturo dhammā santi.  ^b^sa ve pecca na socatī^eb^ti idhalokā paralokaṃ gantvā sa ve na  socatīti.<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ ^a^M1.0305^ea^ bhagavā pañcamampi pañhaṃ vissajjetvā taṃ yakkhaṃ codento  ^b^iṅgha aññepī^eb^tiādimāha. tattha ^b^iṅghā^eb^ti codanatthe  nipāto. ^b^aññepī^eb^ti aññepi dhamme puthū samaṇabrāhmaṇe pucchassu.  aññepi vā pūraṇādayo sabbaññupaṭiññe puthū samaṇabrāhmaṇe pucchassu.  yadi amhehi ``saccena kittiṃ pappotī''ti ettha vuttappakārā  saccā bhiyyo kittippattikāraṇaṃ vā, ``sussūsaṃ labhate pañña''nti  ettha sussūsāti paññāpadesena vuttā dammā bhiyyo ^a^P1.0334^ea^  lokiyalokuttarapaññāpaṭilābhakāraṇaṃ vā, ``dadaṃ mittāni ganthatī''ti  ettha vuttappakārā cāgā bhiyyo mittaganthanakāraṇaṃ vā, ``dhuravā  uṭṭhātā''ti ettha taṃ taṃ atthavasaṃ paṭicca dhuranāmena uṭṭhānanāmena ca  vuttāya mahābhārasahanatthena ussoḷhibhāvappattāya vīriyasaṅkhātāya  khantyā bhiyyo lokiyalokuttaradhanavindanakāraṇaṃ vā, ``saccaṃ dammo  dhiti cāgo''ti evaṃ vuttehi imeheva catūhi dhammehi bhiyyo asmā  lokā paraṃ lokaṃ pecca asocanakāraṇaṃ vā idha vijjatīti ayamettha  saddhiṃ saṅkhepayojanāya atthavaṇṇanā. vitthārato pana ekamekaṃ padaṃ  atthuddhārapaduddhārapadavaṇṇanānayehi vibhajitvā veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ vutte yakkho yena saṃsayena aññe puccheyya, tassa pahīnattā  ^b^kathaṃ nu dāni puccheyyaṃ, puthū samaṇabrāhmaṇe^eb^ti vatvā yepissa  apucchanakāraṇaṃ na jānanti, tepi jānāpento ^b^yohaṃ ajjapajānāmi,  yo attho samparāyiko^eb^ti āha. tattha ^b^ajjā^eb^ti ajjādiṃ  katvāti adhippāyo. ^b^pajānāmī^eb^ti yathāvuttena pakārena jānāmi.  ^b^yo attho^eb^ti ettāvatā ``sussūsaṃ labhate pañña''ntiādinā  nayena vuttaṃ diṭṭhadhammikaṃ dasseti. ^b^samparāyiko^eb^ti iminā  ``yassete caturo ^a^V1.0292^ea^ dhammā''ti vuttaṃ pecca sokābhāvakāraṇaṃ samparāyikaṃ.  ^b^attho^eb^ti ca kāraṇassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. ayaṃ hi atthasaddo  ``sātthaṃ sabyañjana''nti evamādīsu (pārā0 1; dī0 ni0  1.255) pāṭhatthe vattati. ``attho me, gahapati,  hiraññasuvaṇṇenā''tiādīsu (dī0 ni0 2.250; ma0 ni0  3.258) vicakkhaṇe. ``hoti sīlavataṃ attho''tiādīsu (jā0  1.1.11) vuḍḍhimhi. ``bahujano bhajate atthahetū''tiādīsu dhane.  ``ubhinnamatthaṃ caratī''tiādīsu (jā0 1.7.66; saṃ0 ni0   1.250; theragā0 443) hite ^a^M1.0306^ea^. ``atthe jāte ca  paṇḍita''ntiādīsu (jā0 1.1.92) kāraṇe. idha pana kāraṇe.  tasmā yaṃ paññādilābhādīnaṃ kāraṇaṃ diṭṭhadhammikaṃ, yañca pecca  sokābhāvassa kāraṇaṃ samparāyikaṃ, taṃ yohaṃ ajja bhagavatā vuttanayena  ^a^P1.0335^ea^ sāmaṃyeva pajānāmi, so kathaṃ nu dāni puccheyyaṃ  puthū samaṇabrāhmaṇeti evamettha saṅkhepato attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ yakkho ``pajānāmi yo attho samparāyiko''ti vatvā  tassa ñāṇassa bhagavaṃmūlakattaṃ dassento ^b^atthāya vata me buddho^eb^ti  āha. tattha ^b^atthāyā^eb^ti hitāya vuḍḍhiyā ca. ^b^yattha dinnaṃ  mahapphala^eb^nti ``yassete caturo dhammā''ti ettha vuttacāgena yattha  dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ, taṃ aggadakkhiṇeyyaṃ buddhaṃ pajānāmīti attho. keci  pana ``saṅghaṃ sandhāya evamāhā''ti bhaṇanti.<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ imāya gāthāya attano hitādhigamaṃ  dassetvā idāni sahitapaṭipattiṃ dīpento ^b^so ahaṃ  vicarissāmī^eb^tiādimāha. tattha ^b^gāmā gāma^eb^nti devagāmā  devagāmaṃ. ^b^purā pura^eb^nti devanagarato devanagaraṃ.  ^b^namassamāno sambuddhaṃ, dhammassa ca sudhammata^eb^nti ``sammāsambuddho  vata bhagavā, svākkhāto vata bhagavato dhammo''tiādinā nayena  buddhasubodhitañca dhammasudhammatañca ca-saddena ``suppaṭipanno vata  bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho''tiādinā saṅghasuppaṭipattiñca abhitthavitvā  namassamāno dhammaghosako hutvā vicarissāmīti vuttaṃ hoti.<br/><br/>[03] evamimāya gāthāya pariyosānañca rattivibhāvanañca  sādhukārasadduṭṭhānañca āḷavakakumārassa yakkhabhavanaṃ ānayanañca  ekakkhaṇeyeva ahosi. rājapurisā sādhukārasaddaṃ sutvā --  ``evarūpo sādhukārasaddo ṭhapetvā buddhe na aññesaṃ abbhuggacchati,  āgato nu kho bhagavā''ti āvajjentā bhagavato sarīrappabhaṃ disvā  pubbe viya bahi aṭṭhatvā nibbisaṅkā antoyeva pavisitvā addasaṃsu  bhagavantaṃ yakkhassa bhavane nisinnaṃ, yakkhañca añjaliṃ paggahetvā  ^a^V1.0293^ea^ ṭhitaṃ. disvāna yakkhaṃ āhaṃsu -- ``ayaṃ te, mahāyakkha, rājakumāro  balikammāya ānīto, handa naṃ khāda vā bhuñja vā, yathāpaccayaṃ vā  karohī''ti. so sotāpannattā lajjito visesena ^a^M1.0307^ea^ ca bhagavato purato  evaṃ vuccamāno atha taṃ kumāraṃ ubhohi hatthehi paṭiggahetvā bhagavato  ^a^P1.0336^ea^ upanāmesi ``ayaṃ, bhante, kumāro mayhaṃ pesito,  imāhaṃ bhagavato dammi, hitānukampakā buddhā, paṭiggaṇhātu, bhante,  bhagavā imaṃ dārakaṃ imassa hitatthāya sukhatthāyā''ti imañca gāthamāha  -- <br/><br/>[21] ``imaṃ kumāraṃ satapuññalakkhaṇaṃ, <br/><br/>[27] sabbaṅgupetaṃ paripuṇṇabyañjanaṃ. <br/><br/>[26] udaggacitto sumano dadāmi te, <br/><br/>[22] paṭiggaha lokahitāya cakkhumā''ti..<br/><br/>[03] paṭiggahesi bhagavā kumāraṃ. paṭiggaṇhanto ca yakkhassa ca  kumārassa ca maṅgalakaraṇatthaṃ pādūnagāthaṃ abhāsi. taṃ yakkho kumāraṃ  saraṇaṃ gamento tikkhattuṃ catutthapādena pūresi. seyyathidaṃ -- <br/><br/>[21] ``dīghāyuko hotu ayaṃ kumāro, <br/><br/>[27] tuvañca yakkha sukhito bhavāhi. <br/><br/>[26] abyādhitā lokahitāya tiṭṭhatha, <br/><br/>[27] ayaṃ kumāro saraṇamupeti buddhaṃ. <br/><br/>[26] ayaṃ kumāro saraṇamupeti dhammaṃ. <br/><br/>[22] ayaṃ kumāro saraṇamupeti saṅgha''nti..<br/><br/>[03] atha bhagavā kumāraṃ rājapurisānaṃ adāsi -- ``imaṃ vaḍḍhetvā  puna mameva dethā''ti. evaṃ so kumāro rājapurisānaṃ hatthato  yakkhassa hatthaṃ, yakkhassa hatthato bhagavato hatthaṃ, bhagavato hatthato  puna rājapurisānaṃ hatthaṃ gatattā nāmato ``hatthako āḷavako''ti  jāto. taṃ ādāya paṭinivatte rājapurise disvā  kassakavanakammikādayo ``kiṃ yakkho kumāraṃ atidaharattā na  icchī''ti? bhītā pucchiṃsu. rājapurisā ``mā bhāyatha. khemaṃ  kataṃ bhagavatā''ti sabbamārocesuṃ ^a^V1.0294^ea^. tato ``sādhu sādhū''ti sakalaṃ  āḷavinagaraṃ ekakolāhalena yakkhābhimukhaṃ ahosi. yakkhopi  bhagavato bhikkhācārakāle anuppatte pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā upaḍḍhamaggaṃ  anugantvā nivatti.<br/><br/>[03] atha bhagavā nagare piṇḍāya caritvā katabhattakicco nagaradvāre  aññatarasmiṃ vivitte rukkhamūle paññattabuddhāsane nisīdi. tato  mahājanakāyena saddhiṃ rājā ca nāgarā ca ekato sampiṇḍitvā  bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamma ^a^M1.0308^ea^ vanditvā parivāretvā ^a^P1.0337^ea^  nisinnā -- ``kathaṃ, bhante, evaṃ dāruṇaṃ yakkhaṃ damayitthā''ti  pucchiṃsu. tesaṃ bhagavā yuddhamādiṃ katvā ``evaṃ navavidhaṃ vassaṃ  vassetvā evaṃ vibhiṃsanakaṃ akāsi, evaṃ pañhaṃ pucchi. tassāhaṃ evaṃ  vissajjesi''nti tamevāḷavakasuttaṃ kathesi. kathāpariyosāne  caturāsītipāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. tato rājā ceva  nāgarā ca vessavaṇamahārājassa bhavanasamīpe yakkhassa bhavanaṃ katvā  pupphagandhādisakkārupetaṃ niccabaliṃ pavattesuṃ. tañca kumāraṃ viññutaṃ pattaṃ  ``tvaṃ bhagavantaṃ nissāya jīvitaṃ labhi, gaccha bhagavantaṃyeva  payirupāsassu bhikkhusaṅghañcā''ti vissajjesuṃ. so bhagavantañca  bhikkhusaṅghañca payirupāsamāno nacirasseva anāgāmiphale patiṭṭhāya  sabbaṃ buddhavacanaṃ uggahetvā pañcasataupāsakaparivāro ahosi. bhagavā  ca naṃ etadagge niddisi -- ``etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ  upāsakānaṃ catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi parisaṃ saṅgaṇhantānaṃ yadidaṃ hatthako  āḷavako''ti (a0 ni0  1.251). dvādasamaṃ. <br/><br/>[06] iti sāratthappakāsiniyā<br/><br/>[03] saṃyuttanikāya-aṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] yakkhasaṃyuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 38
item: 231
title: sudattasuttavaṇṇanā^paṭhamasukkāsuttavaṇṇanā^sakkasaṃyuttaṃ^paṭhamavaggo^suvīrasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 247^b^.^eb^ sakkasaṃyuttassa ^a^V1.0295^ea^ ^a^P1.0338^ea^  ^a^M1.0309^ea^ paṭhame ^b^abhiyaṃsū^eb^ti kadā abhiyaṃsu? yadā balavanto ahesuṃ, tadā.  tatrāyaṃ anupubbikathā -- sakko kira magadharaṭṭhe macalagāmake magho nāma  māṇavo hutvā tettiṃsa purise gahetvā kalyāṇakammaṃ karonto satta  vatapadāni pūretvā tattha kālaṅkato devaloke nibbatti. taṃ  balavakammānubhāvena saparisaṃ sesadevatā dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhantaṃ  disvā ``āgantukadevaputtā āgatā''ti nevāsikā gandhapānaṃ sajjayiṃsu.  sakko sakaparisāya saññaṃ adāsi -- ``mārisā mā gandhapānaṃ  pivittha, pivanākāramattameva dassethā''ti. te tattha akaṃsu.  nevāsikadevatā suvaṇṇasarakehi upanītaṃ gandhapānaṃ yāvadatthaṃ pivitvā  mattā tattha tattha suvaṇṇapathaviyaṃ patitvā sayiṃsu. sakko ``gaṇhatha  puttahatāya putte''ti te pādesu gahetvā sinerupāde khipāpesi. sakkassa  puññatejena tadanuvattakāpi sabbe tattheva patiṃsu. te  sineruvemajjhakāle saññaṃ labhitvā, ``tātā na suraṃ pivimha, na suraṃ  pivimhā''ti āhaṃsu. tato paṭṭhāya asurā nāma jātā. atha nesaṃ  kammapaccayautusamuṭṭhānaṃ sinerussa heṭṭhimatale dasayojanasahassaṃ  asurabhavanaṃ nibbatti. sakko tesaṃ nivattetvā ^a^P1.0339^ea^  anāgamanatthāya ārakkhaṃ ṭhapesi, yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ -- <br/><br/>[21] ``antarā dvinnaṃ ayujjhapurānaṃ, <br/><br/>[27] pañcavidhā ṭhapitā abhirakkhā. <br/><br/>[26] udakaṃ karoṭi-payassa ca hārī, <br/><br/>[22] madanayutā caturo ca mahatthā''ti..<br/><br/>[03] dve ^a^V1.0296^ea^ ^a^M1.0310^ea^ nagarāni hi yuddhena gahetuṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya ayujjhapurāni  nāma jātāni devanagarañca asuranagarañca. yadā hi asurā balavanto  honti, atha devehi palāyitvā devanagaraṃ pavisitvā dvāre pidahite  asurānaṃ satasahassampi kiñci kātuṃ na sakkoti. yadā devā  balavanto honti, athāsurehi palāyitvā asuranagarassa dvāre pidahite  sakkānaṃ satasahassampi kiñci kātuṃ na sakkoti. iti imāni dve  nagarāni ayujjhapurāni nāma. nesaṃ antarā etesu udakādīsu  pañcasu ṭhānesu sakkena ārakkhā ṭhapitā. tattha ^b^udaka^eb^saddena  nāgā gahitā. te hi udake balavanto honti. tasmā sinerussa  paṭhamālinde tesaṃ ārakkhā. ^b^karoṭi^eb^saddena supaṇṇā gahitā.  tesaṃ kira karoṭi nāma pānabhojanaṃ, tena taṃ nāmaṃ labhiṃsu.  dutiyālinde tesaṃ ārakkhā. ^b^payassahārī^eb^saddena kumbhaṇḍā  gahitā. dānavarakkhasā kira te. tatiyālinde tesaṃ ārakkhā.  ^b^madanayuta^eb^saddena yakkhā gahitā. visamacārino kirate  yujjhasoṇḍā. catutthālinde tesaṃ ārakkhā. ^b^caturo ca  mahantā^eb^ti cattāro mahārājāno vuttā. pañcamālinde tesaṃ ārakkhā.  tasmā yadi asurā kupitāvilacittā devapuraṃ upayanti yuddhesū, yaṃ  girino paṭhamaṃ paribhaṇḍaṃ, taṃ uragā paṭibāhanti evaṃ sesesu sesā.<br/><br/>[03] te pana asurā  āyuvaṇṇarasaissariyasampattīhi tāvatiṃsasadisāva. tasmā antarā  attānaṃ ajānitvā pāṭaliyā pupphitāya, ``na idaṃ devanagaraṃ, tattha  pāricchattako pupphati, idha pana cittapāṭalī, jarasakkenāmhākaṃ ^a^P1.0340^ea^  suraṃ pāyetvā vañcitā, devanagarañca no gahitaṃ, gacchāma  tena saddhiṃ yujjhissāmā''ti hatthiassarathe āruyha  suvaṇṇarajatamaṇiphalakāni gahetvā, yuddhasajjā hutvā, asurabheriyo  vādentā mahāsamudde udakaṃ dvidhā bhetvā uṭṭhahanti. te deve vuṭṭhe  vammikamakkhikā vammikaṃ viya sineruṃ abhiruhitu ārabhanti. atha  nesaṃ paṭhamaṃ nāgehi saddhiṃ yuddhaṃ hoti. tasmiṃ kho pana yuddhe na  kassaci chavi vā cammaṃ vā chijjati, na lohitaṃ uppajjati, kevalaṃ  kumārakānaṃ dārumeṇḍakayuddhaṃ viya aññamaññaṃ santāsanamattameva ^a^M1.0311^ea^ hoti.  koṭisatāpi koṭisahassāpi nāgā tehi saddhiṃ yujjhitvā te  asurapuraṃyeva pavesetvā nivattanti.<br/><br/>[03] yadā pana asurā balavanto honti, atha nāgā osakkitvā  dutiye ālinde supaṇṇehi saddhiṃ ekatova hutvā yujjhanti. esa  nayo supaṇṇādīsūpi. yadā pana tāni pañcapi ^a^V1.0297^ea^ ṭhānāni asurā  maddanti, tadā ekato sampiṇḍitānipi pañca balāni osakkanti.  atha cattāro mahārājāno gantvā sakkassa taṃ pavattiṃ ārocenti.  sakko tesaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā diyaḍḍhayojanasatikaṃ vejayantarathaṃ āruyha  sayaṃ vā nikkhamati, ekaṃ vā puttaṃ peseti. imasmiṃ pana kāle puttaṃ  pesetukāmo, ^b^tāta suvīrā^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^evaṃ bhaddantavāti kho^eb^ti evaṃ hotu bhaddaṃ tava iti kho.  ^b^pamādaṃ āpādesī^eb^ti pamādaṃ akāsi. accharāsaṅghaparivuto  saṭṭhiyojanaṃ vitthārena suvaṇṇamahāvīthiṃ otaritvā nakkhattaṃ kīḷanto  nandanavanādīsu vicaratīti attho.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^anuṭṭhaha^eb^nti anuṭṭhahanto. ^b^avāyāma^eb^nti avāyamanto.  ^b^alasvassā^eb^ti alaso assa. ^b^na ca kiccāni  kāraye^eb^ti kiñci kiccaṃ nāma na kareyya.  ^b^sabbakāmasamiddhassā^eb^ti sabbakāmehi samiddho assa. ^b^taṃ  me, sakka, varaṃ disā^eb^ti, sakka devaseṭṭha, taṃ me varaṃ uttamaṃ ṭhānaṃ  okāsaṃ disaṃ ācikkha kathehīti vadati. ^b^nibbānassa hi so  maggo^eb^ti kammaṃ akatvā jīvitaṭṭhānaṃ nāma nibbānassa maggo.  paṭhamaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 232
title: paṭhamasukkāsuttavaṇṇanā^sakkasaṃyuttaṃ^paṭhamavaggo^suvīrasuttavaṇṇanā^susīmasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 248^b^.^eb^ dutiye ^a^P1.0341^ea^ ^b^susīma^eb^nti  attano puttasahassassa antare evaṃnāmakaṃ ekaṃ puttameva. dutiyaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 233
title: sakkasaṃyuttaṃ^paṭhamavaggo^suvīrasuttavaṇṇanā^susīmasuttavaṇṇanā^dhajaggasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 249^b^.^eb^ tatiye ^b^samupabyūḷho^eb^ti sampiṇḍito  rāsibhūto. ^b^dhajaggaṃ^eb^ ^b^ullokeyyathā^eb^ti sakkassa kira  diyaḍḍhayojanasatāyāmo ratho ^a^M1.0312^ea^. tassa hi pacchimanto  paṇṇāsayojano, majjhe rathapañjaro paṇṇāsayojano, rathasandhito yāva  rathasīsā paṇṇāsayojanāni. tadeva pamāṇaṃ diguṇaṃ katvā  tiyojanasatāyāmotipi vadantiyeva. tasmiṃ yojanikapallaṅko  atthato, tiyojanikaṃ setacchattaṃ matthake ṭhapitaṃ, ekasmiṃyeva yuge  sahassāajaññā yuttā, sesālaṅkārassa pamāṇaṃ natthi. dhajo panassa  aḍḍhatiyāni yojanasatāni uggato, yassa vātāhatassa  pañcaṅgikatūriyasseva ^a^V1.0298^ea^ saddo niccharati, taṃ ullokeyyāthāti vadati.  kasmā? taṃ passantānañhi rājā no āgantvā parisapariyante  nikhātathambho viya ṭhito, kassa mayaṃ bhāyāmāti bhayaṃ na hoti.  ^b^pajāpatissā^eb^ti so kira sakkena samānavaṇṇo samānāyuko  dutiyaṃ āsanaṃ labhati. tathā ^b^varuṇo īsāno^eb^ ca. varuṇo pana  tatiyaṃ āsanaṃ labhati, īsāno catutthaṃ. ^b^palāyī^eb^ti asurehi  parājito tasmiṃ rathe ṭhito appamattakampi rajadhajaṃ disvā  palāyanadhammo.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^itipi so bhagavā^eb^tiādīni visuddhimagge vitthāritāneva.  ^b^idamavocā^eb^ti idaṃ dhajaggaparittaṃ nāma bhagavā avoca, yassa  āṇākhette koṭisatasahassacakkavāḷe ānubhāvo vattati. idaṃ  āvajjetvā hi yakkhabhayacorabhayādīhi dukkhehi muttānaṃ anto natthi.  tiṭṭhatu aññadukkhavūpasamo, idaṃ āvajjamāno hi pasannacitto  ākāsepi patiṭṭhaṃ labhati.<br/><br/>[03] tatridaṃ vatthu -- dīghavāpicetiyamhi kira sudhākamme ^a^P1.0342^ea^  kayiramāne eko daharo muddhavedikāpādato patitvā  cetiyakucchiyā bhassati. heṭṭhā ṭhito bhikkhusaṅgho ``dhajaggaparittaṃ,  āvuso, āvajjāhī''ti āha. so maraṇabhayena tajjito  ``dhajaggaparittaṃ maṃ rakkhatū''ti āha. tāvadevassa cetiyakucchito  dve iṭṭhakā nikkhamitvā sopānaṃ hutvā aṭṭhaṃsu, upariṭṭhito  vallinisseṇiṃ otāresuṃ. tasmiṃ nisseṇiyaṃ ṭhite iṭṭhakā  yathāṭṭhāneyeva aṭṭhaṃsu. tatiyaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 234
title: paṭhamavaggo^suvīrasuttavaṇṇanā^susīmasuttavaṇṇanā^dhajaggasuttavaṇṇanā^vepacittisuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 250^b^.^eb^ catutthe ^a^M1.0313^ea^ ^b^vepacittī^eb^ti so kira asurānaṃ  sabbajeṭṭhako. ^b^yenā^eb^ti nipātamattaṃ ^b^na^eb^nti ca.  ^b^kaṇṭhapañcamehī^eb^ti dvīsu hatthesu pādesu kaṇṭhe cāti evaṃ pañcahi  bandhanehi. tāni pana naḷinasuttaṃ viya makkaṭakasuttaṃ viya ca  cakkhussāpāthaṃ āgacchanti, iriyāpathaṃ rujjhanti. tehi pana citteneva  bajjhati, citteneva muccati. ^b^akkosatī^eb^ti corosi bālosi  mūḷhosi thenosi oṭṭhosi goṇosi gadrabhosi nerayikosi  tiracchānagatosi, natthi tuyhaṃ sugati, duggatiyeva tuyhaṃ  pāṭikaṅkhāti imehi dasahi akkosavatthūhi akkosati.  ^b^paribhāsatī^eb^ti, jarasakka, na tvaṃ sabbakālaṃ jinissasi, yadā  asurānaṃ jayo bhavissati, tadā tampi evaṃ bandhitvā asurabhavanassa  dvāre nipajjāpetvā pothāpessāmīti ādīni vatvā tajjeti. sakko  vijitavijayo na taṃ manasi karoti, mahāpaṭiggahaṇaṃ panassa matthake  vidhunanto sudhammadevasabhaṃ pavisati ^a^V1.0299^ea^ ceva nikkhamati ca.  ^b^ajjhabhāsī^eb^ti ``kiṃ nu kho esa sakko imāni pharusavacanāni  bhayena titikkhati, udāhu adhivāsanakhantiyā samannāgatattā''ti?  vīmaṃsanto abhāsi.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^dubbalyā no^eb^ti dubbalabhāvena nu. ^b^paṭisaṃyuje^eb^ti  paṭisaṃyujeyya paṭipphareyya. ^b^pabhijjeyyu^eb^nti virajjeyyuṃ.  pakujjheyyuntipi pāṭho. ^b^para^eb^nti paccatthikaṃ. ^b^yo sato  upasammatī^eb^ti yo satimā hutvā upasammati, tassa upasamaṃyevāhaṃ  ^a^P1.0343^ea^ bālassa paṭisedhanaṃ maññeti attho. ^b^yadā naṃ  maññatī^eb^ti yasmā taṃ maññati. ^b^ajjhāruhatī^eb^ti ajjhottharati.  ^b^gova bhiyyo palāyina^eb^nti yathā goyuddhe tāvadeva dve gāvo  yujjhante gogaṇo olokento tiṭṭhati, yadā pana eko palāyati, atha  naṃ palāyantaṃ sabbo gogaṇo bhiyyo ajjhottharati. evaṃ dummedho  khamantaṃ bhiyyo ajjhottharatīti attho. <br/><br/>[01] ^b^sadatthaparamā^eb^ti sakatthaparamā. ^b^khantyā  bhiyyo na vijjatī^eb^ti tesu sakātthaparamesu atthesu khantito  uttaritaro añño attho na vijjati. ^b^tamāhu paramaṃ khanti^eb^nti  yo balavā titikkhati, tassa taṃ khantiṃ paramaṃ āhu.  ^b^bālabalaṃ^eb^ nāma aññāṇabalaṃ. taṃ yassa balaṃ, abalameva  ^a^M1.0314^ea^ taṃ balanti āhu kathentīti dīpeti. ^b^dhammaguttassā^eb^ti dhammena  rakkhitassa, dhammaṃ vā rakkhantassa. ^b^paṭivattā^eb^ti paṭippharitvā  vattā, paṭippharitvā vā bālabalanti vadeyyāpi, dhammaṭṭhaṃ pana cāletuṃ  samattho nāma natthi. ^b^tasseva tena pāpiyo^eb^ti tena kodhena  tasseva puggalassa pāpaṃ. katarassa? ^b^yo kuddhaṃ paṭikujjhati.  tikicchantāna^eb^nti ekavacane bahuvacanaṃ, tikicchantanti attho.  ^b^janā maññantī^eb^ti evarūpaṃ attano ca parassa cāti ubhinnaṃ atthaṃ  tikicchantaṃ nipphādentaṃ puggalaṃ ``andhabālo aya''nti  andhabālaputhujjanāva evaṃ maññanti. ^b^dhammassa akovidā^eb^ti  catusaccadhamme achekā. ^b^idhā^eb^ti imasmiṃ sāsane. ^b^kho^eb^ti  nipātamattaṃ. catutthaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 235
title:
  suvīrasuttavaṇṇanā^susīmasuttavaṇṇanā^dhajaggasuttavaṇṇanā^vepacittisuttavaṇṇanā^subhāsitajayasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 251^b^.^eb^ pañcame ^b^asurindaṃ etadavocā^eb^ti chekatāya  etaṃ avoca. evaṃ kirassa ahosi ``parassa nāma gāhaṃ mocetvā  paṭhamaṃ vattuṃ garu. parassa vacanaṃ anugantvā pana pacchā sukhaṃ ^a^P1.0344^ea^  vattu''nti. ^b^pubbadevā^eb^ti devaloke ciranivāsino  pubbasāmikā, tumhākaṃ tāva paveṇiāgataṃ bhaṇathāti  ^a^V1.0300^ea^. ^b^adaṇḍāvacarā^eb^ti daṇḍāvacaraṇarahitā, daṇḍaṃ vā satthaṃ vā  gahetabbanti evamettha natthīti attho. pañcamaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 236
title:
  susīmasuttavaṇṇanā^dhajaggasuttavaṇṇanā^vepacittisuttavaṇṇanā^subhāsitajayasuttavaṇṇanā^kulāvakasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 252^b^.^eb^ chaṭṭhe ^b^ajjhabhāsī^eb^ti tassa kira  simbalivanābhimukhassa jātassa rathasaddo ca ājānīyasaddo dhajasaddo  ca samantā asanipātasaddo viya ahosi. taṃ sutvā simbalivane  balavasupaṇṇā palāyiṃsu, jarājiṇṇā ceva rogadubbalā ca  asañjātapakkhapotakā ca palāyituṃ asakkontā, maraṇabhayena tajjitā  ekappahāreneva mahāviravaṃ viraviṃsu. sakko taṃ sutvā ``kassa saddo,  tātā''ti? mātaliṃ pucchi. rathasaddaṃ, te deva, sutvā supaṇṇā  palāyituṃ asakkontā viravantīti. taṃ sutvā karuṇāsamāvajjitahadayo  abhāsi. ^b^īsāmukhenā^eb^ti rathassa īsāmukhena. yathā kulāvake  īsāmukhaṃ na sañcuṇṇeti, evaṃ iminā īsāmukhena te parivajjaya.  so hi ratho puññapaccayanibbatto cakkavāḷapabbatepi ^a^M1.0315^ea^ sinerumhipi  sammukhībhūte vinivijjhitvāva gacchati na sajjati,  ākāsagatasadiseneva gacchati. sace tena simbalivanena gato  bhaveyya, yathā mahāsakaṭe kadalivanamajjhena vā eraṇḍavanamajjhena vā  gacchante sabbavanaṃ vibhaggaṃ nimmathitaṃ hoti, evaṃ tampi simbalivanaṃ  bhaveyya. chaṭṭhaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 237
title:
  dhajaggasuttavaṇṇanā^vepacittisuttavaṇṇanā^subhāsitajayasuttavaṇṇanā^kulāvakasuttavaṇṇanā^nadubbhiyasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 253^b^.^eb^ sattame ^b^upasaṅkamī^eb^ti ``ayaṃ sakko  `yopi me assa supaccatthiko, tassa pāhaṃ na dubbheyya'nti cinteti,  mayā tassa paccatthikataro nāma natthi, vīmaṃsissāmi tāva naṃ, kiṃ  nu kho maṃ passitvā dubbhati, na dubbhatī''ti cintetvā upasaṅkami.  ^b^tiṭṭha vepacitti gahitosī^eb^ti vepacitti, ettheva tiṭṭha, gahito tvaṃ  mayāti vadati. saha vacanenevassa ^a^P1.0345^ea^ so  kaṇṭhapañcamehi bandhanehi baddhova ahosi. ^b^sapassu ca me^eb^ti  mayi adubbhatthāya sapathaṃ karohīti vadati. ^b^yaṃ musābhaṇato  pāpa^eb^nti imasmiṃ kappe paṭhamakappikesu cetiyarañño pāpaṃ sandhāyāha.  ^b^ariyūpavādino^eb^ti kokalikassa viya pāpaṃ. ^b^mittadduno  ca yaṃ pāpanti mahākapijātake^eb^ mahāsatte duṭṭhacittassa ^a^V1.0301^ea^ pāpaṃ.  ^b^akataññuno^eb^ti devadattasadisassa akataññuno pāpaṃ. imāni  kira imasmiṃ kappe cattāri mahāpāpāni. sattamaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 238
title:
  vepacittisuttavaṇṇanā^subhāsitajayasuttavaṇṇanā^kulāvakasuttavaṇṇanā^nadubbhiyasuttavaṇṇanā^verocanāsurindasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 254^b^.^eb^ aṭṭhame ^b^aṭṭhaṃsū^eb^ti dvārapālarūpakāni viya  ṭhitā. ^b^nipphadā^eb^ti nipphatti, yāva attho nipphajjati, tāva  vāyamethevāti vadati. dutiyagāthā sakkassa. tattha ^b^khantyā  bhiyyo^eb^ti nipphannasobhanesu atthesu khantito uttaritaro attho nāma  natthi. ^b^atthajātā^eb^ti kiccajātā. soṇasiṅgālādayopi hi  upādāya akiccajāto satto nāma natthi. ito etto gamanamattampi  kiccameva hoti. ^b^saṃyogaparamā tveva, sambhogā sabbapāṇina^eb^nti  pārivāsikaodanādīni hi asambhogārahāni honti, tāni puna  uṇhāpetvā bhajjitvā sappimadhuphāṇitādīhi saṃyojitāni  sambhogārahāni honti. tenāha ``saṃyogaparamā tveva, sambhogā  sabbapāṇina''nti ^a^M1.0316^ea^. ^b^nipphannasobhano attho^eb^ti ime atthā nāma  nipphannāva sobhanti. puna catutthagāthā sakkassa. tatthāpi  vuttanayeneva attho veditabbo. aṭṭhamaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 239
title:
  subhāsitajayasuttavaṇṇanā^kulāvakasuttavaṇṇanā^nadubbhiyasuttavaṇṇanā^verocanāsurindasuttavaṇṇanā^araññāyatanaisisuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 255^b^.^eb^ navame ^b^paṇṇakuṭīsu sammantī^eb^ti  himavantapadese ramaṇīye araññāyatane rattiṭṭhānadivāṭṭhānacaṅkamanādīhi  sampannāsu paṇṇasālāsu vasanti. ^b^sakko ca devānamindo  vepacitti cā^eb^ti ime dve janā jāmātikasasurā kālena kalahaṃ  karonti, kālena ekato caranti, imasmiṃ pana kāle ekato ^a^P1.0346^ea^  caranti. ^b^paṭaliyo^eb^ti gaṇaṅgaṇūpāhanā. ^b^khaggaṃ  olaggetvā^eb^ti khaggaṃ aṃse olaggetvā. ^b^chattenā^eb^ti  dibbasetacchattena matthake dhārayamānena. ^b^apabyāmato karitvā^eb^ti  byāmato akatvā. ^b^ciradikkhitāna^eb^nti cirasamādiṇṇavatānaṃ.  ^b^ito paṭikkammā^eb^ti ``ito pakkama parivajjaya, mā uparivāte  tiṭṭhā''ti vadanti. ^b^na hettha devā^eb^ti etasmiṃ sīlavantānaṃ gandhe  devā na paṭikkūlasaññino, iṭṭhakantamanāpasaññinoyevāti dīpeti.  navamaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 240
title:
  kulāvakasuttavaṇṇanā^nadubbhiyasuttavaṇṇanā^verocanāsurindasuttavaṇṇanā^araññāyatanaisisuttavaṇṇanā^samuddakasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 256^b^.^eb^ dasame ^a^V1.0302^ea^ ^b^samuddatīre paṇṇakuṭīsū^eb^ti  cakkavāḷamahāsamuddapiṭṭhiyaṃ rajatapaṭṭavaṇṇe vālukapuḷine vuttappakārāsu  paṇṇasālāsu vasanti. ^b^siyāpi no^eb^ti siyāpi amhākaṃ.  ^b^abhayadakkhiṇaṃ yāceyyāmā^eb^ti abhayadānaṃ yāceyyāma. yebhuyyena  kira devāsurasaṅgāmo mahāsamuddapiṭṭhe hoti. asurānaṃ na sabbakālaṃ  jayo hoti, bahuvāre parājayova hoti. te devehi parājitā  palāyantā isīnaṃ assamapadena gacchantā ``sakko imehi saddhiṃ  mantetvā amhe nāseti, gaṇhatha puttahatāya putte''ti kupitā assamapade  pānīyaghaṭacaṅkamanasālādīni viddhaṃsenti. isayo araññato phalāphalaṃ  ādāya āgatā naṃ disvā puna dukkhena paṭipākatikaṃ ^a^M1.0317^ea^ karonti. tepi  punappunaṃ tatheva vināsenti. tasmā ``idāni tesaṃ saṅgāmo  paccupaṭṭhito''ti sutvā evaṃ cintayiṃsu. <br/><br/>[01] ^b^kāmaṃkaro^eb^ti ^a^P1.0347^ea^ icchitakaro.  ^b^bhayassa abhayassa vā^eb^ti bhayaṃ vā abhayaṃ vā. idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti  -- sace tvaṃ abhayaṃ dātukāmo, abhayaṃ dātuṃ pahosi. sace bhayaṃ  dātukāmo. bhayaṃ dātuṃ pahosi. amhākaṃ pana abhayadānaṃ dehīti.  ^b^duṭṭhāna^eb^nti viruddhānaṃ. ^b^pavutta^eb^nti khette patiṭṭhāpitaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^tikkhattuṃ ubbijjī^eb^ti sāyamāsabhattaṃ bhuñjitvā sayanaṃ  abhiruyha nipanno niddāya okkantamattāya samantā ṭhatvā sattisatena  pahaṭo viya viravanto uṭṭhahati, dasayojanasahassaṃ asurabhavanaṃ  ``kimida''nti saṅkhobhaṃ āpajjati. atha naṃ āgantvā  ``kimida''nti pucchanti. so ``na kiñcī''ti vadati.  dutiyayāmādīsupi eseva nayo. iti asurānaṃ ``mā bhāyi,  mahārājā''ti taṃ assāsentānaṃyeva aruṇaṃ uggacchati. evamassa tato  paṭṭhāya gelaññajātaṃ cittaṃ vepati. teneva cassa ``vepacittī''ti aparaṃ  nāmaṃ udapādīti. dasamaṃ. <br/><br/>[06] paṭhamo vaggo. 


volume: 38
item: 241
title:
  nadubbhiyasuttavaṇṇanā^verocanāsurindasuttavaṇṇanā^araññāyatanaisisuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyavaggo^vatapadasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 257^b^.^eb^ dutiyavaggassa ^a^V1.0303^ea^ paṭhame ^b^vatapadānī^eb^ti  vatakoṭṭhāsāni. ^b^samattānī^eb^ti paripuṇṇāni.  ^b^samādinnānī^eb^ti gahitāni. ^b^kule jeṭṭhāpacāyī^eb^ti  kulajeṭṭhakānaṃ mahāpitā mahāmātā cūḷapitā cūḷamātā mātulo  mātulānītiādīnaṃ apacitikārako. ^b^saṇhavāco^eb^ti  piyamudumadhuravāco. ^b^muttacāgo^eb^ti vissaṭṭhacāgo.  ^b^payatapāṇī^eb^ti deyyadhammadānatthāya sadā dhotahattho.  ^b^vossaggarato^eb^ti vossajjane rato. ^b^yācayogo^eb^ti parehi  yācitabbāraho, ^b^yācayogo^eb^ti vā yācayogeneva yutto.  ^b^dānasaṃvibhāgarato^eb^ti dāne ca saṃvibhāge ca rato. paṭhamaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 242
title:
  verocanāsurindasuttavaṇṇanā^araññāyatanaisisuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyavaggo^vatapadasuttavaṇṇanā^sakkanāmasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 258^b^.^eb^ dutiye ^a^M1.0318^ea^ ^a^P1.0348^ea^ ^b^manussabhūto^eb^ti  magadharaṭṭhe macalagāme manussabhūto. ^b^āvasathaṃ adāsī^eb^ti  catumahāpathe mahājanassa āvasathaṃ kāretvā adāsi. ^b^sahassampi  atthāna^eb^nti sahassampi kāraṇānaṃ, janasahassena vā vacanasahassena  vā osārite ``ayaṃ imassa attho, ayaṃ imassa attho''ti ekapade  ṭhitova vinicchinati. dutiyaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 243
title:
  araññāyatanaisisuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyavaggo^vatapadasuttavaṇṇanā^sakkanāmasuttavaṇṇanā^mahālisuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 259^b^.^eb^ tatiye ^b^upasaṅkamī^eb^ti ``sakko devarājāti  kathenti, atthi nu kho so sakko, yena so diṭṭhapubboti imamatthaṃ  dasabalaṃ pucchissāmī''ti upasaṅkami. ^b^tañca pajānāmī^eb^ti  bahuvacane ekavacanaṃ, te ca dhamme pajānāmīti attho. sakko kira  anantare attabhāve magadharaṭṭhe macalagāme magho nāma māṇavo ahosi  paṇḍito byatto, bodhisattacariyā viya ca tassa cariyā ahosi.  so tettiṃsa purise gahetvā kalyāṇamakāsi. ekadivasaṃ attanova  paññāya upaparikkhitvā gāmamajjhe mahājanassa sannipatitaṭṭhāne kacavaraṃ  ubhatopassesu apabyūhitvā taṃ ṭhānaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ akāsi. puna tattheva  maṇḍapaṃ kāresi. puna gacchante kāle sālaṃ ^a^V1.0304^ea^ kāresi. gāmato ca  nikkhamitvā gāvutampi aḍḍhayojanampi tigāvutampi yojanampi  vicaritvā tehi sahāyehi saddhiṃ visamaṃ samaṃ akāsi. te sabbeva  ekacchandā tattha tattha setuyuttaṭṭhāne setuṃ,  maṇḍapasālāpokkharaṇimālāvaccharopanapadīnaṃ yuttaṭṭhānesu  maṇḍapasālāpokkharaṇimālāvaccharopanādīni karontā bahuṃ puññamakaṃsu.  magho satta vatapadāni pūretvā kāyassa bhedā saddhiṃ sahāyehi  tāvatiṃsabhavane nibbatti. taṃ sabbaṃ bhagavā jānāti. tenāha --  ^b^yesaṃ dhammānaṃ samādinnattā sakko sakkattaṃ ajjhagā, tañca  pajānāmī^eb^ti. ayaṃ sakkassa sakkattādhigame saṅkhepakathā, vitthāro  pana sumaṅgalavilāsiniyā dīghanikāyaṭṭhakathāya sakkapaṇhavaṇṇanāyaṃ  vutto. tatiyaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 244
title: dutiyavaggo^vatapadasuttavaṇṇanā^sakkanāmasuttavaṇṇanā^mahālisuttavaṇṇanā^daliddasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 260^b^.^eb^ catutthe ^a^M1.0319^ea^ ^a^P1.0349^ea^  ^b^manussadaliddo^eb^ti manussādhano. ^b^manussakapaṇo^eb^ti  manussakāruññataṃ patto. ^b^manussavarāko^eb^ti manussalāmako.  ^b^tatrā^eb^ti tasmiṃ ṭhāne, tasmiṃ vā atirocane.  ^b^ujjhāyantī^eb^ti avajjhāyanti lāmakato cintenti.  ^b^khiyantī^eb^ti kathenti pakāsenti. ^b^vipācentī^eb^ti tattha  tattha kathenti vitthārenti. ^b^eso kho mārisā^eb^ti ettha  ayamanupubbikathā -- so kira anuppanne buddhe kāsiraṭṭhe bārāṇasirājā  hutvā samussitaddhajapaṭākanānālaṅkārena suṭṭhu alaṅkataṃ nagaraṃ padakkhiṇaṃ  akāsi attano sirisampattiyā samākaḍḍhitanettena janakāyena  samullokiyamāno. tasmiñca samaye eko paccekabuddho  gandhamādanapabbatā āgamma tasmiṃ nagare piṇḍāya carati, santindriyo  santamānaso uttamadamathasamannāgato. mahājanopi rājagataṃ cittīkāraṃ  pahāya paccekabuddhameva olokesi. rājā -- ``idāni imasmiṃ  janakāye ekopi maṃ na oloketi. kiṃ nu kho eta''nti?  olokento paccekabuddhaṃ addasa. sopi paccekabuddho mahallako hoti  pacchimavaye ṭhito. cīvarānipissa jiṇṇāni, tato tato suttāni  gaḷanti. rañño satasahassādhikāni dve asaṅkhyeyyāni pūritapāramiṃ  paccekabuddhaṃ disvā cittapasādamattaṃ vā hatthaṃ pasāretvā vandanamattaṃ vā  nāhosi. so rājā ``pabbajito maññe esa usūyāya maṃ na  oloketī''ti kujjhitvā ``kvāyaṃ kuṭṭhicīvarāni pāruto''ti  niṭṭhubhitvā pakkāmi. tassa kammassa vipākena mahāniraye  nibbattitvā vipākāvasesena manussalokaṃ āgacchanto rājagahe  paramakapaṇāya itthiyā kucchimhi paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhi. gahitakālato  paṭṭhāya sā itthī kañjikamattampi ^a^V1.0305^ea^ udarapūraṃ nālattha. tassa  kucchigatasseva kaṇṇanāsā vilīnā, saṅkhapalitakuṭṭhī hutvā  mātukucchito nikkhanto. mātāpitaro ^a^P1.0350^ea^ nāma  dukkarakārikā honti, tenassa mātā yāva kapālaṃ gahetvā carituṃ na  sakkoti, tāvassa kañjikampi udakampi āharitvā adāsi.  bhikkhāya carituṃ samatthakāle panassa kapālaṃ hatthe datvā  ``paññāyissasi sakena kammenā''ti pakkāmi. <br/><br/>[01] athassa ^a^M1.0320^ea^ tato paṭṭhāya sakalasarīrato maṃsāni chijjitvā  chijjitvā patanti, yūsaṃ paggharati, mahāvedanā vattanti. yaṃ yaṃ racchaṃ  nissāya sayati, sabbarattiṃ mahāravena ravati. tassa  kāruññaparidevitasaddena sakalavīthiyaṃ manussā sabbarattiṃ niddaṃ na  labhanti. tassa tato paṭṭhāya sukhasayite pabodhetīti  ^b^suppabuddho^eb^tveva nāmaṃ udapādi. athāparena samayena bhagavati  rājagahaṃ sampatte nāgarā satthāraṃ nimantetvā nagaramajjhe mahāmaṇḍapaṃ  katvā dānaṃ adaṃsu. suppabuddhopi kuṭṭhī gantvā dānaggamaṇḍapassa  avidūre nisīdi. nāgarā buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena  khādanīyena bhojanīyena parivisantā tassāpi yāgubhattaṃ adaṃsu.  tassa paṇītabhojanaṃ bhuttassa cittaṃ ekaggaṃ ahosi. satthā  bhattakiccāvasāne anumodanaṃ katvā saccāni dīpesi, suppabuddho  nisinnaṭṭhāne nisinnova desanānusārena ñāṇaṃ pesetvā sotāpattiphale  patiṭṭhito. satthā uṭṭhāya vihāraṃ gato. sopi cumbaṭaṃ āruyha  kapālamādāya daṇḍamolubbha attano vasanaṭṭhānaṃ gacchanto vibbhantāya  gāviyā jīvitā voropito mattikapātiṃ bhinditvā suvaṇṇapātiṃ  paṭilabhanto viya dutiyacittavāre devaloke nibbatto attano puññaṃ  nissāya aññe deve atikkamma virocittha. taṃ kāraṇaṃ dassento  sakko devānamindo ^b^eso kho mārisā^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^saddhā^eb^ti maggenāgatasaddhā. ^b^sīlañca yassa  kalyāṇa^eb^nti kalyāṇasīlaṃ nāma ariyasāvakassa ariyakantasīlaṃ  vuccati. tattha kiñcāpi ariyasāvakassa ekasīlampi akantaṃ nāma  natthi, imasmiṃ panatthe bhavantarepi appahīnaṃ pañcasīlaṃ adhippetaṃ.  catutthaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 245
title:
  vatapadasuttavaṇṇanā^sakkanāmasuttavaṇṇanā^mahālisuttavaṇṇanā^daliddasuttavaṇṇanā^rāmaṇeyyakasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 261^b^.^eb^ pañcame ^a^P1.0351^ea^  ^b^ārāmacetyā^eb^ti ārāmacetiyāni. ^b^vanacetyā^eb^ti  vanacetiyāni. ubhayatthāpi ^a^V1.0306^ea^ cittīkataṭṭhena cetyaṃ veditabbaṃ.  ^b^manussarāmaṇeyyassā^eb^ti manussaramaṇīyabhāvassa. idāni  manussaramaṇīyakavasena bhūmiramaṇīyakaṃ dassento ^b^gāme  vā^eb^tiādimāha. pañcamaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 246
title:
  sakkanāmasuttavaṇṇanā^mahālisuttavaṇṇanā^daliddasuttavaṇṇanā^rāmaṇeyyakasuttavaṇṇanā^yajamānasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 262^b^.^eb^ chaṭṭhe ^a^M1.0321^ea^ ^b^yajamānāna^eb^nti yajantānaṃ. tadā  kira aṅgamagadhavāsikā manussā anusaṃvaccharaṃ sappimadhuphāṇitādīsu  aggaṃ gahetvā ekasmiṃ ṭhāne dārūnaṃ saṭṭhimatte sakaṭabhāre rāsiṃ katvā  aggiṃ datvā pajjalitakāle ``mahābrahmuno yajāmā''ti taṃ sabbaṃ  pakkhipanti. ``ekavāraṃ pakkhittaṃ sahassaguṇaphalaṃ detī''ti nesaṃ  laddhi. sakko devarājā ``sabbepime sabbāggāni gahetvā  `mahābrahmuno yajāmā'ti aggimhi jhāpenti. aphalaṃ karonti, mayi  passante mā nassantu, yathā buddhassa ceva saṅghassa ca datvā bahuṃ  puññaṃ pasavanti, evaṃ karissāmī''ti dārurāsiṃ jalāpetvā  olokentesu manussesu puṇṇamadivase brahmattabhāvaṃ māpetvā mahājanassa  passantasseva candamaṇḍalaṃ bhinditvā nikkhanto viya ahosi.  mahājano disvā ``imaṃ yaññaṃ paṭiggahetuṃ mahābrahmā āgacchatī''ti  jaṇṇukehi bhūmiyaṃ patiṭṭhāya, añjaliṃ paggayha namassamāno aṭṭhāsi.  brāhmaṇā āhaṃsu ``tumhe `mayaṃ takkena kathemā'ti maññatha, idāni  passatha, ayaṃ vo brahmā sahatthā yaññaṃ paṭiggahetuṃ āgacchatī''ti.  sakko āgantvā dārucitakamatthake ākāse ṭhatvā ``kassāyaṃ  sakkāro''ti pucchi? tumhākaṃ, bhante, paṭiggaṇhatha no yaññanti.  tena hi āgacchatha, mā tulaṃ chaḍḍetvā hatthena tulayittha, ayaṃ satthā  dhuravihāre vasati, taṃ pucchissāma ``kassa dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ hotī''ti  ^a^P1.0352^ea^? ubhayaraṭṭhavāsino gahetvā satthu santikaṃ gantvā  pucchanto evamāha.<br/><br/>[03] tattha ^b^puññapekkhāna^eb^nti puññaṃ icchantānaṃ puññatthikānaṃ.  ^b^opadhikaṃ puñña^eb^nti upadhivipākaṃ puññaṃ. ^b^saṅghe dinnaṃ  mahapphala^eb^nti ariyasaṅghe dinnaṃ vipphāravantaṃ hoti. desanāvasāne  caturāsītipāṇasahassāni amatapānaṃ piviṃsu. tato paṭṭhāya manussā  sabbāni aggadānāni bhikkhusaṅghassa adaṃsu. chaṭṭhaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 247
title:
  mahālisuttavaṇṇanā^daliddasuttavaṇṇanā^rāmaṇeyyakasuttavaṇṇanā^yajamānasuttavaṇṇanā^buddhavandanāsuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 263^b^.^eb^ sattame ^a^V1.0307^ea^ ^b^uṭṭhehī^eb^ti uṭṭhaha, ghaṭa, vāyama.  ^b^vijitasaṅgāmā^eb^ti rāgādīnañceva dvādasayojanikassa ca  mārabalassa jitattā bhagavantaṃ evaṃ ālapati ^a^M1.0322^ea^. ^b^pannabhārā^eb^ti  oropitakhandhakilesābhisaṅkhārabhāra. ^b^pannarasāya ratti^eb^nti  pannarasāya puṇṇamāya rattiṃ. sattamaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 248
title:
  daliddasuttavaṇṇanā^rāmaṇeyyakasuttavaṇṇanā^yajamānasuttavaṇṇanā^buddhavandanāsuttavaṇṇanā^gahaṭṭhavandanāsuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 264^b^.^eb^ aṭṭhame ^b^puthuddisā^eb^ti catasso disā  catasso anudisā ca. ^b^bhummā^eb^ti bhūmivāsino.  ^b^cirarattasamāhite^eb^ti upacārappanāhi cirarattasamāhitacitte.  ^b^vande^eb^ti vandāmi. ^b^brahmacariyaparāyaṇe^eb^ti dasapi vassāni  vīsatipi vassāni...pe0... saṭṭhipi vassāni āpāṇakoṭikaṃ  ekaseyyaṃ ekabhattantiādikaṃ seṭṭhacariyaṃ brahmacariyaṃ caramāneti attho.  ^b^puññakarā^eb^ti catupaccayadānaṃ kusumbhasumanapūjā  dīpasahassajālanti evamādipuññakārakā. ^b^sīlavanto^eb^ti  upāsakatte patiṭṭhāya pañcahipi dasahipi sīlehi samannāgatā.  ^b^dhammena dāraṃ posentī^eb^ti umaṅgabhindanādīni akatvā dhammikehi  kasigorakkhavaṇijjādīhi puttadāraṃ posenti. ^b^pamukho  rathamāruhī^eb^ti devānaṃ pamukho seṭṭho rathaṃ āruhi. aṭṭhamaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 249
title:
  rāmaṇeyyakasuttavaṇṇanā^yajamānasuttavaṇṇanā^buddhavandanāsuttavaṇṇanā^gahaṭṭhavandanāsuttavaṇṇanā^satthāravandanāsuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 265^b^.^eb^ navame ^a^P1.0353^ea^ ^b^bhagavantaṃ  namassatī^eb^ti ekaṃsaṃ uttariyaṃ dukulaṃ katvā, brahmajāṇuko hutvā  sirasi añjaliṃ ṭhapetvā namassati. ^b^so yakkho^eb^ti so sakko.  ^b^anomanāma^eb^nti sabbaguṇehi omakabhāvassa natthitāya  sabbaguṇanemittakehi nāmehi anomanāmaṃ. ^b^avijjāsamatikkamā^eb^ti  catusaccapaṭicchādikāya vaṭṭamūlakāvijjāya samatikkamena.  ^b^sekkhā^eb^ti satta sekkhā. ^b^apacayārāmā^eb^ti vaṭṭaviddhaṃsane  ratā. ^b^sikkhare^eb^ti sikkhanti. navamaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 250
title:
  yajamānasuttavaṇṇanā^buddhavandanāsuttavaṇṇanā^gahaṭṭhavandanāsuttavaṇṇanā^satthāravandanāsuttavaṇṇanā^saṅghavandanāsuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 266^b^.^eb^ dasame ^b^ajjhabhāsī^eb^ti kasmā esa punappunaṃ  evaṃ bhāsatīti? sakkassa kira devarañño ^a^V1.0308^ea^ saddo madhuro, suphasitaṃ  dantāvaraṇaṃ, kathanakāle suvaṇṇakiṅkiṇikasaddo viya niccharati. taṃ  punappunaṃ sotuṃ labhissāmīti bhāsati. ^b^pūtidehasayā^eb^ti pūtimhi  mātusarīre vā, attanoyeva vā sarīraṃ avattharitvā sayanato  pūtidehasayā. ^b^nimuggā^eb^ ^a^M1.0323^ea^ ^b^kuṇapamhete^eb^ti dasamāse  mātukucchisaṅkhāte kuṇapasmiṃ ete nimuggā. ^b^etaṃ tesaṃ  pihayāmī^eb^ti etesaṃ etaṃ pihayāmi patthayāmi. ^b^na te saṃ koṭṭhe  opentī^eb^ti na te saṃ santakaṃ dhaññaṃ koṭṭhe pakkhipanti. na hi  etesaṃ dhaññaṃ atthi. ^b^na kumbhī^eb^ti na kumbhiyaṃ. ^b^na  kaḷopiya^eb^nti na pacchiyaṃ. ^b^paraniṭṭhitamesānā^eb^ti paresaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ  paraghare pakkaṃ bhikkhācāravattena esamānā gavesamānā. ^b^tenā^eb^ti  evaṃ pariyiṭṭhena. ^b^subbatā^eb^ti dasapi...pe0... saṭṭhipi vassāni  susamādinnasundaravatā.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^sumantamantino^eb^ti dhammaṃ sajjhāyissāma, dhutaṅgaṃ  samādiyissāma, amataṃ paribhuñjissāma, samaṇadhammaṃ karissāmāti  evaṃ subhāsitabhāsino. ^b^tuṇhībhūtā samañcarā^eb^ti tiyāmarattiṃ  asanighosena ^a^P1.0354^ea^ ghositā viya dhammaṃ kathentāpi  tuṇhībhūtā samaṃ carantiyeva nāma. kasmā? niratthakavacanassābhāvā.  ^b^puthumaccā cā^eb^ti bahusattā ca aññamaññaṃ viruddhā.  ^b^attadaṇḍesu nibbutā^eb^ti paraviheṭhanatthaṃ gahitadaṇḍesu sattesu  nibbutā vissaṭṭhadaṇḍā. ^b^sādānesu anādānā^eb^ti sagahaṇesu  sattesu ca bhavayoniādīnaṃ ekakoṭṭhāsassāpi agahitattā agahaṇā.  dasamaṃ. <br/><br/>[06] dutiyo vaggo. 


volume: 38
item: 251
content: [03] 267^b^.^eb^ tatiyavaggassa paṭhamaṃ vuttatthameva. paṭhamaṃ.
title:
  buddhavandanāsuttavaṇṇanā^gahaṭṭhavandanāsuttavaṇṇanā^satthāravandanāsuttavaṇṇanā^tatiyavaggo^chetvāsuttavaṇṇanā


volume: 38
item: 252
title:
  gahaṭṭhavandanāsuttavaṇṇanā^satthāravandanāsuttavaṇṇanā^tatiyavaggo^chetvāsuttavaṇṇanā^dubbaṇṇiyasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 268^b^.^eb^ dutiye ^a^V1.0309^ea^ ^b^dubbaṇṇo^eb^ti jhāmakhāṇuvaṇṇo.  ^b^okoṭimako^eb^ti lakuṇḍako mahodaro. ^b^āsane^eb^ti  paṇḍukambalasilāyaṃ. ^b^kodhabhakkho^eb^ti sakkena gahitanāmamevetaṃ.  so pana eko rūpāvacarabrahmā, ``sakko kira khantibalena  samannāgato''ti sutvā vīmaṃsanatthaṃ āgato ^a^M1.0324^ea^. avaruddhakayakkhā pana  evarūpaṃ saṃvihitārakkhaṃ ṭhānaṃ pavisituṃ na sakkonti.  ^b^upasaṅkamī^eb^ti devānaṃ sutvā ``na sakkā esa pharusena cāletuṃ,  nīcavuttinā pana khantiyaṃ ṭhitena sakkā palāpetu''nti tathā  palāpetukāmo upasaṅkami. ^b^antaradhāyī^eb^ti khantiyaṃ ṭhatvā  balavacittīkāraṃ paccupaṭṭhapetvā nīcavuttiyā dassiyamānāya sakkāsane  ṭhātuṃ asakkonto antaradhāyi. ^b^na sūpahatacittomhī^eb^ti ettha  ^b^sū^eb^ti nipātamattaṃ, upahatacittomhīti āha. ^b^nāvattena  suvānayo^eb^ti na kodhāvattena suānayo, kodhavase vattetuṃ na  sukaromhīti vadati. ^b^na vo cirāha^eb^nti ^b^vo^eb^ti  nipātamattaṃ, ahaṃ ciraṃ na kujjhāmīti vadati. dutiyaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 253
title:
  satthāravandanāsuttavaṇṇanā^tatiyavaggo^chetvāsuttavaṇṇanā^dubbaṇṇiyasuttavaṇṇanā^sambarimāyāsuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 269^b^.^eb^ tatiye ^a^P1.0355^ea^ ^b^ābādhiko^eb^ti  isigaṇena abhisapakāle uppannābādhena ābādhiko. ^b^vācehi  ma^eb^nti sace maṃ sambarimāyaṃ vācesi, evamahaṃ tampi  tikicchissāmīti vadati. ^b^mā kho tvaṃ, mārisa, vācesī^eb^ti  vināpi tāva sambarimāyaṃ sakko amhe bādhati, yadi pana taṃ  jānissati, naṭṭhā mayaṃ, mā attano ekassa atthāya amhe nāsehīti  vatvā nivārayiṃsu. ^b^sambarova sataṃ sama^eb^nti yathā sambaro  asurindo māyāvī māyaṃ payojetvā vassasataṃ niraye pakko, evaṃ  paccati. tumhe dhammikāva, alaṃ vo māyāyāti vadati. kiṃ pana  sakko tassa kodhaṃ tikicchituṃ sakkuṇeyyāti? āma sakkuṇeyya.  kathaṃ? tadā kira so isigaṇo dharatiyeva, tasmā naṃ isīnaṃ  santikaṃ netvā khamāpeyya, evamassa phāsu bhaveyya. tena pana  vañcitattā tathā akatvā pakkantova. tatiyaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 254
title: tatiyavaggo^chetvāsuttavaṇṇanā^dubbaṇṇiyasuttavaṇṇanā^sambarimāyāsuttavaṇṇanā^accayasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 270^b^.^eb^ catutthe ^b^sampayojesu^eb^nti kalahaṃ akaṃsu.  ^b^accasarā^eb^ti atikkami, eko bhikkhu ekaṃ ^a^V1.0310^ea^ bhikkhuṃ atikkamma  vacanaṃ avocāti attho. ^b^yathādhammaṃ^eb^ ^a^M1.0325^ea^ ^b^nappaṭiggaṇhātī^eb^ti na  khamati. ^b^kodho vo vasamāyātū^eb^ti kodho tumhākaṃ vasaṃ  āgacchatu, mā tumhe kodhavasaṃ gamitthāti dīpeti. ^b^mā ca mitte  hi vo jarā^eb^ti ettha ^b^hī^eb^ti nipātamattaṃ, tumhākaṃ mittadhamme  jarā nāma mā nibbatti. bhummatthe vā karaṇavacanaṃ, mittesu vo jarā  mā nibbatti, mittabhāvato aññathābhāvo mā hotūti attho.  ^b^agarahiyaṃ mā garahitthā^eb^ti agārayhaṃ khīṇāsavapuggalaṃ mā  garahittha. catutthaṃ. 


volume: 38
item: 255
title:
  chetvāsuttavaṇṇanā^dubbaṇṇiyasuttavaṇṇanā^sambarimāyāsuttavaṇṇanā^accayasuttavaṇṇanā^akkodhasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 271^b^.^eb^ pañcame ^b^mā vo kodho ajjhabhavī^eb^ti  kodho tumhe mā abhibhavi, tumheva kodhaṃ abhibhavatha. ^b^mā ca  kujjhittha kujjhita^eb^nti kujjhantānaṃ mā paṭikujjhittha.  ^b^akkodho^eb^ti mettā ^a^P1.0356^ea^ ca mettāpubbabhāgo ca.  ^b^avihiṃsā^eb^ti karuṇā ca karuṇāpubbabhāgo ca. ^b^atha pāpajanaṃ  kodho, pabbatovābhimaddatī^eb^ti lāmakajanaṃ pabbato viya kodho  abhimaddatīti. pañcamaṃ. <br/><br/>[06] tatiyo vaggo. <br/><br/>[06] sakkasaṃyuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. <br/><br/>[06] iti sāratthappakāsiniyā saṃyuttanikāya-aṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] sagāthāvaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. <br/><br/>[06] saṃyuttanikāya-aṭṭhakathāya paṭhamo bhāgo.


volume: 39
item: 0
title: ganthārambhakathāvaṇṇanā^^^^
content:
  [03]^b^1^eb^^b^.^eb^ Saṃvaṇṇanārambhe ^a^V1.0001^ea^^a^M1.0001^ea^ ratanattayavandanā saṃvaṇṇetabbassa dhammassa pabhavanissayavisuddhipaṭivedanatthaṃ, taṃ pana dhammasaṃvaṇṇanāsu viññūnaṃ bahumānuppādanatthaṃ, taṃ sammadeva tesaṃ uggahaṇadhāraṇādikkamaladdhabbāya sammāpaṭipattiyā sabbahitasukhanipphādanatthanti. Atha vā maṅgalabhāvato, sabbakiriyāsu pubbakiccabhāvato, paṇḍitehi samācaritabhāvato, āyatiṃ paresaṃ diṭṭhānugatiāpajjanato ca saṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ ratanattayapaṇāmakiriyāti. Atha vā ratanattayapaṇāmakaraṇaṃ pūjanīyapūjāpuññavisesanibbattanatthaṃ, taṃ attano yathāladdhasampattinimittakassa kammassa balānuppadānatthaṃ, antarā ca tassa asaṃkocāpanatthaṃ, tadubhayaṃ anantarāyena aṭṭhakathāya parisamāpanatthanti idameva ca payojanaṃ ācariyena idhādhippetaṃ. Tathā hi vakkhati ‘‘iti me pasannamatino…pe… tassānubhāvenā’’ti. Vatthuttayapūjā hi niratisayapuññakkhettasaṃbuddhiyā aparimeyyapabhāvo puññātisayoti bahuvidhantarāyepi lokasannivāse ^a^V1.0002^ea^ antarāyanibandhanasakalasaṃkilesaviddhaṃsanāya pahoti, bhayādiupaddavañca nivāreti. Yathāha ‘‘pūjārahe pūjayato’’tiādi (dha. pa. 195; apa. thera 1.10.1), tathā ‘‘ye, bhikkhave, buddhe pasannā, agge te pasannā, agge kho pana pasannānaṃ aggo vipāko hotī’’tiādi (itivu. 90).<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Buddhoti ^a^M1.0002^ea^ kittayantassa, kāye bhavati yā pīti;<br/><br/>[27]Varameva hi sā pīti, kasiṇenapi jambudīpassa;<br/><br/>[22]Dhammoti…pe…, saṅghoti…pe…, jambudīpassā’’ti. (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.6);<br/><br/>[07]Tathā ‘‘yasmiṃ, mahānāma, samaye ariyasāvako tathāgataṃ anussarati, nevassa tasmiṃ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, na dosa…pe… na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hotī’’tiādi (a. ni. 6.10; 11.11). ‘‘Araññe rukkhamūle vā…pe… bhayaṃ vā chambhitattaṃ vā lomahaṃso na hessatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.249) ca.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha yassa vatthuttayassa vandanaṃ kattukāmo, tassa guṇātisayayogasandassanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘karuṇāsītalahadaya’’^eb^ntiādinā gāthattayamāha. Guṇātisayayogena hi vandanārahabhāvo, vandanārahe ca katā vandanā yathādhippetaṃ payojanaṃ sādhetīti. Tattha yassā desanāya saṃvaṇṇanaṃ kattukāmo, sā na vinayadesanā viya karuṇāppadhānā, nāpi abhidhammadesanā viya paññāppadhānā, atha kho karuṇāpaññāppadhānāti tadubhayappadhānameva tāva sammāsambuddhassa thomanaṃ kātuṃ tammūlakattā sesaratanānaṃ ^b^‘‘karuṇāsītalahadaya’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha kiratīti ^b^karuṇā,^eb^ paradukkhaṃ vikkhipati apanetīti attho. Atha vā kiṇātīti ^b^karuṇā,^eb^ paradukkhe sati kāruṇikaṃ hiṃsati vibādhatīti attho. Paradukkhe sati sādhūnaṃ kampanaṃ hadayakhedaṃ karotīti vā ^b^karuṇā^eb^. Atha vā kamiti sukhaṃ, taṃ rundhatīti ^b^karuṇā^eb^. Esā hi paradukkhāpanayanakāmatālakkhaṇā attasukhanirapekkhatāya kāruṇikānaṃ sukhaṃ rundhati vibandhatīti attho. Karuṇāya sītalaṃ ^b^karuṇāsītalaṃ,^eb^ karuṇāsītalaṃ hadayaṃ assāti ^b^karuṇāsītalahadayo,^eb^ taṃ karuṇāsītalahadayaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha kiñcāpi paresaṃ hitopasaṃhārasukhādiaparihānicchanasabhāvatāya, byāpādāratīnaṃ ujuvipaccanīkatāya ca sattasantānagatasantāpavicchedanākārapavattiyā mettāmuditānampi cittasītalabhāvakāraṇatā upalabbhati, tathāpi paradukkhāpanayanākārappavattiyā parūpatāpāsahanarasā avihiṃsābhūtā ^a^V1.0003^ea^ karuṇāva visesena bhagavato cittassa cittapassaddhi viya sītibhāvanimittanti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘karuṇāsītalahadaya’’^eb^nti. Karuṇāmukhena vā mettāmuditānampi hadayasītalabhāvakāraṇatā vuttāti daṭṭhabbā ^a^M1.0003^ea^.<br/><br/>[03]Atha vā chāsādhāraṇañāṇavisesanibandhanabhūtā sātisayaṃ niravasesañca sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ viya savisayabyāpitāya mahākaruṇābhāvamupagatā karuṇāva bhagavato abhisayena hadayasītalabhāvahetūti āha ^b^‘‘karuṇāsītalahadaya’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]Atha vā satipi mettāmuditānaṃ sātisaye hadayasītibhāvanibandhanatte sakalabuddhaguṇavisesakāraṇatāya tāsampi kāraṇanti karuṇāva bhagavato ‘‘hadayasītalabhāvakāraṇa’’nti vuttā. Karuṇānidānā hi sabbepi buddhaguṇā, karuṇānubhāvanibbāpiyamānasaṃsāradukkhasantāpassa hi bhagavato paradukkhāpanayanakāmatāya anekānipi asaṅkhyeyyāni kappānaṃ akilantarūpasseva niravasesabuddhakaradhammasambharaṇaniyatassa samadhigatadhammādhipateyyassa ca sannihitesupi sattasaṅghāṭasamupanītahadayūpatāpanimittesu na īsakampi cittasītibhāvassa aññathattamahosīti. Etasmiñca atthavikappe tīsupi avatthāsu bhagavato karuṇā saṅgahitāti daṭṭhabbā.<br/><br/>[03]Pajānātīti ^b^paññā,^eb^ yathāsabhāvaṃ pakārehi paṭivijjhatīti attho. Paññāva ñeyyāvaraṇappahānato pakārehi dhammasabhāvajotanaṭṭhena pajjototi ^b^paññāpajjoto^eb^. Savāsanappahānato visesena hataṃ samugghāṭitaṃ ^b^vihataṃ^eb^. Paññāpajjotena vihataṃ ^b^paññāpajjotavihataṃ^eb^. Muyhanti tena, sayaṃ vā muyhati, mohanamattameva vā tanti ^b^moho,^eb^ avijjā. Sveva visayasabhāvapaṭicchādanakaraṇato andhakārasarikkhatāya tamo viyāti ^b^tamo^eb^. Paññāpajjotavihato mohatamo etassāti ^b^paññāpajjotavihatamohatamo,^eb^ taṃ paññāpajjotavihatamohatamaṃ. Sabbesampi hi khīṇāsavānaṃ satipi paññāpajjotena avijjandhakārassa vihatabhāve saddhādhimuttehi viya diṭṭhippattānaṃ sāvakehi paccekasambuddhehi ca savāsanappahānena sammāsambuddhānaṃ kilesappahānassa viseso vijjatīti sātisayena avijjāppahānena bhagavantaṃ thomento āha ^b^‘‘paññāpajjotavihatamohatama’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]Atha vā antarena paropadesaṃ attano santāne accantaṃ avijjandhakāravigamassa nibbattitattā, tathā sabbaññutāya balesu ca vasībhāvassa samadhigatattā, parasantatiyañca dhammadesanātisayānubhāvena sammadeva tassa ^a^M1.0004^ea^ pavattitattā bhagavāva visesato mohatamavigamena thometabboti ^a^V1.0004^ea^ āha ^b^‘‘paññāpajjotavihatamohatama’’^eb^nti. Imasmiñca atthavikappe ‘‘paññāpajjoto’’ti padena bhagavato paṭivedhapaññā viya desanāpaññāpi sāmaññaniddesena, ekasesanayena vā saṅgahitāti daṭṭhabbā.<br/><br/>[03]Atha vā bhagavato ñāṇassa ñeyyapariyantikattā sakalañeyyadhammasabhāvāvabodhanasamatthena anāvaraṇañāṇasaṅkhātena paññāpajjotena sabbañeyyadhammasabhāvacchādakassa mohandhakārassa vidhamitattā anaññasādhāraṇo bhagavato mohatamavināsoti katvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘paññāpajjotavihatamohatama’’^eb^nti. Ettha ca mohatamavidhamanante adhigatattā anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ kāraṇūpacārena sasantāne mohatamavidhamananti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Abhinīhārasampattiyā savāsanappahānameva hi kilesānaṃ ñeyyāvaraṇapahānanti, parasantāne pana mohatamavidhamanassa kāraṇabhāvato phalūpacārena anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ ‘‘mohatamavidhamana’’nti vuccatīti.<br/><br/>[03]Kiṃ pana kāraṇaṃ avijjāsamugghātoyeveko pahānasampattivasena bhagavato thomanānimittaṃ gayhati, na pana sātisayaṃ niravasesakilesapahānanti? Tappahānavacaneneva tadekaṭṭhatāya sakalasaṃkilesagaṇasamugghātassa jotitabhāvato. Na hi so tādiso kileso atthi, yo niravasesāvijjāppahānena na pahīyatīti.<br/><br/>[03]Atha vā vijjā viya sakalakusaladhammasamuppattiyā niravasesākusaladhammanibbattiyā saṃsārappavattiyā ca avijjā padhānakāraṇanti tabbighātavacanena sakalasaṃkilesagaṇasamugghāto vutto eva hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘paññāpajjotavihatamohatama’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]Narā ca amarā ca ^b^narāmarā,^eb^ saha narāmarehīti ^b^sanarāmaro,^eb^ sanarāmaro ca so loko cāti ^b^sanarāmaraloko,^eb^ tassa garūti ^b^sanarāmaralokagaru,^eb^ taṃ sanarāmaralokagaruṃ. Etena devamanussānaṃ viya tadavasiṭṭhasattānampi yathārahaṃ guṇavisesāvahatāya bhagavato upakārataṃ dasseti. Na cettha padhānāppadhānabhāvo codetabbo. Añño hi saddakkamo, añño atthakkamo. Edisesu hi samāsapadesu padhānampi appadhānaṃ viya niddisīyati yathā ‘‘sarājikāya parisāyā’’ti ^a^M1.0005^ea^ (apa. aṭṭha. 1.1.82). Kāmañcettha sattasaṅkhārokāsavasena tividho loko, garubhāvassa pana adhippetattā garukaraṇasamatthasseva sattalokassa vasena attho gahetabbo. So hi lokīyanti ettha puññapāpāni tabbipāko cāti ‘‘loko’’ti vuccati. Amaraggahaṇena cettha upapattidevā adhippetā.<br/><br/>[03]Atha ^a^V1.0005^ea^ vā samūhattho ^b^loka^eb^-saddo samudāyavasena lokīyati paññāpīyatīti. Saha narehīti ^b^sanarā,^eb^ sanarā ca te amarā cāti ^b^sanarāmarā,^eb^ tesaṃ lokoti ^b^sanarāmaraloko^eb^ti purimanayeneva yojetabbaṃ. Amara-saddena cettha visuddhidevāpi saṅgayhanti. Te hi maraṇābhāvato paramatthato amarā, narāmarānaṃyeva gahaṇaṃ ukkaṭṭhaniddesavasena yathā ‘‘satthā devamanussāna’’nti (dī. ni. 1.157). Tathā hi sabbānatthapariharaṇapubbaṅgamāya niravasesahitasukhavidhānatapparāya niratisayāya payogasampattiyā sadevamanussāya pajāya accantamupakāritāya aparimitanirupamappabhāvaguṇavisesasamaṅgitāya ca sabbasattuttamo bhagavā aparimāṇāsu lokadhātūsu aparimāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ uttamaṃ gāravaṭṭhānaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sanarāmaralokagaru’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]Sobhanaṃ gataṃ gamanaṃ etassāti ^b^sugato^eb^. Bhagavato hi veneyyajanupasaṅkamanaṃ ekantena tesaṃ hitasukhanipphādanato sobhanaṃ, tathā lakkhaṇānubyañjanapaṭimaṇḍitarūpakāyatāya dutavilambitakhalitānukaḍḍhananippīḷanukkuṭikakuṭilākulatādi- dosarahitamavahasitarājahaṃsavasabhavāraṇamigarājagamanaṃ kāyagamanaṃ ñāṇagamanañca vipulanimmalakaruṇāsativīriyādiguṇavisesasahitamabhinīhārato yāva mahābodhi niravajjatāya sobhanamevāti.<br/><br/>[03]Atha vā sayambhūñāṇena sakalamapi lokaṃ pariññābhisamayavasena parijānanto ñāṇena sammā gato avagatoti ^b^sugato,^eb^ tathā lokasamudayaṃ pahānābhisamayavasena pajahanto anuppattidhammataṃ āpādento sammā gato atītoti ^b^sugato,^eb^ lokanirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ sacchikiriyābhisamayavasena sammā gato adhigatoti ^b^sugato,^eb^ lokanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ bhāvanābhisamayavasena sammā ^a^M1.0006^ea^ gato paṭipannoti ^b^sugato^eb^. ‘‘Sotāpattimaggena ye kilesā pahīnā, te kilese na puneti na pacceti na paccāgacchatīti sugato’’tiādinā nayena (mahāni. 38) ayamattho vibhāvetabboti.<br/><br/>[03]Atha vā sundaraṃ ṭhānaṃ sammāsambodhiṃ, nibbānameva vā gato adhigatoti ^b^sugato^eb^. Yasmā vā bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ veneyyānaṃ yathārahaṃ kālayuttameva ca dhammaṃ bhāsati, tasmā sammā gadati vadatīti ^b^sugato^eb^ da-kārassa ta-kāraṃ katvā. Iti sobhanagamanatādīhi ^b^sugato,^eb^ taṃ sugataṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Puññapāpakehi upapajjanavasena gantabbato ^b^gatiyo,^eb^ upapattibhavavisesā. Tā pana nirayādivasena pañcavidhā. Tā hi sakalassapi bhavagāmikammassa ariyamaggādhigamena avipākārahabhāvakaraṇena ^a^V1.0006^ea^ nivattitattā bhagavā pañcahipi gatīhi suṭṭhu mutto visaṃyuttoti āha ^b^‘‘gativimutta’’^eb^nti. Etena bhagavato katthacipi apariyāpannataṃ dasseti, yato bhagavā ‘‘devātidevo’’ti vuccati. Tenāha –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Yena devūpapatyassa, gandhabbo vā vihaṅgamo;<br/><br/>[27]Yakkhattaṃ yena gaccheyyaṃ, manussattañca abbaje;<br/><br/>[22]Te mayhaṃ āsavā khīṇā, viddhastā vinaḷīkatā’’ti. (a. ni. 4.36);<br/><br/>[03]Taṃtaṃgatisaṃvattanakānañhi kammakilesānaṃ aggamaggena bodhimūleyeva suppahīnattā natthi bhagavato gatipariyāpannatāti accantameva bhagavā sabbabhavayonigativiññāṇaṭṭhitisattāvāsasattanikāyehi suparimutto. Taṃ gativimuttaṃ. ^b^Vande^eb^ti namāmi, thomemīti vā attho.<br/><br/>[03]Atha vā ^b^gativimutta^eb^nti anupādisesanibbānadhātuppattiyā bhagavantaṃ thometi. Ettha hi dvīhi ākārehi bhagavato thomanā veditabbā attahitasampattito parahitapaṭipattito ca. Tesu ^b^attahitasampatti^eb^ anāvaraṇañāṇādhigamato, savāsanānaṃ sabbesaṃ kilesānaṃ accantapahānato, anupādisesanibbānappattito ca veditabbā. ^b^Parahitapaṭipatti^eb^ lābhasakkārādinirapekkhacittassa sabbadukkhaniyyānikadhammadesanato, viruddhesupi niccaṃ hitajjhāsayavasena ñāṇaparipākakālāgamanato ca. Sā panettha āsayato payogato ca duvidhā parahitapaṭipatti, tividhā ^a^M1.0007^ea^ ca attahitasampatti pakāsitā hoti, kathaṃ? ‘‘Karuṇāsītalahadaya’’nti etena āsayato parahitapaṭipatti, sammāgadanatthena sugata-saddena payogato parahitapaṭipatti, ‘‘paññāpajjotavihatamohatamaṃ gativimutta’’nti etehi catusaccapaṭivedhatthena ca sugata-saddena tividhāpi attahitasampatti, avasiṭṭhatthena tena ‘‘paññāpajjotavihatamohatama’’nti etena ca sabbāpi attahitasampatti parahitapaṭipatti pakāsitā hotīti.<br/><br/>[03]Atha vā tīhi ākārehi bhagavato thomanā veditabbā – hetuto phalato upakārato ca. Tattha ^b^hetu^eb^ mahākaruṇā, sā paṭhamapadena dassitā. ^b^Phalaṃ^eb^ catubbidhaṃ ñāṇasampadā pahānasampadā ānubhāvasampadā rūpakāyasampadā cāti. Tāsu ñāṇapahānasampadā dutiyapadena saccapaṭivedhatthena ca sugata-saddena pakāsitā honti, ānubhāvasampadā pana tatiyapadena, rūpakāyasampadā yathāvuttakāyagamanasobhanatthena sugata-saddena lakkhaṇānubyañjanapāripūriyā vinā tadabhāvato ^a^V1.0007^ea^. ^b^Upakāro^eb^ anantaraṃ abāhiraṃ karitvā tividhayānamukhena vimuttidhammadesanā. So sammāgadanatthena sugata-saddena pakāsito hotīti veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha ‘‘karuṇāsītalahadaya’’nti etena sammāsambodhiyā mūlaṃ dasseti. Mahākaruṇāya sañcoditamānaso hi bhagavā saṃsārapaṅkato sattānaṃ samuddharaṇatthaṃ katābhinīhāro anupubbena pāramiyo pūretvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ adhigatoti karuṇā sammāsambodhiyā mūlaṃ. ‘‘Paññāpajjotavihatamohatama’’nti etena sammāsambodhiṃ dasseti. Anāvaraṇañāṇapadaṭṭhānañhi maggañāṇaṃ, maggañāṇapadaṭṭhānañca anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ sammāsambodhīti vuccatīti. Sammāgamanatthena sugata-saddena sammāsambodhiyā paṭipattiṃ dasseti līnuddhaccapatiṭṭhānāyūhanakāmasukhallikattakilamathānuyoga-sassatucchedābhinivesādi-antadvayarahitāya karuṇāpaññāpariggahitāya majjhimāya paṭipattiyā pakāsanato sugata-saddassa. Itarehi sammāsambodhiyā padhānāppadhānabhedaṃ payojanaṃ dasseti. Saṃsāramahoghato sattasantāraṇañhettha padhānaṃ payojanaṃ, tadaññamappadhānaṃ. Tesu padhānena parahitapaṭipattiṃ dasseti, itarena attahitasampattiṃ, tadubhayena attahitāya paṭipannādīsu catūsu puggalesu bhagavato ^a^M1.0008^ea^ catutthapuggalabhāvaṃ dasseti. Tena ca anuttaradakkhiṇeyyabhāvaṃ, uttamavandanīyabhāvaṃ, attano ca vandanakiriyāya khettaṅgatabhāvaṃ dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]Ettha ca karuṇāgahaṇena lokiyesu mahaggatabhāvappattāsādhāraṇaguṇadīpanato bhagavato sabbalokiyaguṇasampatti dassitā hoti, paññāgahaṇena sabbaññutaññāṇapadaṭṭhānamaggañāṇadīpanato sabbalokuttaraguṇasampatti. Tadubhayaggahaṇasiddho hi attho ‘‘sanarāmaralokagaru’’ntiādinā vipañcīyatīti. Karuṇāgahaṇena ca upagamanaṃ nirupakkilesaṃ dasseti, paññāgahaṇena apagamanaṃ. Tathā karuṇāgahaṇena lokasamaññānurūpaṃ bhagavato pavattiṃ dasseti lokavohāravisayattā karuṇāya, paññāgahaṇena samaññāya anatidhāvanaṃ. Sabhāvānavabodhena hi dhammānaṃ samaññaṃ atidhāvitvā sattādiparāmasanaṃ hotīti. Tathā karuṇāgahaṇena mahākaruṇāsamāpattivihāraṃ dasseti, paññāgahaṇena tīsu kālesu appaṭihatañāṇaṃ catusaccañāṇaṃ catupaṭisambhidāñāṇaṃ catuvesārajjañāṇaṃ, karuṇāgahaṇena mahākaruṇāsamāpattiñāṇassa gahitattā sesādhāraṇañāṇāni cha abhiññā aṭṭhasu parisāsu akampanañāṇāni dasa balāni cuddasa buddhañāṇāni soḷasa ñāṇacariyā aṭṭhārasa buddhadhammā catucattālīsa ñāṇavatthūni sattasattati ñāṇavatthūnīti evamādīnaṃ anekesaṃ paññāpabhedānaṃ vasena ñāṇacāraṃ dasseti. Tathā karuṇāgahaṇena caraṇasampattiṃ, paññāgahaṇena vijjāsampattiṃ. Karuṇāgahaṇena ^a^V1.0008^ea^ attādhipatitā, paññāgahaṇena dhammādhipatitā. Karuṇāgahaṇena lokanāthabhāvo, paññāgahaṇena attanāthabhāvo. Tathā karuṇāgahaṇena pubbakāribhāvo, paññāgahaṇena kataññutā. Karuṇāgahaṇena aparantapatā, paññāgahaṇena anattantapatā. Karuṇāgahaṇena vā buddhakaradhammasiddhi, paññāgahaṇena buddhabhāvasiddhi. Tathā karuṇāgahaṇena paresaṃ tāraṇaṃ, paññāgahaṇena sayaṃ tāraṇaṃ. Tathā karuṇāgahaṇena sabbasattesu anuggahacittatā, paññāgahaṇena sabbadhammesu virattacittatā dassitā hoti.<br/><br/>[03]Sabbesañca buddhaguṇānaṃ karuṇā ādi tannidānabhāvato, paññā pariyosānaṃ tato uttari karaṇīyābhāvato. Iti ādipariyosānadassanena sabbe buddhaguṇā dassitā honti. Tathā karuṇāgahaṇena sīlakkhandhapubbaṅgamo ^a^M1.0009^ea^ samādhikkhandho dassito hoti. Karuṇānidānañhi sīlaṃ tato pāṇātipātādiviratippavattito, sā ca jhānattayasampayoginīti. Paññāvacanena paññākkhandho. Sīlañca sabbabuddhaguṇānaṃ ādi, samādhi majjhe, paññā pariyosānanti evampi ādimajjhapariyosānakalyāṇadassanena sabbe buddhaguṇā dassitā honti nayato dassitattā. Eso eva hi niravasesato buddhaguṇānaṃ dassanupāyo, yadidaṃ nayaggahaṇaṃ, aññathā ko nāma samattho bhagavato guṇe anupadaṃ niravasesato dassetuṃ. Tenevāha –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Buddhopi buddhassa bhaṇeyya vaṇṇaṃ,<br/><br/>[27]Kappampi ce aññamabhāsamāno;<br/><br/>[26]Khīyetha kappo ciradīghamantare,<br/><br/>[22]Vaṇṇo na khīyetha tathāgatassā’’ti. (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.304; 3.141; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 3.425; udā. 53; bu. vaṃ. aṭṭha. 4.5; cariyā. aṭṭha. nidānakathā, pakiṇṇakakathā; apa. 2.7.20) –<br/><br/>[07]Teneva ca āyasmatā sāriputtattherenapi buddaguṇaparicchedanaṃ pati anuyuttena ‘‘no hetaṃ, bhante’’ti paṭikkhipitvā ‘‘api ca me, bhante, dhammanvayo vidito’’ti (dī. ni. 2.146) vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^2^eb^^b^.^eb^ Evaṃ saṅkhepena sakalasabbaññuguṇehi bhagavantaṃ abhitthavitvā idāni saddhammaṃ thometuṃ ^b^‘‘buddhopī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^buddho^eb^ti kattuniddeso. ^b^Buddhabhāva^eb^nti kammaniddeso. ^b^Bhāvetvā sacchikatvā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0009^ea^ ca pubbakālakiriyāniddeso. ^b^Ya^eb^nti aniyamato kammaniddeso. ^b^Upagato^eb^ti aparakālakiriyāniddeso. ^b^Vande^eb^ti kiriyāniddeso. ^b^Ta^eb^nti niyamanaṃ. ^b^Dhamma^eb^nti vandanakiriyāya kammaniddeso. ^b^Gatamalaṃ anuttaranti^eb^ ca tabbisesanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha buddhasaddassa tāva – ‘‘bujjhitā saccānīti buddho, bodhetā pajāyāti buddho’’tiādinā niddesanayena (mahāni. 192; cūḷani. pārāyanatthutigāthāniddesa 97) attho veditabbo. Atha vā savāsanāya aññāṇaniddāya accantavigamato, buddhiyā vā vikasitabhāvato buddhavāti ^b^buddho^eb^ jāgaraṇavikasanatthavasena. Atha vā kassacipi ñeyyadhammassa anavabuddhassa abhāvena ñeyyavisesassa kammabhāvena ^a^M1.0010^ea^ aggahaṇato kammavacanicchāya abhāvena avagamanatthavaseneva kattuniddeso labbhatīti buddhavāti ^b^buddho^eb^ yathā ‘‘dikkhito na dadātī’’ti. Atthato pana pāramitāparibhāvito sayambhūñāṇena saha vāsanāya vihataviddhastaniravasesakileso mahākaruṇā sabbaññutaññāṇādiaparimeyyaguṇagaṇādhāro khandhasantāno buddho. Yathāha – ‘‘buddhoti yo so bhagavā sayambhū anācariyako pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu sāmaṃ saccāni abhisambujjhi. Tattha ca sabbaññutaṃ patto balesu ca vasībhāva’’nti (mahāni. 192). ^b^Api^eb^-saddo sambhāvane. Tena ‘‘evaṃ guṇavisesayutto sopi nāma bhagavā’’ti vakkhamānaguṇe dhamme sambhāvanaṃ dīpeti. ^b^Buddhabhāva^eb^nti sammāsambodhiṃ. ^b^Bhāvetvā^eb^ti uppādetvā vaḍḍhetvā ca. ^b^Sacchikatvā^eb^ti paccakkhaṃ katvā. ^b^Upagato^eb^ti patto, adhigatoti attho. Etassa ‘‘buddhabhāva’’nti etena sambandho. ^b^Gatamala^eb^nti vigatamalaṃ, niddosanti attho. ^b^Vande^eb^ti paṇamāmi, thomemi vā. ^b^Anuttara^eb^nti uttararahitaṃ, lokuttaranti attho. ^b^Dhamma^eb^nti yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjamāne apāyato saṃsārato ca apatamāne dhāretīti ^b^dhammo^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Ayañhettha saṅkhepattho – evaṃ vividhaguṇagaṇasamannāgato buddhopi bhagavā yaṃ ariyamaggasaṅkhātaṃ dhammaṃ bhāvetvā phalanibbānasaṅkhātaṃ pana dhammaṃ sacchikatvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ adhigato, tametaṃ buddhānampi buddhabhāvahetubhūtaṃ sabbadosamalarahitaṃ attano uttaritarābhāvena anuttaraṃ paṭivedhasaddhammaṃ namāmīti. Pariyattisaddhammassapi tappakāsanattā idha saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. Atha vā ‘‘abhidhammanayasamuddaṃ adhigacchi, tīṇi piṭakāni sammasī’’ti ca aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttattā pariyattidhammassapi sacchikiriyasammasanapariyāyo labbhatīti sopi idha vutto evāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Tathā ‘‘yaṃ dhammaṃ bhāvetvā sacchikatvā’’ti ca vuttattā buddhakaradhammabhūtāhi pāramitāhi saha ^a^V1.0010^ea^ pubbabhāge adhisīlasikkhādayopi idha dhamma-saddena saṅgahitāti veditabbaṃ. Tāpi hi malapaṭipakkhatāya gatamalā anaññasādhāraṇatāya anuttarā cāti. Tathā hi sattānaṃ sakalavaṭṭadukkhanissaraṇatthāya katamahābhinīhāro mahākaruṇādhivāsapesalajjhāsayo paññāvisesaparidhotanimmalānaṃ dānadamasaññamādīnaṃ uttamadhammānaṃ ^a^M1.0011^ea^ satasahassādhikāni kappānaṃ cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni sakkaccaṃ nirantaraṃ niravasesānaṃ bhāvanāpaccakkhakaraṇehi kammādīsu adhigatavasibhāvo acchariyācinteyyamahānubhāvo adhisīlādhicittānaṃ paramukkaṃsapāramippatto bhagavā paccayākāre catuvīsatikoṭisatasahassamukhena mahāvajirañāṇaṃ pesetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti.<br/><br/>[03]Ettha ca ‘‘bhāvetvā’’ti etena vijjāsampadāya dhammaṃ thometi, ‘‘sacchikatvā’’ti etena vimuttisampadāya. Tathā paṭhamena jhānasampadāya, dutiyena vimokkhasampadāya. Paṭhamena vā samādhisampadāya, dutiyena samāpattisampadāya. Atha vā paṭhamena khayeñāṇabhāvena, dutiyena anuppādeñāṇabhāvena. Purimena vā vijjūpamatāya, dutiyena vajirupamatāya. Purimena vā virāgasampattiyā, dutiyena nirodhasampattiyā. Tathā paṭhamena niyyānabhāvena, dutiyena nissaraṇabhāvena. Paṭhamena vā hetubhāvena, dutiyena asaṅkhatabhāvena. Paṭhamena vā dassanabhāvena, dutiyena vivekabhāvena. Paṭhamena vā adhipatibhāvena, dutiyena amatabhāvena dhammaṃ thometi. Atha vā ‘‘yaṃ dhammaṃ bhāvetvā buddhabhāvaṃ upagato’’ti etena svākkhātatāya dhammaṃ thometi, ‘‘sacchikatvā’’ti etena sandiṭṭhikatāya. Tathā purimena akālikatāya, pacchimena ehipassikatāya. Purimena vā opaneyyikatāya, pacchimena paccattaṃ veditabbatāya dhammaṃ thometi. ‘‘Gatamala’’nti iminā saṃkilesābhāvadīpanena dhammassa parisuddhataṃ dasseti. ‘‘Anuttara’’nti etena aññassa visiṭṭhassa abhāvadīpanena vipulaparipuṇṇataṃ. Paṭhamena vā pahānasampadaṃ dhammassa dasseti, dutiyena sabhāvasampadaṃ. Bhāvetabbatāya vā dhammassa gatamalabhāvo yojetabbo. Bhāvanābalena hi so dosānaṃ samugghātako hotīti. Sacchikātabbabhāvena anuttarabhāvo yojetabbo. Sacchikiriyānibbattito hi tatuttarikaraṇīyābhāvato anaññasādhāraṇatāya anuttaroti. Tathā ‘‘bhāvetvā’’ti etena saha pubbabhāgasīlādīhi sekkhā sīlasamādhipaññākkhandhā dassitā honti. ‘‘Sacchikatvā’’ti etena saha asaṅkhatāya dhātuyā asekkhā sīlasamādhipaññākkhandhā dassitā hontīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^3^eb^^b^.^eb^ Evaṃ saṅkhepeneva sabbadhammaguṇehi saddhammaṃ abhitthavitvā idāni ariyasaṅghaṃ thometuṃ ^b^‘‘sugatassā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^sugatassā^eb^ti sambandhaniddeso ^a^M1.0012^ea^. Tassa ‘‘puttāna’’nti etena sambandho ^a^V1.0011^ea^. ^b^Orasāna^eb^nti puttavisesanaṃ. ^b^Mārasenamathanāna^eb^nti orasaputtabhāve kāraṇaniddeso. Tena kilesapahānameva bhagavato orasaputtabhāve kāraṇaṃ anujānātīti dasseti. ^b^Aṭṭhanna^eb^nti gaṇanaparicchedaniddeso. Tena ca satipi tesaṃ sattavisesabhāvena anekasahassasaṅkhābhāve imaṃ gaṇanaparicchedaṃ nātivattantīti dasseti maggaṭṭhaphalaṭṭhabhāvānativattanato. ^b^Samūha^eb^nti samudāyaniddeso. ^b^Ariyasaṅgha^eb^nti guṇavisiṭṭhasaṅghātabhāvaniddeso. Tena asatipi ariyapuggalānaṃ kāyasāmaggiyaṃ ariyasaṅghabhāvaṃ dasseti diṭṭhisīlasāmaññena saṃhatabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha urasi bhavā jātā saṃbaddhā ca orasā. Yathā hi sattānaṃ orasaputtā attajātatāya pitu santakassa dāyajjassa visesena bhāgino honti, evametepi ariyapuggalā sammāsambuddhassa dhammassavanante ariyāya jātiyā jātatāya bhagavato santakassa vimuttisukhassa ariyadhammaratanassa ca ekantabhāginoti orasā viya ^b^orasā^eb^. Atha vā bhagavato dhammadesanānubhāveneva ariyabhūmiṃ okkamamānā okkantā ca ariyasāvakā bhagavato urena vāyāmajanitābhijātitāya nippariyāyena orasā puttāti vattabbataṃ arahanti. Sāvakehi pavattiyamānāpi hi dhammadesanā ‘‘bhagavato dhammadesanā’’icceva vuccati tammūlikattā lakkhaṇādivisesābhāvato ca.<br/><br/>[03]Yadipi ariyasāvakānaṃ ariyamaggādhigamasamaye bhagavato viya tadantarāyakaraṇatthaṃ devaputtamāro, māravāhinī vā na ekantena apasādeti, tehi pana apasādetabbatāya kāraṇe vimathite tepi vimathitā eva nāma hontīti āha ^b^‘‘mārasenamathanāna’’^eb^nti. Imasmiṃ panatthe ‘‘māramārasenamathanāna’’nti vattabbe ^b^mārasenamathanāna^eb^nti ekadesasarūpekaseso katoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Atha vā khandhābhisaṅkhāramārānaṃ viya devaputtamārassapi guṇamāraṇe sahāyabhāvūpagamanato kilesabalakāyo ‘‘senā’’ti vuccati. Yathāha ‘‘kāmā te paṭhamā senā’’tiādi (su. ni. 438). Sā ca tehi diyaḍḍhasahassabhedā, anantabhedā vā kilesavāhinī satidhammavicayavīriyasamathādiguṇapaharaṇehi odhiso vimathitā ^a^M1.0013^ea^ vihatā viddhastā cāti ^b^mārasenamathanā,^eb^ ariyasāvakā. Etena tesaṃ bhagavato anujātaputtataṃ dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]Ārakattā kilesehi, anaye na iriyanato, aye ca iriyanato ^b^ariyā^eb^ niruttinayena. Atha vā sadevakena lokena saraṇanti araṇīyato upagantabbato, upagatānañca tadatthasiddhito ^b^ariyā^eb^. Ariyānaṃ saṅghoti ^b^ariyasaṅgho^eb^. Ariyo ca so saṅgho cāti vā ^b^ariyasaṅgho^eb^. Bhagavato ^a^V1.0012^ea^ aparabhāge buddhadhammaratanānampi samadhigamo saṅgharatanādhīnoti assa ariyasaṅghassa bahūpakārataṃ dassetuṃ idheva ^b^‘‘sirasā vande’’^eb^ti vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Ettha ca ‘‘sugatassa orasānaṃ puttāna’’nti etena ariyasaṅghassa pabhavasampadaṃ dasseti, ‘‘mārasenamathanāna’’nti etena pahānasampadaṃ sakalasaṃkilesapahānadīpanato, ‘‘aṭṭhannampi samūha’’nti etena ñāṇasampadaṃ maggaṭṭhaphalaṭṭhabhāvadīpanato. ‘‘Ariyasaṅgha’’nti etena pabhavasampadaṃ dasseti sabbasaṅghānaṃ aggabhāvadīpanato. Atha vā ^b^sugatassa orasānaṃ puttāna^eb^nti ariyasaṅghassa visuddhanissayabhāvadīpanaṃ. ^b^Mārasenamathanāna^eb^nti sammāujuñāyasāmīcippaṭipannabhāvadīpanaṃ. ^b^Aṭṭhannampi samūha^eb^nti āhuneyyādibhāvadīpanaṃ. ^b^Ariyasaṅgha^eb^nti anuttarapuññakhettabhāvadīpanaṃ. Tathā ‘‘sugatassa orasānaṃ puttāna’’nti etena ariyasaṅghassa lokuttarasaraṇagamanasabhāvaṃ dīpeti. Lokuttarasaraṇagamanena hi te bhagavato orasaputtā jātā. ‘‘Mārasenamathanāna’’nti etena abhinīhārasampadāya siddhaṃ pubbabhāge sammāpaṭipattiṃ dasseti. Katābhinīhārā hi sammāpaṭipannā māraṃ māraparisaṃ vā abhivijinanti. ‘‘Aṭṭhannampi samūha’’nti etena paṭividdhastavipakkhe sekkhāsekkhadhamme dasseti puggalādhiṭṭhānena maggaphaladhammānaṃ pakāsitattā. ‘‘Ariyasaṅgha’’nti aggadakkhiṇeyyabhāvaṃ dasseti. Saraṇagamanañca sāvakānaṃ sabbaguṇānaṃ ādi, sapubbabhāgapaṭipadā sekkhā sīlakkhandhādayo majjhe, asekkhā sīlakkhandhādayo pariyosānanti ādimajjhapariyosānakalyāṇā saṅkhepato sabbe ariyasaṅghaguṇā pakāsitā honti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^4^eb^^b^.^eb^ Evaṃ gāthāttayena saṅkhepato sakalaguṇasaṃkittanamukhena ratanattayassa paṇāmaṃ katvā idāni taṃ nipaccakāraṃ yathādhippete payojane pariṇāmento ^a^M1.0014^ea^^b^‘‘iti me’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ratijananaṭṭhena ^b^ratanaṃ,^eb^ buddhadhammasaṅghā. Tesañhi ‘‘itipi so bhagavā’’tiādinā yathābhūtaguṇe āvajjentassa amatādhigamahetubhūtaṃ anappakaṃ pītipāmojjaṃ uppajjati. Yathāha –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Yasmiṃ, mahānāma, samaye ariyasāvako tathāgataṃ anussarati, nevassa tasmiṃ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, ujugatamevassa tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ hoti tathāgataṃ ārabbha. Ujugatacitto kho pana, mahānāma, ariyasāvako labhati atthavedaṃ, labhati dhammavedaṃ, labhati dhammūpasaṃhitaṃ pāmojjaṃ, pamuditassa pīti jāyatī’’tiādi (a. ni. 6.10; 11.11).<br/><br/>[03]Cittīkatādibhāvo ^a^V1.0013^ea^ vā ratanaṭṭho. Vuttañhetaṃ –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Cittīkataṃ mahagghañca, atulaṃ dullabhadassanaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Anomasattaparibhogaṃ, ratanaṃ tena vuccatī’’ti. (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.33; khu. pā. aṭṭha. 6.3; su. ni. aṭṭha. 226; mahāni. aṭṭha. 50) –<br/><br/>[07]Cittīkatabhāvādayo ca anaññasādhāraṇā buddhādīsu eva labbhantīti.<br/><br/>[03]Vandanāva ^b^vandanāmayaṃ^eb^ yathā ‘‘dānamayaṃ sīlamaya’’nti. Vandanā cettha kāyavācācittehi tiṇṇaṃ ratanānaṃ guṇaninnatā, thomanā vā. Pujjabhavaphalanibbattanato ^b^puññaṃ,^eb^ attano santānaṃ punātīti vā. ^b^Suvihatantarāyo^eb^ti. Suṭṭhu vihatantarāyo. Etena attano pasādasampattiyā, ratanattayassa ca khettabhāvasampattiyā taṃ puññaṃ atthappakāsanassa upaghātakaupaddavānaṃ vihanane samatthanti dasseti. ^b^Hutvā^eb^ti pubbakālakiriyā. Tassa ‘‘atthaṃ pakāsayissāmī’’ti etena sambandho. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti yaṃ ratanattayavandanāmayaṃ puññaṃ, tassa. ^b^Ānubhāvenā^eb^ti balena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^5^eb^^b^.^eb^ Evaṃ ratanattayassa nipaccakāre payojanaṃ dassetvā idāni yassā dhammadesanāya atthaṃ saṃvaṇṇetukāmo, tassā tāva guṇābhitthavanavasena upaññāpanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘saṃyuttavaggapaṭimaṇḍitassā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ, devatāsaṃyuttādisaṃyuttehi ceva naḷavaggādivaggehi ca vibhūsitassāti attho. Tattha ^a^M1.0015^ea^ ‘‘saṃyutta’’nti ‘‘saṃyogo’’ti ca atthato ekaṃ. Kesaṃ saṃyuttaṃ? Suttavaggānaṃ. Yathā hi byañjanasamudāyo padaṃ, evaṃ atthesu ca katāvadhiko padasamudāyo vākyaṃ, vākyasamudāyo suttaṃ, suttasamudāye vaggoti samaññā, tathā suttavaggasamudāye saṃyuttasamaññā. Saṃyujjantīti ettha suttavaggāti ^b^saṃyuttaṃ^eb^. Yadipi avayavavinimutto samudāyo nāma paramatthato natthi, avayave eva taṃtaṃsannivesavisiṭṭhe upādāya padādisamaññā viya suttavaggasamaññā saṃyuttasamaññā āgamasamaññā ca, tathāpi paramatthato avijjamānopi samudāyo buddhiparikappitarūpena vijjamāno viya gayhamāno avayavānaṃ adhiṭṭhānabhāvena voharīyati yathā ‘‘rukkhe sākhā’’ti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘saṃyuttavaggapaṭimaṇḍitassā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Nanu saṃyuttavaggo eva āgamo, tassa pana kehi maṇḍananti? Na codetabbametaṃ. Bhavati hi abhinnepi vatthusmiṃ yathādhippetavisesāvabodhanato bhedakasamudācāro yathā ‘‘silāputtakassa ^a^V1.0014^ea^ sarīra’’nti. Āgamissanti ettha, etena, etasmā vā attatthaparatthādayoti ^b^āgamo,^eb^ ādikalyāṇādiguṇasampattiyā uttamaṭṭhena taṃtaṃabhipatthitasamiddhihetutāya paṇḍitehi varitabbato ^b^varo,^eb^ āgamo ca so varo cāti ^b^āgamavaro^eb^. Āgamasammatehi vā varoti ^b^āgamavaro,^eb^ saṃyutto ca so āgamavaro cāti ^b^saṃyuttāgamavaro,^eb^ tassa. Buddhānaṃ anubuddhā ^b^buddhānubuddhā,^eb^ buddhānaṃ saccapaṭivedhaṃ anugamma paṭividdhasaccā aggasāvakādayo ariyā. Tehi atthasaṃvaṇṇanāguṇasaṃvaṇṇanānaṃ vasena ^b^saṃvaṇṇitassa^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Atha vā buddhā ca anubuddhā ca ^b^buddhānubuddhā^eb^ti yojetabbaṃ. Sammāsambuddheneva hi vinayasuttābhidhammānaṃ pakiṇṇakadesanādivasena yo paṭhamaṃ attho vibhatto, so eva pacchā tesaṃ atthavaṇṇanāvasena saṅgītikārehi saṅgahaṃ āropitoti. Ettha ca saṃyuttānaṃ vaggā samūhāti ^b^saṃyuttavaggā,^eb^ sagāthāvaggādayo. Tappariyāpannatāya saṃyuttesu vaggā ^b^saṃyuttavaggā,^eb^ naḷavaggādayo. Saṃyuttāva vaggā ^b^saṃyuttavaggā^eb^. Tividhepi te ekasesanayena gahetvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘saṃyuttavaggapaṭimaṇḍitassā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha sagāthāvagge tāva ekādasa saṃyuttāni aṭṭhatiṃsa vaggā. Nidānavagge nava saṃyuttāni ekūnacattālīsa vaggā. Khandhavagge ekādasa saṃyuttāni ^a^M1.0016^ea^ ekūnasaṭṭhi vaggā. Saḷāyatanavagge nava saṃyuttāni aṭṭhatiṃsa vaggā. Mahāvagge dvādasa saṃyuttāni aṭṭhacattālīsa vaggā. Idamettha saṃyuttantaravaggānaṃ parimāṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ñāṇappabhedajananassā^eb^ti paṭiccasamuppādakhandhāyatanādikathābahulatāya gambhīrañāṇacariyāvibhāvanato paññāvibhāgasamuppādakassa. Idha pana ‘‘paññāppabhedajananassā’’ti svāyamāgamo thomito, saṃvaṇṇanāsu cāyaṃ ācariyassa pakati, yadidaṃ taṃtaṃsaṃvaṇṇanānaṃ ādito tassa tassa saṃvaṇṇetabbassa dhammassa visesaguṇakittanena thomanā. Tathā hi sumaṅgalavilāsinīpapañcasūdanīmanorathapūraṇīaṭṭhasālinīādīsu ca yathākkamaṃ ‘‘saddhāvahaguṇassa, paravādamathanassa, dhammakathikapuṅgavānaṃ vicittapaṭibhānajananassa, tassa gambhīrañāṇehi ogāḷhassa abhiṇhaso nānānayavicittassa abhidhammassā’’tiādinā thomanā katā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^6^eb^^b^.^eb^ Attho kathīyati etāyāti ^b^atthakathā,^eb^ atthakathāva ^b^aṭṭhakathā^eb^ ttha-kārassa ṭṭha-kāraṃ katvā yathā ‘‘dukkhassa pīḷanaṭṭho’’ti. ^b^Ādito^eb^ti ādimhi paṭhamasaṅgītiyaṃ. Chaḷabhiññatāya paramena cittavasibhāvena samannāgatattā jhānādīsu pañcavidhavasitāsambhāvato ca ^b^vasino,^eb^ therā mahākassapādayo ^a^V1.0015^ea^. Tesaṃ satehi pañcahi. ^b^Yā^eb^ti yā aṭṭhakathā. ^b^Saṅgītā^eb^ti atthaṃ kathetuṃ yuttaṭṭhāne ‘‘ayaṃ etassa attho, ayaṃ etassa attho’’ti saṅgahetvā vuttā. ^b^Anusaṅgītā ca^eb^ yasattherādīhi ^b^pacchāpi^eb^ dutiyatatiyasaṅgītīsu. Iminā attano saṃvaṇṇanāya āgamanavisuddhiṃ dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^7^eb^^b^.^eb^ Sīhassa lānato gahaṇato ^b^sīhaḷo,^eb^ sīhakumāro, tabbaṃsajātatāya tambapaṇṇidīpe khattiyā, tesaṃ nivāsatāya tambapaṇṇidīpassa ca sīhaḷabhāvo veditabbo. ^b^Ābhatā^eb^ti jambudīpato ānītā. ^b^Athā^eb^ti pacchā. Aparabhāge hi nikāyantaraladdhīhi asaṅkaratthaṃ sīhaḷabhāsāya aṭṭhakathā ṭhapitāti. Tena mūlaṭṭhakathā sabbasādhāraṇā na hotīti idaṃ atthappakāsanaṃ ekantena karaṇīyanti dasseti. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘dīpavāsīnamatthāyā’’^eb^ti. Ettha ^b^dīpavāsīna^eb^nti jambudīpavāsīnaṃ, sīhaḷadīpavāsīnaṃ vā atthāya sīhaḷabhāsāya ṭhapitāti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^8^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Apanetvā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0017^ea^ kañcukasadisaṃ sīhaḷabhāsaṃ apanetvā. ^b^Tato^eb^ti aṭṭhakathāto. ^b^Aha^eb^nti attānaṃ niddisati. ^b^Manoramaṃ bhāsa^eb^nti māgadhabhāsaṃ. Sā hi sabhāvaniruttibhūtā paṇḍitamanaṃ ramayati. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘tantinayānucchavika’’^eb^nti, pāḷigatiyā anulomikaṃ pāḷichāyānuvidhāyininti attho. ^b^Vigatadosa^eb^nti asabhāvaniruttibhāsantararahitaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^9^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Samayaṃ avilomento^eb^ti siddhantaṃ avirodhento. Etena atthadosābhāvamāha. Aviruddhattā eva hi theravādāpi idha pakāsīyissanti. ^b^Theravaṃsadīpāna^eb^nti thirehi sīlakkhandhādīhi samannāgatattā ^b^therā,^eb^ mahākassapādayo. Tehi āgatā ācariyaparamparā ^b^theravaṃso,^eb^ tappariyāpannā hutvā āgamādhigamasampannattā paññāpajjotena tassa samujjalanato ^b^theravaṃsadīpā,^eb^ mahāvihāravāsino, tesaṃ. Vividhehi ākārehi nicchīyatīti ^b^vinicchayo,^eb^ gaṇṭhiṭṭhānesu khilamaddanākārena pavattā vimaticchedanī kathā. Suṭṭhunipuṇo saṇho vinicchayo etesanti ^b^sunipuṇavinicchayā^eb^. Atha vā vinicchinotīti ^b^vinicchayo^eb^ vuttappakāravisayaṃ ñāṇaṃ. Suṭṭhu nipuṇo cheko vinicchayo etesanti yojetabbaṃ. Etena mahākassapāditheraparamparāgato, tato eva ca aviparīto saṇho sukhumo mahāvihāravāsīnaṃ vinicchayo, tassa pamāṇabhūtataṃ dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^10^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sujanassa cā^eb^ti ^b^ca^eb^-saddo sampiṇḍanattho. Tena ‘‘na kevalaṃ jambudīpavāsīnameva atthāya ^a^V1.0016^ea^, atha kho sādhujanatosanatthañcā’’ti dasseti. Tena ca ‘‘tambapaṇṇidīpavāsīnampi atthāyā’’ti ayamattho siddho hoti uggahaṇādisukaratāya tesampi bahukārattā. ^b^Ciraṭṭhitattha^eb^nti ciraṭṭhitiatthaṃ, cirakālappavattanāyāti attho. Idañhi atthappakāsanaṃ aviparītapadabyañjanasunikkhepassa atthasunayassa ca upāyabhāvato saddhammassa ciraṭṭhitiyā pavattati. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā ‘‘dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattanti. Katame dve? Sunikkhittañca padabyañjanaṃ attho ca sunīto’’ti (a. ni. 2.20).<br/><br/>[03]^b^11-12^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yaṃ atthavaṇṇanaṃ kattukāmo, tassā mahattaṃ pariharituṃ ^b^‘‘sāvatthipabhūtīna’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tenevāha – ^b^‘‘na idha bhiyyo vitthārakathaṃ ^a^M1.0018^ea^ karissāmi, na taṃ idha vicārayissāmī’’^eb^ti ca. ^b^Saṅgītīnaṃ dvinna^eb^nti dīghamajjhimanikāyānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^13^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Na idha bhiyyo vitthārakathaṃ karissāmī’’ti sāmaññato vuttassa atthassa avassayaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘suttānaṃ panā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^14^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yaṃ aṭṭhakathaṃ kattukāmo, tadekadesabhāvena visuddhimaggo gahetabboti kathikānaṃ upadesaṃ karonto tatta vicāritadhamme uddesavasena dasseti ^b^‘‘sīlakathā’’^eb^tiādinā. Tattha ^b^sīlakathā^eb^ti cārittavārittādivasena sīlassa vitthārakathā. ^b^Dhutadhammā^eb^ti piṇḍapātikaṅgādayo terasa kilesadhunanakadhammā. ^b^Kammaṭṭhānāni sabbānī^eb^ti pāḷiyaṃ āgatāni aṭṭhattiṃsa, aṭṭhakathāyaṃ dveti niravasesāni yogakammassa bhāvanāya pavattiṭṭhānāni. ^b^Cariyāvidhānasahito^eb^ti rāgacariyādīnaṃ sabhāgādividhānena sahito. ^b^Jhānāni^eb^ cattāri rūpāvacarajjhānāni, ^b^samāpattiyo^eb^ catasso arūpasamāpattiyo. Aṭṭhapi vā paṭiladdhamattāni ^b^jhānāni,^eb^ samāpajjanavasibhāvappattiyā ^b^samāpattiyo. Jhānāni^eb^ vā rūpārūpāvacarajjhānāni, ^b^samāpattiyo^eb^ phalasamāpattinirodhasamāpattiyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^15^eb^^b^.^eb^ Lokiyalokuttarabhedā cha abhiññāyo ^b^sabbā abhiññāyo^eb^. Ñāṇavibhaṅgādīsu āgatanayena ekavidhādinā paññāya saṅkaletvā sampiṇḍetvā nicchayo ^b^paññāsaṅkalananicchayo^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^16^eb^^b^.^eb^ Paccayadhammānaṃ hetuādīnaṃ paccayuppannadhammānaṃ hetupaccayādibhāvo ^b^paccayākāro,^eb^ tassa desanā ^b^paccayākāradesanā,^eb^ paṭiccasamuppādakathāti attho. Sā pana nikāyantaraladdhisaṅkararahitatāya suṭṭhuparisuddhā, ghanavinibbhogassa ca sudukkaratāya nipuṇā saṇhasukhumā, ekattanayādisahitā ^a^V1.0017^ea^ ca tattha vicāritāti āha ^b^‘‘suparisuddhanipuṇanayā’’^eb^ti. Paṭisambhidādīsu āgatanayaṃ avisajjetvāva vicāritattā ^b^avimuttatantimaggā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^17^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Iti pana sabba^eb^nti ^b^iti^eb^-saddo parisamāpane, ^b^pana^eb^-saddo vacanālaṅkāre, etaṃ sabbanti attho. ^b^Idhā^eb^ti imissā aṭṭhakathāya. ^b^Na taṃ vicārayissāmi^eb^ punaruttibhāvatoti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^18^eb^^b^.^eb^ Idāni ^a^M1.0019^ea^ tasseva avicāraṇassa ekantakāraṇaṃ niddhārento ^b^‘‘majjhe visuddhimaggo’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ‘‘majjhe ṭhatvā’’ti etena majjhaṭṭhabhāvadīpanena visesato catunnaṃ āgamānaṃ sādhāraṇaṭṭhakathā visuddhimaggo, na sumaṅgalavilāsiniādayo viya asādhāraṇaṭṭhakathāti dasseti. ‘‘Visesato’’ti ca idaṃ vinayābhidhammānampi visuddhimaggo yathārahaṃ atthavaṇṇanā hoti evāti katvā vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^19^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Iccevā^eb^ti iti eva. ^b^Tampī^eb^ti visuddhimaggampi. ^b^Etāyā^eb^ti sāratthappakāsiniyā.<br/><br/>[03]Ettha ca ‘‘sīhaḷadīpaṃ ābhatā’’tiādinā aṭṭhakathākaraṇassa nimittaṃ dasseti, ‘‘dīpavāsīnamatthāya sujanassa ca tuṭṭhatthaṃ ciraṭṭhitatthañca dhammassā’’ti etehi payojanaṃ, ‘‘saṃyuttāgamavarassa atthaṃ pakāsayissāmī’’ti etena piṇḍatthaṃ, ‘‘apanetvāna tatohaṃ sīhaḷabhāsa’’ntiādinā ‘‘sāvatthipabhūtīna’’ntiādinā ‘‘sīlakathā’’tiādinā ca karaṇappakāraṃ. Heṭṭhimanikāyesu visuddhimagge ca vicāritānaṃ atthānaṃ avicāraṇampi hi idha karaṇappakāro evāti.<br/><br/>[06]Ganthārambhakathāvaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 1
title: devatāsaṃyuttaṃ^naḷavaggo^oghataraṇasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]Vibhāgavantānaṃ ^a^V1.0018^ea^^a^M1.0020^ea^ sabhāvavibhāvanaṃ vibhāgadassanavaseneva hotīti paṭhamaṃ tāva saṃyuttavaggasuttādivasena saṃyuttāgamassa vibhāgaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tattha saṃyuttāgamo nāmā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^tatthā^eb^ti yaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘‘saṃyuttāgamavarassa atthaṃ pakāsayissāmī’’ti, tasmiṃ vacane. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti vā ‘‘etāya aṭṭhakathāya vijānātha saṃyuttanissitaṃ attha’’nti ettha yaṃ saṃyuttaggahaṇaṃ kataṃ, tattha. Pañca vaggā etassāti ^b^pañcavaggo^eb^. Avayavena viggaho, samudāyo samāsattho.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni taṃ ādito paṭṭhāya saṃvaṇṇetukāmo attano saṃvaṇṇanāya tassa paṭhamamahāsaṅgītiyaṃ nikkhittānukkameneva pavattabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘tassa vaggesu sagāthāvaggo ādī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha yathāpaccayaṃ tattha tattha desitattā paññattattā ca vippakiṇṇānaṃ dhammavinayānaṃ saṅgahetvā gāyanaṃ kathanaṃ ^b^saṅgīti,^eb^ mahāvisayattā pūjaniyattā ca mahatī saṅgīti ^b^mahāsaṅgīti^eb^. Paṭhamā mahāsaṅgīti ^b^paṭhamamahāsaṅgīti,^eb^ tassā pavattitakālo ^b^paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikālo,^eb^ tasmiṃ paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikāle.<br/><br/>[03]Nidadāti desanaṃ desakālādivasena aviditaṃ viditaṃ katvā nidassetīti ^b^nidānaṃ^eb^. Yo loke ganthassa upogghātoti vuccati, svāyamettha ‘‘evaṃ me suta’’nti-ādiko gantho veditabbo, na pana ‘‘sanidānāhaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammaṃ desemī’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 3.126) viya attajjhāsayādidesanuppattihetu. Tenevāha – ‘‘evaṃ me sutanti-ādikaṃ āyasmatā ānandena paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikāle ^b^vuttaṃ nidānamādī’’^eb^ti. Kāmañcettha yassaṃ paṭhamamahāsaṅgītiyaṃ nikkhittānukkamena saṃvaṇṇanaṃ kattukāmo, sā vitthārato vattabbā, sumaṅgalavilāsiniyaṃ ^a^V1.0019^ea^ pana attanā vitthāritattā tattheva gahetabbāti imissā saṃvaṇṇanāya mahattaṃ pariharanto ^b^‘‘sā panesā’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^1^eb^^b^.^eb^ Evaṃ bāhiranidāne vattabbaṃ atidisitvā idāni abbhantaranidānaṃ ādito paṭṭhāya saṃvaṇṇetuṃ ^b^‘‘yaṃ paneta’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha yasmā saṃvaṇṇanaṃ karontena saṃvaṇṇetabbe dhamme padavibhāgaṃ padatthañca dassetvā tato paraṃ piṇḍatthādidassanavasena saṃvaṇṇanā kātabbā, tasmā padāni tāva dassento ^a^M1.0021^ea^^b^‘‘evanti nipātapada’’^eb^nti-ādimāha. Tattha ^b^padavibhāgo^eb^ti padānaṃ viseso, na padaviggaho. Atha vā padāni ca padavibhāgo ca ^b^padavibhāgo^eb^. Padaviggaho ca padavibhāgo ca ^b^padavibhāgo^eb^ti vā ekasesavasena padapadaviggahā padavibhāgasaddena vuttāti veditabbaṃ. Tattha padaviggaho ‘‘jetassa vanaṃ jetavana’’ntiādinā samāsapadesu daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Atthato^eb^ti padatthato. Taṃ pana padatthaṃ atthuddhārakkamena paṭhamaṃ evaṃsaddassa dassento ^b^‘‘evaṃsaddo tāvā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Avadhāraṇādī^eb^ti ettha ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena idamatthapucchāparimāṇādiatthānaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. Tathā hi ‘‘evaṃgatāni puthusippāyatanāni (dī. ni. 1.163, 165), evaṃvidho evamākāro’’ti ca ādīsu idaṃ-saddassa atthe evaṃ-saddo. Gata-saddo hi pakārapariyāyo, tathā vidhākāra-saddo ca. Tathā hi gatavidhāakārasadde lokiyā pakāratthe vadanti. ‘‘Evaṃ su te sunhātā suvilittā kappitakesamassū āmuttamālābharaṇā odātavatthavasanā pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitā samaṅgībhūtā paricārenti, seyyathāpi tvaṃ etarahi sācariyakoti. No hidaṃ, bho gotamā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.286) pucchāyaṃ, ‘‘evaṃ lahuparivattaṃ (a. ni. 1.48), evamāyupariyanto’’ti (pārā. 12) ca ādīsu parimāṇe.<br/><br/>[03]Nanu ca ‘‘evaṃ su te sunhātā suvilittā, evamāyupariyanto’’ti ettha evaṃ-saddena pucchanākāraparimāṇākārānaṃ vuttattā ākārattho eva evaṃ-saddoti? Na, visesasabbhāvato. Ākāramattavācako hi evaṃ-saddo, ākāratthoti adhippeto yathā ‘‘evaṃ byākho’’tiādīsu, na pana ākāravisesavācako. Evañca katvā, ‘‘evaṃ jātena maccenā’’tiādīni (dha. pa. 53) upamādīsu udāharaṇāni upapannāni honti. Tathā hi ‘‘yathāpi…pe… bahu’’nti (dha. pa. 53)? Ettha puppharāsiṭṭhāniyato manussūpapattisappurisūpanissaya-saddhammassavana- yonisomanasikāra-bhogasampattiādidānādipuññakiriyahetusamudāyato sobhāsugandhatādiguṇayogato mālāguḷasadisiyo pahūtā puññakiriyā maritabbasabhāvatāya maccena sattena kattabbāti jotitattā ^a^V1.0020^ea^ puppharāsimālāguḷāva upamā, tesaṃ upamākāro yathā-saddena aniyamato vuttoti ‘‘evaṃ-saddo upamākāranigamanattho’’ti ^a^M1.0022^ea^ vatthuṃ yuttaṃ, so pana upamākāro niyamiyamāno atthato upamāva hotīti āha ^b^‘‘upamāyaṃ āgato’’^eb^ti. Tathā ‘‘evaṃ iminā ākārena abhikkamitabba’’ntiādinā upadisiyamānāya samaṇasāruppāya ākappasampattiyā yo tattha upadisanākāro, so atthato upadeso evāti vuttaṃ, ^b^‘‘evaṃ te…pe… upadese’’^eb^ti. Tathā ‘‘evametaṃ bhagavā, evametaṃ sugatā’’ti ettha ca bhagavatā yathāvuttamatthaṃ aviparītato jānantehi kataṃ tattha saṃvijjamānaguṇānaṃ pakārehi haṃsanaṃ udaggatākaraṇaṃ sampahaṃsanaṃ. Yo tattha sampahaṃsanākāroti yojetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evamevaṃ panāya^eb^nti ettha garahaṇākāroti yojetabbaṃ, so ca garahaṇākāro vasalīti-ādikhuṃsanasaddasannidhānato idha evaṃ-saddena pakāsitoti viññāyati. Yathā cettha, evaṃ upamākārādayopi upamādivasena vuttānaṃ puppharāsiādisaddānaṃ sannidhānatoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Evaṃ, bhanteti pana dhammassa sādhukaṃ savanamanasikāre sanniyojitehi bhikkhūhi attano tattha ṭhitabhāvassa paṭijānanavasena vuttattā ettha evaṃ-saddo ^b^‘‘vacanasampaṭicchanattho’’^eb^ti vutto. Tena ^b^evaṃ, bhante^eb^ti sādhu, bhante, suṭṭhu, bhanteti vuttaṃ hoti. ^b^Evañca vadehī^eb^ti yathāhaṃ vadāmi, evaṃ samaṇaṃ ānandaṃ vadehīti yo evaṃ vadanākāro idāni vattabbo, so evaṃ-saddena nidassīyatīti ^b^‘‘nidassanattho’’^eb^ti vuttoti. ^b^Evaṃ no^eb^ti etthāpi nesaṃ yathāvuttadhammānaṃ ahitadukkhāvahabhāve sanniṭṭhānajananatthaṃ anumatigahaṇavasena ‘‘saṃvattanti vā no vā, kathaṃ vo ettha hotī’’ti pucchāya katāya ‘‘evaṃ no ettha hotī’’ti vuttattā tadākārasanniṭṭhānaṃ evaṃ-saddena vibhāvitanti viññāyati. So pana tesaṃ dhammānaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattanākāro niyamiyamāno avadhāraṇattho hotīti āha – ^b^‘‘evaṃ no ettha hotītiādīsu avadhāraṇe’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nānānayanipuṇa^eb^nti ekattanānattābyāpāraevaṃdhammatāsaṅkhātā, nandiyāvaṭṭatipukkhalasīhavikkīḷitāṅkusadisālocanasaṅkhātā vā ādhārādibhedavasena nānāvidhā nayā ^b^nānānayā^eb^. Nayā vā pāḷigatiyo tā ca paññattianupaññattiādivasena saṃkilesabhāgiyādilokiyāditadubhayavomissakādivasena kusalādivasena khandhādivasena saṅgahādivasena samayavimuttādivasena ṭhapanādivasena kusalamūlādivasena tikappaṭṭhānādivasena ^a^M1.0023^ea^ ca nānappakārāti ^b^nānānayā,^eb^ tehi nipuṇaṃ saṇhaṃ sukhumanti ^b^nānānayanipuṇaṃ^eb^. Āsayova ^b^ajjhāsayo,^eb^ te ca sassatādibhedena tattha ca apparajakkhatādibhedena ^b^aneke,^eb^ attajjhāsayādayo eva vā samuṭṭhānaṃ uppattihetu etassāti ^b^anekajjhāsayasamuṭṭhānaṃ^eb^^a^V1.0021^ea^. ^b^Atthabyañjanasampanna^eb^nti atthabyañjanaparipuṇṇaṃ upanetabbābhāvato, saṅkāsanapakāsanavivaraṇavibhajanauttānīkaraṇapaññattivasena chahi atthapadehi akkharapadabyañjanākāraniruttiniddesavasena chahi byañjanapadehi ca samannāgatanti vā attho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vividhapāṭihāriya^eb^nti ettha pāṭihāriyapadassa vacanatthaṃ (udā. aṭṭha. 1; itivu. aṭṭha. nidānavaṇṇanā; dha. sa. mūlaṭī. 2) ‘‘paṭipakkhaharaṇato rāgādikilesāpanayanato ^b^pāṭihāriya’’^eb^nti vadanti. Bhagavato pana paṭipakkhā rāgādayo na santi ye haritabbā, puthujjanānampi vigatūpakkilese aṭṭhaguṇasamannāgate citte hatapaṭipakkhe iddhividhaṃ pavattati, tasmā tattha pavattavohārena ca na sakkā idha ^b^‘‘pāṭihāriya’’^eb^nti vattuṃ. Sace pana mahākāruṇikassa bhagavato veneyyagatā ca kilesā paṭipakkhā, tesaṃ haraṇato ^b^‘‘pāṭihāriya’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ, evaṃ sati yuttametaṃ. Atha vā bhagavato ca sāsanassa ca paṭipakkhā titthiyā, tesaṃ haraṇato ^b^pāṭihāriyaṃ^eb^. Te hi diṭṭhiharaṇavasena diṭṭhippakāsane asamatthabhāvena ca iddhiādesanānusāsanīhi haritā apanītā hontīti. ^b^Paṭī^eb^ti vā ayaṃ saddo ‘‘pacchā’’ti etassa atthaṃ bodheti ‘‘tasmiṃ paṭipaviṭṭhamhi, añño āgañchi brāhmaṇo’’tiādīsu (su. ni. 985; cūḷani. vatthugāthā 4) viya, tasmā samāhite citte vigatūpakkilese katakiccena pacchāharitabbaṃ pavattetabbanti paṭihāriyaṃ, attano vā upakkilesesu catutthajjhānamaggehi haritesu pacchā haraṇaṃ paṭihāriyaṃ, iddhiādesanānusāsaniyo ca vigatūpakkilesena katakiccena ca sattahitatthaṃ puna pavattetabbā, haritesu ca attano upattilesesu parasattānaṃ upakkilesaharaṇāni hontīti paṭihāriyāni bhavanti, paṭihāriyameva ^b^pāṭihāriyaṃ^eb^. Paṭihāriye vā iddhiādesanānusāsanisamudāye bhavaṃ ekekaṃ ^b^pāṭihāriya^eb^nti vuccati. Paṭihāriyaṃ vā catutthajjhānaṃ maggo ca paṭipakkhaharaṇato, tattha jātaṃ, tasmiṃ vā nimittabhūte, tato vā āgatanti ^b^pāṭihāriyaṃ^eb^. Tassa pana iddhiādibhedena visayabhedena ca bahuvidhassa ^a^M1.0024^ea^ bhagavato desanāyaṃ labbhamānattā āha ‘‘vividhapāṭihāriya’’nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Na aññathā^eb^ti bhagavato sammukhā sutākārato na aññathāti attho, na pana bhagavato desitākārato. Acinteyyānubhāvā hi bhagavato desanā. Evañca katvā ‘‘sabbappakārena ko samattho viññātu’’nti idaṃ vacanaṃ samatthitaṃ bhavati, dhāraṇabaladassanañca na virujjhati sutākārāvirajjhanassa adhippetattā. Na hettha atthantaratāparihāro dvinnampi atthānaṃ ekavisayattā. Itarathā thero bhagavato desanāya sabbathā paṭiggahaṇe samattho asamattho cāti āpajjeyyāti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Yo ^a^V1.0022^ea^ paro na hoti, so attā’’ti evaṃ vuttāya niyakajjhattasaṅkhātāya sasantatiyā vattanato tividhopi me-saddo kiñcāpi ekasmiṃ eva atthe dissati, karaṇasampadānasāminiddesavasena pana vijjamānaṃ bhedaṃ sandhāyāha, ^b^‘‘me-saddo tīsu atthesu dissatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Kiñcāpi upasaggo kiriyaṃ viseseti, jotakabhāvato pana satipi tasmiṃ suta-saddo eva taṃ taṃ attaṃ vadatīti anupasaggassa suta-saddassa atthuddhāre saupasaggassa gahaṇaṃ na virujjhatīti dassento ^b^‘‘saupasaggo anupasaggo cā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Assā^eb^ti suta-saddassa. Kammabhāvasādhanāni idha sutasadde sambhavantīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘upadhāritanti vā upadhāraṇanti vā attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Mayāti atthe satī^eb^ti yadā me-saddassa kattuvasena karaṇaniddeso, tadāti attho. ^b^Mamāti atthe satī^eb^ti yadā sambandhavasena sāminiddeso, tadā.<br/><br/>[03]Suta-saddasannidhāne payuttena evaṃ-saddena savanakiriyājotakena bhavitabbanti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘evanti sotaviññāṇādiviññāṇakiccanidassana’’^eb^nti. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena sampaṭicchanādīnaṃ pañcadvārikaviññāṇānaṃ tadabhinīhaṭānañca manodvārikaviññāṇānaṃ gahaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Sabbesampi vākyānaṃ evakāratthasahitattā ‘‘suta’’nti etassa sutamevāti ayamattho labbhatīti āha ^b^‘‘assavanabhāvapaṭikkhepato’’^eb^ti. Etena avadhāraṇena nirāsaṅkataṃ dasseti. Yathā ca sutaṃ sutamevāti niyametabbaṃ, taṃ sammā sutaṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘anūnānadhikāviparītaggahaṇanidassana’’^eb^nti. Atha vā saddantaratthāpohanavasena ^a^M1.0025^ea^ saddo atthaṃ vadatīti sutanti asutaṃ na hotīti ayametassa atthoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘assavanabhāvapaṭikkhepato’’^eb^ti. Iminā diṭṭhādivinivattanaṃ karoti.<br/><br/>[03]Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – na idaṃ mayā diṭṭhaṃ, na sayambhūñāṇena sacchikataṃ, atha kho sutaṃ, tañca kho sammadevāti. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘anūnānadhikāviparītaggahaṇanidassana’’^eb^nti. Avadhāraṇatthe vā evaṃ-sadde ayamatthayojanā karīyatīti tadapekkhassa suta-saddassa ayamattho vutto ^b^‘‘assavanabhāvapaṭikkhepato’’^eb^ti. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘anūnānadhikāviparītaggahaṇanidassana’’^eb^nti. Savanasaddo cettha kammattho veditabbo ‘‘suyyatī’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ savanahetusavanavisesavasena padattayassa ekena pakārena atthayojanaṃ dassetvā idāni pakārantarehi taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tathā eva’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^tassā^eb^ti yā sā bhagavato sammukhā ^a^V1.0023^ea^ dhammassavanākārena pavattā manodvāraviññāṇavīthi, tassā. Sā hi nānappakārena ārammaṇe pavattetuṃ samatthā. Tathā ca vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sotadvārānusārenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nānappakārenā^eb^ti vakkhamānānaṃ anekavihitānaṃ byañjanatthaggahaṇānaṃ nānākārena. Etena imissā yojanāya ākārattho evaṃ-saddo gahitoti dīpeti. ^b^Pavattibhāvappakāsana^eb^nti pavattiyā atthitāpakāsanaṃ. ^b^Sutanti dhammappakāsana^eb^nti yasmiṃ ārammaṇe vuttappakārā viññāṇavīthi nānappakārena pavattā, tassa dhammattā vuttaṃ, na suta-saddassa dhammatthattā. Vuttassevatthassa pākaṭīkaraṇaṃ ^b^‘‘ayaṃ hetthā’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^viññāṇavīthiyā^eb^ti karaṇatthe karaṇavacanaṃ, ^b^mayā^eb^ti kattuatthe.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evanti niddisitabbappakāsana^eb^nti nidassanatthamevaṃ saddaṃ gahetvā vuttaṃ nidassetabbassa niddisitabbattābhāvābhāvato. Tena evaṃ-saddena sakalampi suttaṃ paccāmaṭṭhanti dasseti. Suta-saddassa kiriyāsaddattā savanakiriyāya ca sādhāraṇaviññāṇappabandhapaṭibaddhattā tattha ca puggalavohāroti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sutanti puggalakiccappakāsana’’^eb^nti. Na hi puggalavohārarahite dhammappabandhe savanakiriyā labbhatīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yassa cittasantānassā^eb^tiādipi ākāratthameva evaṃ-saddaṃ gahetvā purimayojanāya aññathā atthayojanaṃ dassetuṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^ākārapaññattī^eb^ti upādāpaññatti eva dhammānaṃ pavattiākārupādānavasena tathā ^a^M1.0026^ea^ vuttā. ^b^Sutanti visayaniddeso^eb^ti sotabbabhūto dhammo savanakiriyākattupuggalassa savanakiriyāvasena pavattiṭṭhānanti katvā vuttaṃ. Cittasantānavinimuttassa paramatthato kassaci kattu abhāvepi saddavohārena buddhiparikappitabhedavacanicchāya cittasantānato aññaṃ viya taṃsamaṅgiṃ katvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘cittasantānena taṃsamaṅgīno’’^eb^ti. Savanakiriyāvisayopi sotabbadhammo savanakiriyāvasena pavattacittasantānassa idha paramatthato kattubhāvato, savanavasena cittappavattiyā eva vā savanakiriyābhāvato taṃkiriyākattu ca visayo hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘taṃsamaṅgīno kattuvisaye’’^eb^ti. Sutākārassa ca therassa sammānicchitabhāvato āha ^b^‘‘gahaṇasanniṭṭhāna’’^eb^nti. Etena vā avadhāraṇatthaṃ evaṃ-saddaṃ gahetvā ayamatthayojanā katāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Pubbe sutānaṃ nānāvihitānaṃ suttasaṅkhātānaṃ atthabyañjanānaṃ upadhāritarūpassa ākārassa nidassanassa, avadhāraṇassa vā pakāsanasabhāvo evaṃ-saddoti tadākārādiupadhāraṇassa puggalapaññattiyā upādānabhūtadhammappabandhabyāpāratāya vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘evanti puggalakiccaniddeso’’^eb^ti. Savanakiriyā pana puggalavādinopi viññāṇanirapekkhā natthīti visesato viññāṇabyāpāroti āha ^a^V1.0024^ea^^b^‘‘sutanti viññāṇakiccaniddeso’’^eb^ti. ^b^Me^eb^ti saddappavattiyā ekanteneva sattavisayattā viññāṇakiccassa ca tattheva samodahitabbato ^b^‘‘meti ubhayakiccayuttapuggalaniddeso’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Avijjamānapaññattivijjamānapaññattisabhāvā yathākkamaṃ evaṃ-saddasuta-saddānaṃ atthāti te tathārūpa-paññatti-upādānabhūta-dhammappabandhabyāpārabhāvena dassento āha – ^b^‘‘evanti puggalakiccaniddeso, sutanti viññāṇakiccaniddeso’’^eb^ti. Ettha ca karaṇakiriyākattukamma-visesappakāsanavasena puggalabyāpāravisaya-puggalabyāpāranidassanavasena gahaṇākāragāhakatabbisayavisesaniddesavasena kattukaraṇabyāpāra-kattuniddesavasena ca dutiyādayo catasso atthayojanā dassitāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Sabbassapi saddādhigamanīyassa atthassa paññattimukheneva paṭipajjitabbattā sabbapaññattīnañca vijjamānādivasena chasu paññattibhedesu antogadhattā tesu ‘‘eva’’ntiādīnaṃ paññattīnaṃ sarūpaṃ niddhārento āha ^b^‘‘evanti ca meti cā’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha evanti ca meti ca vuccamānassa atthassa ākārādino ^a^M1.0027^ea^ dhammānaṃ asalakkhaṇabhāvato avijjamānapaññattibhāvoti āha ^b^‘‘saccikaṭṭhaparamatthavasena avijjamānapaññattī’’^eb^ti. Tattha ^b^saccikaṭṭhaparamatthavasenā^eb^ti bhūtatthauttamatthavasena. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yo māyāmarīciādayo viya abhūtattho, anussavādīhi gahetabbo viya anuttamattho ca na hoti, so rūpasaddādisabhāvo, ruppanānubhavanādisabhāvo vā attho saccikaṭṭho paramattho cāti vuccati, na tathā evaṃ meti padānaṃ atthoti. Etamevatthaṃ pākaṭataraṃ kātuṃ ^b^‘‘kiñhetthata’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Sutanti pana saddāyatanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘vijjamānapaññattī’’^eb^ti. Teneva hi ^b^‘‘yañhi taṃ ettha sotena upaladdha’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Sotadvārānusārena upaladdhanti pana vutte atthabyañjanādi sabbaṃ labbhatīti. ^b^Taṃ taṃ upādāya vattabbato^eb^ti sotapathamāgate dhamme upādāya tesaṃ upadhāritākārādino paccāmasanavasena evanti, sasantatipariyāpanne khandhe upādāya meti vattabbattāti attho. Diṭṭhādisabhāvarahite saddāyatane pavattamānopi sutavohāro ‘‘dutiyaṃ tatiya’’ntiādiko viya paṭhamādīni diṭṭhamutaviññāte apekkhitvā pavattoti āha ^b^‘‘diṭṭhādīni upanidhāya vattabbato’’^eb^ti. Asutaṃ na hotīti hi sutanti pakāsitoyamatthoti.<br/><br/>[03]Attanā paṭividdhā suttassa pakāravisesā evanti therena paccāmaṭṭhāti āha ^b^‘‘asammohaṃ dīpetī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nānappakārapaṭivedhasamattho hotī^eb^ti etena vakkhamānassa suttassa nānappakārataṃ duppaṭivijjhatañca dasseti. ^b^Sutassa asammosaṃ dīpetī^eb^ti sutākārassa yāthāvato dassiyamānattā vuttaṃ. ^b^Asammohenā^eb^ti sammohābhāvena, paññāya eva vā savanakālasambhūtāya taduttarakālapaññāsiddhi ^a^V1.0025^ea^. Evaṃ ^b^asammosenā^eb^ti etthāpi vattabbaṃ. Byañjanānaṃ paṭivijjhitabbo ākāro nātigambhīro yathāsutadhāraṇameva tattha karaṇīyanti satiyā byāpāro adhiko, paññā tattha guṇībhūtāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘paññāpubbaṅgamāyā’’^eb^tiādi paññāya pubbaṅgamāti katvā. Pubbaṅgamatā cettha padhānatā ‘‘manopubbaṅgamā’’tiādīsu viya. Pubbaṅgamatāya vā cakkhuviññāṇādīsu āvajjanādīnaṃ viya appadhānatte paññā pubbaṅgamā etissāti ayampi attho yujjati, evaṃ sati ^b^pubbaṅgamāyā^eb^ti etthāpi vuttavipariyāyena yathāsambhavaṃ attho veditabbo. ^b^Atthabyañjanasampannassā^eb^ti atthabyañjanaparipuṇṇassa ^a^M1.0028^ea^, saṅkāsana-pakāsana-vivaraṇa-vibhajana-uttānīkaraṇapaññattivasena chahi atthapadehi, akkharapadabyañjanākāraniruttiniddesavasena chahi byañjanapadehi ca samannāgatassāti vā attho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yoniso manasikāraṃ dīpeti^eb^ evaṃ-saddena vuccamānānaṃ ākāranidassanāvadhāraṇatthānaṃ aviparītasaddhammavisayattāti adhippāyo. ^b^Avikkhepaṃ dīpetī^eb^ti ‘‘oghataraṇasuttaṃ kattha bhāsita’’ntiādipucchāvasena pakaraṇappavattassa vakkhamānassa suttassa savanaṃ samādhānamantarena na sambhavatīti katvā vuttaṃ. ^b^Vikkhittacittassā^eb^tiādi tassevatthassa samatthanavasena vuttaṃ. ^b^Sabbasampattiyā^eb^ti atthabyañjanadesaka-payojanādisampattiyā. Aviparītasaddhammavisayehi viya ākāranidassanāvadhāraṇatthehi yonisomanasikārassa, saddhammassavanena viya ca avikkhepassa yathā yonisomanasikārena phalabhūtena attasammāpaṇidhipubbekatapuññatānaṃ siddhi vuttā tadavinābhāvato, evaṃ avikkhepeneva phalabhūtena kāraṇabhūtānaṃ saddhammassavanasappurisūpanissayānaṃ siddhi dassetabbā siyā assutavato sappurisūpanissayarahitassa ca tadabhāvato. ‘‘Na hi vikkhittacitto’’tiādinā samatthanavacanena pana avikkhepena kāraṇabhūtena sappurisūpanissayena ca phalabhūtassa saddhammassavanassa siddhi dassitā. Ayaṃ panettha adhippāyo yutto siyā, saddhammassavanasappurisūpanissayā na ekantena avikkhepassa kāraṇaṃ bāhiraṅgattā. Avikkhepo pana sappurisūpanissayo viya saddhammassavanassa ekantakāraṇanti, evampi avikkhepena sappurisūpanissayasiddhijotanā na samatthitāva, no na samatthitā vikkhittacittānaṃ sappurisapayirūpāsanābhāvassa atthasiddhito. Ettha ca purimaṃ phalena kāraṇassa siddhidassanaṃ nadīpūrena viya upari vuṭṭhisabbhāvassa. Dutiyaṃ kāraṇena phalassa siddhidassanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ ekantavassinā viya meghavuṭṭhānena vuṭṭhippavattiyā.<br/><br/>[03]Bhagavato vacanassa atthabyañjanapabheda-paricchedavasena sakalasāsanasampatti-ogāhanākāro niravasesaparahita-pāripūrikāraṇanti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘evaṃ bhaddako ākāro’’^eb^ti. Yasmā na hotīti sambandho ^a^V1.0026^ea^. ^b^Pacchimacakkadvayasampatti^eb^nti attasammāpaṇidhi-pubbekatapuññatā-saṅkhātaṃ guṇadvayaṃ. Aparāparavuttiyā cettha cakkabhāvo, caranti etehi sattā, sampattibhavesūti vā ^a^M1.0029^ea^. Ye sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘cattārimāni, bhikkhave, cakkāni, yehi samannāgatānaṃ devamanussānaṃ catucakkaṃ vattatī’’tiādi (a. ni. 4.31). Purimapacchimabhāvo cettha desanakkamavasena daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Pacchimacakkadvayasiddhiyā^eb^ti pacchimacakkadvayassa ca atthitāya. Sammāpaṇihitatto pubbe ca katapuñño suddhāsayo hoti tadasuddhihetūnaṃ kilesānaṃ dūrībhāvatoti āha ^b^‘‘āsayasuddhi siddhā hotī’’^eb^ti. Tathā hi vuttaṃ – ‘‘sammāpaṇihitaṃ cittaṃ, seyyaso naṃ tato kare’’ti (dha. pa. 43) ‘‘katapuññosi, tvaṃ ānanda, padhānamanuyuñja, khippaṃ hohisi anāsavo’’ti (dī. ni. 2.207) ca. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘āsayasuddhiyā adhigamabyattisiddhī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Payogasuddhiyā^eb^ti yonisomanasikārapubbaṅgamassa dhammassavanapayogassa visadabhāvena. Tathā cāha ^b^‘‘āgamabyattisiddhī’’^eb^ti, sabbassa vā kāyavacīpayogassa niddosabhāvena. Parisuddhakāyavacīpayogo hi vippaṭisārābhāvato avikkhittacitto pariyattiyaṃ visārado hotīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nānappakārapaṭivedhadīpakenā^eb^tiādinā atthabyañjanesu therassa evaṃ-saddasuta-saddānaṃ asammohāsammosadīpanato catupaṭisambhidāvasena atthayojanaṃ dasseti. Tattha ^b^sotabbabhedapaṭivedhadīpakenā^eb^ti etena ayaṃ suta-saddo evaṃ-saddasannidhānato, vakkhamānāpekkhāya vā sāmaññeneva sotabbadhammavisesaṃ āmasatīti dīpeti. Manodiṭṭhīhi pariyattidhammānaṃ anupekkhanasuppaṭivedhā visesato manasikārapaṭibaddhāti te vuttanayena yonisomanasikāradīpakena evaṃ saddena yojetvā, savanadhāraṇavacīparicayā pariyattidhammānaṃ visesena sotāvadhānapaṭibaddhāti te vuttanayena avikkhepadīpakena suta-saddena yojetvā dassento sāsanasampattiyā dhammassavane ussāhaṃ janeti. Tattha ^b^dhammā^eb^ti pariyattidhammā. ^b^Manasā anupekkhitā^eb^ti ‘‘idha sīlaṃ kathitaṃ, idha samādhi, idha paññā, ettakā ettha anusandhiyo’’tiādinā nayena manasā anupekkhitā. ^b^Diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā^eb^ti nijjhānakkhanti bhūtāya, ñātapariññāsaṅkhātāya vā diṭṭhiyā tattha tattha vuttarūpārūpadhamme ‘‘iti rūpaṃ, ettakaṃ rūpa’’ntiādinā suṭṭhu vavatthapetvā paṭividdhā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sakalena vacanenā^eb^ti pubbe tīhi padehi visuṃ visuṃ yojitattā vuttaṃ. ^b^Attano adahanto^eb^ti ‘‘mameda’’nti attani aṭṭhapento. Bhummatthe cetaṃ ^a^M1.0030^ea^ sāmivacanaṃ. ^b^Asappurisabhūmi^eb^nti akataññutaṃ. ‘‘Idhekacco pāpabhikkhu tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā attano dahatī’’ti (pārā. 195) evaṃ vuttaṃ anariyavohārāvatthaṃ, sā eva anariyavohārāvatthā asaddhammo ^a^V1.0027^ea^. Nanu ca ānandattherassa ‘‘mamedaṃ vacana’’nti adhimānassa, mahākassapattherādīnañca tadāsaṅkāya abhāvato asappurisabhūmi-samatikkamādivacanaṃ niratthakanti? Nayidamevaṃ. ‘‘Evaṃ me suta’’nti vadantena ayampi attho vibhāvitoti dassanato. Keci pana ‘‘devatānaṃ parivitakkāpekkhaṃ tathāvacananti edisī codanā anavakāsā’’ti vadanti. Tasmiṃ kira khaṇe ekaccānaṃ devatānaṃ evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi ‘‘bhagavā ca parinibbuto, ayañca āyasmā desanākusalo idāni dhammaṃ deseti, sakyakulappasuto tathāgatassa bhātā cūḷapituputto. Kiṃ nu kho sayaṃ sacchikataṃ dhammaṃ deseti? Udāhu bhagavato eva vacanaṃ yathāsuta’’nti, evaṃ tadāsaṅkitappakārato asappurisabhūmisamokkamādito atikkamādi vibhāvitanti. ^b^Appetī^eb^ti nidasseti. Diṭṭhadhammika-samparāyika-paramatthesu yathārahaṃ satte netīti netti, dhammo eva netti ^b^dhammanetti^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Daḷhataraniviṭṭhā vicikicchā ^b^kaṅkhā,^eb^ nātisaṃsappanā matibhedamattā ^b^vimati. Assaddhiyaṃ vināsetī^eb^ti bhagavatā bhāsitattā sammukhāvassa paṭiggahitattā khalitaduruttādigahaṇadosābhāvato ca. Ettha ca paṭhamādayo tisso atthayojanā ākārādiatthesu aggahitavisesameva evaṃ-saddaṃ gahetvā dassitā, tato parā catasso ākāratthameva evaṃ-saddaṃ gahetvā vibhāvitā. Pacchimā pana tisso yathākkamaṃ ākāratthaṃ nidassanatthaṃ avadhāraṇatthañca evaṃ-saddaṃ gahetvā yojitāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Eka^eb^-saddo aññaseṭṭhāsahāyasaṅkhayādīsu dissati. Tathā hesa ‘‘sassato attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamaññanti ittheke abhivadantī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.27) aññatthe dissati. ‘‘Cetaso ekodibhāva’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.228; pārā. 11) seṭṭhe, ‘‘eko vūpakaṭṭho’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.405) asahāye, ‘‘ekova kho, bhikkhave, khaṇo ca samayo ca brahmacariyavāsāyā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 8.29) saṅkhayāyaṃ. Idhāpi saṅkhayāyanti dassento āha ^b^‘‘ekanti^eb^^a^M1.0031^ea^^b^gaṇanaparicchedaniddeso’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kālañca samayañcā^eb^ti yuttakālañca paccayasāmaggiñca. ^b^Khaṇo^eb^ti okāso. Tathāgatuppādādiko hi maggabrahmacariyassa okāso tappaccayassa paṭilābhahetuttā. Khaṇo eva ca samayo, yo khaṇoti ca samayoti ca vuccati, so eko evāti hi attho. ^b^Mahāsamayo^eb^ti mahāsamūho. ^b^Samayopi kho^eb^ti sikkhāpadapūraṇassa hetupi. ^b^Samayappavādake^eb^ti diṭṭhippavādake. Tattha hi nisinnā titthiyā attano attano samayaṃ pavadanti. ^b^Atthābhisamayā^eb^ti hitapaṭilābhā. Abhisametabboti abhisamayo, abhisamayo attho ^b^abhisamayattho^eb^ti pīḷanādīni abhisametabbabhāvena ekībhāvaṃ upanetvā ^a^V1.0028^ea^ vuttāni. Abhisamayassa vā paṭivedhassa visayabhūto attho ^b^abhisamayattho^eb^ti tāneva tathā ekattena vuttāni. Tattha ^b^pīḷanaṃ^eb^ dukkhasaccassa taṃsamaṅgino hiṃsanaṃ avipphārikatākaraṇaṃ, ^b^santāpo^eb^ dukkhadukkhatādivasena santāpanaṃ paridahanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha sahakārikāraṇaṃ sannijjhaṃ sameti samavetīti ^b^samayo,^eb^ samavāyo. Sameti samāgacchati ettha maggabrahmacariyaṃ tadādhārapuggalehīti ^b^samayo,^eb^ khaṇo. Sameti ettha, etena vā saṃgacchati satto, sabhāvadhammo vā sahajātādīhi, uppādādīhi vāti ^b^samayo,^eb^ kālo. Dhammappavattimattatāya atthato abhūtopi hi kālo dhammappavattiyā adhikaraṇaṃ karaṇaṃ viya ca parikappanāmattasiddhena rūpena voharīyatīti. Samaṃ, saha vā avayavānaṃ ayanaṃ pavatti avaṭṭhānanti ^b^samayo,^eb^ samūho yathā ‘‘samudāyo’’ti. Avayavasahāvaṭṭhānameva hi samūhoti. Avasesapaccayānaṃ samāgame eti phalaṃ etasmā uppajjati pavattati cāti ^b^samayo,^eb^ hetu yathā ‘‘samudayo’’ti. Sameti saṃyojanabhāvato sambandho eti attano visaye pavattati, daḷhaggahaṇabhāvato vā saṃyuttā ayanti pavattanti sattā yathābhinivesaṃ etenāti ^b^samayo,^eb^ diṭṭhi. Diṭṭhisaṃyojanena hi sattā ativiya bajjhantīti. Samiti saṃgati samodhānanti ^b^samayo,^eb^ paṭilābho. Samassa nirodhassa yānaṃ, sammā vā yānaṃ apagamo apavatti ^b^samayo,^eb^ pahānaṃ. Abhimukhaṃ ñāṇena sammā etabbo adhigantabboti ^b^abhisamayo,^eb^ dhammānaṃ aviparīto sabhāvo. Abhimukhabhāvena sammā eti gacchati bujjhatīti ^b^abhisamayo,^eb^ dhammānaṃ aviparītasabhāvāvabodho ^a^M1.0032^ea^. Evaṃ tasmiṃ tasmiṃ atthe samayasaddappavatti veditabbā. Samayasaddassa atthuddhāre abhisamayasaddassa udāharaṇaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. ^b^Assā^eb^ti samayasaddassa. ^b^Kālo attho^eb^ samavāyādīnaṃ atthānaṃ idha asambhavato desadesakaparisānaṃ viya suttassa nidānabhāvena kālassa apadisitabbato ca.<br/><br/>[03]Kasmā panettha aniyamitavaseneva kālo niddiṭṭho? Na utusaṃvaccharādivasena niyamitoti āha ^b^‘‘tattha kiñcāpī’’^eb^tiādi. Utusaṃvaccharādivasena niyamaṃ akatvā samayasaddassa vacane ayampi guṇo laddho hotīti dassento ^b^‘‘ye vā ime’’^eb^tiādimāha. Sāmaññajotanā hi visese avatiṭṭhatīti. Tattha ^b^diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārasamayo^eb^ devasikaṃ jhānaphalasamāpattīhi vītināmanakālo, visesato sattasattāhāni. ^b^Suppakāsā^eb^ti dasasahassilokadhātupakampana-obhāsapātubhāvādīhi pākaṭā. Yathāvuttappabhedesu eva samayesu ekadesaṃ pakārantarehi saṅgahetvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yo cāya’’^eb^ntiādimāha. Tathā hi ñāṇakiccasamayo, attahitapaṭipattisamayo ^a^V1.0029^ea^ ca abhisambodhisamayo, ariyatuṇhībhāvasamayo, diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārasamayo, karuṇākiccaparahitapaṭipattidhammīkathāsamayā, desanāsamayo eva.<br/><br/>[03]Karaṇavacanena niddeso katoti sambandho. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti abhidhammatadaññasuttapadavinayesu. ^b^Tathā^eb^ti bhummakaraṇehi. ^b^Adhikaraṇattho^eb^ ādhārattho. Bhāvo nāma kiriyā, tāya kiriyantaralakkhaṇaṃ ^b^bhāvenabhāvalakkhaṇaṃ^eb^. Tattha yathā kālo sabhāvadhammaparicchinno sayaṃ paramatthato avijjamānopi ādhārabhāvena paññāto taṅkhaṇappavattānaṃ tato pubbe parato ca abhāvato ‘‘pubbaṇhe jāto, sāyanhe gacchatī’’ti ca ādīsu, samūho ca avayavavinimutto visuṃ avijjamānopi kappanāmattasiddho avayavānaṃ ādhārabhāvena paññāpīyati yathā ‘‘rukkhe sākhā, yavarāsiyaṃ sambhūto’’tiādīsu, evaṃ idhāpīti dassento āha ^b^‘‘adhikaraṇañhi…pe… dhammāna’’^eb^nti. Yasmiṃ kāle, dhammapuñje vā kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ eva kāle dhammapuñje ca phassādayopi hontīti ayaṃ hi tattha attho. Yathā ca ‘‘gāvīsu duyhamānāsu gato, duddhāsu āgato’’ti dohanakiriyāya gamanakiriyā lakkhīyati, evaṃ idhāpi yasmiṃ samaye, tasmiṃ samayeti ca vutte ^a^M1.0033^ea^ ‘‘satī’’ti ayamattho viññāyamāno eva hoti padatthassa sattāvirahābhāvatoti samayassa sattākiriyāya cittassa uppādakiriyā phassādibhavanakiriyā ca lakkhīyati. ^b^Yasmiṃ samaye^eb^ti yasmiṃ navame khaṇe, yasmiṃ yonisomanasikārādihetumhi, paccayasamavāye vā sati kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, tasmiṃyeva khaṇe, hetumhi, paccayasamavāye vā phassādayopi hontīti ubhayattha samayasadde bhummaniddeso kato lakkhaṇabhūtabhāvayuttoti dassento āha ^b^‘‘khaṇa…pe… lakkhīyatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Hetuattho karaṇattho ca sambhavati^eb^ ‘‘annena vasati, vijjāya vasati, pharasunā chindati, kudālena khaṇatī’’tiādīsu viya. Vītikkamañhi sutvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā otiṇṇavatthukaṃ puggalaṃ paṭipucchitvā vigarahitvā ca taṃ taṃ vatthuotiṇṇakālaṃ anatikkamitvā teneva kālena sikkhāpadāni paññapento bhagavā viharati sikkhāpadapaññattihetuñca apekkhamāno tatiyapārājikādīsu viya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Accantameva^eb^ ārambhato paṭṭhāya yāva desanāniṭṭhānaṃ. Parahitapaṭipattisaṅkhātena ^b^karuṇāvihārena. Tadatthajotanattha^eb^nti accantasaṃyogatthajotanatthaṃ. ^b^Upayoganiddeso kato^eb^ yathā ‘‘māsaṃ sajjhāyatī’’ti ^a^V1.0030^ea^. ^b^Porāṇā^eb^ti aṭṭhakathācariyā. ^b^Abhilāpamattabhedo^eb^ti vacanamattena viseso. Tena suttavinayesu vibhattibyattayo katoti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Seṭṭha^eb^nti seṭṭhavācakaṃ vacanaṃ ‘‘seṭṭha’’nti vuttaṃ seṭṭhaguṇasahacaraṇato, tathā ^b^‘‘uttama’’^eb^nti etthāpi. ^b^Gāravayutto^eb^ti garubhāvayutto garuguṇayogato, garukaraṇārahatāya vā gāravayutto. ^b^Vuttoyeva,^eb^ na pana idha vattabbo visuddhimaggassa imissā aṭṭhakathāya ekadesabhāvatoti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]Aparo nayo (itivu. aṭṭha. nidānavaṇṇanā; sārattha. ṭī. 1.1.verañjakaṇḍavaṇṇanā; visuddhi. mahāṭī. 1.144) – bhāgavāti bhagavā, bhatavāti bhagavā, bhāge vanīti bhagavā, bhage vanīti bhagavā, bhattavāti bhagavā, bhage vamīti bhagavā, bhāge vamīti bhagavā.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Bhāgavā ^a^M1.0034^ea^ bhatavā bhāge, bhage ca vani bhattavā;<br/><br/>[22]Bhage vami tathā bhāge, vamīti bhagavā jino’’.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha kathaṃ ^b^bhāgavāti bhagavā^eb^? Ye te sīlādayo dhammakkhandhā guṇabhāgā guṇakoṭṭhāsā, te anaññasādhāraṇā niratisayā tathāgate atthi upalabbhanti. Tathā hissa sīlaṃ samādhi paññā vimutti vimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ, hirī ottappaṃ, saddhā vīriyaṃ, sati sampajaññaṃ, sīlavisuddhi diṭṭhivisuddhi, samatho vipassanā, tīṇi kusalamūlāni, tīṇi sucaritāni, tayo sammāvitakkā, tisso anavajjasaññā, tisso dhātuyo, cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro iddhipādā, cattāro ariyamaggā, cattāri ariyaphalāni, catasso paṭisambhidā, catuyoniparicchedakañāṇāni, cattāro ariyavaṃsā, cattāri vesārajjañāṇāni, pañca padhāniyaṅgāni, pañcaṅgiko sammāsamādhi, pañcañāṇiko sammāsamādhi, pañcindriyāni, pañca balāni, pañca nissāraṇīyā dhātuyo, pañca vimuttāyatanañāṇāni, pañca vimuttiparipācanīyā saññā, cha anussatiṭṭhānāni, cha gāravā, cha nissāraṇīyā dhātuyo, cha satatavihārā, cha anuttariyāni, cha nibbedhabhāgiyā saññā, cha abhiññā, cha asādhāraṇañāṇāni, satta aparihāniyā dhammā, satta ariyadhammā, satta ariyadhanāni, satta bojjhaṅgā, satta sappurisadhammā, satta nijjaravatthūni, satta saññā, sattadakkhiṇeyyapuggaladesanā, sattakhīṇāsavabaladesanā, aṭṭhapaññāpaṭilābhahetudesanā aṭṭha sammattāni, aṭṭhalokadhammātikkamo, aṭṭha ^a^V1.0031^ea^ ārambhavatthūni, aṭṭhākkhaṇadesanā, aṭṭha mahāpurisavitakkā, aṭṭhābhibhāyatanadesanā, aṭṭha vimokkhā, nava yonisomanasikāramūlakā dhammā, nava pārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgāni, navasattāvāsadesanā, nava āghātapaṭivinayā, nava saññā, navanānattā, nava anupubbavihārā, dasa nāthakaraṇā dhammā, dasa kasiṇāyatanāni, dasa kusalakammapathā, dasa sammattāni, dasa ariyavāsā, dasa asekkhadhammā, dasa tathāgatabalāni, ekādasa mettānisaṃsā, dvādasa dhammācakkākārā, terasa dhutaguṇā, cuddasa buddhañāṇāni, pañcadasa vimuttiparipācanīyā dhammā, soḷasavidhā ānāpānassati, soḷasa aparantapanīyā dhammā, aṭṭhārasa buddhadhammā, ekūnavīsati paccavekkhaṇañāṇāni, catucattālīsa ñāṇavatthūni, paññāsa udayabbayañāṇāni, paropaññāsa kusalā dhammā, sattasattati ñāṇavatthūni, catuvīsatikoṭisatasahassasaṅkhasamāpattisañcārimahāvajirañāṇaṃ ^a^M1.0035^ea^, anantanayasamantapaṭṭhāna-pavicaya-paccavekkhaṇadesanāñāṇāni, tathā anantāsu lokadhātūsu anantānaṃ sattānaṃ āsayādivibhāvanañāṇāni cāti evamādayo anantāparimāṇabhedā anaññasādhāraṇā niratisayā guṇabhāgā guṇakoṭṭhāsā saṃvijjanti upalabbhanti, tasmā yathāvuttavibhāgā guṇabhāgā assa atthīti ‘‘bhāgavā’’ti vattabbe ākārassa rassattaṃ katvā ‘‘bhagavā’’ti vutto. Evaṃ tāva bhāgavāti ^b^bhagavā^eb^.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Yasmā sīlādayo sabbe, guṇabhāgā asesato;<br/><br/>[22]Vijjanti sugate tasmā, bhagavāti pavuccati’’.<br/><br/>[03]Kathaṃ ^b^bhatavāti bhagavā^eb^? Ye te sabbalokahitāya ussukkamāpannehi manussattādike aṭṭha dhamme samodhānetvā sammāsambodhiyā katamahābhinīhārehi mahābodhisattehi paripūritabbā dānapāramī, sīla, nekkhamma, paññā, vīriya, khanti, sacca, adhiṭṭhāna, mettā, upekkhāpāramīti dasa pāramiyo, dasa upapāramiyo, dasa paramatthapāramiyoti samatiṃsa pāramiyo, dānādīni cattāri saṅgahavatthūni, saccādīni cattāri adhiṭṭhānāni, aṅgapariccāgo, jīvita, rajja, putta, dārapariccāgoti pañca mahāpariccāgā, pubbayogo, pubbacariyā, dhammakkhānaṃ, ñātatthacariyā, lokatthacariyā, buddhicariyāti evamādayo, saṅkhepato vā sabbe puññañāṇasambhārā buddhakaradhammā, te mahābhinīhārato paṭṭhāya kappānaṃ satasahassādhikāni cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni yathā hānabhāgiyā saṃkilesabhāgiyā ṭhitibhāgiyā vā na honti, atha kho uttaruttari visesabhāgiyāva honti, evaṃ sakkaccaṃ nirantaraṃ anavasesato bhatā sambhatā assa atthīti ‘‘bhatavā’’ti vattabbe ‘‘bhagavā’’ti vutto niruttinayena ta-kārassa ga-kāraṃ katvā ^a^V1.0032^ea^. Atha vā ^b^bhatavā^eb^ti teyeva yathāvutte buddhakaradhamme vuttanayeneva bhari, sambhari, paripūresīti attho. Evampi bhatavāti ^b^bhagavā^eb^.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Sammāsambodhiyā sabbe, dānapāramiādike;<br/><br/>[22]Sambhāre bhatavā nātho, tasmāpi bhagavā mato’’.<br/><br/>[03]Kathaṃ ^b^bhāge vanīti bhagavā^eb^? Ye te catuvīsatikoṭisatasahassasaṅkhā devasikaṃ vaḷañjanakasamāpattibhāgā, te anavasesato lokahitatthaṃ ^a^M1.0036^ea^ attano ca diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāratthaṃ niccakappaṃ vani, bhaji, sevi, bahulamakāsīti bhāge vanīti ^b^bhagavā^eb^. Atha vā abhiññeyyadhammesu kusalādīsu khandhādīsu ca ye te pariññeyyādivasena saṅkhepato vā catubbidhā abhisamayabhāgā, vitthārato pana ‘‘cakkhu pariññeyyaṃ sotaṃ…pe… jarāmaraṇaṃ pariññeyya’’ntiādinā (paṭi. ma. 1.21) aneke pariññeyyabhāgā, ‘‘cakkhussa samudayo pahātabbo…pe… jarāmaraṇassa samudayo pahātabbo’’tiādinā pahātabbabhāgā, ‘‘cakkhussa nirodho…pe… jarāmaraṇassa nirodho sacchikātabbo’’tiādinā sacchikātabbabhāgā, ‘‘cakkhunirodhagāminīpaṭipadā’’tiādinā, ‘‘cattāro satipaṭṭhānā’’tiādinā ca anekabhedā bhāvetabbabhāgā ca dhammā, te sabbe vani, bhaji, yathārahaṃ gocarabhāvanāsevanānaṃ vasena sevi. Evampi bhāge vanīti ^b^bhagavā^eb^. Atha vā ‘‘ye ime sīlādayo dhammakkhandhā sāvakehi sādhāraṇā guṇakoṭṭhāsā guṇabhāgā, kinti nu kho te vineyyasantānesu patiṭṭhapeyya’’nti mahākaruṇāya vani abhipatthayi, sā cassa abhipatthanā yathādhippetaphalāvahā ahosi. Evampi bhāge vanīti ^b^bhagavā^eb^.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Yasmā ñeyyasamāpatti-guṇabhāge tathāgato;<br/><br/>[22]Bhaji patthayi sattānaṃ, hitāya bhagavā tato’’.<br/><br/>[03]Kathaṃ ^b^bhage vanīti bhagavā^eb^? Samāsato tāva katapuññehi payogasampannehi yathāvibhavaṃ bhajīyantīti bhagā, lokiyalokuttarasampattiyo. Tattha lokiye tāva tathāgato sammāsambodhito pubbe bodhisattabhūto paramukkaṃsagate, vani, bhaji, sevi, yattha patiṭṭhāya niravasesato buddhakaradhamme samannānento buddhadhamme paripācesi, buddhabhūto pana te niravajjesu upasaṃhite anaññasādhāraṇe lokuttarepi, vani, bhaji, sevi, vitthārato pana padesarajja-issariyacakkavattisampatti-devarajjasampattiādivasena jhāna-vimokkha-samādhisamāpatti-ñāṇadassana-maggabhāvanā-phalasacchi-kiriyādi-uttarimanussadhammavasena ^a^V1.0033^ea^ ca anekavihite anaññasādhāraṇe, bhage, vani, bhaji, sevi. Evampi bhage vanīti ^b^bhagavā^eb^.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Yā ^a^M1.0037^ea^ tā sampattiyo loke, yā ca lokuttarā puthu;<br/><br/>[22]Sabbā tā bhaji sambuddho, tasmāpi bhagavā mato’’.<br/><br/>[03]Kathaṃ ^b^sattavāti bhagavā^eb^? Bhattā daḷhabhattikā assa bahū atthīti bhattavā. Tathāgato hi mahākaruṇāsabbaññutaññāṇādi-aparimitanirupamappabhāva-guṇavisesasamaṅgibhāvato sabbasattuttamo, sabbānatthaparihārapubbaṅgamāya niravasesahitasukhavidhānatapparāya niratisayāya payogasampattiyā sadevamanussāya pajāya accantupakāritāya dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāsīti anubyañjanabyāmappabhādi anaññasādhāraṇavisesapaṭimaṇḍitarūpakāyatāya yathābhuccaguṇādhigatena ‘‘itipi so bhagavā’’tiādinayappavattena lokattayabyāpinā suvipulena suvisuddhena ca thutighosena samannāgatattā ukkaṃsapāramippattāsu appicchatāsantuṭṭhiādīsu suppatiṭṭhitabhāvato dasabalacatuvesārajjādi-niratisayaguṇavisesa-samaṅgībhāvato ca rūpappamāṇo rūpappasanno, ghosappamāṇo ghosappasanno, lūkhappamāṇo lūkhappasanno, dhammappamāṇo dhammappasannoti evaṃ catuppamāṇike lokasannivāse sabbathāpi pasādāvahabhāvena samantapāsādikattā aparimāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ sadevamanussānaṃ ādarabahumānagāravāyatanatāya paramapemasambhattiṭṭhānaṃ. Ye tassa ovāde patiṭṭhitā aveccappasādena samannāgatā honti, kenaci asaṃhāriyā tesaṃ pasādabhatti samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā. Tathā hi te attano jīvitapariccāgepi tattha pasādaṃ na pariccajanti, tassa vā āṇaṃ daḷhabhattibhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]Tenevāha –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Yo ve kataññū katavedi dhīro;<br/><br/>[22]Kalyāṇamitto daḷhabhatti ca hotī’’ti. (jā. 2.17.78);<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo ṭhitadhammo velaṃ nātivattati, evameva kho, bhikkhave, yaṃ mayā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ, taṃ mama sāvakā jīvitahetupi nātikkamantī’’ti (udā. 45; cūḷava. 385) ca. –<br/><br/>[07]Evaṃ ^a^V1.0034^ea^^a^M1.0038^ea^ bhattavāti ^b^bhagavā^eb^ niruttinayena ekassa ta-kārassa lopaṃ katvā itarassa ga-kāraṃ katvā.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Guṇātisayayuttassa, yasmā lokahitesino;<br/><br/>[22]Sambhattā bahavo satthu, bhagavā tena vuccatī’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]Kathaṃ ^b^bhage vamīti bhagavā^eb^? Yasmā tathāgato bodhisattabhūtopi aparimāṇāsu jātīsu pāramiyo paripūrento bhagasaṅkhātaṃ siriṃ issariyaṃ yasañca vami uggiri, kheḷapiṇḍaṃ viya anapekkho chaḍḍayi, carimattabhāvepi hatthagataṃ cakkavattisiriṃ devalokādhipaccasadisaṃ catudīpissariyaṃ cakkavattisampattisannissayaṃ sattaratanasamujjalaṃ yasañca tiṇāyapi amaññamāno nirapekkho pahāya abhinikkhamitvā sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho, tasmā ime sirīādike bhage vamīti ^b^bhagavā^eb^. Atha vā bhāni nāma nakkhattāni, tehi samaṃ gacchanti pavattantīti bhagā, sineruyugandharauttarakuruhimavantādibhājanalokavisesasannissayā sobhā kappaṭṭhiyabhāvato, tepi bhagavā vami tannivāsisattāvāsasamatikkamato tappaṭibaddhachandarāgappahānena pajahīti. Evampi bhage vamīti ^b^bhagavā^eb^.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Cakkavattisiriṃ yasmā, yasaṃ issariyaṃ sukhaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Pahāsi lokacittañca, sugato bhagavā tato’’.<br/><br/>[03]Kathaṃ ^b^bhāge vamīti bhagavā^eb^? Bhāgā nāma sabhāgadhammakoṭṭhāsā, te khandhāyatanadhātādivasena, tatthāpi rūpavedanādivasena pathaviyādivasena atītādivasena ca anekavidhā, te ca bhagavā sabbaṃ papañcaṃ sabbaṃ yogaṃ sabbaṃ ganthaṃ sabbaṃ saṃyojanaṃ samucchinditvā amatadhātuṃ samadhigacchanto vami uggiri, anapekkho chaḍḍayi na paccāvami. Tathā hesa ‘‘sabbatthakameva pathaviṃ āpaṃ tejaṃ vāyaṃ, cakkhuṃ sotaṃ ghānaṃ jivhaṃ kāyaṃ manaṃ, rūpe sadde gandhe rase phoṭṭhabbe dhamme, cakkhuviññāṇaṃ…pe… manoviññāṇaṃ, cakkhusamphassaṃ…pe… manosamphassaṃ, cakkhusamphassajaṃ vedanaṃ…pe… manosamphassajaṃ vedanaṃ, cakkhusamphassajaṃ saññaṃ…pe… manosamphassajaṃ saññaṃ, cakkhusamphassajaṃ cetanaṃ…pe… manosamphassajaṃ cetanaṃ, rūpataṇhaṃ…pe… dhammataṇhaṃ, rūpavitakkaṃ…pe… dhammavitakkaṃ, rūpavicāraṃ…pe… dhammavicāra’’ntiādinā anupadadhammavibhāgavasenapi sabbeva dhammakoṭṭhāse anavasesato vami uggiri, anapekkhapariccāgena chaḍḍayi. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘yaṃ ^a^M1.0039^ea^ taṃ, ānanda, cattaṃ vantaṃ muttaṃ pahīnaṃ paṭinissaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ tathāgato puna paccāvamissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.183). Evampi ^a^V1.0035^ea^ bhāge vamīti ^b^bhagavā^eb^. Atha vā ^b^bhāge vamī^eb^ti sabbepi kusalākusale sāvajjānavajje hīnapaṇīte kaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāge dhamme ariyamaggañāṇamukhena vami uggiri, anapekkho pariccaji pajahi, paresañca tathattāya dhammaṃ desesi. Vuttampi cetaṃ ‘‘dhammāpi vo, bhikkhave, pahātabbā, pageva adhammā (ma. ni. 1.240). Kullūpamaṃ vo, bhikkhave, dhammaṃ desessāmi nittharaṇatthāya, no gahaṇatthāyā’’tiādi (ma. ni. 1.240). Evampi bhāge vamīti ^b^bhagavā^eb^.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Khandhāyatanadhātādi-dhammabhāgā-mahesinā;<br/><br/>[22]Kaṇhasukkā yato vantā, tatopi bhagavā mato’’.<br/><br/>[03]Tena vuttaṃ –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Bhāgavā bhatavā bhāge, bhage ca vani bhattavā;<br/><br/>[22]Bhage vami tathā bhāge, vamīti bhagavā jino’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dhammasarīraṃ paccakkhaṃ karotī^eb^ti ‘‘yo vo, ānanda, mayā dhammo ca vinayo ca desito paññatto, so vo mamaccayena satthā’’ti vacanato dhammassa satthubhāvapariyāyo vijjatīti katvā vuttaṃ. ^b^Vajirasaṅghātasamānakāyo^eb^ parehi abhejjasarīrattā. Na hi bhagavato rūpakāye kenaci sakkā antarāyaṃ kātunti. ^b^Desanāsampattiṃ niddisati^eb^ vakkhamānassa sakalassa suttassa ^b^‘‘eva’’^eb^nti nidassanato. ^b^Sāvakasampattiṃ niddisati^eb^ paṭisambhidāppattena pañcasu ṭhānesu bhagavatā etadagge ṭhapitena mayā mahāsāvakena sutaṃ, tañca kho mayāva sutaṃ, na anussutaṃ na paraṃparābhatanti imassatthassa dīpanato. ^b^Kālasampattiṃ niddisati^eb^ bhagavāsaddasannidhāne payuttassa samayasaddassa buddhuppādapaṭimaṇḍitabhāvadīpanato. Buddhuppādaparamā hi kālasampadā. Tenetaṃ vuccati –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Kappakasāye kaliyuge, buddhuppādo aho mahacchariyaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Hutāvahamajjhe jātaṃ, samuditamakarandamaravinda’’nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bhagavāti desakasampattiṃ niddisati^eb^ guṇavisiṭṭhasattuttamabhāvadīpanato garugāravādhivacanabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Avisesenā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0036^ea^^a^M1.0040^ea^ na visesena, vihārabhāvasāmaññenāti attho. ^b^Iriyāpatha…pe… vihāresū^eb^ti iriyāpathavihāro, dibbavihāro, brahmavihāro, ariyavihāroti etesu catūsu vihāresu. ^b^Samaṅgīparidīpana^eb^nti samaṅgībhāvaparidīpanaṃ. ^b^Eta^eb^nti ‘‘viharatī’’ti etaṃ padaṃ. Tathā hi taṃ ‘‘idhekacco gihīhi saṃsaṭṭho viharati sahanandī sahasokī’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 4.241) iriyāpathavihāre āgataṃ. ‘‘Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi…pe… paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharatī’’ti (dha. sa. 160; vibha. 624) ettha dibbavihāre. ‘‘So mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharatī’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.556; 3.308; ma. ni. 1.77; 2.309; 3.230) brahmavihāre. ‘‘So kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, tassāyeva kathāya pariyosāne tasmiṃ eva purimasmiṃ samādhinimitte ajjhattameva cittaṃ saṇṭhapemi sannisādemi ekodiṃ karomi samādahāmi, yena sudaṃ niccakappaṃ viharāmī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.387) ariyavihāre.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha iriyanaṃ vattanaṃ ^b^iriyā,^eb^ kāyappayogo. Tassā pavattanupāyabhāvato ṭhānādi ^b^iriyāpatho^eb^. Ṭhānasamaṅgī vā hi kāyena kiñci kareyya gamanādīsu aññatarasamaṅgī vā. Atha vā iriyati pavattati etena attabhāvo kāyakiccaṃ vāti ^b^iriyā,^eb^ tassā pavattiupāyabhāvato iriyā ca so patho cāti ^b^iriyāpatho,^eb^ ṭhānādi eva. So ca atthato gatinivattiādiākārena pavatto catusantatirūpapabandho eva. Viharaṇaṃ, viharati etenāti vā ^b^vihāro,^eb^ iriyāpatho eva vihāro ^b^iriyāpathavihāro^eb^. Divi bhavo ^b^dibbo,^eb^ tattha bahulappavattiyā brahmapārisajjādidevaloke bhavoti attho. Tattha yo dibbānubhāvo, tadatthāya saṃvattatīti vā ^b^dibbo,^eb^ abhiññābhinīhāravasena mahāgatikattā vā ^b^dibbo,^eb^ dibbo ca so vihāro cāti ^b^dibbavihāro,^eb^ catasso rūpāvacarasamāpattiyo. Āruppasamāpattiyopi ettheva saṅgahaṃ gacchanti. Brahmūnaṃ, brahmāno vā vihārā ^b^brahmavihārā,^eb^ catasso appamaññāyo. Ariyānaṃ, ariyā vā vihārā ^b^ariyavihārā,^eb^ cattāri sāmaññaphalāni. ^b^So hi ekaṃ iriyāpathabādhana^eb^ntiādi yadipi bhagavā ekenapi iriyāpathena cirataraṃ kālaṃ attabhāvaṃ pavattetuṃ sakkoti, tathāpi upādinnakasarīrassa nāma ayaṃ sabhāvoti dassetuṃ vuttaṃ ^a^M1.0041^ea^. Yasmā vā bhagavā yattha katthaci vasanto vineyyānaṃ dhammaṃ desento, nānāsamāpattīhi ca kālaṃ vītināmento vasatīti sattānaṃ attano ca vividhaṃ hitasukhaṃ harati upaneti uppādeti, tasmā vividhaṃ haratīti evamettha attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Paccatthike jinātīti ^b^jeto^eb^. Jeta-saddo hi sota-saddo viya kattusādhanopi atthīti. Rañño ^a^V1.0037^ea^ vā paccatthikānaṃ jitakāle jātattā ^b^jeto^eb^. Rañño hi attano jayaṃ tattha āropetvā jitavāti jetoti kumāro vutto. Maṅgalakāmatāya vā jetotissa nāmaṃ kataṃ, tasmā ‘‘jeyyo’’ti etasmiṃ atthe ‘‘jeto’’ti vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tassa jetassa rājakumārassa. ^b^Vane^eb^tiādito paṭṭhāyeva taṃ tassa santakanti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘taṃ hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Sabbakāmasamiddhitāya vigatamalamaccheratāya karuṇādiguṇasamaṅgitāya ca niccakālaṃ upaṭṭhapito anāthānaṃ piṇḍo etassa atthīti ^b^anāthapiṇḍiko,^eb^ tassa anāthapiṇḍikassa. Yadi jetavanaṃ, kathaṃ anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāmoti āha ^b^‘‘anāthapiṇḍikenā’’^eb^tiādi. Pañcavidhasenāsanaṅgasampattiyā āramanti ettha pabbajitāti ^b^ārāmo,^eb^ tasmiṃ ārāme. Yadipi so bhūmibhāgo koṭisantharena mahāseṭṭhinā kīto, rukkhā pana jetena na vikkītāti taṃ ‘‘jetavana’’nti vattabbataṃ labhatīti vadanti. Ubhinnampi vā tattha pariccāgavisesakittanatthaṃ ubhayavacanaṃ, jetenapi hi bhūmibhāgavikkayena laddhadhanaṃ tattha dvārakoṭṭhakakaraṇavasena viniyuttaṃ. Sāvatthijetavanānaṃ bhūmibhāgavasena bhinnattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘na hi sakkā ubhayattha ekaṃ samayaṃ viharitu’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Apākaṭā^eb^ti sakko suyāmotiādinā anabhiññātā. Abhiññātānampi aññatarasaddo dissateva ekasadisāyattattāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘abhijānāti no’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Ahunā^eb^ idāneva. ^b^Sādhāraṇavacanaṃ^eb^ dibbataṃ antonītaṃ katvā. Devo eva ^b^devatā^eb^ purisepi vattanato. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘imasmiṃ panatthe’’^eb^tiādi. Nanu ca rūpāvacarasattānaṃ purisindriyaṃ natthi, yena te purisāti vucceyyuṃ? Yadipi purisindriyaṃ natthi, purisasaṇṭhānassa pana purisavesassa ca vasena purisapuggalātveva vuccanti purisapakatibhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Abhikkantā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0042^ea^ atikkantā, vigatāti atthoti āha ^b^‘‘khaye dissatī’’^eb^ti. Teneva hi ^b^‘‘nikkhanto paṭhamo yāmo’’^eb^ti upari vuttaṃ. ^b^Abhikkantataro^eb^ti ativiya kantataro. Tādiso ca sundaro bhaddako nāma hotīti āha ^b^‘‘sundare dissatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ko^eb^ti devanāgayakkhagandhabbādīsu ko katamo? ^b^Me^eb^ti mama. ^b^Pādānī^eb^ti pāde. ^b^Iddhiyā^eb^ti imāya evarūpāya deviddhiyā. ^b^Yasasā^eb^ti iminā edisena parivārena paricchadena ca. ^b^Jala^eb^nti vijjotamāno. ^b^Abhikkantenā^eb^ti ativiya kantena kamaniyena abhirūpena. ^b^Vaṇṇenā^eb^ti chavivaṇṇena sarīravaṇṇanibhāya. ^b^Sabbā obhāsayaṃ disā^eb^ti sabbāpi disā pabhāsento cando viya sūriyo viya ca ekobhāsaṃ ekālokaṃ karontoti gāthāya attho. ^b^Abhirūpe^eb^ti uḷārarūpe sampannarūpe.<br/><br/>[03]Kañcanasannibhattacatā suvaṇṇavaṇṇaggahaṇena gahitāti adhippāyenāha ^b^‘‘chaviya’’^eb^nti. Chavigatā ^a^V1.0038^ea^ pana vaṇṇadhātu eva ‘‘suvaṇṇavaṇṇo’’ti ettha vaṇṇaggahaṇena gahitāti apare. Vaṇṇanaṃ kittiyā ugghosananti ^b^vaṇṇo,^eb^ thuti. Vaṇṇīyati asaṅkarato vavatthapīyatīti ^b^vaṇṇo,^eb^ kulavaggo. Vaṇṇīyati phalaṃ etena yathāsabhāvato vibhāvīyatīti ^b^vaṇṇo,^eb^ kāraṇaṃ. Vaṇṇanaṃ dīgharassādivasena saṇṭhahananti ^b^vaṇṇo,^eb^ saṇṭhānaṃ. Vaṇṇīyati aṇumahantādivasena pamīyatīti ^b^vaṇṇo,^eb^ pamāṇaṃ. Vaṇṇeti vikāraṃ āpajjamānaṃ hadayaṅgatabhāvaṃ pakāsetīti ^b^vaṇṇo,^eb^ rūpāyatanaṃ. Evaṃ tena tena pavattinimittena vaṇṇasaddassa tasmiṃ tasmiṃ atthe pavatti veditabbā. ^b^Iddhiṃ māpetvā^eb^ti vatthālaṅkārakāyādīhi obhāsamuñcanādivasena dibbaṃ iddhānubhāvaṃ nimminitvā. ^b^Kāmāvacarā anabhisaṅkhatenapi āgantuṃ sakkonti^eb^ oḷārikarūpattā. Tathā hi te kabaḷīkārabhakkhā. ^b^Rūpāvacarā na sakkonti^eb^ tato sukhumatararūpattā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tesaṃ hī’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ‘‘atisukhumo’’ti mūlapaṭisandhirūpaṃ sandhāya vadati. ^b^Na tena iriyāpathakappanaṃ hotī^eb^ti etena brahmalokepi brahmāno yebhuyyena nimmitarūpeneva pavattantīti dasseti. Itarañhi ativiya sukhumaṃ rūpaṃ kevalaṃ cittuppādassa nissayādhiṭṭhānabhūtaṃ saṇṭhānavantaṃ hutvā tiṭṭhati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anavasesattaṃ^eb^ sakalatā. ^b^Yebhuyyatā^eb^ bahulabhāvo. ^b^Abyāmissatā^eb^ vijātiyena asaṅkaro. Sukhena hi avokiṇṇatā tattha adhippetā ^a^M1.0043^ea^. ^b^Anatirekatā^eb^ taṃparamatā visesābhāvo. ^b^Kevalakappa^eb^nti kevalaṃ daḷhaṃ katvāti attho. ^b^Saṅghabhedāyā^eb^ti saṅghe vivādāya, vivāduppādāyāti attho. Kevalaṃ vuccati nibbānaṃ sabbasaṅkhatavivittattā, etassa taṃ atthīti ^b^kevalī,^eb^ sacchikatanirodho khīṇāsavo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘visaṃyogo attho’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Kappasaddo panāyaṃ saupasaggo anupasaggo cāti adhippāyena okappaniyapade labbhamānaṃ kappasaddamattaṃ dasseti, aññathā kappapadaṃ anidassanameva siyā. ^b^Samaṇakappehī^eb^ti vinayasiddhehi samaṇavohārehi. ^b^Niccakappa^eb^nti niccakālaṃ. ^b^Paññattī^eb^ti nāmaṃ. Nāmañhetaṃ tassa āyasmato, yadidaṃ kappoti. ^b^Kappitakesamassū^eb^ti kattarikāya cheditakesamassu. ^b^Dvaṅgulakappo^eb^ti majjhanhikavelāya vītikkantāya dvaṅgulatāvikappo. ^b^Leso^eb^ti apadeso. Anavasesaṃ pharituṃ samatthassapi obhāsassa kenacipi kāraṇena ekadesapharaṇampi siyā, ayaṃ pana sabbasova pharatīti dassetuṃ samantattho kappa-saddo gahitoti āha ^b^‘‘anavasesaṃ samantato’’^eb^ti. Īsaṃ asamattaṃ, kevalaṃ vā ^b^kevalakappaṃ^eb^. Bhagavato ābhāya anobhāsitameva hi padesaṃ devatā attano pabhāya obhāsenti. Na hi bhagavato pabhā kāyaci pabhāya abhibhuyyati, sūriyādīnampi pabhaṃ sā abhibhuyya tiṭṭhatīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yena^eb^^a^V1.0039^ea^^b^vā kāraṇenā^eb^ti hetumhi idaṃ karaṇavacanaṃ. Hetuattho hi kiriyāya kāraṇaṃ, na karaṇaṃ viya kiriyattho, tasmā nānappakāra-guṇavisesādhigamanatthā idha upasaṅkamanakiriyāti ‘‘annena vasati, vijjāya vasatī’’tiādīsu viya hetuatthameva taṃ karaṇavacanaṃ yuttaṃ na karaṇatthaṃ tassa ayujjamānattāti vuttaṃ ‘‘yena vā kāraṇenā’’tiādi. Bhagavato satatappavattaniratisaya-sāduvipulamatarasa-saddhammaphalatāya sāduphalaniccaphalitamahārukkhena bhagavā upamito. Sāduphalūpabhogādhippāyaggahaṇeneva hi mahākāruṇikassa sāduphalatā gahitāti. ^b^Upasaṅkamī^eb^ti upasaṅkantā. Sampattakāmatāya hi kiñci ṭhānaṃ gacchanto ^a^M1.0044^ea^ taṃtaṃpadesātikkamanena upasaṅkami, upasaṅkantoti vattabbataṃ labhati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘gatāti vuttaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti, upagatāti attho. ^b^Upasaṅkamitvā^eb^ti pubbakālakiriyāniddesoti āha ^b^‘‘upasaṅkamanapariyosānadīpana’’^eb^nti. ^b^Tato^eb^ti yaṃ ṭhānaṃ pattā ‘‘upasaṅkamī’’ti vuttā, tato upagataṭṭhānato.<br/><br/>[03]Gatinivattiatthato sāmaññato āsanampi ṭhānaggahaṇena gayhatīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘āsanakusalatāya ekamantaṃ tiṭṭhantī’’^eb^ti. Nisinnāpi hi gamanato nivattā nāma honti ṭhatvā nisīditabbattā, yathāvuttaṭṭhānādayopi āsaneneva saṅgahitāti. Atidūrāccāsannapaṭikkhepena nātidūranaccāsannaṃ nāma gahitaṃ. Taṃ pana avakaṃsato ubhinnaṃ pasāritahatthasaṅghaṭṭanena daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Gīvaṃ pasāretvā^eb^ti gīvaṃ parivattanavasena pasāretvā.<br/><br/>[03]Kāmaṃ ‘‘katha’’nti ayamākārapucchā, taraṇākāro idha pucchito. So pana taraṇākāro atthato kāraṇamevāti āha ^b^‘‘kathaṃ nūti kāraṇapucchā’’^eb^ti? ^b^Pākaṭo^eb^ abhisambodhiyaṃ mahāpathavīkampanādianekacchariyapātubhāvādinā.<br/><br/>[03]Marisanaṭṭhena pāpānaṃ rogādianatthānaṃ abhibhavanaṭṭhena ^b^māriso,^eb^ dukkharahito. Tenāha ^b^‘‘niddukkhāti vuttaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti. Nirayapakkhe piyālapanavacanavasena upacāravacanañcetaṃ yathā ‘‘devānaṃ piyā’’ti. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘yadi eva’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Saṅkunā saṅkū^eb^ti matthakato samakoṭṭitena yāva hadayapadesā nibbijjhitvā otiṇṇena saṅkunā pādatalato samakoṭṭito saṅku nibbijjhitvā ārohanto ^b^hadaye^eb^ hadayassa padese samāgaccheyya, atha nesaṃ saṅkūnaṃ samāgamasamakāle ^b^naṃ^eb^ yathātikkantasaṅkukaraṇakālaṃ jāneyyāsi. Kiñci nimittaṃ upādāya kismiñci atthe pavattassa saddassa tannimittarahite pavatti ruḷhī nāma gamanakiriyārahite sāsanādimati paṭipiṇḍe yathā gosaddassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Oghamatarī^eb^ti ^a^V1.0040^ea^ yesaṃ oghānaṃ taraṇaṃ pucchitaṃ, te gaṇanaparicchedato sarūpato ca dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘cattāro’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Kasmā panettha cattāro ^a^M1.0045^ea^ eva oghā vuttā, te ca kāmādayo evāti? Na codetabbametaṃ, yasmā dhammānaṃ sabhāvakiccavisesaññunā bhagavatā sabbaṃ ñeyyaṃ yāthāvato abhisambujjhitvā ettakāva oghā desitā, ime eva ca desitāti. Vaṭṭasmiṃ ohananti osīdāpentīti oghā, ohananti heṭṭhā katvā hananti gāmenti, tathābhūtā satte adho gāmenti nāma. Ayañca attho ‘‘sabbopi cesā’’tiādinā parato aṭṭhakathāyameva āgamissati. Kāmanaṭṭhena ^b^kāmo,^eb^ kāmo ca so yathāvuttenatthena ogho cāti, kāmesu oghoti vā ^b^kāmogho^eb^. Bhavogho nāma bhavarāgoti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘rūpārūpabhavesu chandarāgo jhānanikanti cā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Sumaṅgalavilāsinī^eb^ādīsu (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 3.312) pana ‘‘sassatadiṭṭhisahagatarāgo cā’’ti vuttaṃ. Tattha paṭhamo upapattibhavesu rāgo, dutiyo kammabhave. Bhavadiṭṭhivinimuttassa diṭṭhigatassa abhāvato. ^b^‘‘Dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhiyo diṭṭhogho’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, catusaccantogadhattā sabbassa ñeyyassa ^b^‘‘catūsu saccesu aññāṇaṃ avijjogho’’^eb^ti āha.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni tesaṃ oghasaṅkhātānaṃ pāpadhammānaṃ uppattiṭṭhānaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tatthā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ, pavattiṭṭhānaṃ pana kāmaguṇādayo dassitā eva. ‘‘Pañcasu kāmaguṇesu chandarāgo kāmogho’’ti ettha bhavoghaṃ ṭhapetvā sabbo lobho kāmoghoti yuttaṃ siyā. Sassatadiṭṭhisahagato rāgo bhavadiṭṭhisampayuttattā bhavoghoti aṭṭhakathāsu vutto, bhavogho pana diṭṭhigatavippayuttesu eva uppajjatīti pāḷiyaṃ vutto. Tenevāha – ^b^‘‘bhavogho catūsu diṭṭhivippayuttalobhasahagatacittuppādesu uppajjatī’’^eb^ti. Tasmā diṭṭhisahagatalobhopi kāmoghoti yuttaṃ siyā. Diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikadukkhānañhi kāraṇabhūtā kāmāsavādayopi dvidhā vuttā, āsavā eva ca oghā. Kāmāsavaniddese ca kāmesūti kāmarāgadiṭṭhirāgādīnaṃ ārammaṇabhūtesu tebhūmakesu vatthukāmesūti attho sambhavati. Tattha hi uppajjamānā sāyaṃ taṇhā sabbāpi na kāmacchandādināmaṃ na labhatīti.<br/><br/>[03]Yadi pana pañcakāmaguṇiko ca rāgo kāmoghoti vuttoti katvā brahmānaṃ vimānādīsu rāgassa diṭṭhirāgassa ca kāmoghabhāvo paṭisedhitabbo siyā, evaṃ sati kāmoghabhavoghavinimuttena nāma lobhena bhavitabbaṃ ^a^M1.0046^ea^. So yadā diṭṭhigatavippayuttesu uppajjati, tadā tena sampayutto avijjogho oghavippayuttoti domanassavicikicchuddhaccasampayuttassa viya tassapi oghavippayuttatā vattabbā siyā ‘‘catūsupi diṭṭhigatavippayuttalobhasahagatesu cittuppādesu uppanno moho siyā oghasampayutto siyā oghavippayutto’’ti. ‘‘Kāmogho aṭṭhasu lobhasahagatesu ^a^V1.0041^ea^ cittuppādesu uppajjatī’’ti, ‘‘kāmoghaṃ paṭicca diṭṭhogho avijjogho’’ti ca vacanato diṭṭhisahagato kāmogho na hotīti na sakkā vattuṃ. Tathā hettha ‘‘rūpārūpabhavesu chandarāgo jhānanikanti ca bhavogho nāmāti ettakameva vuttaṃ, na vuttaṃ sassatadiṭṭhisahagato rāgo’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Adhogamanaṭṭhenā^eb^ti heṭṭhāpavattanaṭṭhena. Heṭṭhāpavattanañcettha na kevalaṃ apāyagamaniyabhāvena, atha kho saṃsāratarakāvarodhanenapīti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘uparibhavañcā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Kāmaṃ nibbānaṃ arūpibhāvā adesaṃ, na tassa ṭhānavasena uparigahaṇaṃ, sabbasaṅkhatavinissaṭattā pana sabbassapi bhavassa uparīti vattabbataṃ arahatīti katvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘uparibhavaṃ nibbāna’’^eb^nti. ‘‘Mahāudakogho’’tiādīsu rāsaṭṭho ogha-saddoti ‘‘mahā heso kilesarāsī’’ti vuttaṃ ^b^sesesupī^eb^ti bhavoghādīsupi.<br/><br/>[03]Appatiṭṭhahantoti kilesādīnaṃ vasena asantiṭṭhanto, asaṃsīdantoti attho. ^b^Anāyūhanto^eb^ti abhisaṅkhārādivasena na āyūhanto majjhimaṃ paṭipadaṃ vilaṅghitvā nibbuyhanto. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘avāyamanto’’^eb^ti, micchāvāyāmavasena avāyamantoti adhippāyo. Gūḷhanti saṃvutaṃ. ^b^Paṭicchanna^eb^nti tasseva vevacanaṃ. Atthavasena vā saṃvuttaṃ ^b^gūḷhaṃ,^eb^ saddavasenapi apākaṭaṃ ^b^paṭicchannaṃ^eb^ antaradīpādike ^b^ṭhātabbaṭṭhāne. Āyūhantā^eb^ti hatthehi ca pādehi ca vāyamantā. ^b^Etaṃ^eb^ atthajātaṃ, ^b^etaṃ^eb^ vā vissajjanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni yenādhippāyena bhagavatā tathāgūḷhaṃ katvā pañho kathito, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘kiṃ panā^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Niggahamukhenā^eb^ti veneyyānaṃ vinayaupāyabhūtaniggahavasena. Tenāha ^b^ye paṇḍitamānino’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Pavayha pavayhā^eb^ti ophuṇitvā ophuṇitvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^So^eb^ti ^a^M1.0047^ea^ devaputto ^b^nihatamāno^eb^ ahosi yathāvissajjitassa atthassa ajānanto. ^b^Yathā^eb^ti aniyamavacanaṃ niyamaniddiṭṭhaṃ hoti, taṃsambandhañca kathanti pucchāvacananti tadubhayassa atthaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘yathāhaṃ jānāmi, evaṃ me kathehī’’^eb^ti āha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yadāsvāha^eb^nti yadā su ahaṃ, su-kāro nipātamattaṃ ‘‘yadidaṃ kathaṃ sū’’tiādīsu viya. ^b^Sabbapadesū^eb^ti ‘‘tadāssu saṃsīdāmī’’tiādīsu tīsupi padesu. ^b^Ataranto^eb^ti oghānaṃ atikkamanatthaṃ taraṇappayogaṃ akaronto. ^b^Tatthevā^eb^ti oghaniyaoghesu eva. ^b^Osīdāmī^eb^ti nimujjāmi ^a^V1.0042^ea^ oghehi ajjhotthaṭo homi. ^b^Nibbuyhāmī^eb^ti oghehi nibbūḷho homi. ^b^Ṭhātuṃ asakkonto^eb^ asaṃsīdanto. ^b^Ativattāmī^eb^ti anupayogaṃ atikkamāmi, apanidhānavasena sammāpaṭipattiṃ virādhemīti attho. ^b^Ṭhāne ca vāyāme cā^eb^ti vakkhamānavibhāge patiṭṭhahane vāyāme ca ^b^dosaṃ disvā^eb^ti patiṭṭhānāyūhanesu saṃsīdananibbuyhanasaṅkhātaṃ taraṇassa vibandhanabhūtaṃ ādīnavaṃ disvāna. Idaṃ bhagavatā bodhimūle attanā pavattita-pubbabhāga-manasikāravasena vuttaṃ. ^b^Atiṭṭhanto avāyamanto^eb^ti patiṭṭhānāyūhanakaraṇakilesādīnaṃ parivajjanena asaṃsīdanto anibbuyhanto. ^b^Devatāyapi paṭividdho^eb^ tadattho upanissayasampannatāya vimuttiparipācanīyadhammānaṃ paripakkattā. ^b^Na pana pākaṭo^eb^ vipañcitaññūādīnaṃ, ugghaṭitaññūnaṃ pana yathā tassā devatāya, tathā pākaṭo evāti. ^b^Satta dukā^eb^ idāni vuccamānarūpā ^b^dassitā^eb^ porāṇaṭṭhakathāyaṃ. ^b^Kilesavasena santiṭṭhanto^eb^ti lobhādīhi abhibhūtatāya saṃsāre patiṭṭhahanto sammā appaṭipajjanena tattheva saṃsīdati nāma. ^b^Abhisaṅkhāravasenā^eb^ti tatthevābhisaṅkhāracetanāya cetento sammāpaṭipattiyogyassa khaṇassa ativattanena nibbuyhati nāma. Iminā nayena sesadukesupi attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Ettha ca vaṭṭamūlakā kilesāti tesaṃ vasena saṃsāre avaṭṭhānaṃ taṃtaṃkammunā tattha tattha bhave abhinibbatti, kilesā pana tesaṃ paccayamattaṃ. Tattha tattha bhave aparāparaṃ nibbattento saṃsāre nibbuyhati nāmāti imassa atthassa dassanavasena ^b^paṭhamaduko^eb^ vutto. Ime sattā saṃsāre paribbhamantā duvidhā taṇhācaritā diṭṭhicaritā cāti tesaṃ saṃsāranāyikabhūtānaṃ dhammānaṃ vasena santiṭṭhanaṃ, tadaññesaṃ pavattipaccayānaṃ vasena ^a^M1.0048^ea^ āyūhananti imassa atthassa dassanavasena ^b^dutiyaduko^eb^ vutto. Saṃyojaniyesu dhammesu assādadassanasabhāvāya taṇhāya vasena visesato patiṭṭhānaṃ, amuttimagge muttimaggaparāmāsato tathā āyūhanampi diṭṭhiyā vasena hotīti dassetuṃ ^b^tatiyaduko^eb^ vutto. ^b^Catutthaduke^eb^ pana adhippāyo aṭṭhakathāya eva vibhāvito. Yasmā ‘‘sassato attā’’ti abhinivisanto arūparāgaṃ, asaññūpagaṃ vā avimokkhaṃyeva vimokkhoti gahetvā saṃsāre eva olīyati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘olīyanābhinivesā hi bhavadiṭṭhī’’^eb^ti. Yasmā pana kāmabhavādīsu yaṃ vā taṃ vā bhavaṃ patvā attā ucchijjati vinassati, na hoti paraṃ maraṇāti abhinivisanto bhavavippamokkhāvahāya sammāpaṭipattiyā appaṭipajjanena taṃ ativattati. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘atidhāvanābhinivesā vibhavadiṭṭhī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Līnavasena santiṭṭhanto^eb^ti kosajjādivasena saṃkocāpajjanena sammā appaṭipajjanto. ^b^Uddhaccavasena āyūhanto^eb^ti sammāsamādhino abhāvena vikkhepavasena ^b^pañcamo duko^eb^ vutto. Yathā kāmasukhaṃ paviṭṭhassa samādhānaṃ natthi cittassa upakkiliṭṭhattā, evaṃ attaparitāpanamanuyuttassa kāyassa ^a^V1.0043^ea^ upakkiliṭṭhattā. Iti cittakāyaparikkilesakarā dve antā taṇhādiṭṭhinissayatāya saṃsīdananibbuyhananimittā vuttā ^b^chaṭṭhaduke^eb^. Pubbe sappadesatova saṃkilesadhammā ‘‘saṃsīdananimitta’’nti dassitāti idāni nippadesato dassanavasena, pubbe ca sādhāraṇato abhisaṅkhāradhammā ‘‘nibbuyhananimitta’’nti dassitāti idāni puññāneñjābhisaṅkhāre eva ‘‘āyūhananimitta’’nti dassanavasena ^b^sattamaduko^eb^ vutto. Evañhi duggatisugatūpapattivasena saṃsīdananibbuyhanāni vibhajja dassitāni hontīti. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘vuttampi ceta’’^eb^ntiādi. Adhobhāgaṃ duggatiṃ gamentīti ^b^adhobhāgaṅgamanīyā^eb^ anunāsikalopaṃ akatvā. Tathā uparibhāgaṃ gamentīti ^b^uparibhāgaṅgamanīyā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Ettha ca oghataraṇaṃ pucchitena bhagavatā ^b^‘‘appatiṭṭhaṃ anāyūha’’^eb^nti tassa pahānaṅgameva dassitaṃ, na sampayogaṅganti? Na evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, yāvatā yena patiṭṭhānaṃ hoti, yena ca āyūhanaṃ, tadubhayapaṭikkhepamukhena tappaṭipakkhadhammadassanametanti. Na hesa a-kāro kevalaṃ paṭisedhe, atha ^a^M1.0049^ea^ kho paṭipakkhe ‘‘akusalā dhammā, ahito, adhammo’’tiādīsu viya, tasmā ^b^appatiṭṭhaṃ anāyūha^eb^nti patiṭṭhānāyūhanānaṃ paṭipakkhavasena pavattamāno tathāpavattihetūvāti ayamettha attho. ^b^Kho^eb^ti ca avadhāraṇatthe nipāto ‘‘assosi kho’’tiādīsu (pārā. 1) viya. Tena appatiṭṭhānassa ekaṃsikataṃ dasseti. Soyaṃ kho-saddo ‘‘anāyūha’’nti etthāpi ānetvā vattabbo. Anāyūhanampi hi ekaṃsikamevāti tassa paṭipakkho saha vipassanāya ariyamaggo. Tena hi oghataraṇaṃ hoti, na aññathā. Evamayaṃ yathānusandhidesanā katā, devatā ca sahavipassanaṃ maggaṃ paṭivijjhīti paṭhamaphale patiṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘imaṃ pañhavissajjana’’^eb^ntiādi.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Cirassā’’ti iminā samānatthaṃ padantarametanti āha ^b^‘‘cirassa kālassā’’^eb^ti yathā ‘‘mamaṃ vā, bhikkhave’’ti (dī. ni. 1.5-6) ettha ‘‘mamā’’ti iminā samānatthaṃ padantaraṃ mamanti. ^b^Na diṭṭhapubbā^eb^ti adassāvī. Adassāvitā ca disvā kattabbakiccassa asiddhatāya veditabbā. Aññathā kā nāma sā devatā, yā bhagavantaṃ na diṭṭhavatī? Tenāha ^b^‘‘kiṃ panimāyā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Dassanaṃ upādāya evaṃ vattuṃ vattatī^eb^ti yadā kadāci kañci piyajātikaṃ disvā taṃ dassanaṃ upādāya ‘‘cirena vata mayaṃ āyasmantaṃ passāmā’’ti adiṭṭhapubbaṃ diṭṭhapubbaṃ vā evaṃ vattuṃ yujjati, ayaṃ loke niruḷhe samudācāroti dasseti. Brahmaṃ vā vuccati ariyamaggo, tassa aṇanato jānanato paṭivijjhanato ^b^brāhmaṇo^eb^. ^b^Kilesanibbānenā^eb^ti kilesānaṃ ^a^V1.0044^ea^ accantasamucchedasaṅkhātena nibbānena ^b^nibbutaṃ^eb^ sammadeva vūpasanta-sabbakilesadaratha-pariḷāhaṃ. ^b^Āsattavisattādīhī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena visatādiākāre saṅgaṇhāti. Vuttañhetaṃ –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Visatāti visattikā, visaṭāti visattikā, visālāti visattikā, visakkatīti visattikā, visaṃvādikāti visattikā, visaṃ haratīti visattikā, visamūlāti visattikā, visaphalāti visattikā, visaparibhogoti visattikā, visālā vā pana sā taṇhā rūpe sadde gandhe rase phoṭṭhabbe dhamme kule gaṇe visatā vitthatāti visattikā’’ti (mahāni. 3).<br/><br/>[03]Tattha ^a^M1.0050^ea^^b^visatā^eb^ti vitthatā rūpādīsu tebhūmakadhammesu abhibyāpanavasena ^b^visaṭā^eb^ti purimavacanameva ta-kārassa ṭa-kāraṃ katvā vuttaṃ. ^b^Visālā^eb^ti vipulā. ^b^Visakkatī^eb^ti parisakkati, sahati vā. Ratto hi rāgavatthunā pādena tāḷiyamānopi sahatīti. Osakkanaṃ vipphandanaṃ vā ^b^‘‘visakkana’’^eb^ntipi vadanti. Aniccādiṃ niccādito. Gaṇhātīti ^b^visaṃvādikā^eb^ hoti. ^b^Visaṃ haratī^eb^ti tathā tathā kāmesu ānisaṃsaṃ passantī vividhehi ākārehi nekkhammābhimukhappavattito cittaṃ saṃharati saṃkhipati, visaṃ vā dukkhaṃ, taṃ harati, vahatīti attho. Dukkhanibbattakakammassa hetubhāvato ^b^visamūlā^eb^. Visaṃ vā dukkhābhibhūtā vedanā mūlaṃ etissāti ^b^visamūlā^eb^. Dukkhasamudayattā visaṃ phalaṃ etissāti ^b^visaphalā^eb^. Taṇhāya rūpādikassa dukkhasseva paribhogo hoti, na amatassāti ^b^visaparibhogo^eb^ti vuttā, sabbattha niruttivasena padasiddhi veditabbā. Yo panettha padhāno attho, taṃ dassetuṃ puna ‘‘visālā vā panā’’tiādi vuttanti evamettha visattikāpadassa attho veditabbo. ^b^Tiṇṇaṃ^eb^ paṭhamadutiyamaggehi. ^b^Nittiṇṇaṃ^eb^ tatiyamaggena. ^b^Uttiṇṇaṃ^eb^ catutthamaggena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samanuñño^eb^ti sammadeva katānuñño. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ekajjhāsayo ahosī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Antaradhāyī^eb^ti adassanaṃ agamāsi. Yathā pana antaradhāyi, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘abhisaṅkhatakāya’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Mālehī^eb^ti liṅgavipallāsena vuttaṃ, ‘‘mālāhī’’ti keci paṭhanti, ‘‘malyehī’’ti vattabbe ya-kāralopaṃ katvā niddeso. Ayaṃ tāva aṭṭhakathāya līnatthavaṇṇanā.


volume: 39
item: 2
title: naḷavaggo^oghataraṇasuttavaṇṇanā^^nettinayavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03]Idāni pakaraṇanayena pāḷiyā atthavaṇṇanaṃ karissāma. Sā pana atthavaṇṇanā yasmā desanāya ^a^V1.0045^ea^ samuṭṭhānappayojanabhājanesu piṇḍatthesu ca niddhāritesu sukarā hoti suviññeyyā ca, tasmā suttadesanāya samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamaṃ niddhārayissāma. Tattha ^b^samuṭṭhānaṃ^eb^ tāva desanānidānaṃ, taṃ sādhāraṇaṃ asādhāraṇanti duvidhaṃ. Tattha sādhāraṇampi abbhantarabāhirabhedato duvidhaṃ. Tattha ^b^sādhāraṇaṃ abbhantarasamuṭṭhānaṃ^eb^ nāma lokanāthassa mahākaruṇā. Tāya hi samussāhitassa bhagavato veneyyānaṃ dhammadesanāya cittaṃ udapādi, yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘sattesu ca ^a^M1.0051^ea^ kāruññataṃ paṭicca buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokesī’’tiādi (ma. ni. 1.283; saṃ. ni. 1.172; mahāva. 9). Ettha ca hetuavatthāyapi mahākaruṇāya saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo yāvadeva saṃsāramahoghato saddhammadesanāhatthadānehi sattasantāraṇatthaṃ taduppattito. Yathā ca mahākaruṇā, evaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ dasabalañāṇādīni ca desanāya abbhantarasamuṭṭhānabhāvena vattabbāni. Sabbañhi ñeyyadhammaṃ tesaṃ desetabbappakāraṃ sattānañca āsayānusayādiṃ yāthāvato jānanto bhagavā ṭhānāṭṭhānādīsu kosallena veneyyajjhāsayānurūpaṃ vicittanayadesanaṃ pavattesīti. ^b^Bāhiraṃ^eb^ pana ^b^sādhāraṇaṃ samuṭṭhānaṃ^eb^ dasasahassamahābrahmaparivāra-sahampatimahābrahmuno ajjhesanaṃ. Tadajjhesanuttarakālañhi dhammagambhīratāpaccavekkhaṇājanitaṃ appossukkataṃ paṭippassambhetvā dhammassāmī dhammadesanāya ussāhajāto ahosi. Asādhāraṇampi abbhantarabāhirabhedato duvidhameva. Tattha ^b^abbhantaraṃ^eb^ yāya mahākaruṇāya yena ca desanāñāṇena idaṃ suttaṃ pavattitaṃ, tadubhayaṃ veditabbaṃ ^b^bāhiraṃ^eb^ pana tassā devatāya pucchā, pucchāvasiko hesa suttanikkhepo. Tayidaṃ pāḷiyaṃ āgatameva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Payojanampi^eb^ sādhāraṇāsādhāraṇato duvidhaṃ. Tattha ^b^sādhāraṇaṃ^eb^ anukkamena yāva anupādāparinibbānaṃ vimuttirasattā bhagavato desanāya. Tenevāha ‘‘etadatthā kathā, etadatthā mantanā’’tiādi (pari. 366). ^b^Asādhāraṇaṃ^eb^ pana tassā devatāya dassanamaggasamadhigamo, ubhayampetaṃ bāhirameva. Sace pana veneyyasantānagatampi desanābalasiddhisaṅkhātaṃ payojanaṃ adhippāyasamijjhanabhāvato yathādhippetatthasiddhiyā mahākāruṇikassa bhagavatopi payojanamevāti gaṇheyya, iminā pariyāyenassa abbhantaratāpi siyā.<br/><br/>[03]Apica tassā devatāya oghataraṇākārassa yāthāvato anavabodho imissā desanāya samuṭṭhānaṃ, tadavabodho payojanaṃ. So hi imāya desanāya bhagavantaṃ payojeti tannipphādanaparāyaṃ desanāti katvā. Yañhi desanāya sādhetabbaṃ phalaṃ, taṃ ākaṅkhitabbattā desakaṃ desanāya payojetīti payojananti vuccati. Tathā devatāya tadaññesañca vineyyānaṃ patiṭṭhānāyūhanavissajjanañcettha payojanaṃ ^a^M1.0052^ea^. Tathā saṃsāracakkanivatti-saddhammacakkappavattisassatādimicchācāra-nirākaraṇaṃ ^a^V1.0046^ea^ sammāvādapurekkhāro akusalamūlasamūhananaṃ kusalamūlasamāropanaṃ apāyadvārapidahanaṃ saggamokkhadvāravivaraṇaṃ pariyuṭṭhānavūpasamanaṃ anusayasamugghātanaṃ ‘‘mutto mocessāmī’’ti purimapaṭiññāavisaṃvādanaṃ tappaṭipakkhamāramanorathavisaṃvādanaṃ titthiyasamayanimmathanaṃ buddhadhammapatiṭṭhāpananti evamādīnipi payojanāni idha veditabbāni.<br/><br/>[03]Yathā devatā oghataraṇe saṃsayapakkhandā, tādisā aññe ca saṅkhātadhammānaṃ sammāsambuddhassa ca paṭipattiṃ ajānantā asaddhammassavana-dhāraṇa-paricaya-manasikāravipallatthabuddhikā saddhammassavana-dhāraṇa-paricayavimukhā ca bhavavimokkhesino vineyyā imissā desanāya ^b^bhājanaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Piṇḍatthā^eb^ pana ‘‘appatiṭṭhaṃ anāyūha’’nti padadvaye catusaccakammaṭṭhānānuyogavasena yonisomanasikārabahulīkāro kusalamūlasamāyogo olīyanātidhāvanāvissajjanaṃ upāyavinibandhavidhamanaṃ micchābhinivesadūrībhāvo taṇhāvijjāvisodhanaṃ vaṭṭattayavicchedanupāyo āsavogha-yoga-ganthāgati-taṇhuppādupādānaviyogo cetokhilavivecanaṃ abhinandananivāraṇaṃ saṃsaggātikkamo vivādamūlapariccāgo akusalakammapathaviddhaṃsanaṃ micchattātivattanaṃ anusayamūlacchedo. Sabbakilesa-darathapariḷāha-sārambhapaṭippassambhanaṃ dassanasavananiddeso vijjūpamavajirūpamadhammāpadeso apacayagāmidhammavibhāvanā pahānattayadīpanā sikkhattayānuyogo samathavipassanānuṭṭhānaṃ bhāvanāsacchikiriyāsiddhi sīlakkhandhādipārisuddhīti evamādayo veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha yesaṃ kilesādīnaṃ vasena patiṭṭhāti saṃsīdati, yesañca abhisaṅkhārādīnaṃ vasena āyūhati nibbuyhati, ubhayametaṃ samudayasaccaṃ, tappabhāvitā tadubhayanissitā ca khandhā dukkhasaccaṃ, tadubhayamattho, ‘‘appatiṭṭhaṃ anāyūha’’nti adhippetassa atthassa paṭicchannaṃ katvā desanā upāyo mānaniggaṇhanavasena tassā devatāya saccābhisamayakāraṇabhāvato patiṭṭhānāyūhanapaṭikkhepopadesena caturoghanirattharaṇatthikehi antadvayarahitā majjhimā paṭipatti paṭipajjitabbāti ayamettha bhagavato āṇattīti ayaṃ ^b^desanāhāro^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Parasaṃsayapakkhandanatāya ^a^M1.0053^ea^ ñātukāmatāya ca ^b^kathaṃ nū^eb^ti pucchāvasena vuttaṃ? Abhimukhabhāvato ekapuggalabhāvato ca ‘‘tva’’nti vuttaṃ. Paramukkaṃsagatassa garubhāvassa anaññayogyassa saddhammadhurassa paridīpanato sādhūti marisasīlādiguṇatāya ^b^‘‘mārisā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ ^a^V1.0047^ea^. Avahananato rāsibhāvato ca ^b^‘‘ogha’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Ñātuṃ icchitassa atthassa katattā pariyosāpitattā ^b^‘‘itī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Saṃsīdanalakkhaṇassa patiṭṭhānassa akātabbato sabbaso ca akatattā. ^b^‘‘Appatiṭṭha’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Tayidaṃ akaraṇaṃ ekaṃsikanti ^b^kho^eb^ti avadhāraṇavasena vuttaṃ. Tassa ca appatiṭṭhānassa sasantatigatattā ‘‘tva’’nti ca pucchitattā ^b^‘‘aha’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Devatāya sambodhanato piyālapanato ca, ^b^‘‘āvuso’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Nibbuyhanalakkhaṇassa āyūhanassa akātabbato sabbaso ca akatattā ^b^anāyūha^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Tiṇṇākārassa oghānaṃ anicchitabhāvato eva tattha saṃsayassa anapagatattā oghataraṇassa ca avisesattā ^b^‘‘yathā kathaṃ panā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tathā saṃsīdanalakkhaṇaṃ patiṭṭhānaṃ saṃsāre ca saṇṭhānanti anatthantarattā abhinnakālikaṃ. Tathā nibbuyhanalakkhaṇaṃ āyūhanaṃ sammāpaṭipattiyā ativattananti anatthantarattā abhinnakālikanti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘yadā svāhaṃ…pe… tadāssu nibbuyhāmī’’^eb^ti. Tadubhayassa paṭipakkhabhāvato paṭibāhanato ca oghātiṇṇāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘evaṃ khvāhaṃ…pe… oghamatari’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]Ekabuddhantarantarikattā sudūrakālikatāya ^b^‘‘cirassa’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Antarā adiṭṭhapubbatāya vimhayanīyatāya ca ^b^‘‘vatā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tadā upalabbhamānatāya attapaccakkhatāya ca ^b^‘‘passāmī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Bāhitapāpato brahmassa ca ariyamaggassa aṇanato paṭivijjhanato ^b^‘‘brāhmaṇa’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Kilesasantāpavūpasamanato dukkhasantāpavūpasamanato ca sabbaso nibbutattā ^b^‘‘parinibbuta’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Taraṇapayogassa nibbattitattā upari taritabbābhāvato ca ^b^‘‘tiṇṇa’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Ñāṇacakkhunā oloketabbato lujjanato palujjanato ca ‘‘loke’’ti vuttaṃ. Visayesu sañjanato jātabhāvato ^b^‘‘visattika’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Ñāṇassa paccakkhabhāvato nigamanato ca ^b^‘‘ida’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Bhāsitattā parisamattattā ca ^b^‘‘avocā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ gahitattā paccāmasanato ca ‘‘sā devatā’’ti vuttaṃ. Paṭikkhepassa abhāvato atthassa anumoditabbato ^b^‘‘samanuñño’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Vineyyānaṃ ^a^M1.0054^ea^ sāsanato paramatthasampattito ca ^b^‘‘satthā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Cakkhupathātikkamena tirobhāvūpagamanato ^b^‘‘antaradhāyī’’^eb^ti vuttanti ayaṃ anupadavicayato ^b^vicayahāro^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Appatiṭṭhānānāyūhanehi oghataraṇaṃ yujjati kilesābhisaṅkhāravijahanena pārasampattisamijjhanato. Sabbakilesa-taṇhādiṭṭhi-taṇhāyatana-sassatādivasena santiṭṭhato saṃsāre saṃsīdanaṃ hotīti yujjati kāraṇassa suppatiṭṭhitabhāvato. Abhisaṅkharaṇakicce kilesābhisaṅkhāre vijjamāne sabbadiṭṭhābhinivesa-atidhāvanābhinivesādīnaṃ vasena āyūhantassa saṃsāramahoghena nibbuyhanaṃ ^a^V1.0048^ea^ hotīti yujjati sammāpaṭipattiyā ativattanato. Brahmassa ariyamaggassa aṇanato paṭivijjhanato brāhmaṇabhāvo yujjjati bāhitapāpattā. Sammadeva santadhammasamadhigamato parinibbutabhāvo yujjati sabbaso savāsanapahīnakilesattā. Tathā ca visattikāya tiṇṇabhāvo yujjati yathā yāya lesopi na dissati, evaṃ aggamaggena tassā samucchinnattāti ayaṃ ^b^yuttihāro^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Kilesavaṭṭavasena patiṭṭhānaṃ visesato kammavaṭṭassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Abhisaṅkhāravasena āyūhanañca vipākavaṭṭassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Appatiṭṭhānānāyūhanāni oghataraṇassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, oghataraṇaṃ anupādisesanibbānassa. Taṇhāvasena patiṭṭhānassa assādānupassitā padaṭṭhānaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘saṃyojaniyesu, bhikkhave, dhammesu assādānupassino taṇhā pavaḍḍhatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.52, 56).<br/><br/>[03]Khandhāvijjā-phassa-saññā-vitakkāyonisomanasikāra-pāpamittaparatoghosā diṭṭhivasena patiṭṭhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Yathāha – ^b^paṭisambhidāmagge^eb^ (paṭi. ma. 1.124) ‘‘khandhāpi diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ, avijjāpi diṭṭhiṭṭhāna’’ntiādi. Taṇhādiṭṭhābhinandanāvasesakilesābhisaṅkhāravasena āyūhanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Iminā nayena yathārahaṃ taṇhādiṭṭhādivasena patiṭṭhānāyūhanānaṃ padaṭṭhānabhāvo vattabbo. Sesamettha pāḷito eva suniddhāriyaṃ. Ayaṃ ^b^padaṭṭhānahāro^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Appatiṭṭhaṃ anāyūha^eb^nti patiṭṭhānāyūhanapaṭikkhepena vissajjentena niyyānāvahā sammāpaṭipatti gahitā ekantato oghanittharaṇūpāyabhāvato. Taggahaṇena ca sabbepi sattatiṃsa bodhipakkhiyadhammā gahitā honti niyyānalakkhaṇena ekalakkhaṇattāti ayaṃ ^b^lakkhaṇahāro^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nidāna^eb^massā ^a^M1.0055^ea^ devatāya oghataraṇākārassa yāthāvato anavabodhoti vuttovāyamattho. Aññepi ye imaṃ desanaṃ nissāya oghataraṇūpāyaṃ paṭivijjhanti, tepi imissā desanāya nidānanti daṭṭhabbā. ‘‘Kathaṃ nu kho imaṃ desanaṃ nissāya sammadeva paṭivijjhantā catubbidhampi oghaṃ tarantā sakalasaṃsāramahoghato nitthareyyuṃ, pare ca tattha patiṭṭhapeyyu’’nti ayamettha bhagavato ^b^adhippāyo^eb^. Padanibbacanaṃ ^b^niruttaṃ,^eb^ taṃ ‘‘eva’’ntiādinidānapadānaṃ ‘‘katha’’ntiādipāḷipadānañca aṭṭhakathāya tassā līnatthavaṇṇanāya ca vuttanayānusārena sukarattā ativitthārabhayena na vitthārayimha.<br/><br/>[03]Pada-padattha-desanā-nikkhepa-suttasandhi-vasena pañcavidhā ^b^sandhi^eb^. Tattha padassa padantarena sambandho ^a^V1.0049^ea^^b^padasandhi^eb^. Tathā padatthassa padatthantarena sambandho ^b^padatthasandhi,^eb^ yo ‘‘kiriyākārakasambandho’’ti vutto. Nānānusandhikassa taṃtaṃanusandhīti sambandho, ekānusandhikassa pana pubbāparasambandho ^b^desanāsandhi,^eb^ yā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘pucchānusandhi ajjhāsayānusandhi yathānusandhī’’ti tidhā vibhattā. Ajjhāsayo cettha attajjhāsayo parajjhāsayoti dvidhā veditabbo. ^b^Nikkhepasandhi^eb^ catunnaṃ suttanikkhepānaṃ vasena veditabbā. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ ^b^papañcasūdanīṭīkāyaṃ^eb^ vuttanayena gahetabbaṃ. ^b^Suttasandhi^eb^ idha paṭhamanikkhepavasena veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Kasmā panettha oghataraṇasuttameva paṭhamaṃ nikkhitta’’nti nāyamanuyogo katthaci na pavattati? Apica ‘‘appatiṭṭhaṃ anāyūhaṃ oghamatari’’nti patiṭṭhānāyūhanapaṭikkhepavasena antadvayavivajjanamukhena vā majjhimāya paṭipadāya vibhāvanato sabbapaṭhamamidaṃ suttaṃ idha nikkhittaṃ. Antadvayaṃ anupagamma majjhimāya paṭipattiyā saṅkāsanaparañhi buddhānaṃ sāsananti. Yaṃ pana ekissā desanāya desanantarena saddhiṃ saṃsandanaṃ, ayampi desanāsandhi. Sā idha evaṃ veditabbā –<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Appatiṭṭhaṃ…pe… anāyūhaṃ oghamatari’’nti ayaṃ desanā –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Sabbadā sīlasampanno, paññavā susamāhito;<br/><br/>[22]Āraddhavīriyo pahitatto, oghaṃ tarati duttaraṃ.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Virato kāmasaññāya, rūpasaṃyojanātigo;<br/><br/>[27]Nandīrāgaparikkhīṇo, so gambhīre na sīdati; (Saṃ. ni. 1.96);<br/><br/>[22]Saddhāya ^a^M1.0056^ea^ tarati oghaṃ, appamādena aṇṇavaṃ. (saṃ. ni. 1.246; su. ni. 186);<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Pañca chinde pañca jahe, pañca cuttari bhāvaye;<br/><br/>[22]Pañcasaṅgātigo bhikkhu, oghatiṇṇoti vuccati. (saṃ. ni. 1.5; dha. pa. 370);<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Tasmā ^a^V1.0050^ea^ jantu sadā sato, kāmāni parivajjaye;<br/><br/>[22]Te pahāya tare oghaṃ, nāvaṃ sitvāva pāragū. (su. ni. 777; mahāni. 6; netti. 5);<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Ekāyanaṃ jātikhayantadassī, maggaṃ pajānāti hitānukampī;<br/><br/>[22]Etena maggena tariṃsu pubbe, tarissanti ye ca taranti ogha’’nti. (saṃ. ni. 5.384, 409; mahāni. 191; cūḷani. pārāyanānugītigāthāniddesa 107; paṭhamavagga 121; netti. 170) –<br/><br/>[07]Evamādīhi desanāhi saṃsandatīti ayaṃ ^b^catubyūho hāro^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Appatiṭṭhaṃ anāyūha^eb^nti ettha saṃkilesavasena patiṭṭhānaṃ āyūhanañca. Tena ayonisomanasikāro dīpito, santakilesavasena anāyūhanena yonisomanasikāro. Tattha ayonisomanasikaroto taṇhāvijjā pavaḍḍhati. Tesu taṇhāgahaṇena ca taṇhāmūlakā dhammā āvattanti. Avijjāgahaṇena avijjāmūlakaṃ sabbaṃ bhavacakkaṃ āvattati. Yonisomanasikāraggahaṇena ca yonisomanasikāramūlakā dhammā āvattanti catubbidhañca sampatticakkaṃ. Patiṭṭhānāyūhanapaṭikkhepena pana sammāpaṭipatti dīpitā, sā ca saṅkhepato sīlādisaṅgahā. Tattha sīlaggahaṇena ekādasa sīlānisaṃsā āvattanti, samādhiggahaṇena pañcaṅgiko sammāsamādhi pañcaññāṇiko sammāsamādhi samādhiparikkhārā ca āvattanti. Paññāgahaṇena paññā ca sammādiṭṭhīti sammādiṭṭhisudassanā sabbepi ariyamaggadhammā āvattantīti ayaṃ ^b^āvatto hāro^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Patiṭṭhānaṃ kilesādivasena sattavidhaṃ. Āyūhanaṃ abhisaṅkhārādivasena sattavidhaṃ. Tathā tappaṭipakkhato appatiṭṭhānaṃ anāyūhanañca. Ayamettha dhammavibhatti. Padaṭṭhānabhūmivibhattiyo pana heṭṭhā vuttanayānusārena veditabbā. Ayaṃ ^b^vibhattihāro^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Pubbabhāgappaṭipadaṃ sammadeva sampādetvā samathavipassanaṃ yuganaddhaṃ katvā bhāvanaṃ ussakkento kilesādīnaṃ dūrīkaraṇato tesaṃ vasena asaṃsīdanto ^a^M1.0057^ea^ anibbuyhanto appatiṭṭhaṃ anāyūhaṃ oghaṃ tarati. Kilesādīnaṃ vasena pana saṃsīdanto nibbuyhanto saṃsāre patiṭṭhānato āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbattiyā āyūhanato oghaṃ na taratīti ayaṃ ^b^parivatto hāro^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Appatiṭṭhaṃ ^a^V1.0051^ea^ asantiṭṭhanto asaṃsīdanto anibbisaṃ anavinibbisanti pariyāyavacanaṃ, anāyūhaṃ anibbuyhanto acetento apakappentoti pariyāyavacanaṃ, oghaṃ kilesasamuddanti pariyāyavacanaṃ, atari atikkami accavāyīti pariyāyavacanaṃ. Iminā nayena sesapadesupi pariyāyavacanaṃ veditabbanti ayaṃ ^b^vevacano hāro^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Appatiṭṭhaṃ anāyūha^eb^nti ettha patiṭṭhaṃ āyūhanti kilesānaṃ kiccakaraṇapaññatti. Pariyuṭṭhānānaṃ vibhāvanapaññatti. Abhisaṅkhārānaṃ viruhanapaññatti. Taṇhāya assādapaññatti. Diṭṭhiyā parinipphandanapaññatti. Bhavadiṭṭhiyā bhavābhinivesapaññatti. Vibhavadiṭṭhiyā vipallāsapaññatti. Kāmasukhānuyogassa kāmesu anugijjhanapaññatti. Attakilamathānuyogassa attaparitāpanapaññatti. Appatiṭṭhaṃ anāyūhanti pana abhiññeyyadhammānaṃ abhiññāpaññatti. Pariññeyyadhammānaṃ pariññāpaññatti. Oghamatarinti pahātabbadhammānaṃ pahānapaññatti. Maggassa bhāvanāpaññatti. Nirodhassa sacchikiriyāpaññattīti ayaṃ ^b^paññattihāro^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Appatiṭṭhaṃ anāyūha^eb^nti ettha patiṭṭhānāyūhanaggahaṇena oghaggahaṇena ca samudayasaccaṃ gahitaṃ. Appatiṭṭhaṃ anāyūhaṃ atarinti pana padattayena maggasaccaṃ gahitaṃ, hetugahaṇena ca hetumato gahaṇaṃ siddhamevāti dukkhanirodhasaccāni atthato gahitānevāti ayaṃ saccehi otaraṇā. Tattha ye lokiyā pañcakkhandhā, yesaṃ vasena patiṭṭhānāyūhanasiddhi. Ye lokuttarā cattāro khandhā, yesaṃ vasena oghataraṇasiddhi. Ayaṃ khandhamukhena otaraṇā. Ye eva pañcakkhandhā dvādasāyatanāni aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo, te cattāro khandhā dvāyatanāni dve dhātuyoti ayaṃ āyatanamukhena dhātumukhena ca otaraṇā. Tathā appatiṭṭhaṃ anāyūhanti ettha patiṭṭhānāyūhanaggahaṇena kilesābhisaṅkhārādīnaṃ gahaṇaṃ. Kilesābhisaṅkhārādayo oghā ca saṅkhārakkhandhā dhammāyatanaṃ dhammadhātu ca, appatiṭṭhānānāyūhanaggahaṇena oghataraṇavacanena ca saha vipassanāya maggo kathito. Evañca saṅkhārakkhandho dhammāyatanaṃ dhammadhātu ca ^a^M1.0058^ea^ gahitāti evampi khandhamukhena āyatanamukhena dhātumukhena otaraṇā. Vipassanā ce aniccānupassanā, animittamukhena vimokkhamukhaṃ, dukkhānupassanā ce, appaṇihitavimokkhamukhaṃ, anattānupassanā ce, suññatavimokkhamukhanti evaṃ vimokkhamukhena otaraṇaṃ. Magge sekkhā sīlakkhandhādayo dhammāyatanadhammadhātū anāsavā ca evampi kho khandhādimukhena otaraṇāti ayaṃ ^b^otaraṇo hāro^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Appatiṭṭha^eb^nti ārambho. ^b^Anāyūha^eb^nti padasuddhi, no ārambhasuddhi, tathā ^b^ogha^eb^nti. ^b^Atari^eb^nti pana padasuddhi ceva ārambhasuddhi cāti ayaṃ ^b^sodhano hāro^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Appatiṭṭhaṃ^eb^^a^V1.0052^ea^^b^anāyūha^eb^nti sāmaññato adhiṭṭhānaṃ taṇhādiṭṭhiādivasena patiṭṭhānāyūhanānaṃ sādhāraṇato paṭikkhepacodanāti katvā ^b^oghamatari^eb^nti taṃ vikappetvā visesavacanaṃ. Oghataraṇañhi cattāro ariyamaggā. Tattha paṭhamadutiyamaggā avisesena diṭṭhoghataraṇaṃ, tatiyamaggo kāmoghataraṇaṃ, aggamaggo sesoghataraṇanti ayaṃ ^b^adhiṭṭhāno hāro^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Kilesavasena patiṭṭhānassa ayonisomanasikāro hetu. Abhisaṅkhāravasena āyūhanassa kilesā hetū. Appatiṭṭhānānāyūhanānaṃ pana yathākkamaṃ yonisomanasikārapahānāni hetū. Saṃyojaniyesu dhammesu assādānupassanā taṇhāvasena yathārahaṃ tassa hetū. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘saṃyojaniyesu, bhikkhave, dhammesu assādānupassino taṇhā pavaḍḍhatī’’ti. Khandhāvijjāphassasaññāvitakkāyonisomanasikārapāpamittaparatoghosā diṭṭhivasena patiṭṭhānassa hetū. Tenāha – ^b^paṭisambhidāmagge^eb^ ‘‘khandhāpi diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ, avijjāpi diṭṭhiṭṭhāna’’ntiādi. Taṇhābhinandanā avasesakilesābhisaṅkhāravasena āyūhanassa hetū. Iminā nayena yathārahaṃ taṇhādiṭṭhivasena patiṭṭhānāyūhanānaṃ hetuvibhāgo niddhāretabbo, tabbipariyāyena appatiṭṭhānānāyūhanānaṃ. Kilesuppādane hi sammadeva ādīnavadassanaṃ appatiṭṭhānassa hetū, abhisaṅkharaṇe ādīnavadassanaṃ anāyūhanassa hetū, vipassanāya ussukkāpanaṃ oghataraṇassa hetūti ayaṃ ^b^parikkhāro hāro^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Yathāvuttavibhāgehi ^a^M1.0059^ea^ patiṭṭhānāyūhanehi catubbidhassapi oghassa parisuddhi. Appatiṭṭhānānāyūhanehi pana sotānaṃ saṃvaro sabbaso pidhānañcāti catubbidhassapi oghassa visesato pidhānaṃ appavattikaraṇaṃ. Ariyamaggassa bhāvanāya hi kilesavasena patiṭṭhānaṃ abhisaṅkhāravasena āyūhanaṃ upacchinnaṃ, tassa sabbepi oghā tiṇṇā sammatiṇṇā pahīnā hontīti ayaṃ ^b^samāropano hāro^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Appatiṭṭhaṃ anāyūha^eb^nti ettha patiṭṭhāgahaṇena taṇhāvijjā gahitā. Tāsaṃ hi vasena satto tattha tattha bhave patiṭṭhāti. Āyūhanaggahaṇena tappaccayā abhisaṅkhāradhammā gahitā. Tattha taṇhāya visesato rūpadhammā adhiṭṭhānaṃ, avijjāya arūpadhammā. Tesaṃ yathākkamaṃ samatho ca vipassanā ca paṭipakkhā, te ‘‘appatiṭṭhaṃ anāyūhaṃ oghamatari’’nti padehi pakāsitā honti, tesu samathassa cetovimutti phalaṃ, vipassanāya paññāvimutti. Tathā hi sā ‘‘rāgavirāgā avijjāvirāgā’’ti visesetvā vuccati. Tattha taṇhāvijjā abhisaṅkhāro ca samudayasaccaṃ, tesaṃ adhiṭṭhānabhūtā rūpārūpadhammā dukkhasaccaṃ, tesaṃ appavatti nirodhasaccaṃ, nirodhapajānanā paṭipadā oghataraṇapariyāyena vuttā maggasaccaṃ. Taṇhāgahaṇena cettha māyā-sāṭheyyamānātimāna-madappamāda-pāpicchatā-pāpamittatā-ahirikānottappādivasena ^a^V1.0053^ea^ akusalapakkho netabbo. Avijjāgahaṇena viparītamanasikāra-kodhūpanāha-makkhapaḷāsa-issāmacchariya-sārambha- dovacassatā-bhavadiṭṭhiādivasena akusalapakkho netabbo. Vuttavipariyāyena amāyāasāṭheyyādiaviparītamanasikārādivasena. Tathā samathapakkhiyānaṃ saddhindriyānaṃ vipassanāpakkhiyānaṃ aniccasaññādīnañca vasena vodānapakkho netabboti ayaṃ ^b^nandiyāvattassa nayassa bhūmi^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Tathā vuttanayena gahitesu taṇhāvijjātappakkhiyadhammesu taṇhā lobho, avijjā moho, avijjāya sampayutto lohite sati pubbo viya taṇhāya sati sijjhamāno āghāto doso iti tīhi akusalamūlehi gahitehi, tappaṭipakkhato ‘‘appatiṭṭha’’ntiādivacanehi ca tīṇi akusalamūlāni tīṇi kusalamūlāni ca siddhāni eva honti. Idhāpi lobho sabbāni sāsavakusalamūlāni āyūhanadhammā ca samudayasaccaṃ, tannibbattā tesaṃ adhiṭṭhānagocarabhūtā ca upādānakkhandhā dukkhasaccantiādinā saccayojanā yojetabbā. Phalaṃ panettha vimokkhattayavasena ^a^M1.0060^ea^ niddhāretabbaṃ, tīhi akusalamūlehi tividhaduccarita-saṃkilesamalavisamākusalasaññā-vitakkādivasena akusalapakkho netabbo, tathā tīhi kusalamūlehi tividhasucarita-samakusalasaññā-vitakka-samādhi-vimokkhamukhādivasena vodānapakkho netabboti ayaṃ ^b^tipukkhalassa nayassa bhūmi^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Tathā vuttanayena gahitesu taṇhāvijjātappakkhiyadhammesu visesato taṇhādiṭṭhīnaṃ vasena asubhe ‘‘subha’’nti, dukkhe ‘‘sukha’’nti ca vipallāsā, avijjādiṭṭhīnaṃ vasena ‘‘anicce nicca’’nti anattani ‘‘attā’’ti vipallāsā veditabbā. Tesaṃ paṭipakkhato ‘‘appatiṭṭha’’ntiādivacanehi ca laddhehi sativīriyasamādhipaññindriyehi cattāri satipaṭṭhānāni siddhāneva honti.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha catūhi indriyehi cattāro puggalā niddisitabbā. Kathaṃ? Duvidho hi taṇhācarito mudindriyo tikkhindriyoti, tathā diṭṭhicarito. Tesu paṭhamo asubhe ‘‘subha’’nti vipariyesaggāhī satibalena yathābhūtaṃ kāyasabhāvaṃ sallakkhento bhāvanābalena taṃ vipallāsaṃ samugghātetvā sammattaniyāmaṃ okkamati. Dutiyo asukhe ‘‘sukha’’nti vipariyesaggāhī ‘‘uppannaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ nādhivāsetī’’tiādinā vuttena vīriyasaṃvarabhūtena vīriyabalena paṭipakkhaṃ vinodento bhāvanābalena taṃ vipallāsaṃ viddhaṃsetvā sammattaniyāmaṃ okkamati. Tatiyo ^a^V1.0054^ea^ anicce ‘‘nicca’’nti ayāthāvaggāhī samathabalena samāhitacitto saṅkhārānaṃ taṅkhaṇikabhāvaṃ sallakkhento bhāvanābalena taṃ vipallāsaṃ samugghātetvā sammattaniyāmaṃ okkamati. Catuttho santati-samūha-kiccārammaṇa-ghanavañcitatāya phassādidhammapuñjamatte anattani ‘‘attā’’ti micchābhinivesī catukoṭikasuññatāmanasikārena taṃ micchābhinivesaṃ viddhaṃsetvā sāmaññaphalaṃ sacchikaroti. Subhasaññāsukhasaññādīhi catūhi vā vipallāsehi samudayasaccaṃ, tesamadhiṭṭhānārammaṇabhūtā pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhasaccantiādinā saccayojanā veditabbā. Phalaṃ panettha cattāri sāmaññaphalāni, catūhi cettha vipallāsehi caturāsavoghayoga-kāyagantha-agati-taṇhuppādupādāna-sattaviññāṇaṭṭhiti-apariññādivasena akusalapakkho netabbo, tathā catūhi satipaṭṭhānehi catubbidhajhāna-vihārādhiṭṭhāna-sukhabhāgiyadhamma-appamaññāsammappadhāniddhipādādivasena vodānapakkho netabboti ayaṃ ^b^sīhavikkīḷitassa nayassa bhūmi^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Imesaṃ ^a^M1.0061^ea^ pana tiṇṇaṃ atthanayānaṃ siddhiyā vohāranayadvayaṃ siddhameva hoti. Tathā hi atthanayānaṃ disābhūtadhammālocanaṃ ^b^disālocanaṃ,^eb^ tesaṃ samānayanaṃ ^b^aṅkuso^eb^ti pañcapi nayā idha niyuttāti veditabbā. Idañca suttaṃ soḷasavidhe suttantapaṭṭhāne nibbedhasekkhabhāgiyaṃ byatirekamukhena patiṭṭhānāyūhanāni gahitānīti saṃkilesanibbedhasekkhabhāgiyaṃ cāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Aṭṭhavīsatividhe pana suttantapaṭṭhāne lokiyalokuttaraṃ sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ ñāṇañeyyaṃ dassanabhāvanaṃ sakavacanaṃ vissajjanīyaṃ kusalaṃ anuññātanti veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Oghataraṇasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 3
title: oghataraṇasuttavaṇṇanā^^nimokkhasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^2^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Paṭhamamāgata^eb^nti saṃvaṇṇanāvasena paṭhamasuttādīsu paṭhamaṃ āgatapadaṃ. ^b^Uttānattha^eb^nti pākaṭatthaṃ. Apubbaṃyeva hi duviññeyyatthañca padaṃ saṃvaṇṇetabbaṃ. ^b^No^eb^ti pucchāyaṃ ^b^nu^eb^-saddena samānattho nipātoti āha ^b^‘‘jānāsi noti jānāsi nū’’^eb^ti. Vaṭṭato nimuccanti tena sattāti ^b^nimokkho,^eb^ maggo. So ca pamuccanti tenāti ^b^pamokkho,^eb^ pamuccanante pana adhigantabbattāphalaṃ ‘‘pamokkho’’ti vuttaṃ, yathā arahattaṃ ‘‘rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo’’ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Te^eb^ti sattā. ^b^Viviccatī^eb^ti visuṃ asammisso hoti, vigacchatīti attho. Viviccati dukkhaṃ etasmāti ^b^viveko^eb^. Dutiyavikappe pana sakalavaṭṭadukkhato sattā nimuccanti ettha pamuccanti viviccanti cāti ^b^nimokkho pamokkho viveko,^eb^ nibbānanti attho ^a^V1.0055^ea^ veditabbo. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti ca nimittatthe bhummavacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Avadhāraṇattho ^b^kho^eb^-kāro ‘‘assosi kho’’tiādīsu viya.<br/><br/>[03]Nandīmūlako bhavo ^b^nandībhavo^eb^ purimapade uttarapadalopena ‘‘sākabhakkho patthavo sākapatthavo’’ti yathā. Paṭhamaṃ kammavaṭṭapadhānaṃ atthaṃ vatvā puna kilesakammānaṃ vasena ubhayappadhānaṃ atthaṃ vadanto ^b^‘‘nandiyā cā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Purimanaye^eb^ti nandīmūlako kammabhavo nandībhavoti etasmiṃ pakkhe. ^b^Nandībhavenā^eb^ti nandībhavapadena. ^b^Tividhakammābhisaṅkhāravasenā^eb^ti puññābhisaṅkhārādivasena kāyasaṅkhārādivasena ca tippakārassa kammābhisaṅkhārassa ^a^M1.0062^ea^ vasena. ^b^Saṅkhārakkhandho gahito^eb^ cetanāpadhānattā saṅkhārakkhandhassa. ^b^Saññāviññāṇehī^eb^ti ‘‘saññāviññāṇasaṅkhayā’’ti evaṃ vuttasaññāviññāṇapadehi. ^b^Taṃsampayuttā cā^eb^ti tena yathāvuttasaṅkhārakkhandhena samaṃ yuttā eva. ^b^Dve khandhā^eb^ti saññāviññāṇakkhandhā.<br/><br/>[03]Nanu ettha vedanākkhandho na gahitoti? No na gahitoti dassento ^b^‘‘tehi panā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Tīhi khandhehī^eb^ti saññāsaṅkhāraviññāṇakkhandhehi. ^b^Gahitāva^eb^ avinābhāvato. Na hi vedanārahito koci cittuppādo atthi. ^b^Anupādiṇṇakāna^eb^nti kusalākusalānaṃ. Na hettha kiriyākhandhānaṃ appavatti adhippetā. ^b^Appavattivasenā^eb^ti anuppattidhammatāpattivasena. Nibbattanavasena kammakilesehi upādīyatīti ^b^upādi,^eb^ pañcakkhandhā. Upādino seso ^b^upādiseso,^eb^ saha upādisesenāti ^b^saupādisesaṃ^eb^. ^b^Nibbānaṃ kathitaṃ^eb^ sakalakammakilesavūpasamatthassa jotitattā. Heṭṭhā dvīhi padehi anupādiṇṇakakkhandhā gahitāti ‘‘vedanāna’’nti ettha upādiṇṇakaggahaṇaṃ yuttanti āha ^b^‘‘upādiṇṇakavedanāna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Nirodhenā^eb^ti tappaṭibaddhachandarāganirodhavasena nirujjhanena. ^b^Upasamenā^eb^ti accantūpasamena appavattanena. Evañca katvā ca-saddaggahaṇaṃ samatthitaṃ hoti. ^b^Tesa^eb^nti tassā vedanāya taṃsampayuttānañca tiṇṇaṃ khandhānaṃ. ^b^Vatthārammaṇavasenā^eb^ti vatthubhūtānaṃ channaṃ ārammaṇabhūtānañca sabbesampi upādiṇṇakarūpadhammānaṃ vasena.<br/><br/>[03]Kasmā pana heṭṭhā cattāro arūpakkhandhāyeva vuttā, rūpakkhandho na gahitoti? Visesabhāvato. Saupādisesanibbānappattiyañhi upādiṇṇakarūpadhammānaṃ viya anupādiṇṇakarūpadhammānaṃ appavattiyeva natthi. ^b^Dutiyanaye^eb^ti nandiyā ca bhavassa cāti etamhi pakkhe. Nandiggahaṇena saṅkhārakkhandho gahito taṃsahacaraṇato. ^b^Upapattibhavasaṅkhāto rūpakkhandho^eb^ti upādiṇṇakarūpadhammameva vadati. Taggahaṇeneva ca tannimittakāni utuāhārajāni, viññāṇaggahaṇena ^a^V1.0056^ea^ cittajānīti catusantatirūpassapettha gahitatā veditabbā. ^b^Saññādīhī^eb^ti saññāviññāṇavedanāgahaṇehi tayo khandhā gahitā, tañca kho upādiṇṇā anupādiṇṇāti vibhāgaṃ akatvā avisesato. Avisesena hi pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ appavatti nibbānaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘evaṃ…pe… nibbānaṃ kathitaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Nibbāna’’nti hi idha amatamahānibbānaṃ adhippetaṃ. ^b^Imameva ca naya^eb^nti idaṃ yathāvuttaṃ dutiyameva. Cattāro ^a^M1.0063^ea^ mahānikāye dhāretīti ^b^catunikāyiko^eb^. Bhaṇḍikanāmako thero ^b^bhaṇḍikatthero. Itī^eb^ti vuttappakāraparāmasanaṃ. ^b^Nibbānavasenevā^eb^ti paṭhamanaye saupādisesanibbānassa anupādisesanibbānassa ca, dutiye pana ‘‘amatamahānibbānassā’’ti sabbathāpi nibbānasseva vasena bhagavā desanaṃ niṭṭhapesi samāpesīti.<br/><br/>[06]Nimokkhasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 4
title: ^nimokkhasuttavaṇṇanā^upanīyasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^3^eb^^b^.^eb^ Anekatthattā dhātusaddānaṃ upasaggavasena atthavisesavācako hotīti āha ^b^‘‘upanīyatīti parikkhīyati nirujjhatī’’^eb^ti. Vinassatīti attho. Upanīyatīti vā saraseneva jīvitassa maraṇūpagamanaṃ vuttanti āha – ^b^‘‘upagacchati vā, anupubbena maraṇaṃ upetīti attho’’^eb^ti. Kāmañcettha ‘‘upanīyatī’’ti padaṃ apākaṭakammavisesaṃ vuttaṃ. Yathā pana ‘‘sabbaṃ ārogyaṃ byādhipariyosānaṃ, sabbaṃ yobbanaṃ jarāpariyosānaṃ, sabbaṃ jīvitaṃ maraṇapariyosāna’’nti, ‘‘upanīyati jīvita’’nti vuttattā ^b^‘‘maraṇaṃ upetī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Kammakattuvasena hetaṃ vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni kammasādhanavasena atthaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā vā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Gopālena gogaṇo nīyati^eb^ yathicchitaṃ ṭhānaṃ. Jīvanti tena sattā, sahajātadhammā vāti ^b^jīvitaṃ,^eb^ tadeva tesaṃ anupālane ādhipaccasabbhāvato ^b^indriya^eb^nti āha ^b^‘‘jīvitanti jīvitindriya’’^eb^nti ^b^paritta^eb^nti ittaraṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘thoka’’^eb^nti. Pabandhānupacchedassa paccayabhāvo idha jīvitassa maraṇakiccanti adhippetanti āha ^b^‘‘sarasaparittatāya cā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Āyū^eb^ti ca paramāyu idhādhippetaṃ, tañca ajjakālavasena veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Imasmiñhi buddhuppāde ayaṃ kathāti jīvitassa atīttarabhāvadīpanaparā ayaṃ desanā. Jīvitindriyavasena jīvitakkhayaṃ niyamento ^b^‘‘ekacittappavattimattoyevā’’^eb^ti āha, ekassa cittuppādassa ^a^V1.0057^ea^ pavattikkhaṇamatto evāti attho. Idāni tamatthaṃ upamāya vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā nāmā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^pavattamāna^eb^nti nemirathīsā vattantī ekeneva nemippadesena ^a^M1.0064^ea^ pavattati ekasmiṃ khaṇeti adhippāyo. ^b^‘‘Ekeneva tiṭṭhatī’’^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Ekacittakkhaṇika^eb^nti ekacittakkhaṇamattavantaṃ. ^b^Tasmiṃ citte^eb^ti tasmiṃ yasmiṃ kismiñci ekasmiṃ citte. ^b^Niruddhamatte^eb^ti niruddhabhāvappattamatte. ^b^Niruddhoti vuccatī^eb^ti matoti vuccati taṃsamaṅgī satto paramatthato. Avisesaviduno pana aviññāyamānantarena anusandhānassa niruddhanaṃ nirodhaṃ sallakkhenti. Yathāvuttamatthaṃ suttena vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathāhā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tena tīsupi kālesu sattānaṃ paramatthato jīvanaṃ maraṇaṃ cittakkhaṇavasenevāti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Jīvita^eb^nti jīvitindriyaṃ. ^b^Attabhāvo^eb^ti jīvitavedanāviññāṇāni ṭhapetvā avasiṭṭhadhammā adhippetā. ^b^Sukhadukkhā^eb^ti sukhadukkhā vedanā, upekkhāpi idha sukhadukkhāsveva antogadhā iṭṭhāniṭṭhabhāvato. ^b^Kevalā^eb^ti attanā, niccabhāvena vā avomissā. ^b^Ekacittasamāyuttā^eb^ti ekakena cittena sahitā. ^b^Lahuso vattate khaṇo^eb^ti vuttanayena ekacittakkhaṇikatāya lahuko atīttaro jīvitādīnaṃ khaṇo vattati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ye niruddhā marantassā^eb^ti cavantassa sattassa cutito uddhaṃ niruddhāti vattabbā ye khandhā. ^b^Tiṭṭhamānassa vā idhā^eb^ti ye vā idha pavattiyaṃ tiṭṭhamānassa dharantassa bhaṅgappattiyā niruddhā khandhā, ^b^sabbepi sadisā^eb^ te sabbepi ekasadisā ^b^gatā^eb^ atthaṅgatā ^b^appaṭisandhiyā^eb^ puna āgantvā paṭisandhānābhāvena vigatā. Yathā hi cutikhandhā na nibbattanti, evaṃ tato pubbepi khandhā. Tasmā ekacittakkhaṇikaṃ sattānaṃ jīvitanti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anibbattena na jāto^eb^ti anuppannena cittena jāto na hoti ‘‘anāgate cittakkhaṇe na jīvittha na jīvati jīvissatī’’ti vattabbato. ^b^Paccuppannena^eb^ vattamānena cittena ^b^jīvati^eb^ jīvamāno nāma hoti, na jīvittha na jīvissati. ^b^Cittabhaṅgā mato loko^eb^ti cuticittassa viya sabbassapi tassa tassa cittassa bhaṅgappattiyā ayaṃ loko paramatthato mato nāma hoti ‘‘atīte cittakkhaṇe jīvittha na jīvati na jīvissatī’’ti vattabbato, niruddhassa appaṭisandhikattā. Evaṃ santepi ^b^paññatti paramatthiyā,^eb^ yāyaṃ taṃ taṃ pavattaṃ cittaṃ upādāya ‘‘tisso jīvati, phusso jīvatī’’ti vacanappavattiyā ^a^M1.0065^ea^ visayabhūtā santānapaññatti, sā ettha paramatthiyā paramatthabhūtā. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ‘‘nāmagottaṃ na jīratī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.76).<br/><br/>[03]^b^Na^eb^^a^V1.0058^ea^^b^santi tāṇā^eb^ti jaraṃ upagatassa tato taṃnimittaṃ yaṃ vā pāpakārino pāpakammānaṃ upaṭṭhānavasena puññakārino piyavippayogavasena cittadukkhaṃ ubhayesampi bandhanacchedanādivasena vitujjamānaṃ anappakaṃ sarīradukkhaṃ sammohappatti ca hoti, tato tāyantā na santi. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ saraṇaṃ bhavituṃ samatthā nāma keci natthī’’^eb^ti. Bhāyati etasmāti ^b^bhayaṃ,^eb^ bhayanimittanti āha ^b^‘‘bhayavatthū’’^eb^ti. Taggahaṇena ca cittutrāsalakkhaṇaṃ bhayaṃ gahitameva, sati nimitte nemittaṃ santamevāti. ^b^Pubbacetana^eb^nti ekāvajjanavīthiyaṃ nānāvajjanavīthiyaṃ sampavattaṃ upacārajjhānacetanaṃ. ^b^Aparacetana^eb^nti vasībhāvāpādanavasena parato samāpajjanavasena ca pavattaṃ samāpatticetanaṃ. ^b^Muñcacetana^eb^nti vikkhambhanavasena pavattaṃ paṭhamappanācetanaṃ. Kusalajjhānassa vipākajjhāneva labbhamānaṃ sukhaṃ ^b^jhānasukhaṃ^eb^. Iṭṭhapariyāyo cettha sukha-saddo. Jhāne apekkhā ^b^jhānanikanti^eb^. Jhānassa assādavasena pavatto lobho ^b^jhānassādo^eb^. Yena te te brahmāno jhānato vuṭṭhāya ‘‘aho sukhaṃ aho sukha’’nti vācaṃ nicchāresunti. Yathā devā sukhabahulā tihetupaṭisandhikāvāti paṭipajjantā jhānaṃ adhigantuṃ bhabbā, na itareti ^b^‘‘kāmāvacaradevesū’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Kāmāvacarā ca uparidevā ca ^b^kāmāvacaradevā^eb^ti ekadesasarūpekaseso daṭṭhabbo. Tena manussānampi ekaccānaṃ sabbesampi vā saṅgaho siddho hoti patthanāparikappanāya visayabhāvato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘aho vatime ca…pe… tiṭṭheyyu’’^eb^nti. Thullāni phusitāni vipphurāni etthāti thullaphusitako, kālo, deso vā. Tasmiṃ ^b^thullaphusitake^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Puññāni kayirātha sukhāvahānī’’ti vuttattā ^b^‘‘aniyyānikaṃ vaṭṭakathaṃ kathetī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Lujjanapalujjanaṭṭhena loko, kilesehi āmasitabbato āmisañcāti ^b^lokāmisaṃ^eb^. Nippariyāyāmisaṃ pana loke āmisantipi ^b^lokāmisaṃ^eb^. Pariyāyeti sabhāvato parivattetvā ñāpeti etenāti pariyāyo, leso, kāraṇaṃ vāti āha ^b^‘‘nippariyāyena cattāro paccayā’’^eb^ti, vaṭṭassa ekantato bālalokeheva ^a^M1.0066^ea^ āmasitabbabhāvato pariyāyāmisatā vuttā. ^b^Idha pari..pe… adhippetaṃ^eb^ vivaṭṭapaṭiyogino icchitattā. Catupaccayāpekkhañhi pahānaṃ. Ekaccassa sakalavaṭṭāpekkhappahānassapi paccayo hotīti ^b^‘‘vaṭṭatiyevā’’^eb^ti sāsaṅkaṃ vadati. Vūpasamati ettha sakalavaṭṭadukkhanti ^b^santi,^eb^ asaṅkhatadhātūti āha ^b^‘‘nibbānasaṅkhāta’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[06]Upanīyasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 5
title: nimokkhasuttavaṇṇanā^upanīyasuttavaṇṇanā^accentisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^4^eb^^b^.^eb^ Kālayanti ^a^V1.0059^ea^ khepentīti ^b^kālā^eb^. Purebhattādayo hi kālā dhammappavattimattatāya paramatthato avijjamānāpi lokasaṅketamattasiddhā tassāyeva dhammappavattiyā gatagatāya anivattanato taṃ taṃ dhammappavattiṃ khepentā vināsayantā viya sayañca tāhi saddhiṃ accentā viya honti. Tenāha – ‘‘kālo ghasati bhūtāni, sabbāneva sahattanā’’ti (jā. 1.2.190). ^b^‘‘Tarayanti rattiyo’’^eb^ti etthāpi vuttanayeneva attho veditabbo. ‘‘Etaṃ bhayaṃ maraṇe pekkhamāno’’ti vuccamānattā puggalaṃ maraṇūpagamanāya tarayantīti attho vutto. ^b^Vayoguṇā^eb^ti ettha koṭṭhāsā guṇā. Titthiyānaṃ hi carimacittena sakalacitte vayasamūhe vayasamaññāti āha – ^b^‘‘paṭhamamajjhimapacchimavayānaṃ guṇā, rāsayoti attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ānisaṃsaṭṭho guṇaṭṭho^eb^ ‘‘vākaciraṃ nivāsesiṃ, dvādasaguṇamupāgata’’ntiādīsu (bu. vaṃ. 2.30) viya. ‘‘Tandiguṇāhaṃ karissāmi, diguṇaṃ diguṇaṃ vaddheyyā’’ti ca evamādīsu pana ^b^tabbhāvavuttiattho guṇaṭṭho^eb^.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Asaṅkhyeyyāni nāmāni, saguṇena mahesino;<br/><br/>[22]Guṇena nāmamuddheyyaṃ, api nāma sahassato’’ti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 1313; udā. 53; paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 1.1.76) –<br/><br/>[07]Ādīsu ^b^pasaṃsaṭṭho guṇaṭṭho^eb^ daṭṭhabbo. ‘‘Vayoguṇā anupubbaṃ jahantī’’ti ettha attho ‘‘accenti kālā’’ti ettha vuttanayo eva. ^b^Paṭhamamajjhimavayā^eb^ti paṭhamaggahaṇañcettha vayassa gatassa apunarāvattidassanatthaṃ kataṃ. Tenevāha – ^b^‘‘maraṇakkhaṇe pana tayopi vayā jahantevā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Ettha ^a^M1.0067^ea^ ca pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘accenti kālā’’ti sāmaññato kālassa apagamanaṃ dassitaṃ, puna taṃ visesatopi dassetuṃ itaradvayaṃ vuttaṃ. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana mudindriyassa vasena ‘‘vayoguṇā anupubbaṃ jahantī’’ti vuttaṃ, majjhimindriyassa vasena ‘‘tarayanti rattiyo’’ti vuttanti adhippāyena ^b^‘‘kālāti purebhattādayo kālā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tasmā tattha ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena pacchābhattapaṭhamayāma-muhuttakālādi-kālakoṭṭhāso eva aṇupabhedo kālavibhāgo gahitoti veditabbo. ^b^Sesa^eb^nti idha dvīsu gāthāsu pacchimaddho. So hi idha atthato adhigatattā anantarasutte ca vuttattā atidisito.<br/><br/>[03]Accentisuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 6
title: upanīyasuttavaṇṇanā^accentisuttavaṇṇanā^katichindasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^5^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Chindanto^eb^ti ^a^V1.0060^ea^ samucchindanto. ^b^Kati chindeyyā^eb^ti kittake pāpadhamme samucchindeyya, anuppattidhammataṃ pāpeyya. ^b^Sesapadesupī^eb^ti sesesupi dvīsu padesu. Jahanto kati jaheyya, bhāvento kati uttari bhāveyyāti imamatthaṃ ^b^‘‘eseva nayo’’^eb^ti iminā atidisati. Catutthapadassa pana attho sarūpeneva dassito. ^b^Atthato eka^eb^nti bhāvatthato ekaṃ. Yadi evaṃ kimatthaṃ pariyāyantaraṃ gahitanti āha ^b^‘‘gāthābandhassa panā’’^eb^tiādi. Atthato ettha punarutti atthevāti āha ^b^‘‘saddapunaruttiṃ vajjayantī’’^eb^ti. Saṅgaṃ atikkamayatīti ^b^saṅgātigo^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘ayamevattho’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Oraṃ vuccati kāmadhātu, paṭisandhiyā paccayabhāvena tañca bhajantīti ^b^orambhāgiyāni^eb^. Tattha ca kammaṃ tabbipākaṃ satte dukkhaṃ, kammunā vipākaṃ, sattena dukkhaṃ saṃyojentīti ^b^saṃyojanāni,^eb^ sakkāyadiṭṭhi-vicikicchā-sīlabbataparāmāsa-kāmarāga-paṭighā. Uddhaṃ vuccati catasso arūpadhātuyo, vuttanayena taṃ bhajantīti ^b^uddhambhāgiyāni, saṃyojanāni^eb^ rūpārūparāgamānuddhaccāvijjā. ^b^Āropitavacanānurūpeneva evamāhā^eb^ti ‘‘pañca chinde pañca jahe’’ti evaṃ kathesi tassā devatāya sukhaggahaṇatthaṃ. Na kevalaṃ tāya devatāya vuttavacanānurūpato eva, atha kho tesu saṃyojanesu ^a^M1.0068^ea^ vattabbākāratopīti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘atha vā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tena orambhāgiyasaṃyojanāni nāma garūni ducchedāni gāḷhabandhanabhāvato, tasmā tāni sandhāya ^b^‘‘pañca chinde’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Uddhambhāgiyasaṃyojanāni pana lahūni succhedāni heṭṭhā pavattitānukkamena bhāvanānayena pahātabbato, tasmā tāni sandhāya ^b^‘‘pañca jahe’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pādesu baddhapāsasakuṇo viyā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Visesa^eb^nti bhāvanānaṃ visesaṃ vipassanābhāvanaṃ ^b^bhāvento^eb^ uppādento vipaccento vaḍḍhento ca. Saṃsārapaṅke sañjanaṭṭhena rāgo eva saṅgo ^b^‘‘rāgasaṅgo’’^eb^. Esa nayo sesesupi. Yasmā ettha rāga-moha-diṭṭhi-tabbhāgiyasakkāyadiṭṭhi-sīlabbataparāmāsa-kāmarāgāvijjā atthato oghā eva, itare tadekaṭṭhā, tasmā bhagavā saṃyojanappahānasaṅgātikkamehi oghataraṇaṃ kathesi. ^b^Lokiyalokuttarāni kathitāni^eb^ ‘‘bhāvaye’’ti pubbabhāgāya maggabhāvanāya adhippetattā.<br/><br/>[06]Katichindasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 7
title: accentisuttavaṇṇanā^katichindasuttavaṇṇanā^jāgarasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^6^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Jāgarata^eb^nti ^a^V1.0061^ea^ anādare sāmivacanaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘indriyesu jāgarantesū’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Vissajjanagāthāyaṃ panā’’ti imassa padassa ‘‘ayamattho veditabbo’’ti iminā sambandho. Pucchāgāthāya pana attho imināva nayena viññāyatīti adhippāyo. ^b^Pañca jāgarataṃ suttā^eb^ti ettha ‘‘suttā’’ti padaṃ apekkhitvā ^b^pañcā^eb^ti paccattavacanaṃ ‘‘jāgarata’’nti padaṃ apekkhitvā sāmivasena pariṇāmetabbaṃ ‘‘pañcannaṃ jāgarata’’nti. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘pañcasu indriyesu jāgarantesū’’^eb^ti, jāgarantesu baddhābhāvena sakiccappasutatāya sakiccasamatthatāya cāti attho. Sottaṃva ^b^suttā^eb^ pamādaniddābhāvato. Tameva suttabhāvaṃ puggalādhiṭṭhānāya kathāya dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘kasmā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Pamajjati, pamādo vā etassa atthīti pamādo, tassa bhāvo ^b^pamādatā,^eb^ tāya, pamattabhāvenāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ ^a^M1.0069^ea^ gāthāya paṭhamassa pādassa atthaṃ vatvā dutiyassa vattuṃ ^b^‘‘evaṃ suttesū’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tassattho vuttanayena veditabbo. Yasmā appahīnasupanakiriyāvasena sanīvaraṇassa puggalassa anuppannarāgarajādayo uppajjanti, uppannā pavaḍḍhanti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘nīvaraṇeheva kilesarajaṃ ādiyatī’’^eb^ti. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘purimā’’^eb^tiādi. Purimānaṃ pacchimānaṃ aparāparuppattiyā paccayabhāvo hettha ādiyanaṃ. ^b^Pañcahi indriyehi parisujjhatī^eb^ti maggapariyāpannehi saddhādīhi pañcahi indriyehi sakalasaṃkilesato visujjhati. Paññindriyameva hi anaññātaññassāmītindriyādīni, itarāni ca anvayānīti.<br/><br/>[06]Jāgarasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 8
title: katichindasuttavaṇṇanā^jāgarasuttavaṇṇanā^appaṭividitasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^7^eb^^b^.^eb^ Pavattinivattitadubhayahetuvibhāgassa dhammassapi catusaccantogadhattā āha ^b^‘‘dhammāti catusaccadhammā’’^eb^ti. Cattāripi hi ariyasaccāni catusaccantogadhāni. ^b^Appaṭividdhā^eb^ti pariññābhisamayādivasena anabhisamitā. ^b^Diṭṭhigatavādesū^eb^ti diṭṭhigatasaññitesu vādesu. Diṭṭhigatehi te pavattitā. ^b^Ito paresa^eb^nti ito sāsanikehi paresaṃ aññesaṃ. ^b^Dhammatāyā^eb^ti sabhāvena, sayamevāti attho. ^b^Gacchantī^eb^ti pavattanti diṭṭhivādaṃ paggayha tiṭṭhanti. ^b^Parenā^eb^ti diṭṭhigatikena. ^b^Nīyantī^eb^ti diṭṭhivādasaṅgaṇhane uyyojīyanti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tatthā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Pabujjhitu^eb^nti ^a^V1.0062^ea^ pamādaniddāya paṭibujjhituṃ. ^b^Paṭipadā^eb^ yathādesitassa dhammassa kathitatāya, paṭibujjhituṃ yoniso pavattiyamānattā ^b^bhaddikā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Hetunā^eb^ti ñāyena. ^b^Kāraṇenā^eb^ti catusaccānaṃ sambodhayuttiyā. Hatthatale āmalakaṃ viya sabbaṃ ñeyyaṃ jānātīti sabbaññū, teneva sabbaññutābhisambodhena buddhoti ^b^sabbaññubuddho^eb^. Paccekaṃ parehi asādhāraṇatāya visuṃ sayambhuñāṇena saccāni buddhavāti ^b^paccekabuddho^eb^. Paropadesena catusaccaṃ bujjhatīti ^b^catusaccabuddho^eb^. Tathā hi so sayambhutāya abhāvato kevalaṃ catusaccabuddhoti vuccati. Sutena sutamayañāṇena khandhādibhedaṃ ñeyyaṃ buddhavāti ^b^sutabuddho^eb^. Sabbaññubuddhapaccekabuddhe ^a^M1.0070^ea^ ṭhapetvā avasesā aggasāvakamahāsāvakāpi pakatisāvakāpi vītarāgā ^b^avasesā khīṇāsavā. Tayopi purimā vaṭṭanti^eb^ sambuddhātiādivacanato. Sannivasati etenāti sannivāso, caritaṃ. Lokassa sannivāso ^b^lokasannivāso,^eb^ tasmiṃ. Kāyaduccaritādibhede ^b^visame^eb^. Satisammosena ^b^visame vā sattanikāye^eb^. So hi visamayogato visamo. Rāgavisamādike ^b^visame vā kilesajāte^eb^. Taṃ visamaṃ pahāya taṃ visamaṃ ajjhupekkhitvā ^b^samaṃ^eb^ sadisaṃ yuttarūpaṃ, purimakehi vā sambuddhehi ^b^samaṃ^eb^ sadisaṃ ^b^caranti^eb^ vattanti.<br/><br/>[06]Appaṭividitasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 9
title: jāgarasuttavaṇṇanā^appaṭividitasuttavaṇṇanā^susammuṭṭhasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^8^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Susammuṭṭhā^eb^ti suṭṭhu ativiya sammuṭṭhā. Satta sekkhā hi susammusitā vinaṭṭhā. Kathaṃ pana te anadhigatā naṭṭhā nāma hontīti āha ^b^‘‘yathā hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Adhigatassā^eb^ti adhigato assa. So vadantoti sambandho. ^b^Sesa^eb^nti ‘‘dhammā’’tiādi. ^b^Purimasadisamevā^eb^ti anantaragāthāya vuttasadisameva.<br/><br/>[06]Susammuṭṭhasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 10
title: appaṭividitasuttavaṇṇanā^susammuṭṭhasuttavaṇṇanā^mānakāmasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^9^eb^^b^.^eb^ Seyyādibhedaṃ mānaṃ appahāya taṃ paggayha vicaranto kāmento nāma hotīti āha ^b^‘‘mānaṃ kāmentassa icchantassā’’^eb^ti. Damati cittaṃ etenāti ^b^damo,^eb^ satisambojjhaṅgādiko samādhipakkhiko damo. Manacchaṭṭhāni indriyāni dametīti ^b^damo,^eb^ indriyasaṃvaro. Kilese dameti pajahatīti ^b^damo,^eb^ paññā. Upavasanavasena kāyakammādiṃ dametīti ^b^damo,^eb^ uposathakammaṃ. Kodhūpanāhamakkhamānādike ^a^V1.0063^ea^ dameti vinetīti ^b^damo,^eb^ adhivāsanakhanti. ^b^Tenevā^eb^ti ‘‘damo’’ti samādhipakkhikadhammānaṃ eva adhippetattā ^a^M1.0071^ea^. ‘‘Na monaṃ atthī’’ti ca pāṭho. ^b^Asamāhitassā^eb^ti samādhipaṭikkhepo jotito.<br/><br/>[03]Maccudheyyassa pārataraṇassa vuccamānattā ^b^‘‘monanti catumaggañāṇa’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Na hi tato aññena taṃ sambhavati. ^b^Jānāti^eb^ asammohapaṭivedhavasena paṭivijjhatīti attho. Maccu dhīyati etthāti ^b^maccudheyyaṃ,^eb^ khandhapañcakaṃ maraṇadhammattā. ^b^Tassevā^eb^ti maccudheyyasseva. ^b^Pāraṃ^eb^ paratīrabhūtaṃ nibbānaṃ. ^b^Tareyyā^eb^ti ettha taraṇaṃ nāma ariyamaggabyāpāroti āha ^b^‘‘paṭivijjheyya pāpuṇeyyā’’^eb^ti. Tathā hi vakkhati ‘‘paṭivedhataraṇaṃ nāma vutta’’nti. ‘‘Na tareyya na paṭivijjheyya na pāpuṇeyya vā’’ti ayamettha pāṭho yutto. Aññathā ‘‘idaṃ vuttaṃ hotī’’tiādivacanaṃ virujjheyya. ^b^Eko araññe viharanto^eb^ti ekākī hutvā araññe viharantoti attho.<br/><br/>[03]Kāmaṃ heṭṭhimamaggehipi ekaccassa mānassa pahānaṃ labbhati. Aggamaggeneva pana tassa anavasesato pahānanti āha – ^b^‘‘arahattamaggena navavidhamānaṃ pajahitvā’’^eb^ti. Upacārasamādhipubbako appanāsamādhīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘upacārappanāsamādhīhī’’^eb^ti, na upacārasamādhimattena samādhimattaṃ sandhāya paccekaṃ vākyaparisamāpanassa ayujjanato. Na hi appanaṃ appattaṃ lokuttarajjhānaṃ atthi. ^b^‘‘Sucetaso’’^eb^ti cittassa ñāṇasahitatāya lakkhaṇavacananti āha ^b^‘‘ñāṇasampayuttatāyā’’^eb^tiādi. Tathā hi vakkhati ‘‘sucetasoti ettha cittena paññā dassitā’’ti. ^b^‘‘Sabbadhi vippamutto’’^eb^ti sabbesu bhavādīsu visaṃsaṭṭhacitto sabbaso khandhādīhi visaṃyutto hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sabbesu khandhāyatanādīsu vippamutto hutvā’’^eb^ti. Pariññāpaṭivedho sacchikiriyapaṭivedhena vinā natthīti āha ^b^‘‘tebhūmaka…pe… vutta’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]Mānaṃ nissāya duccaritacaraṇato ^b^māno nāmāyaṃ sīlabhedano^eb^. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti mānassa sīlapaṭipakkhabhāvato. ^b^Iminā^eb^ paṭipakkhappahānakittanena. ^b^Adhicittasikkhā kathitā^eb^ sarūpato evāti adhippāyo. Ettha ^b^cittenā^eb^ti su-saddena visesitacittena. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti paññāya dassitattā. ^b^Iminā^eb^ti ‘‘sucetaso’’ti iminā padena. Adhisīlasikkhā adhicittasikkhā adhipaññāsikkhāti sīlādīnipi visesetvā vuttāni. Sambhave byabhicāre ca visesanavisesitabbatāti taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘adhisīlañca nāma sīle sati hotī’’^eb^tiādiṃ vatvā tadubhayaṃ ^a^M1.0072^ea^ vibhāgena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tasmā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Paṭhamanayo saṅkaravasena pavattoti asaṅkaravasena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādinā ^a^V1.0064^ea^ dutiyanayo vutto. ^b^‘‘Samāpannā’’^eb^ti etthāpi ‘‘nibbānaṃ patthayantenā’’ti ānetvā sambandho. Vipassanāya pādakabhāvaṃ anupagatāpi tadatthaṃ nibbattanādivasena samāpannāti ayamattho purimanayato viseso. Adhipaññāya panettha purimanayato viseso natthīti sā anuddhaṭā. ^b^Samodhānetvā^eb^ti pariyāyato sarūpato ca saṅgahetvā. ^b^Sakalasāsana^eb^nti tissannaṃ kathitattā eva sikkhattayasaṅgahaṃ sakalasāsanaṃ kathitaṃ hotīti.<br/><br/>[06]Mānakāmasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 11
title: susammuṭṭhasuttavaṇṇanā^mānakāmasuttavaṇṇanā^araññasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^10^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Santakilesāna^eb^nti vūpasantakilesapariḷāhānaṃ. Yasmā sīlādiguṇasambhavaṃ tato eva bhayasantañca upādāya paṇḍitā ‘‘santo’’ti vuccanti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘paṇḍitānaṃ vā’’^eb^ti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘santo have’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Seṭṭhacārīna^eb^nti seṭṭhacariyaṃ carantānaṃ. Yasmā puthujjanakalyāṇato paṭṭhāya bhikkhu maggabrahmacariyavāsaṃ vasati nāma, tasmā āha ^b^‘‘maggabrahmacariyavāsaṃ vasantāna’’^eb^nti. Ariyānaṃ pana mukhavaṇṇassa pasīdane vattabbameva natthi. ^b^Mūlakammaṭṭhāna^eb^nti pārihāriyakammaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Visabhāgasantatī^eb^ti nānārammaṇesu pavattacittasantati. Sā hi vikkhepabyākulatāya appasannā samāhitacittasantatiyā visabhāgasantati. ^b^Okkamatī^eb^ti samādhisabhāgā cittasantati samathavīthiṃ anupavisati. ^b^Cittaṃ pasīdatī^eb^ti kammaṭṭhānanirataṃ bhāvanācittaṃ sandhāyāha, taṃ pasannaṃ hutvā pavattati. ^b^Lohitaṃ pasīdatī^eb^ti cittakālussiyassābhāvato lohitaṃ anāvilaṃ hoti. ^b^Parisuddhāni honti^eb^ kāraṇassa parisuddhabhāvato. ^b^Tālaphalamukhassa viya mukhassa vaṇṇo hotī^eb^ti mukha-saddassa ādimhi pamuttapadena yojetabbo. Evañhi cassa pamuttaggahaṇaṃ samatthitaṃ hoti tālaphalamukhassa vaṇṇasampadāsadisattā. Tibhūmako ^b^eva tebhūmako^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Atītaṃ nānusocanti^eb^ atītaṃ paccayalābhaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ katvā na socanti na anutthunanti. Jappanataṇhāya vasena na parikappantīti āha ^b^‘‘na patthentī’’^eb^ti ^a^M1.0073^ea^. ^b^Yena kenacī^eb^ti itarītarena. ^b^Taṅkhaṇe laddhenā^eb^ti sannidhikāraparibhogābhāvamāha. ^b^Tividhenapi kāraṇenā^eb^ti tippakārena hetunā, tilakkhaṇasantosanimittanti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vināsa^eb^nti vināsanahetuṃ. Vinassanti etehīti ^b^vināso,^eb^ lobhadosā tadekaṭṭhā ca pāpadhammā ^a^V1.0065^ea^. Arūpakāyassa viya rūpakāyassapi visesato sukkhabhāvakāraṇanti āha ^b^‘‘etena kāraṇadvayenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Luto^eb^ti lūno.<br/><br/>[06]Araññasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Naḷavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 12
title: mānakāmasuttavaṇṇanā^nandanavaggo^nandanasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^11^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Tatra bhagavā’’ti vutte na tathā byañjanānaṃ siliṭṭhatā, yathā ‘‘tatra kho bhagavā’’ti vutteti āha ^b^‘‘byañjanasiliṭṭhatāvasenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Parisajeṭṭhake^eb^ti parisāya jeṭṭhake, ye tassā desanāya visesato bhājanabhūtā. ^b^Parisajeṭṭhake bhikkhū^eb^ti catuparisajeṭṭhake bhikkhū. Catunnaṃ hi parisānaṃ jeṭṭhā bhikkhuparisā paṭhamuppannattā. ^b^Āmantesī^eb^ti sambodhesi, sambodhanañca jānāpananti āha ^b^‘‘jānāpesī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Bhadante^eb^ti garugāravasappatissavavacanametaṃ, atthato pana ^b^bhadante^eb^ti bhaddaṃ tava hotu attano niṭṭhānapariyosānattā paresañca santatāvahattā. ^b^Bhagavato paccassosu^eb^nti ettha ^b^bhagavato^eb^ti sāmivacanaṃ āmantanameva sambandhiatthapadaṃ apekkhatīti adhippāyenāha ^b^‘‘bhagavato vacanaṃ patiassosu’’^eb^nti. ^b^Bhagavato^eb^ti pana idaṃ patissavanasambandhena sampadānavacanaṃ yathā ‘‘devadattassa paṭissuṇātī’’ti. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ nidānavaggassa ādisuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ āgamissati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tāvatiṃsakāyo^eb^ti tāvatiṃsasaññito devanikāyo. ^b^Dutiyadevaloko^eb^ti chasu kāmalokesu dutiyo devaloko. Tettiṃsa janā sahapuññakārino tattha uppannā, taṃsahacaritaṭṭhānaṃ ^b^tāvatiṃsaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0074^ea^, tannivāsinopi tāvatiṃsanāmakā sahacaraṇañāyenāti āha ^b^‘‘maghena māṇavenā’’^eb^tiādi. Ayaṃ pana kecivādo byāpanno hotīti taṃ arocentena ^b^‘‘vadantī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Byāpannataṃ dassento ^b^‘‘yasmā panā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tathā hi vakkhati ‘‘evaṃ hi niddosaṃ padaṃ hotī’’ti. ^b^Nāmapaṇṇattiyevā^eb^ti atthanirapekkhattā niruḷhasamaññā eva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Taṃ vana^eb^nti taṃ upavanaṃ. Paviṭṭhe paviṭṭhe dukkhappattepi attano sampattiyā nandayati, pageva ^a^V1.0066^ea^ adukkhappatteti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘pañcasu hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Pavesitāna^eb^nti pakoṭṭhavārena pavesitānampīti adhippāyo. Cavanakāleyeva thokaṃ dissamānavikārā hutvā cavanti, te sandhāya ^b^‘‘himapiṇḍo viya vilīyantī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Ye pana adissamānavikārā sahasā antaradhāyanti, te sandhāya ^b^‘‘dīpasikhā viya vijjhāyantī’’^eb^ti vuttanti vadanti. ^b^Nandayati^eb^ pakatiyā somanassitaṃ domanassitañca. ^b^Nandane^eb^ti evaṃanvatthanāmake uyyāne. ^b^Parivutā^eb^ti ‘‘devatā’’ti vacanaṃ upādāya itthiliṅgavasena vuttaṃ. Devaputto hi so.<br/><br/>[03]Divi bhavattā dibbāti āha ^b^‘‘devaloke nibbattehī’’^eb^ti. Kāmetabbatāya ^b^kāmabandhanehi,^eb^ tathā aññamaññaṃ asaṃkiṇṇasabhāvatāya ^b^kāmakoṭṭhāsehi^eb^. ^b^Upetā^eb^ti upagatā samannāgatā. ^b^Paricārayamānā^eb^ti pariramamānā. Idañhi padaṃ apekkhitvā ‘‘kāmaguṇehī’’ti kattari karaṇavacanaṃ, purimāni apekkhitvā sahayoge. Ramamānā carantīti katvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘ramamānā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paricārayamānā^eb^ti vā parito samantato cārayamānāti atthoti āha ^b^‘‘indriyāni sañcārayamānā’’^eb^ti. Paṭhamanaye hi anubhavanattho paricaraṇasaddo, dutiyanaye parivattanattho. ^b^So panā^eb^ti ‘‘tāyaṃ velāya’’nti vuttakālo. ^b^Adhunā^eb^ti sampati. So vicarīti sambandho. ^b^Kāmaguṇehī^eb^ti hetumhi karaṇavacanaṃ. ^b^Ovuto^eb^ti yathā taṃ na ñāyati, evaṃ pihitacitto. ^b^Nivuto pariyonaddho^eb^ti tasseva vevacanaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘lokābhibhūto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Āsabhi^eb^nti seṭṭhaṃ ‘‘aggohamasmi lokassā’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 2.31; ma. ni. 3.207) ^b^bhāsanto^eb^ bodhisatto viya.<br/><br/>[03]Kevalaṃ ^a^M1.0075^ea^ dassanaṃ kimatthiyanti āha – ^b^‘‘ye…pe… vasenā’’^eb^ti, tasmiṃ nandanavane avaṭṭhitakāmabhāgānubhavanavasenāti attho. ^b^Naradevāna^eb^nti purisabhūtadevatānaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘devapurisāna’’^eb^nti. Appakaṃ adhikaṃ ūnaṃ vā gaṇanūpagaṃ nāma na hotīti ^b^‘‘tikkhattuṃ dasanna’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Tettiṃsāna’’nti hi vattabbe ayaṃ ruḷhī. ^b^Parivārasaṅkhātena,^eb^ na kittisaṅkhātenāti adhippāyo. Sīlācārādiguṇanemittikā hi kitti. ‘‘Tāvatiṃsā devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā’’ti evamādivacanena yase icchite avisesetvāva ^b^‘‘yasena sampannāna’’^eb^nti sakkā vattuṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ariyasāvikā^eb^ti sotāpannā. ‘‘Sakadāgāminī’’ti keci. ^b^Adhippāyaṃ vivaṭṭetvā^eb^ti yathā tvaṃ andhabāle maññasi, dhammasabhāvo evaṃ na hotīti tassā devatāya adhippāyaṃ viparivattetvā. Ekantato sukhaṃ nāma nibbānameva. Kāmā hi dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammāti iminā ^a^V1.0067^ea^ adhippāyena ^b^tassā adhippāyaṃ paṭikkhipitvā^eb^. Kāmaṃ catutthabhūmakāpi saṅkhārā aniccā eva, te pana sammasanūpagā na hontīti ^b^tebhūmaka^eb^ggahaṇaṃ sammasanayoggena. ^b^Hutvā^eb^ti pubbe avijjamānā paccayasamavāyena bhavitvā uppajjitvā. Etena nesaṃ bhāvabhāgo dassito. ^b^Abhāvatthenā^eb^ti sarasanirodhabhūtena viddhaṃsanabhāvena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aniccā^eb^ addhuvā, tato eva ‘‘mayhaṃ ime sukhā’’ti vā na iccāti ^b^aniccā^eb^. ^b^Uppādavayasabhāvā^eb^ti khaṇe khaṇe uppajjananirujjhanasabhāvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘uppa…pe… vevacana’’^eb^nti. Purimassa vā pacchimaṃ kāraṇavevacananti āha ^b^‘‘yasmā vā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Tadanantarā^eb^ti tesaṃ uppādavayānaṃ antare. ^b^Vemajjhaṭṭhāna^eb^nti ṭhitikkhaṇaṃ vadati. Ye pana ‘‘saṅkhārānaṃ ṭhiti natthī’’ti vadanti, tesaṃ taṃ micchā. Yathā hi tasseva dhammassa uppādāvatthāya bhinnā bhaṅgāvatthā icchitā, aññathā aññaṃ uppajjati, aññaṃ nirujjhatīti āpajjati, evaṃ uppannassa bhaṅgābhimukhāvatthā icchitabbā, sāva ṭhitikkhaṇo. Na hi uppajjamāno bhijjatīti sakkā viññātunti. ^b^Vūpasamasaṅkhāta^eb^nti accantaṃ vūpasamasaṅkhātaṃ ^b^nibbānameva sukhaṃ,^eb^ na tayā adhippetā kāmāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[06]Nandanasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 13
title: nandanavaggo^nandanasuttavaṇṇanā^nandatisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^12^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nandatī^eb^ti ^a^M1.0076^ea^ ettha nandanaṃ sappītikakāmataṇhākiccanti āha – ^b^‘‘tussatī’’^eb^ti, tasmā kāmaparitosena haṭṭhatuṭṭho hotīti attho. ^b^Puttimā^eb^ti puttavā. Pahūte cāyaṃ mā-saddoti āha ^b^‘‘bahuputto’’^eb^ti. Bahuputtatāgahaṇena idaṃ payojananti dassento ^b^‘‘tassa hī’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Pūrentī^eb^ti padaṃ apekkhitvā ^b^dhaññassā^eb^ti sāmivacanaṃ. ^b^Iti āhā^eb^ti imamatthaṃ sandhāyāha, evaṃadhippāyo hutvāti attho. ^b^Gosāmiko^eb^ti gomā. Idhāpi pahūte mā-saddo. ^b^Gorasasampatti^eb^nti gorasehi nipphajjanasampattiṃ. ^b^Upadhī^eb^ti paccattabahuvacanaṃ. ^b^Hī^eb^ti hetuatthe nipāto. Nandayanti pītisomanassaṃ janayantīti ^b^nandanā^eb^. Kāmaṃ dukkhassa adhiṭṭhānabhāvato nippariyāyato kāmā ‘‘upadhī’’ti vattabbataṃ arahanti, tassā pana devatāya adhippāyavasenāha ^b^‘‘sukhassa adhiṭṭhānabhāvato’’^eb^ti. Kilesavatthuhetukattā sesapadadvayassa kiñcāpi sabbaṃ saṃsāradukkhaṃ kilesahetukaṃ, visesato pana pāpadhammā apāyūpapattiṃ nibbattentīti āha – ^b^‘‘kilesāpi apāyadukkhassa adhiṭṭhānabhāvato’’^eb^ti. ^b^Upasaṃharamānā^eb^ti upanentā uppādentā. Manussajātikopi dullabhaghāsacchādanatāya ^a^V1.0068^ea^ dukkhabahulo peto viyāti ^b^manussapeto^eb^. Manussajātikopi vuttarūpo anatthapātito parehi hiṃsito samāno nerayiko viyāti ^b^manussanerayiko^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Phalena^eb^ rukkhato ^b^phalaṃ^eb^ pātento viya. ^b^Tatheva navahākārehī^eb^ti yathā tīsu kālesu nāsamaraṇabhedanavasena puttimā puttanimittaṃ, tatheva gomā gonimittaṃ socati navappakārehi. Pañca kāmaguṇopadhīpi naraṃ socentīti yojanā. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti yo uttari anugijjhati tassa. ^b^Kāmayānassā^eb^ti jātakāmacchandassa. ^b^Jantuno^eb^ti sattassa. ^b^Parihāyanti ce^eb^ vinassanti ce. ^b^Sallaviddhovā^eb^ti sallena viddho viya. ^b^Ruppatī^eb^ti vikāraṃ āpajjati, socatīti attho. ^b^Narassa socanā^eb^ sokaghaṭṭanapaccayo. ^b^Upadhayo natthī^eb^ti kāmaṃ kilesābhisaṅkhārūpadhayo tāva khīṇāsavassa nattheva maggādhigamena nirodhitattā, khandhūpadhayo pana kathanti? Tepi tassa saupādisesakālepi aṭṭhuppattihetubhūtā na santeva, ayañca anupādisesakāle. Tenāha ^b^‘‘so nirupadhi mahākhīṇāsavo’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Nandatisuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 14
title: nandanasuttavaṇṇanā^nandatisuttavaṇṇanā^natthiputtasamasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^13^eb^^b^.^eb^ Puttapemaṃ ^a^M1.0077^ea^ puttaggahaṇena gahitaṃ uttarapadalopenāti āha ^b^‘‘puttapemasama’’^eb^nti. ^b^Gosamita^eb^nti gohi samaṃ kataṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘gohi sama’’^eb^nti. Sūriyassa samāti ^b^sūriyasamā^eb^. Avayavasambandhe cetaṃ sāmivacanaṃ. Avayavo cettha ābhā evāti viññāyati ‘‘anantaraṃ ābhā’’ti vuccamānattāti āha ^b^‘‘sūriyābhāya samā’’^eb^tiādi. Mahoghabhāvena saranti savantīti ^b^sarā,^eb^ mahantā jalāsayā. ^b^Sabbe te samuddaparamā^eb^ orimajanehi adiṭṭhaparatīrattā tassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Natthi attasamaṃ pema^eb^nti gāthāya paṭhamagāthāyaṃ vuttanayena attho veditabbo. Attapemena samaṃ pemaṃ nāma natthīti ayamattho. Anudakakantāre ghammasantāpaṃ asahantiyā aṅke ṭhapitaputtakaṃ kandantaṃ bhūmiyaṃ nipajjāpetvā tassa upari ṭhatvā mataitthivatthunā dīpetabbaṃ. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘mātāpitādayo hi chaḍḍetvāpi puttadhītādayo’’^eb^ti. Tathā cāha –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Sabbā disā anuparigamma cetasā,<br/><br/>[27]Nevajjhagā piyataramattanā kvaci;<br/><br/>[26]Evaṃ ^a^V1.0069^ea^ piyo puthu attā paresaṃ,<br/><br/>[22]Tasmā na hiṃse paramattakāmo’’ti. (saṃ. ni. 1.119; udā. 41; netti. 113);<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dhaññena samaṃ dhanaṃ nāma natthi,^eb^ yasmā tappaṭibaddhā āhārūpajīvīnaṃ sattānaṃ jīvitavutti. ^b^Tathārūpe kāle^eb^ti dubbhikkhakāle. ^b^Ekadesaṃyeva obhāsantī^eb^ti ekasmiṃ khaṇe catūsu mahādīpesu obhāsaṃ pharituṃ asamatthattā sūriyassapi, pageva itaresaṃ. Bodhisattassa udayabbayassa ñāṇānubhāvena sakalajātikhettaṃ ekālokaṃ ahosīti āha ^b^‘‘paññā…pe… sakkotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tamaṃ vidhamatī^eb^ti pubbenivāsañāṇādayo paññā yattha pavattanti, tamanavasesaṃ byāpetvā ekappahārena pavattanato. ^b^‘‘Vuṭṭhiyā pana pavattamānāya yāva ābhassarabhavanā’’^eb^ti pacuravasena vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Natthiputtasamasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 15
title: nandatisuttavaṇṇanā^natthiputtasamasuttavaṇṇanā^khattiyasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^14^eb^^b^.^eb^ Khettato ^a^M1.0078^ea^ vivādā satte tāyatīti ^b^khattiyo^eb^. ^b^Vadati^eb^ devatā attano ajjhāsayavasena. ^b^Dvipadādīna^eb^nti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena catuppadabhariyaputtā gahitā. ^b^Buddhādayo^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena ājānīyasussūsabhariyassavaputtā. ^b^Dvipadānaṃ seṭṭho^eb^ti ettha dvipadānaṃ eva seṭṭhoti nāyaṃ niyamo icchito, seṭṭho evāti pana icchito, tasmā sambuddho dvipadesu aññesu tattha ca uppajjanato seṭṭho eva sabbesampi uttaritarassa abhāvatoti ayamettha attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘uppajjamāno panesā’’^eb^tiādi. Kāraṇākāraṇaṃ ājānātīti ^b^ājānīyo. Gaṇhāpethā^eb^ti yathā udako na temissati, evaṃ vāḷaṃ gaṇhāpetha. ‘‘Asussūsā’’ti keci paṭhanti. ^b^Āsuṇamāno^eb^ti sappaṭissavo hutvā vacanasampaṭicchako.<br/><br/>[06]Khattiyasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 16
title: natthiputtasamasuttavaṇṇanā^khattiyasuttavaṇṇanā^saṇamānasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^15^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ṭhite majjhanhike^eb^ti pubbaddhaṃ nikkhamitvā aparaddhaṃ appatvā ṭhitamajjhanhe. ^b^Sannisīvesū^eb^ti parissamavinodanatthaṃ sabbaso sannisīdantesu. Da-kārassa hi va-kāraṃ katvā niddeso. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sannisinnesu vissamamānesū’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sabbasattāna^eb^nti sabbesañca āhārūpajīvitasattānaṃ ^a^V1.0070^ea^ ghammatāpane santattakāyānaṃ ^b^iriyāpathadubbalyakālo^eb^ti ṭhānādīriyāpathassa asamatthakālo. ^b^Saṇati viyā^eb^ti saddaṃ karoti viya, yathā taṃ aññampi mahāvanaṃ vakkhamānanayena. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tappaṭibhāgaṃ nāmeta’’^eb^nti ^b^chiddaveṇupabbāna^eb^nti randhajātakīcakamahāveḷupabbānaṃ. ^b^Dutiyakaṃ^eb^ sahāyaṃ alabhantī anabhiratiparitassanāya evamāha. ^b^Anappakaṃ sukha^eb^nti vipulaṃ uḷāraṃ vivekasukhaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Ekavihāratāya ^b^suññāgāraṃ paviṭṭhassa^eb^. Tena kāyavivekaṃ dasseti. Aniccānupassanādīhi niccasaññādippahānena ^b^santacittassa^eb^. Tena cittavivekaṃ dasseti. Saṃsāre bhayaṃ ikkhanato ^b^bhikkhuno^eb^ ubhayavivekasampannassa, tato ^a^M1.0079^ea^ eva uttariṃ manussadhammato ratiṃ lābhino. ^b^Amānusī ratī^eb^ti bhāvanārati. ^b^Purato^eb^ti purimabhāge. ^b^Pacchato^eb^ti pacchimabhāge. ^b^Aparo^eb^ti añño. ^b^Purato^eb^ti vā anāgate, anāgataṃ ārabbhāti attho. ^b^Pacchato^eb^ti atīte atītaṃ ārabbha paṭipattiyā vibādhanato. ^b^Paro^eb^ti kodho cittapaṭidussanatāya. Na paroti ^b^aparo,^eb^ lobho, so ^b^ce na vijjati^eb^. Etena anāgatappajappanāya atītānusocanāya ca abhāvaṃ dasseti. ^b^Atīva phāsu bhavatī^eb^ti nīvaraṇajeṭṭhakassa kāmacchandassa vigamena vikkhambhitanīvaraṇassa jhānassa vasena ativiya phāsuvihāro hoti. ^b^Ekassa vasato vane^eb^ti taṇhādutiyikābhāvena ekassa araññe vivekavāsaṃ vasato. ^b^Sesaṃ tādisamevā^eb^ti sesamettha yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ paṭhamagāthāyaṃ vuttasadisameva.<br/><br/>[06]Saṇamānasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 17
title: khattiyasuttavaṇṇanā^saṇamānasuttavaṇṇanā^niddātandīsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^16^eb^^b^.^eb^ Pacchime māse pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātappaṭikkanto catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapetvā dakkhiṇena passena sato sampajānoti ettakaṃ pāṭhaṃ saṅkhipitvā ^b^‘‘niddaṃ okkamitā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Kiriyāmayacittehi avomisso bhavaṅgasoto ^b^abyākataniddā^eb^. Sā hi khīṇāsavānaṃ uppajjanārahā, tassā pubbabhāgāparabhāgesu…pe… uppannaṃ thinamiddhaṃ idhādhippetā niddā, sā akhīṇāsavānaṃ yebhuyyena aniyatakālā, tabbidhuraniyatasabbhāvaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘aticchāta…pe… āgantukaṃ ālasiya’’^eb^nti āha. Kāyālasiyapaccayā vīriyassa paṭipakkhabhūtā cattāro akusalakkhandhā ^b^tandī^eb^ nāma. ^b^Tandī^eb^ti sabhāvaniddeso. ^b^Tandiyanā^eb^ti ākāraniṃddeso. ^b^Tandīmanatā^eb^ti tandībhūtacittatā. ^b^Ālasya^eb^nti alasabhāvāharaṇaṃ. ^b^Ālasyāyitatta^eb^nti alasabhāvappatti. ^b^Kāyavijambhanā^eb^ti kāyassa vināmanā. ^b^Akusalapakkhā ukkaṇṭhitatā^eb^ti akusalapakkhiyā ^a^V1.0071^ea^ anabhirati. ^b^Bhattakilamatho^eb^ti yathāvuttassa bhattavatthukassa āhārassa vasena sarīre uppajjanakakhedo. ^b^Upakkiliṭṭho^eb^ti paññāya dubbalīkaraṇena upakkiliṭṭhacitto. Cittassa asamāhitattā ^b^nivāritapātubhāvo^eb^. Ariyamaggassa jotanaṃ nāma uppajjanamevāti āha ^b^‘‘na jotati^eb^^a^M1.0080^ea^, ^b^na pātubhavatīti attho’’^eb^ti. Na hi ariyamaggo jotiajotināmo pavattati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Maggasahajātavīriyenā^eb^ti lokiyalokuttaramaggasahajātavīriyena. Missakamaggo hi idha adhippeto. ^b^Nīharitvā^eb^ti nīharaṇahetu. Hetuattho hi ayaṃ ^b^tvā^eb^-saddo ‘‘paññāya cassa disvā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.271) viya. Tena ‘‘maggo visujjhatī’’ti vacanaṃ samatthitaṃ hoti. ‘‘Ariyamaggaṃ visujjhatī’’ti keci paṭhanti.<br/><br/>[06]Niddātandīsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 18
title: saṇamānasuttavaṇṇanā^niddātandīsuttavaṇṇanā^dukkarasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^17^eb^^b^.^eb^ Dukkhaṃ titikkhanti ^b^duttitikkhaṃ^eb^. Tañca dukkhamaṃ dussahanaṃ ārambhavasena dukkaraṃ, anuyuñjanavasena duttitikkhanti. ^b^Abyattenā^eb^ti sāmaññassa upakārānupakāre dhamme jānanasamatthāya veyyattiyasaṅkhātāya paññāya abhāvato na byattena. Tenāha ^b^‘‘bālenā’’^eb^ti. Yasmiṃ dhamme sati samaṇoti vuccati, taṃ sāmaññanti āha ^b^‘‘samaṇadhammo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Iminā^eb^ti ‘‘dukkaraṃ duttitikkhañca, abyattena ca sāmañña’’nti iminā gāthaddhena ^b^idaṃ dassetī^eb^ti idaṃ idāni vuccamānaṃ atthajātaṃ dasseti. ^b^Abhidanta^eb^nti abhibhavanadantaṃ, uparidantanti attho. So hi itaraṃ musalaṃ viya udukkhalaṃ visesato kassaci khādanakāle abhibhuyya vattati. ^b^Ādhāyā^eb^ti nippīḷanavaseneva ṭhapetvā. ^b^Tāluṃ āhaccā^eb^ti tālupadesamāhanitvā viya. ^b^Cetasā^eb^ti kusalacittena. ^b^Citta^eb^nti akusalacittaṃ. ^b^Abhiniggaṇhitvā^eb^ti yathā atisamudācāro na hoti, evaṃ vibādhanavasena niggahetvā. ^b^Āpāṇakoṭika^eb^nti pāṇakoṭipariyosānaṃ, parijīvanti attho. Sambādhetīti ^b^sambādho,^eb^ antarāyiko. ^b^Bahū parissayā^eb^ti ayoniso kāmavitakkādivasena.<br/><br/>[03]Pajjati cittametthāti padaṃ, ārammaṇaṃ. Iriyāpathaṃ eva padaṃ ^b^iriyāpathapadaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Gīvā ^a^M1.0081^ea^ cattāro pādāti ^b^gīvapañcamāni. Samodaha^eb^nti vā samodhānahetūti ayamettha atthoti āha – ^b^‘‘samodahitvā vā’’^eb^ti, sammā odhāya anto pavesetvāti attho. ^b^Sake ārammaṇakapāle^eb^ti gocarajjhattaṃ vadati. ^b^Samodaha^eb^nti samodahanto. ^b^Anissito^eb^ti tebhūmakadhammesu kañcipi ^a^V1.0072^ea^ dhammaṃ taṇhādiṭṭhābhinivesavasena anissito. ^b^Avihiṃsamāno^eb^ vihiṃsānimittānaṃ pajahanena. ^b^Ullumpanasabhāvasaṇṭhitenā^eb^ti sīlabyasanato uddharaṇarūpe saṇṭhitena, karuṇāyuttenāti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kāruññataṃ paṭiccā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Dukkarasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 19
title: niddātandīsuttavaṇṇanā^dukkarasuttavaṇṇanā^hirīsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^18^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nisedhetī^eb^ti nivāreti pavattituṃ na deti. ^b^Pucchati^eb^ devatā. ^b^Apaharanto^eb^ti apanento, yathā sabbena sabbaṃ akkosavatthu na hoti, evaṃ pariharantoti attho. ^b^Bujjhati^eb^ sārathividhaṃ. ^b^Attani nipātaṃ na deti,^eb^ ājānīyo hi yuttaṃ pajānāti. Abhūtena ^b^abhūtakkosena parimutto nāma natthi^eb^ bālānañca janānaṃ parāpavāde yuttapayuttabhāvato. Tenāha bhagavā –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Nindanti tuṇhimāsīnaṃ, nindanti bahubhāṇinaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Mitabhāṇimpi nindanti, natthi loke anindito’’ti. (dha. pa. 227);<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tanuyā^eb^ti vā katipayā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘appakā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sadā satā^eb^ti hirinisedhabhāve kāraṇavacanaṃ. ^b^Pappuyyā^eb^ti patvā adhigantvā. Vānato nikkhantattā ^b^nibbānaṃ,^eb^ asaṅkhatadhātu.<br/><br/>[06]Hirīsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 20
title: dukkarasuttavaṇṇanā^hirīsuttavaṇṇanā^kuṭikāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^19^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Anto^eb^ti kucchiabbhantare. ^b^Vasanaṭṭhānaṭṭhenā^eb^ti vasanabhāvena. ^b^Kulapaveṇi^eb^nti kulācāraṃ kulatantiṃ. ^b^Santānakaṭṭhenā^eb^ti kulasantatiyā bandhanabhāvena ^a^M1.0082^ea^. Evaṃ sabbapadehi pucchitatthassa anujānanavasena ^b^‘‘ekaṃsavacane nipāto’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Āpādikā posikā mātucchā mahāpajāpati mātā evāti katvā ^b^‘‘pahāya pabbajitattā’’^eb^ti avisesato vuttaṃ. Pahāya pabbajitattā natthīti ānetvā sambandho. Puna mātukucchivāsādīnaṃ abhāvavacaneneva vaṭṭamhi bandhanassa abhāvo dīpito hotīti na gahito. Ayaṃ kira devatā yathā puthujjanā buddhānaṃ guṇe na jānanti, evaṃ na jānāti, tasmā ^b^‘‘mayā sannāhaṃ bandhitvā’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[06]Kuṭikāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 21
title: hirīsuttavaṇṇanā^kuṭikāsuttavaṇṇanā^samiddhisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^20^eb^^b^.^eb^ Tapanabhāvena ^a^V1.0073^ea^ tapanodakattā ^b^tapodā^eb^ti tassa rahadassa nāmaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tattodakassa rahadassā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tato^eb^ti nāgabhavane udakarahadato tapodā nāma nadī sandati. Sā hi nadī bhūmitalaṃ ārohati. ‘‘Edisā jātā’’ti vacanaseso. ^b^Petaloko^eb^ti lohakumbhinirayā idhādhippetāti vadanti. Rahadassa pana ādito pabbatapādavanantaresu bahū petā viharanti, svāyamattho ^b^petavatthupāḷiyā^eb^^b^lakkhaṇasaṃyuttena^eb^ ca dīpetabbo. ^b^Yatāya^eb^nti yato rahadato ayaṃ. ^b^Sātodako^eb^ti madhurodako. ^b^Setodako^eb^ti parisuddhodako, anāvilodakoti attho. ^b^Tato^eb^ti tapodānadito.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samiddho^eb^ti avayavānaṃ sampuṇṇatāya saṃsiddhiyāva sammā iddho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘abhirūpo’’^eb^tiādi. Padhāne sammasanadhamme niyutto, taṃ vā ettha atthīti ^b^padhāniko^eb^. Senāsanaṃ suṭṭhapitadvāravātapānaṃ, tesaṃ pidahanena ^b^utuṃ gāhāpetvā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pubbāpayamāno^eb^ti nhānato pubbabhāge viya vodakabhāvaṃ āpajjamāno gamento. Avattaṃ paṭikkhipitvā vattaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tattha…pe… na otaritabba’’^eb^nti paṭhamaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Sabbadisāpalokanaṃ^eb^ yathā nhāyanaṭṭhānassa manussehi vivittabhāvajānanatthaṃ. ^b^Khāṇuādivavatthāpanaṃ^eb^ cīvarādīnaṃ ṭhapanatthaṃ udakasamīpeti ^a^M1.0083^ea^ adhippāyo. ^b^Ukkāsanaṃ^eb^ amanussānaṃ apagamanatthaṃ. ^b^Avakujjaṭṭhānaṃ^eb^ taṅkhaṇepi uparimakāyassa ujukaṃ avivaṭakaraṇatthaṃ. ^b^Cīvarapiṭṭheyeva ṭhapetabbaṃ^eb^ yattha vā tattha vā aṭṭhapetvā. ^b^Udakante^eb^ti udakasamīpe. ^b^Sinnaṭṭhāna^eb^nti sedagatapadeso. ^b^Pasāretabbaṃ^eb^ tassa sukkhāpanatthaṃ. ^b^Saṃharitvā ṭhapanaṃ^eb^ puna sukhena gahetvā nivāsanatthaṃ. ^b^Nābhippamāṇamattaṃ^eb^^b^otaraṇaṃ^eb^ tāvatā udakapaṭicchādilakkhaṇappattato. ^b^Vīciṃ anuṭṭhāpentenā^eb^tiādi saṃyatakāritādassanaṃ. ^b^Nivāsanaṃ parikkhipitvā^eb^ti antaravāsakaṃ kaṭippadesassa yathā parito hoti, evaṃ khipitvā parivasitvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sarīravaṇṇopi vippasīdi^eb^ sammadeva bhāvanānussatimpi vindantassāti adhippāyo. ^b^Samanaṃ niggahetu^eb^nti kilesavasaṃ gataṃ attano cittaṃ niggaṇhituṃ. ^b^Kāmūpanītā^eb^ti kāmaṃ upagatacittā. Atha vā kilesakāmena there upanītacittā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aparibhuñjitvā^eb^ti ananubhotvā. Anubhavitabbanti atthato āpannamevāti āha ^b^‘‘pañcakāmaguṇe’’^eb^ti ^a^V1.0074^ea^. ^b^Bhikkhasī^eb^ti yācasi. Tañca bhikkhācariyavasenāti āha ^b^‘‘piṇḍāya carasī’’^eb^ti. Kāmaparibhogagarugamanakālo nāma visesato paṭhamayobbanāvatthāti āha ^b^‘‘daharayobbanakālo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Obhaggenā^eb^ti majjhe saṃbhaggakāyena. Jiṇṇakāle hi sattānaṃ kaṭiyaṃ kāyo obhaggo hoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vo^eb^ti nipātamattaṃ ‘‘ye hi vo ariyā’’tiādīsu viya. ^b^Sattāna^eb^nti sāmaññavacanaṃ, na manussānaṃ eva. ^b^Dehanikkhepana^eb^nti kaḷevaraṭṭhapitaṭṭhānaṃ. Natthi etesaṃ nimittanti ^b^animittā,^eb^ ‘‘ettakaṃ ayaṃ jīvatī’’tiādinā sañjānananimittarahitāti attho. ^b^Na nāyare^eb^ti na ñāyanti. ^b^Ito para^eb^nti ettha ^b^para^eb^nti aññaṃ kālaṃ. Tena orakālassapi saṅgaho siddho hoti. Paramāyuno orakāle eva cettha paranti adhippetaṃ tato paraṃ sattānaṃ jīvitassa abhāvato. ^b^Vavatthānābhāvato^eb^ti kālavasena vavatthānābhāvato. ^b^Vavatthāna^eb^nti cettha paricchedo veditabbo, na asaṅkarato vavatthānaṃ, nicchayo vā. ^b^Abbudapesī^eb^tiādīsu abbudakālo pesikālotiādinā kāla-saddo paccekaṃ yojetabbo. ^b^Kālo^eb^ti idha pubbaṇhādivelā adhippetā. Tenāha ^b^pubbaṇhepi hī^eb^tiādi ^a^M1.0084^ea^. Idheva dehena patitabbanti sambandho. ^b^Anekappakārato^eb^ti nagare jātānaṃ gāme, gāme jātānaṃ nagare, vane jātānaṃ janapade, janapade jātānaṃ vanetiādinā anekappakārato. ^b^Ito cutenā^eb^ti ito gatito cutena. ^b^Idha^eb^ imissaṃ gatiyaṃ. ^b^Yante yuttagoṇo viyā^eb^ti yathā yante yuttagoṇo yantaṃ nātivattati, evaṃ kālo gatipañcakanti evaṃ upamāsaṃsandanaṃ veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ayaṃ kālo^eb^ti ayaṃ maraṇakālo. ^b^Pacchime kāle^eb^ti pacchime vaye. ^b^Tisso vayosīmā^eb^ti. Paṭhamādikā tisso vayassa sīmā atikkantena. Purimānaṃ hi dvinnaṃ vayānaṃ sabbaso sīmā atikkamitvā pacchimassa ādisīmaṃ atikkanto tathā vutto. ^b^‘‘Ayañhi samaṇadhammo…pe… na sakkā kātu’’^eb^nti vatvā tamatthaṃ vitthārato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tadā hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Gaṇhitu^eb^nti pāḷito atthato ca hadaye ṭhapanavasena gaṇhituṃ. ^b^Paribhuñjitu^eb^nti vuttadhammapariharaṇasukhaṃ anubhavituṃ. Ekassa kathanato paṭhamaṃ gāthaṃ suttaṃ vā ussāreti, tasmiṃ niṭṭhite itaro dhammakathiko taṃyeva vitthārento dhammaṃ katheti, ayaṃ ^b^sarabhāṇadhammakathā^eb^. Suttageyyānusārena yāva pariyosānā ussāraṇaṃ ^b^sarabhaññadhammakathā^eb^. ^b^‘‘Mā maṃ kālo upaccagā’’^eb^ti vadanto ‘‘samaṇadhammassa karaṇassa ayaṃ me kālo’’ti katheti, tato paro ‘‘pacchimavayo añño kālo’’ti katheti. ^b^‘‘Kālaṃ vohaṃ…pe… tasmā abhutvā bhikkhāmī’’^eb^ti vadanto attanā kataṃ paṭipattiñca sahetukaṃ sānisaṃsaṃ katheti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Taṃ^eb^^a^V1.0075^ea^ gāravakāraṇaṃ sandhāya. ^b^Eta^eb^nti ‘‘atha kho sā devatā pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhahitvā’’ti etaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Daharo tvantiādimāha^eb^ lobhābhibhūtatāya adhigatattā. ^b^Sabbasampattiyutto^eb^ti bhogasampadā parivārasampadāti sabbasampattīhi yutto. ^b^Alaṅkāraparihāra^eb^nti alaṅkārakaraṇaṃ. ^b^Anikkīḷitāvī^eb^ti akīḷitapubbo. Kīḷanañcettha kāmānaṃ paribhogoti āha ^b^‘‘abhuttāvī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Akatakāmakīḷo^eb^ti akatakāmānubhavanappayogo. Sayaṃ attanā eva dissantīti sandiṭṭhā, sandiṭṭhā ^b^eva sandiṭṭhikā,^eb^ attapaccakkhato sandiṭṭhikā. Pakaṭṭho kālo patto etesanti kālikā, te ^b^kālike^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Cittānantara^eb^nti ^a^M1.0085^ea^ icchitacittānantaraṃ, icchiticchitārammaṇākāreti attho. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘cittānantaraṃ icchiticchitārammaṇānubhavanaṃ na sampajjatī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Cittānantaraṃ laddhabbatāyā^eb^ti anantaritasamādhicittānantaraṃ laddhabbaphalatāya. ^b^Samohitesupī^eb^ti sambhatesupi. ^b^Sampannakāmassā^eb^ti samiddhakāmassa. ^b^Cittakārā^eb^ rūpalābhena, ^b^potthakārā^eb^ paṭimākārakā, ^b^rūpakārā^eb^ dantarūpakaṭṭharūpa-loharūpādikārakā. ^b^Ādi^eb^saddena nānārūpavesadhārīnaṃ naṭādīnaṃ saṅgaho. ^b^Sesadvāresū^eb^ti ettha gandhabbamālākārasūpakārādayo vattabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^So^eb^ti samiddhitthero. ^b^Samohitasampattinā^eb^ti saṅgāhabhogūpakaraṇasampattinā. ^b^Pattabbadukkhassā^eb^ti kāmānaṃ āpajjanarakkhaṇavasena laddhabbassa kāyikacetasikadukkhassa. ^b^Upāyāsassā^eb^ti daḷhaparissamassa viratassa. ‘‘Vissātassā’’ti keci. ^b^‘‘Paccavekkhaṇañāṇenā’’^eb^ti keci paṭhanti. Asukasmiṃ nāma kāle phalaṃ hotīti evaṃ udikkhitabbo nassa kāloti ^b^akālo. Etthā^eb^ti etesu navasu lokuttaradhammesu. ^b^Ehipassavidhi^eb^nti ‘‘ehi passā’’ti evaṃ pavattavidhivacanaṃ. Upanetabboti vā upaneyyo, so eva ^b^opaneyyiko. Viññūhī^eb^ti vidūhi paṭividdhasaccehi. Te ekaṃsato ugghaṭitaññūādayo hontīti āha ^b^‘‘ugghaṭitaññūādīhī’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Paccatta’’nti etassa patiattanīti bhummavasena attho gahetabboti āha ^b^‘‘attani attanī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabbapadehi sambandho^eb^ti ‘‘kathaṃ ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo, kathaṃ akāliko’’tiādinā sabbehi paccekaṃ sambandho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Navo^eb^ti taruṇo na ciravasso. Ye bhikkhunovādakalakkhaṇappattā, te sandhāya ^b^‘‘vīsativassato paṭṭhāya thero’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Idha sāsanaṃ nāma sikkhattayasaṅgahaṃ piṭakattayanti āha ^b^‘‘dhammena^eb^^a^V1.0076^ea^^b^hī’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha dhammena vinayo ettha vinā daṇḍasatthehīti ^b^dhammavinayo^eb^. Dhammāya vinayo ettha na āmisatthanti dhammavinayo. Dhammato vinayo na adhammatoti dhammavinayo. Dhammo vā bhagavā dhammassāmī dhammakāyattā, tassa dhammasaññitassa satthu vinayo, na takkikānanti dhammavinayo. Dhamme vinayo na adhamme vinayo. Dhammo ca so yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjamāne satte apāyesu apatamāne dhāretīti, sabbe saṃkilesato vinetīti vinayo cāti dhammavinayo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ubhayampetaṃ sāsanasseva nāma’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dhammavinayo^eb^ti ^a^M1.0086^ea^ dhammena yutto vinayoti dhammavinayo ājaññaratho viya. Dhammo ca vinayo cāti vā dhammavinayo, taṃ ^b^dhammavinayaṃ^eb^. Dhammavinayānañhi satthubhāvavacanato dhammavinayattasaṃsiddhi dhammavinayānaṃ aññamaññaṃ visesanato. Abhidhammepi vinayavacananti dhammavinayadvayasiddhi, desitapaññattavacanato dhammavinayasiddhi. Dhammo catudhā desito sandassana-samādāpana-samuttejana-sampahaṃsanavasena, vinayo catudhā paññatto sīlācārato parājitavasena. Dhammacariyā sakavisayo, vinayapaññatti buddhavisayo. Pariyāyena desito dhammo, nippariyāyena paññatto vinayo. Dhammadesanā adhippāyatthappadhānā, vinayapaññatti vacanatthappadhānā. Paramatthasaccappadhāno dhammo, sammutisaccappadhāno vinayo. Āsayasuddhipadhāno dhammo, payogasuddhipadhāno vinayo.<br/><br/>[03]Kiriyadvayasiddhiyā dhammavinayasiddhi. Dhammena hi anusāsanasiddhi, vinayena ovādasiddhi. Dhammena dhammakathāsiddhi, vinayena ariyatuṇhībhāvasiddhi. Sāvajjadvayaparivajjanato dhammavinayasiddhi. Dhammena hi visesato pakatisāvajjapariccāgasiddhi, vinayena paññattisāvajjapariccāgasiddhi. Gahaṭṭhapabbajitānaṃ sādhāraṇāsādhāraṇaguṇadvayasiddhi. Bahussutasutapasannadvayato pariyatti-pariyāpuṇana-dhammavihāra-vibhāgato dhammadharavinayadharavibhāgato ca dhammavinayadvayasiddhi, saraṇadvayasiddhiyā dhammavinayadvayasiddhi. Idha sattānaṃ duvidhaṃ saraṇaṃ dhammo attā ca. Tattha dhammo suciṇṇo saraṇaṃ. ‘‘Dhammo have rakkhati dhammacāri’’nti (theragā. 303; jā. 1.10.102; 1.15.385) hi vuttaṃ. Sudanto attāpi saraṇaṃ ‘‘attā hi attano nātho’’ti (dha. pa. 160, 380) vacanato. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘saraṇadvayasiddhiyā dhammavinayasiddhī’’ti. Tattha yatassa dhammasiddhi, yato ca vinayasiddhi, tadubhayaṃ dassento āha – ^b^‘‘dhammena hettha dve piṭakāni vuttāni, vinayena vinayapiṭaka’’^eb^nti. ^b^Adhunā āgato^eb^ idāneva na cirasseva upagato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mahante^eb^^a^V1.0077^ea^^b^ṭhāne ṭhapetvā^eb^ti mahesakkhatādassanatthaṃ attano parivārena mahantaṭṭhāne ṭhapitabhāvaṃ pavedetvā. ^b^Mahatiyā^eb^ti upasaṅkamanavandanādivacanāpajjanavasena samāciṇṇāya. Sabbepi kira nisīdantā taṃ ṭhānaṃ ṭhapetvāva nisīdanti. ^b^Thirakaraṇavasenā^eb^ti daḷhīkaraṇavasena. Ayaṃ kira devatā ñāṇasampannā mānajātikā, tasmā nāyaṃ mānaṃ appahāya ^a^M1.0087^ea^ mama desanaṃ paṭivijjhituṃ sakkotīti mānaniggaṇhanatthaṃ ādito duviññeyyaṃ kathento bhagavā ‘‘akkheyyasaññino’’tiādinā tāya ñātumicchitakāmānaṃ kālikādibhāvaṃ, dhammassa ca sandiṭṭhikādibhāvaṃ vibhāvento dve gāthā abhāsi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Akkheyyato^eb^ti gihiliṅgapariyāyanāmavisesādivasena tathā tathā akkhātabbato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kathānaṃ vatthubhūtato’’^eb^ti. ^b^Etesa^eb^nti sattānaṃ. ^b^Patiṭṭhitā^eb^ti pavattitā āsattā. Pañcannaṃ kāmasaṅgādīnaṃ vasena āsattā hontu, itaresaṃ pana kathanti? Aniṭṭhaṅgatopi hi ‘‘idaṃ nu kho’’tiādinā kaṅkhato tattha āsatto eva nāma avijahanato, tathā vikkhepagato vikkhepavatthusmiṃ, anusayānaṃ pana āsattabhāve vattabbameva natthi. ^b^Maccuno yoga^eb^nti, maccubandhanaṃ, maraṇadhammatanti attho. Yasmā apariññātavatthukā anatītamaraṇattā maccunā yathāruci payojetabbā, tattha tattha uparūpari ca khipitāya āṇāya abbhantare eva honti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘payogaṃ…pe… āgacchantī’’^eb^ti. Yasmā tebhūmakā dhammā kamanīyaṭṭhena kāmā, nesampi kālassa laddhabbatāya kālikatā idha akkheyyavacanena paveditā. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘evamimāya gāthāya kālikā kāmā kathitā’’^eb^ti. Sabbepi tebhūmakā dhammā kamanīyā, yasmā ca kālikānaṃ kāmānaṃ tathāsabhāvatā kathitā. Ayampi gāthā tadatthameva dīpetīti imāya te kathitā eva honti. Ye ca sattā pañcasu khandhesu diṭṭhitaṇhādivasena patiṭṭhitā ‘‘itthī, puriso, ahaṃ, mamā’’ti ca abhinivisiya kāme paribhuñjanti, te maraṇaṃ nātivattanti. Evampettha kāmānaṃ kālikattho kathitoti āha ^b^‘‘kālikā kāmā kathitā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ayaṃ ñātapariññā^eb^ti rūpārūpadhamme lakkhaṇādito ñāte katvā paricchindanapaññā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘evaṃ ñātaṃ katvā’’^eb^tiādi. Padaṭṭhānaggahaṇeneva cettha tesaṃ rūpārūpadhammānaṃ paccayo gahitoti paccayapariggahassapi saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Tīreti^eb^ tuleti vīmaṃsati. ^b^Dvācattālīsāya ākārehī^eb^ti iminā matthakappattaṃ mahāvipassanaṃ dasseti. Te pana ākārā visuddhimaggasaṃvaṇṇanāya vuttanayena veditabbā. ‘‘Aniccānupassanāya niccasaññaṃ pajahatī’’tiādinā vipassanākkhaṇepi ekadesena pahānaṃ labbhateva, anavasesato pana pahānavasena pahānapariññaṃ dassento ^a^V1.0078^ea^ āha ^b^‘‘aggamaggena^eb^^a^M1.0088^ea^^b^…pe… ayaṃ pahānapariññā’’^eb^ti. Tathā ca āha ^b^‘‘evaṃ tīhi pariññāhī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Akkhātāra^eb^nti akkhātabbaṃ, na akkheyyakaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kammavasena kāraka’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Kāraka^eb^nti ca sādhanamāha. ^b^Na maññatī^eb^ti vā maññanaṃ nappavatteti ^b^akkhātāra^eb^nti khīṇāsavaṃ. Atha vā ^b^tañhi tassa na hotī^eb^ti taṃ kāraṇaṃ tassa khīṇāsavassa na hoti na vijjati, ^b^yena^eb^ diṭṭhitaṇhādikāraṇena ^b^akkheyyaṃ^eb^ khandhapañcakaṃ ‘‘tisso’’ti vā ‘‘phusso’’ti vā ‘‘itthī’’ti vā ‘‘puriso’’ti vā abhinivissa vadeyyāti evamettha attho veditabbo. Manussanāgādīhi pūjanīyattā ‘‘yakkho’’ti sabbadevānaṃ sādhāraṇavacananti devadhītāpi ‘‘yakkhī’’ti vuttā. ^b^Akkheyya^eb^nti pahānapariññāya pahānamaggo, tassa ārammaṇabhūtaṃ nibbānampi gahitaṃ. ^b^Na maññatī^eb^ti khīṇāsavassa assa phalappattīti āha ^b^‘‘navavidho lokuttaradhammo kathito’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Visesī^eb^ti visesajātiādivasena seyyoti attho. ^b^Tesu gahitesū^eb^ti tesu seyyamānādīsu tīsu mānesu gahitesu. Tayo seyyamānā, tayo sadisamānā, tayo hīnamānā gahitāva honti. ^b^So puggalo^eb^ti so appahīnamaññanapuggalo. ^b^Teneva mānena^eb^ hetubhūtena. ^b^Upaḍḍhagāthāyā^eb^ti purimaddhena pana vatthukāmā vuttāti āha ^b^‘‘kālikā kāmā kathitā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Vidhīyati visadisākārena ṭhapīyatīti ^b^vidhā,^eb^ koṭṭhāso. ^b^Kathaṃvidha^eb^nti kathaṃ patiṭṭhitaṃ, kena pakārena pavattitanti attho. Vidahanato hīnādivasena vividhenākārena dahanato upadhāraṇato ^b^vidhā,^eb^ māno. ^b^Mānesū^eb^ti nimittatthe bhummaṃ, mānahetūti attho. ^b^Na calatī^eb^ti na vedhati attano parisuddhapakatiṃ avijahanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paññā ‘‘saṅkhā’’ti āgatā, paññā^eb^ti yoniso paṭisaṅkhānaṃ. ^b^Saṅkhāyako^eb^ti saṅkalanapaduppādanādi-piṇḍagaṇanāvasena gaṇako ^b^papañcasaṅkhā^eb^ti mānādipapañcabhāgā. Te te dhammā sammā yāthāvato saṅkhāyanti upatiṭṭhanti etāyāti ^b^saṅkhā,^eb^ paññā. Ekaṃ dvetiādinā saṅkhānaṃ gaṇanaṃ paricchindananti ^b^saṅkhā,^eb^ gaṇanā. Saṅkhāyati bhāgaso kathīyatīti ^b^saṅkhā^eb^^a^M1.0089^ea^, koṭṭhāso. Saṅkhānaṃ satto puggalotiādinā saññāpananti ^b^saṅkhā,^eb^ rattotiādi paṇṇatti. ^b^Khīṇāsavo jahi pajahi^eb^ rāgādīnaṃ suppahīnattā. ^b^Navabhedaṃ^eb^ pabhedato, saṅkhepato ^b^tividhamāna^eb^nti attho. ^b^Navavidha^eb^nti vā pāṭhe navabhedattā antarabhedavasena navavidhanti attho. Paccayavisesehi itthibhāvādivisesehi visesena ^a^V1.0079^ea^ mānīyati gabbho etthāti ^b^vimānaṃ,^eb^ gabbhāsayo. ^b^Na upagacchī^eb^ti na upagamissati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘anāgatatthe atītavacana’’^eb^nti. ‘‘Nājjhagā’’ti hi atītaṃ ‘‘na gamissatī’’ti etasmiṃ atthe. ^b^Chindi^eb^ ariyamaggasatthena. ^b^Olokayamānā^eb^ upapattīsu. ^b^Sattanivesanesū^eb^ti sattānaṃ upapajjaṭṭhānesu. ^b^Lokuttaradhammameva kathesi^eb^ arahattassa paveditattā.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Gāthāya atthaṃ kathetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti attha-saddo āharitvā vattabbo. ^b^Aṭṭhaṅgikamaggavasenapī^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. Satisampajaññaṃ nāma kusaladhammānuyoge kāraṇanti āha ^b^‘‘dasakusalakammapathakāraṇa’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aṭṭhaṅgikamaggavasena^eb^ ca gāthāatthavacane ^b^ayaṃ^eb^ idāni vuccamāno vitthāra-^b^nayo^eb^. ^b^Tasmiṃ kira ṭhāne^eb^ti tasmiṃ kira devatāya pucchitaṃ pañhaṃ vissajjanaṭṭhāne. Devatāya ñāṇaparipākaṃ oloketvā anupubbiyā kathāya saddhiṃ sāmukkaṃsikadesanā mahatī ^b^dhammadesanā ahosi. Ñāṇaṃ pesetvā^eb^ti satthudesanāya anussaraṇavasena pattavisuddhipaṭipāṭipavattaṃ bhāvanāñāṇaṃ bandhitvā. ^b^Sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāyā^eb^ti satthudesanāvilāsena attano ca paripakkañāṇattā paṭhamaṃ phalaṃ patvā. ^b^Evamāhā^eb^ti evaṃ ‘‘pāpaṃ na kayirā’’tiādippakārena gāthamāha. ^b^Aṅgaṃ na hoti,^eb^ ājīvo yathā kuppamāno vācākammantavasena kuppati, tathā sampajjamānopīti. So vācākammantapakkhiko, tasmā taggahaṇena ^b^gahitova hoti. Vāyāmasatisamādhayo gahitā^eb^ samādhikkhandhasaṅgahato. ^b^Sammādiṭṭhisammāsaṅkappā gahitā^eb^ paññākkhandhasaṅgahato. ^b^Antadvayavivajjanaṃ gahitaṃ^eb^ sarūpenevāti adhippāyo. ^b^Itī^eb^tiādi nigamanaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Samiddhisuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Nandanavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 22
title: kuṭikāsuttavaṇṇanā^sattivaggo^sattisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^21^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Desanāsīsa^eb^nti ^a^M1.0090^ea^ desanāpadesalakkhaṇavacananti adhippāyo. ^b^Omaṭṭho^eb^ti adhomukhaṃ katvā dinnappahāro. Iminā eva pasaṅgena pahāre vibhāgato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘cattāro hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ ^a^V1.0080^ea^. ^b^Upari ṭhatvā^eb^ti hatthiādīnaṃ upari ṭhatvā. ^b^Adhomukhaṃ dinnappahāro^eb^ti khaggakaravālādīnaṃ adhomukhaṃ katvā pahatapahāro. ^b^Ummaṭṭho^eb^ vuttavipariyāyena veditabbo. Vividhappahāro ^b^vimaṭṭho^eb^. ^b^‘‘Omaṭṭho gahito’’^eb^ti vatvā tasseva gahaṇe kāraṇaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘so hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Duggandhakimiādīnaṃ vasena ^b^antodoso. Mañcena saddhiṃ bandhitvā^eb^ti yasmiṃ mañce vaṇikapuggalo nipanno, tattha taṃ subandhaṃ katvā pādaṭṭhānaṃ uddhaṃ karontehi sīsaṭṭhānaṃ adho kātabbaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘adhosiro kātabbo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paribbaje^eb^ti pavatteyya. Sā pana pavatti bhāvanāvihārena yuttāti āha ^b^‘‘vihareyyā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Sallassa ubbahanaṃ ^b^sallubbahanaṃ. Atthaṃ parittakaṃ gahetvā ṭhitā^eb^ upamākārassa vikkhambhanappahānassa adhippetattā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘punappuna’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Anubandhova hoti^eb^ sati paccaye uppajjanārahato devatāya kāmarāgappahānassa jotitattā. Nanu bhagavatā anāgāmimaggena desanā niṭṭhāpetabbāti? Na, itarissā ñāṇabalānurūpadesanāya pavattetabbato. Veneyyajjhāsayānukulañhi dhammaṃ dhammassāmī desetīti.<br/><br/>[06]Sattisuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 23
title: sattivaggo^sattisuttavaṇṇanā^phusatisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^22^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kammaṃ aphusanta^eb^nti kammaphassaṃ aphusantaṃ, kammaṃ akarontanti attho. ^b^Vipāko na phusatī^eb^ti vipākaphasso na phusati, vipāko na uppajjateva kāraṇassa abhāvato. Evaṃ byatirekamukhena kammavaṭṭena vipākavaṭṭaṃ sambandhaṃ katvā atthaṃ vatvā idāni kevalaṃ kammavaṭṭavasena atthaṃ vadanto ^b^‘‘kammamevā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^nākaroto kariyatī^eb^ti kammaṃ akubbato na kayirati, anabhisandhikatakammaṃ nāma natthīti attho. Idāni ^a^M1.0091^ea^ tamevatthaṃ anvayato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘phusantañcā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^tato^eb^ti phusanahetu. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva. Vuttamevatthaṃ sakāraṇaṃ katvā pariveṭhitavasena vibhūtaṃ katvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tasmā phusanta’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Dhammatā^eb^ti kārakasseva kammavipākānubandho, nākārakassāti ayaṃ kammavipākānaṃ sabhāvo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pacceti^eb^ upagacchati anubandhati. ^b^Pāpa^eb^nti pāpakaṃ kammaṃ phalañca. Ayañca attho araññe luddakassa uyyojanāya sunakhehi parivāriyamānassa bhikkhuno bhayena rukkhaṃ āruḷhassa ^a^V1.0081^ea^ cīvare luddassa upari patite tassa sunakhehi khāditvā māritavatthunā dīpetabboti.<br/><br/>[06]Phusatisuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 24
title: sattisuttavaṇṇanā^phusatisuttavaṇṇanā^jaṭāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^23^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yena atthena taṇhā ‘‘jaṭā’’ti vuttā, tamevatthaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘jāliniyā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Sā hi aṭṭhasatataṇhāvicaritapabhedā attano avayavabhūtā eva jālā etissā atthīti ^b^jālinī^eb^ti vuccati. Idānissā jaṭākārena pavattiṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sā hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^rūpādīsu ārammaṇesū^eb^ti tassā pavattiṭṭhānamāha rūpādichaḷārammaṇavinimuttassa taṇhāvisayassa abhāvato. ^b^Heṭṭhupariyavasenā^eb^ti kadāci rūpārammaṇe kadāci yāva dhammārammaṇā, kadāci dhammārammaṇe kadāci yāva rūpārammaṇāti evaṃ heṭṭhā ca upari ca pavattivasena. Desanākkamena cettha heṭṭhupariyatā veditabbā, kāmarāgādivasenapi ayamattho veditabbo. Saṅkhārānaṃ khaṇikabhāvato aparāparuppatti ettha saṃsibbananti āha ^b^‘‘punappunaṃ uppajjanato saṃsibbanaṭṭhenā’’^eb^ti. Idaṃ yena sambandhena ^b^jaṭā viyāti jaṭā^eb^ti jaṭātaṇhānaṃ upamūpameyyatā, taṃdassanaṃ. Ayañhettha attho – yathā jālinī veḷugumbassa sākhā, tāsaṃ sañcayādayo ca attano avayavehi saṃsibbitā vinaddhā ‘‘jaṭā’’ti vuccanti, evaṃ taṇhāpi saṃsibbanasabhāvenāti.<br/><br/>[03]Ime ^a^M1.0092^ea^ sattā ‘‘mama ida’’nti pariggahitaṃ attanibbisesaṃ maññamānā abbhantarimaṃ karonti. Abbhantaraṭṭho ca anto-saddoti sakaparikkhāresu uppajjanamānāpi taṇhā ‘‘antojaṭā’’ti vuttā. Pabbajitassa pattādi, gahaṭṭhassa hatthiādi ^b^sakaparikkhāro^eb^. Attāti bhavati ettha abhimānoti ^b^attabhāvo,^eb^ upādānakkhandhapañcakaṃ. Sarīranti keci. ‘‘Mama attabhāvo sundaro, asukassa viya mama attabhāvo bhaveyyā’’tiādinā sakāttabhāvādīsu taṇhāya uppajjanākāro veditabbo. Attano cakkhādīni ^b^ajjhattikāyatanāni,^eb^ attano ca paresañca rūpādīni ^b^bāhirāyatanāni,^eb^ paresaṃ sabbāni vā. Saparasantatipariyāpannāni vā cakkhādīni ^b^ajjhattikāyatanāni,^eb^ tathā rūpādīni ^b^bāhirāyatanāni^eb^. Parittamahaggatabhavesu pavattiyāpi taṇhāya antojaṭābahijaṭābhāvo veditabbo. Kāmabhavo hi kassacipi kilesassa avikkhambhitattā katthacipi avimutto ajjhattaggahaṇassa visesapaccayoti ‘‘ajjhattaṃ anto’’ti ^a^V1.0082^ea^ ca vuccati, tabbipariyāyato rūpārūpabhavo ‘‘bahiddhā bahī’’ti ca. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘ajjhattasaṃyojano puggalo, bahiddhāsaṃyojano puggalo’’ti (a. ni. 2.37).<br/><br/>[03]Visayabhedena pavattiākārabhedena anekabhedabhinnampi taṇhaṃ jaṭābhāvasāmaññena ekanti gahetvā ^b^‘‘tāya evaṃ uppajjamānāya jaṭāyā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Sā pana pajāti vuttasattasantānapariyāpannā eva hutvā punappunaṃ taṃ jaṭentī vinandhantī pavattatīti āha ^b^‘‘jaṭāya jaṭitā pajā’’^eb^ti. Tathā hi paramatthato yadipi avayavabyatirekena samudāyo natthi, ekadeso pana samudāyo nāma na hotīti avayavato samudāyaṃ bhinnaṃ katvā upamūpameyyaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘yathā nāma veḷujaṭādīhi…pe… saṃsibbitā’’^eb^ti āha. Imaṃ jaṭanti sambandho. Tīsu dhātūsu ekampi asesetvā saṃsibbanena ^b^tedhātukaṃ jaṭetvā ṭhitaṃ^eb^. Tenassā mahāvisayataṃ vijaṭanassa ca sudukkarabhāvamāha. ^b^Vijaṭetuṃ ko samattho^eb^ti iminā ‘‘vijaṭaye’’ti padaṃ sattiatthaṃ, na vidhiatthanti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ ‘‘antojaṭā’’tiādinā puṭṭho athassa bhagavā tamatthaṃ vissajjento ^b^‘‘sīle patiṭṭhāyā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Ettha ^b^sīle^eb^ti kusalasīle. Taṃ pana pātimokkhasaṃvarādibhedesu parisuddhameva icchitabbanti āha ^b^‘‘catupārisuddhisīle’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Narati ^a^M1.0093^ea^ netīti ^b^naro,^eb^ puriso. Kāmaṃ itthīpi taṇhājaṭāvijaṭane samatthā atthi, padhānameva pana sattaṃ dassento ‘‘naro’’ti āha yathā ‘‘satthā devamanussāna’’nti, aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana avibhāgena puggalapariyāyo ayanti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘naroti satto’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Vipākabhūtāya saha paññāya bhavatīti ^b^sapañño^eb^. Tāya hi ādito paṭṭhāya santānavasena bahulaṃ pavattamānāya ayaṃ satto savisesaṃ sapaññoti vattabbataṃ arahati. Vipākapaññāpi hi santānavisesena bhāvanāpaññuppattiyā upanissayapaccayo hoti ahetukadvihetukānaṃ tadabhāvato. ^b^Kammajatihetukapaṭisandhipaññāyā^eb^ti kammajāya tihetukapaṭisandhiyaṃ paññāyāti evaṃ tihetukasaddo paṭisandhisaddena sambandhitabbo, na paññāsaddena. Na hi paññā tihetukā atthi. Paṭisandhito pabhuti pavattamānā paññā ‘‘paṭisandhiyaṃ paññā’’ti vuttā taṃmūlakattā, na paṭisandhikkhaṇe pavattā eva.<br/><br/>[03]Cinteti ārammaṇaṃ upanijjhāyatīti ^b^cittaṃ,^eb^ samādhi. So hi sātisayaṃ upanijjhānakicco. Na hi vitakkādayo vinā samādhinā tamatthaṃ sādhenti, samādhi pana tehi vināpi ^a^V1.0083^ea^ sādhetīti. Paguṇabalavabhāvāpādanena paccayehi cittaṃ, attasantānaṃ cinotītipi ^b^cittaṃ,^eb^ samādhi. Paṭhamajjhānādivasena cittavicittatāya iddhividhādicittakaraṇena ca samādhi cittanti vināpi paropadesenassa cittapariyāyo labbhateva. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana citta-saddo viññāṇe niruḷhoti katvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘cittasīsena hettha aṭṭha samāpattiyo kathitā’’^eb^ti. Yathāsabhāvaṃ pakārehi jānātīti ^b^paññā^eb^. Sā yadipi kusalādibhedato bahuvidhā, ‘‘bhāvaya’’nti pana vacanato bhāvetabbā idhādhippetāti taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘paññānāmena vipassanā kathitā’’^eb^ti. Yadipi kilesānaṃ pahānaṃ ātāpanaṃ, taṃ sammādiṭṭhiādīnampi attheva, ātappasaddo viya pana ātāpa-saddo vīriye eva niruḷhoti āha ^b^‘‘ātāpīti vīriyavā’’^eb^ti. Yathā kammaṭṭhānaṃ tāya paññāya parito harīyati pavattīyati, evaṃ sāpi tadatthaṃ yogināti āha ^b^‘‘pārihāriyapaññā’’^eb^ti. Abhikkamādīni sabbakiccāni sātthakasampajaññādivasena paricchijja netīti ^b^sabbakiccapariṇāyikā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Yasmā puggalādhiṭṭhānena gāthā bhāsitā, tasmā puggalādhiṭṭhānameva upamaṃ dassento ‘‘yathā nāma puriso’’tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^sunisita^eb^nti suṭṭhu ^a^M1.0094^ea^ nisitaṃ, ativiya tikhiṇanti attho. Satthassa nisitatarabhāvakaraṇaṃ nisānasilāyaṃ, bāhubalena cassa ukkhipananti ubhayampetaṃ atthāpannaṃ katvā upamā vuttāti tadubhayaṃ upameyyaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘samādhisilāyaṃ sunisitaṃ…pe… paññāhatthena ukkhipitvā’’^eb^ti āha. Samādhiguṇena hi paññāya tikkhabhāvo. Yathāha ‘‘samāhito yathābhūtaṃ pajānātī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.5; 4.99; 5.1071). Vīriyañcassā upatthambhakaṃ paggaṇhanato. ^b^Vijaṭeyyā^eb^ti vijaṭetuṃ sakkuṇeyya. Vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanāya hi vattamānāya yogāvacaro taṇhājaṭaṃ vijaṭetuṃ samattho nāma. Vijaṭanañcettha samucchedavasena pahānanti āha – ‘‘sañchindeyya sampadāleyyā’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]Maggakkhaṇe panesa ^b^vijaṭeti^eb^ nāma, aggaphalakkhaṇe sabbaso ^b^vijaṭitajaṭo^eb^ nāma. Tenāha ‘‘idānī’’tiādi. Yasmā jaṭāya vijaṭanaṃ ariyamaggena, tañca kho nibbānaṃ āgamma, tasmā taṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘jaṭāya vijaṭanokāsa’’^eb^nti. Yattha pana sā vijaṭīyati, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yattha nāmañcā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^‘‘Paṭighaṃ rūpasaññā cā’’^eb^ti gāthāsukhatthaṃ sānunāsikaṃ katvā niddeso, ‘‘paṭigharūpasaññā’’ti vuttaṃ hoti. ^b^Paṭighasaññāvasena kāmabhavo gahito^eb^ kāmabhavapariyāpannattā tāya. Pathavīkasiṇādirūpe saññā rūpasaññā. Ubhayatthāpi saññāsīsena cittuppādasseva gahaṇaṃ. ^b^Bhavasaṅkhepenāti^eb^ bhavabhāvena saṅkhipitabbatāya, bhavalakkhaṇena ekalakkhaṇattāti attho. Rūpe vā virajjanavasena ca vattuṃ sakkuṇeyyā idha ^b^rūpasaññā^eb^ti vuttā ^a^V1.0084^ea^, evampettha arūpabhavassa ca gahitatā veditabbā. ^b^‘‘Nāmañca rūpañcā’’^eb^ti anavasesato nāmarūpaṃ gahitanti arūpabhava-asaññabhavānampettha gahaṇaṃ siddhanti apare. ^b^Pariyādiyanaṭṭhāne^eb^ti pariyādiyanakāraṇe sabbaso khepananimitte nibbāne. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nibbānaṃ…pe… dassito hotī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Jaṭāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 25
title: phusatisuttavaṇṇanā^jaṭāsuttavaṇṇanā^manonivāraṇasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^24^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Evaṃladdhikā^eb^ti sabbathāpi cittuppatti sadukkhā, sabbathāpi acittakabhāvo seyyo, tasmā yato kutoci cittaṃ nivāretabbanti evaṃdiṭṭhikā ^a^M1.0095^ea^. ^b^So^eb^ti satto. ^b^Aniyyānikakathaṃ katheti^eb^ ayoniso cittanivāraṇaṃ vadantī. ^b^Saṃyatabhāvaṃ āgata^eb^nti rāgavisevanādito sammadeva saṃyatabhāvaṃ otarabhāvaṃ. Dhammacariyāvasena hi pavattamāne citte natthi īsakampi rāgādivisevanaṃ, na tassa sampati āyatiñca koci anattho siyā, tasmā taṃ mano sabbato anavajjavuttito na nivāretabbaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dānaṃ dassāmī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Yato yato^eb^ti yato yato sāvajjavuttito ayonisomanasikārato. ^b^Ta^eb^nti mano ^b^nivāretabbaṃ^eb^ anatthāvahattā.<br/><br/>[06]Manonivāraṇasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 26
title: jaṭāsuttavaṇṇanā^manonivāraṇasuttavaṇṇanā^arahantasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^25^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Katāvī^eb^ti katavā, pariññādikiccaṃ katvā niṭṭhapetvā ṭhitoti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘catūhi maggehi katakicco’’^eb^ti. Svāyamattho arahantiādisaddasannidhānato viññāyati. ^b^Evaṃ^eb^ ‘‘ahaṃ vadāmī’’tiādiākārena ^b^pucchati^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Khandhādīsu kusalo^eb^ti khandhāyatanādīsu salakkhaṇādīsu ca samūhādivasena pavattiyañca cheko yathābhūtavedī. ^b^Upaladdhinissitakatha^eb^nti attupaladdhinissitakathaṃ hitvā. ^b^Vohārabhedaṃ akaronto^eb^ti ‘‘ahaṃ paramatthaṃ jānāmī’’ti lokavohāraṃ bhindanto avināsento loke lokasamaññameva nissāya ^b^‘‘ahaṃ, mamā’’ti vadeyya. Khandhā bhuñjantī^eb^tiādinā vohārabhedaṃ, tattha ca ādīnavaṃ dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]Māno nāma diṭṭhiyā samadhuro. Tathā hi dutiyamaggādīsu sammādiṭṭhiyā pahānābhisamayassa ^a^V1.0085^ea^ paṭivipaccanīke paṭipattisiddhi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yadi diṭṭhiyā vasena na vadati, mānavasena nu kho vadatīti cintetvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vidhūpitā^eb^ti santāpitā ñāṇagginā daḍḍhā. Te pana viddhaṃsitā nāma hontīti āha ^b^‘‘vidhamitā’’^eb^ti. Mamaṅkārādayo mayanti sattasantāne sati pavattanti etenāti mayo, maññanā. Mayo eva ^b^mayatā^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘mayatanti maññana’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[06]Arahantasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 27
title: manonivāraṇasuttavaṇṇanā^arahantasuttavaṇṇanā^pajjotasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^26^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Divāratti^eb^nti ^a^M1.0096^ea^ na ādicco viya divā eva, na candimā viya rattiṃ eva, atha kho divā ca rattiñca. ^b^Tattha tatthā^eb^ti yattha yattha sampajjalito, tattha tattheva padese, na ādicco viya candimā viya sakalaṃ mahādisaṃ disantarāḷañca. Ñāṇānubhāvena uppannāloko ^b^ñāṇāloko^eb^ti vadanti. ‘‘Idaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccanti pubbe me, bhikkhave, ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi ñāṇaṃ udapādi paññā udapādi vijjā udapādi āloko udapādī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.1081; mahāva. 15; paṭi. ma. 2.30) pana vacanato maggo ^b^ñāṇāloko^eb^. ‘‘Tamo vihato, āloko uppanno’’ti (ma. ni. 1.386; pārā. 12) vā vacanato vijjattayāloko ^b^ñāṇāloko^eb^. Paṭhamābhisambodhiyaṃ viya sañjātapītivipphāro, visesato ratanaghare samantapaṭṭhānavicinane sañjātapītivasena uppannasarīrobhāso vā ^b^pītiāloko^eb^. Tattheva uppannapasādavasena sañjātāalokova ^b^pasādāloko^eb^. Dhammacakkapavattane ‘‘aññāsi vata, bho, koṇḍañño’’ti uppannapasādālokoti ca vadanti. Sabbattheva satthu dhammadesanā sattānaṃ hadayatamaṃ vidhamantī ^b^dhammakathāāloko. Sabbopi buddhānaṃ pātubhāvā uppanno āloko^eb^ti iminā sāvakānaṃ desanāya sañjātadhammālokopi buddhānubhāvoti dasseti.<br/><br/>[06]Pajjotasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 28
title: arahantasuttavaṇṇanā^pajjotasuttavaṇṇanā^sarasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^27^eb^^b^.^eb^ Saraṇato avicchedavasena pavattanato khandhādīnaṃ paṭipāṭi ^b^sarā^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ime saṃsārasarā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kuto^eb^ti kena kāraṇena, kimhi vā? Tenāha ^b^‘‘kiṃ āgammā’’^eb^ti? ^b^Na patiṭṭhāti^eb^ paccayābhāvato. ^b^Āpo^eb^tiādinā pāḷiyaṃ catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ appatiṭṭhānāpadesena tattha kāmarūpabhavānaṃ abhāvo dassito. Tadubhayābhāvadassanena heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva arūpabhavassapi ^a^V1.0086^ea^ abhāvo dassitova hoti, yathārutavasena vā ettha attho veditabbo. Yasmā purimā dve gahitā, gahitañca atthaṃ pariggahetvāva pacchimattho pavattoti.<br/><br/>[06]Sarasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 29
title: pajjotasuttavaṇṇanā^sarasuttavaṇṇanā^mahaddhanasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^28^eb^^b^.^eb^ Nidhīyatīti ^a^M1.0097^ea^^b^nidhānaṃ^eb^. Nidhātabbataṃ gataṃ nihitanti attho. ^b^Muttasārādī^eb^ti muttāmaṇiveḷuriyapavāḷarajatajātarūpādi. ^b^Suvaṇṇarajatabhājanādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena kahāpaṇa-dhaññakoṭṭhabhaṇḍādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Tampi hi niccaparibbayavasena bhuñjīyatīti ^b^‘‘bhogo’’^eb^ti vuccati. ^b^Aññamaññaṃ abhigijjhantī^eb^ti aññamaññassa santakaṃ abhigijjhanti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘patthentī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Analaṅkatā^eb^ti na alaṃ pariyattanti evaṃ katacittā, atricchatāmahicchatāhi abhibhūtā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘atittā apariyattajātā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ussukkajātesū^eb^ti taṃtaṃkicce sañjātaussukkesu. ^b^Nānākiccajātesū^eb^ti nānāvidhakiccesu, sañjātanānākiccesu vā. Vaṭṭagāmikapasutena ^b^vaṭṭasotaṃ anusarantesu^eb^. Taṇhānivāsatāya gehantipi agārantipi vuccatīti āha ^b^‘‘mātugāmena saddhiṃ geha’’^eb^nti. ^b^Virājiyā^eb^ti hetuatthadīpakaṃ padanti āha ^b^‘‘virājetvā’’^eb^ti, ^b^tvā^eb^-saddopi cāyaṃ hetuatthoti.<br/><br/>[06]Mahaddhanasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 30
title: sarasuttavaṇṇanā^mahaddhanasuttavaṇṇanā^catucakkasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^29^eb^^b^.^eb^ Iriyā vuccati kāyena kattabbakiriyā, tassā pavattiṭṭhānabhāvato ^b^iriyāpatho,^eb^ gamanādi. Taṃ aparāparappavattiyā cakkaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘catucakkanti catuiriyāpatha’’^eb^nti. ^b^Navadvāra^eb^nti karajakāyo adhippeto. So ca kesādiasuciparipūroti āha ^b^‘‘puṇṇanti asucipūra’’^eb^nti. ^b^Taṇhāya saṃyutta^eb^nti taṇhāsahitaṃ. Tena na kevalaṃ sabhāvato ^b^eva,^eb^ atha kho nissitadhammo ca asuciṃ dasseti. Mātukucchisaṅkhāte asucipaṅke jātattā ^b^paṅkajātaṃ,^eb^ kesādiasucipaṅkajātattā ca ^b^paṅkajātaṃ. Yātrā^eb^ti apagamo. Tena sabhāvato nissitadhammato ca asucisabhāvato kāyato kathaṃ apagamo siyāti pucchati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘etassā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Nahanaṭṭhena bandhanaṭṭhena naddhīti upanāho idhādhippetoti āha ‘‘naddhinti upanāha’’nti. So pana ito pubbakāle kodhoti āha ^b^‘‘pubbakāle’’^eb^tiādi ^a^M1.0098^ea^. ^b^Pāḷiniddiṭṭhe^eb^ti upanāhaiccādike ^a^V1.0087^ea^ idha pāḷiyaṃ niddiṭṭhe ^b^kilese ṭhapetvā avasesā^eb^ diṭṭhivicikicchādayo satta kilesā dummocayatāya varattā viyāti ^b^varattāti veditabbā^eb^. Ārammaṇaggahaṇasabhāvato ^b^eko^eb^ evesa dhammo, pavatti-ākārabhedena pana ^b^icchanaṭṭhena^eb^ patthanaṭṭhena ^b^icchā, lubbhanaṭṭhena^eb^ gijjhanaṭṭhena ^b^lobho^eb^ti vutto. ^b^Paṭhamuppattikā^eb^ti ekasmiṃ ārammaṇe, vāre vā paṭhamaṃ uppannā. ^b^Aparāparuppattiko^eb^ti punappunaṃ uppajjamānako. ^b^Aladdhapatthanā^eb^ appaṭiladdhavatthumhi āsatti lobho. ^b^Uppāṭetvā^eb^ti sasantānato uddharitvā.<br/><br/>[06]Catucakkasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 31
title: mahaddhanasuttavaṇṇanā^catucakkasuttavaṇṇanā^eṇijaṅghasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^30^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Eṇimigassa viyā^eb^ti eṇimigassa jaṅghā viya. Avayavīsambandhe hi idaṃ sāmivacanaṃ. Piṇḍimaṃsassa parito samasaṇṭhitattā ^b^suvaṭṭītajaṅgho. Kisa^eb^nti thūlabhāvapaṭikkhepaparājotanā, na suṭṭhu kisabhāvadīpanaparāti āha ^b^‘‘athūlaṃ samasarīra’’^eb^nti. ^b^Ātapena milāta^eb^nti tapasā milātakāyaṃ indriyasantāpanabhāvato. Tenevāha – ^b^‘‘tapo milāta’’^eb^ntiādi, tathā cāha pāḷiyaṃ ^b^‘‘appāhāraṃ alolupa’’^eb^nti. Yathā ‘‘vīrassa bhāvo vīriya’’nti vīrabhāvena vīriyaṃ lakkhīyati, evaṃ vīriyasambhavena vīrabhāvoti āha ^b^‘‘vīranti vīriyavanta’’^eb^nti. ‘‘Cattāro pañca ālope, abhutvā udakaṃ pive’’ti (theragā. 983; mi. pa. 6.5.10) dhammasenāpativuttaniyāmena parimitabhojitāya appāhāratā ^b^bhojane mattaññutā. ‘‘Mitāhāra’’^eb^nti vatvā puna paricchinnakālabhojitāyapi appāhārataṃ dassento ^b^‘‘vikāla…pe… parittāhāra’’^eb^nti āha. ^b^Catūsu paccayesu loluppavirahitaṃ^eb^ bodhimūle ^b^eva^eb^ sabbaso loluppassa pahīnattā. ‘‘Catūsu paccayesū’’ti hi imināva sabbattha loluppavigamo dīpitovāti. ^b^Rasataṇhāpaṭikkhepo vā esa^eb^ ‘‘appāhāra’’nti vatvā ‘‘alolupa’’nti vuttattā. ‘‘Sīhaṃ vā’’ti ettha ekacarasaddo viya iva-saddo atthato ‘‘nāga’’nti etthāpi ānetvā, sambandhitabboti ^a^M1.0099^ea^ āha – ^b^‘‘ekacaraṃ sīhaṃ viya, ekacaraṃ nāgaṃ viyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ekacarā appamattā^eb^ ekīkatāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pañcakāmaguṇavasena rūpaṃ gahitaṃ^eb^ tesaṃ rūpasabhāvattā. ^b^Manena nāmaṃ gahitaṃ^eb^ manassa nāmasabhāvattā. ^b^Avinibhuttadhamme^eb^ti avinābhāvadhamme gahetvā. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena āyatanadhātuādayo gahitā. Kāmaguṇaggahaṇena hettha rūpabhāvasāmaññena pañca vatthūni gahitāneva honti, manogahaṇena dhammāyatanaṃ, evaṃ dvādasāyatanāni gahitāni honti. Iminā nayena dhātuādīnampi ^a^V1.0088^ea^ gahitatā yojetabbā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pañcakkhandhādivasenapettha bhummaṃ yojetabba’’^eb^nti. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti pāḷiyaṃ. Kāmavatthu ^b^bhummaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[06]Eṇijaṅghasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Sattivaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 32
title: catucakkasuttavaṇṇanā^satullapakāyikavaggo^sabbhisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^31^eb^^b^.^eb^ Sataṃ sādhūnaṃ saraṇagamanasīlādibhedassa dhammassa ullapanato, attano vā pubbenivāsānussatiyā tassa dhammassa ullapanato kathanato satullapā, devatā, tāsaṃ kāyo samūho, tattha bhavāti ^b^satullapakāyikā^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sataṃ dhamma’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Samādānavasena ullapetvā,^eb^ na vaṇṇanākathanamattena ^b^tatrā^eb^ti tasmiṃ tāsaṃ devatānaṃ satullapakāyikabhāve. ^b^Idaṃ vatthū^eb^ti idaṃ kāraṇaṃ. ^b^Samuddavāṇijā^eb^ti saṃyattikā. ^b^Khittasaravegenā^eb^ti jiyāmuttasarasadisavegena, sīghaoghenāti attho. Uppatatīti uppāto. Uppāte bhavaṃ byasanaṃ ^b^uppātikaṃ^eb^. ^b^Patiṭṭhā^eb^ti hitapatiṭṭhā. Paraloke hitasukhāvahaṃ ^b^abhayakāraṇaṃ. Jaṅghasata^eb^nti manussasataṃ. Jaṅghāsīsena hi manusse vadati sahacāribhāvato. ^b^Aggahesi^eb^ pañcasīlāni. Āsannānāsannesu āsannasseva paṭhamaṃ vipaccanato ^b^‘‘āsannakāle gahitasīlaṃ nissāyā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Ghaṭāvasenā^eb^ti samūhavasena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabbhī^eb^ti ^a^M1.0100^ea^ sādhūhi. Te hi saparahitasādhanato pāsaṃsatāya santaguṇatāya ca santoti vuccati. Te pana yasmā paṇḍitalakkhaṇehi samannāgatā honti, tasmā ^b^‘‘paṇḍitehī’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Samāsethā^eb^ti saṃvasethāti ayamettha adhippāyoti āha ^b^‘‘sabbairiyāpathe’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Mittasanthava^eb^nti mettisandhānaṃ. Sattānaṃ hitesitālakkhaṇā hi metti, sā ca ñāṇasahitā ñāṇapubbaṅgamāvāti mittasanthavo asaṃkiliṭṭho, itaro saṃkiliṭṭhoti āha ^b^‘‘na kenaci saddhiṃ kātabbo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Saddhamma^eb^nti diṭṭhadhammikādihitāvahaṃ sundaradhammaṃ. ^b^Seyyo^eb^ti hitavaḍḍhanatādi vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘vaḍḍhī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sataṃ^eb^ sādhūnaṃ, paṇḍitānanti ayamettha attho. Tappaṭiyogavisayattā añña-saddassa vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘aññato^eb^^a^V1.0089^ea^^b^andhabālato’’^eb^ti. Sokanimittaṃ sokakāraṇaṃ uttarapadalopena idha sokasaddena gahitanti āha ^b^‘‘sokavatthūna’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Sokavatthūni^eb^ nāma corādayo acchindanādivasena paresaṃ sokakaraṇato. ^b^Sokānugatā^eb^ sokappattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Therassā^eb^ti saṃkiccattherassa. Attano bhaginiyā jeṭṭhattā ^b^‘‘tumhe’’^eb^ti āha. Ayaṃ ‘‘idha corā paṭipajjiṃsū’’ti amhe tiṇāyapi na maññatīti cintetvā ^b^ekacce ‘‘mārema na’’nti āhaṃsu.^eb^ Karuṇāya ^b^ekacce ‘‘vissajjemā’’^eb^ti āhaṃsu. ^b^Mantetvā^eb^ti bhāsetvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ahu^eb^ ahosi, bhūtapubbanti attho. ^b^Araññasmiṃ brahāvane^eb^ti tādise brahāvane, mahāraññe nivāsīti attho ^b^ceto^eb^ti byādho. ^b^Kūṭānī^eb^ti vākurādayo. ^b^Oḍḍetvā^eb^ti sajjetvā. ^b^Sasaka^eb^nti pelakaṃ ^b^ubbiggā^eb^ti bhītatasitā. ^b^Ekaratti^eb^nti ekaratteneva. ^b^Dhanajānī^eb^ti paribbayavasena addhikehi laddhabbadhanato hāni, ‘‘samaṇampi nāma hanti, kiṃ amhesu lajjissatī’’ti addhikānaṃ anāgamanato ekadivasaṃ laddhabbaparibbayampi na labhissantīti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ñātayopi^eb^ mātāpitubhātubhaginiādike ñātake. Te kira adhimuttassa bhaginiyā santikaṃ upagacchantā antarāmagge tena samāgatā, adhimutto ^a^M1.0101^ea^ saccavācaṃ anurakkhanto corabhayaṃ tesaṃ nārocesi. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘tesampī’’^eb^tiādi. Taṃ nissāya pabbajitattā ^b^‘‘adhimuttasāmaṇerassa santike’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, na upasampadācariyo hutvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘attano antevāsike katvā’’^eb^ti. Saccānurakkhaṇena anuttaraguṇādhigamena ca ^b^ñātimajjhe virocati^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sātata^eb^nti satataṃ. Sa-saddassa hi idha sābhāvo yathā ‘‘sārāgo’’tiādīsu. Sātabhāvo vā ^b^sātata^eb^nti āha ^b^‘‘sukhaṃ vā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kāraṇenā^eb^ti tena tena kāraṇena. Sabbāsaṃ tāsaṃ vacanaṃ subhāsitaṃ, bhagavato pana ukkaṃsagataṃ subhāsitameva. Svāyamattho taṃtaṃgāthāpadeneva viññāyatīti taṃ nīharitvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘na kevala’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tena sappurisūpasaṃsevasaddhammābhiyogo yathā sattānaṃ vaḍḍhiyā paññāpaṭilābhassa ekantikaṃ kāraṇaṃ, evaṃ sokapaccaye sati visokabhāvassa, ñātimajjhe sobhāya, sugatigamanassa, ciraṃ sukhaṭṭhānassa, vaṭṭadukkhamocanassapi aññāsādhāraṇaṃ hotīti vuttamevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Sabbhisuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 33
title: satullapakāyikavaggo^sabbhisuttavaṇṇanā^maccharisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^32^eb^^b^.^eb^ Pamajjanākārena ^a^V1.0090^ea^ pavattā anupaladdhi ^b^pamādo^eb^. Tena ekantato satirahitā hontīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sativippavāsalakkhaṇenā’’^eb^ti. Diṭṭhivicikicchādayo cettha pamādeneva saṅgahitā. Idāni yathā macchariyanimittañca pamādanimittañca dānaṃ na dīyati, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘ekacco hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Parikkhayaṃ gamissatī^eb^ti bhogaparihāniṃ gamissati. ^b^Khiḍḍādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena maṇḍanavibhūsanachaṇanakkhattakiccabyasanādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Yasadāyaka^eb^nti kittiyasassa parivārayasassa ca dāyakaṃ. ^b^Sirīdāyaka^eb^nti sobhaggadāyakaṃ. ^b^Sampattidāyaka^eb^nti kulabhogarūpabhogasampadāhi sampattidāyakaṃ. ^b^Puñña^eb^nti vā idha puññaphalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ ‘‘evamidaṃ puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatī’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.80) viya. ^b^Atthi dānassa phala^eb^nti ettha deyyadhammassa anavaṭṭhitataṃ bahulasādhāraṇataṃ, taṃ pahāya gamanīyataṃ ^a^M1.0102^ea^, tabbisayāya pītiyā sāvajjataṃ, dānadhammassa anaññasādhāraṇataṃ anugāmikataṃ, tabbisayāya pītiyā anavajjataṃ, lobhādipāpadhammānaṃ vinodanaṃ, sesapuññānaṃ upanissayañca jānantenāti vattabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Taṃyeva bāla^eb^nti yo maccharī, tameva. Adānasīlā ^b^bālā^eb^. Ekacco dhanassa paribhogaparikkhayabhayena attanāpi na paribhuñjati atilobhaseṭṭhi viyāti āha ^b^‘‘idhalokaparalokesū’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Yasmā ekacco adānasīlo puriso addhike disvā passantopi na passati, tesaṃ kathaṃ suṇantopi na suṇoti, sayaṃ kiñci na katheti, adātukamyatāthambhe baddho hoti, tasmā tattha mataliṅgāni upalabbhantiyevāti āha ^b^‘‘adānasīlatāya maraṇena matesū’’^eb^ti. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana dānamattameva gahetvā matenassa samataṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Dānasīlassa pana amataliṅgāni vuttavipariyāyato veditabbāni. ^b^Vaja^eb^nti puthutte ekavacanaṃ, tasmā vacanavipallāsena vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘saha vajantā’’^eb^ti. Dānasīlādidhammo purātano, na ajjatanoti sanantano, so etesu atthīti ^b^sanantanā,^eb^ paṇḍitā, tesaṃ dhammāti tesaṃ vasenapi dhammo ^b^sanantano^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘sanantanānaṃ vā paṇḍitānaṃ esa dhammo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Appasmimpi deyyadhamme^eb^ sati ^b^eke^eb^ dānaṃ dadanti, ^b^eke^eb^ na dadanti maccharibhāvā. ^b^Sahassadānasadisā^eb^ti ekāpi dakkhiṇā pariccāgacetanāya uḷārabhāvato sahassadānasadisā hoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Duranugamano^eb^ti asamaṅginā anugantuṃ dukkaro. Ananugamanañcassa dhammassa apūraṇamevāti āha ^a^V1.0091^ea^^b^‘‘duppūro’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Dhammaṃ care’’ti ayaṃ dhammacariyā gahaṭṭhassa vasena āraddhāti āha ^b^‘‘dasakusalakammapathadhammaṃ caratī’’^eb^ti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dārañca posa’’^eb^nti. ^b^Samuñjaka^eb^nti kassakehi attanā kātabbaṃ katvā visaṭṭhadhaññakaraṇato khale uñchācariyavasena samuñjaniādinā chaḍḍitadhaññasaṃharaṇaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yo api…pe… samuñjakaṃ caratī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Etenā^eb^ti satasahassasahassayāgiggahaṇena dasannampi bhikkhukoṭīnaṃ piṇḍapāto dassito hoti. ‘‘Dinno’’ti padaṃ ānetvā yojanā. ^b^Dasannaṃ vā kahāpaṇakoṭīnaṃ piṇḍapāto^eb^ti dasannaṃ kahāpaṇakoṭīnaṃ viniyuñjanavasena sampāditapiṇḍapāto. Tayidaṃ satasahassaṃ ^a^M1.0103^ea^ sahassayāgīnaṃ dānaṃ ettakaṃ hotīti katvā vuttaṃ. ^b^Samuñjakaṃ carantopī^eb^ti samuñjakaṃ caritvāpi, samuñjakacaraṇahetūti attho. Sesapadadvayepi eseva nayo. Dāraṃ posentopi dhammaṃ carati, appakasmiṃ dadantopi dhammaṃ caratīti yojanā. ^b^Tathāvidhassā^eb^ti tādisassa tathādhammacārino yā dhammacariyā, tassā kalampi nagghanti ^b^ete sahassayāgino^eb^ attano sahassayāgitāya. ^b^Yaṃ tena daliddenā^eb^tiādi tassevatthassa vivaraṇaṃ. ^b^Sabbesampi tesa^eb^nti ‘‘sataṃsahassānaṃ sahassayāgina’’nti vuttānaṃ tesaṃ sabbesampi. ^b^Itaresa^eb^nti ‘‘tathāvidhassā’’ti vuttapurisato aññesaṃ. ^b^Dasakoṭisahassadāna^eb^nti dasakoṭisaṅkhātaṃ tato anekasahassabhedatāya sahassadānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Kalaṃ nagghatī’’ti idaṃ tesaṃ dānato imassa dānassa uḷāratarabhāvena vipulatarabhāvena vipulataraphalatāya vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘kathaṃ nu kho etaṃ mahapphalataranti jānanattha’’^eb^nti. Paccayavisesena mahattaṃ gatoti ^b^mahaggato,^eb^ uḷāroti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vipulassetaṃ vevacana’’^eb^nti. ^b^Samenā^eb^ti ñāyena, dhammenāti attho. ^b^Visame^eb^ti na same macchariyalakkhaṇappatte. ^b^Chetvā^eb^ti pīḷetvā. Taṃ pana pīḷanaṃ pothananti dassento ^b^‘‘pothetvā’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Assumukhā^eb^ti tintāssumukhasammissā paraṃ rodāpetvā. ^b^Mahādāna^eb^nti yathāvuttaṃ bahudeyyadhammassa pariccajanena mahantadānaṃ. ^b^Uppattiyā aparisuddhatāyā^eb^ti ajjhāsayassa deyyadhammagavesanāya ca suddhatāya malīnattā. ^b^Itaraṃ^eb^ dhammacariyāya nibbattitadānaṃ. ^b^Parittadāna^eb^nti parittassa deyyadhammassa vasena parittadānaṃ. ^b^Attano uppattiyā parisuddhatāyā^eb^ti ajjhāsayassa deyyadhammagavesanāya ca visuddhatāya. ^b^Evantiādimāhā^eb^ti ‘‘evaṃ sahassānaṃ sahassayāgina’’nti avoca. Tattha ^b^sahassāna^eb^nti sataṃsahassānaṃ. Gāthābandhasukhatthaṃ sataggahaṇaṃ na kataṃ. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.<br/><br/>[06]Maccharisuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 34
title: sabbhisuttavaṇṇanā^maccharisuttavaṇṇanā^sādhusuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^33^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Udānaṃ^eb^^a^V1.0092^ea^^b^udānesī^eb^ti pītivegena uggiritabbatāya udānaṃ uggiri uccāresi. Tayidaṃ yasmā pītisamuṭṭhāpitaṃ vacanaṃ, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘udāhāraṃ udāharī’’^eb^ti ^a^M1.0104^ea^. Yathā pana taṃ vacanaṃ ‘‘udāna’’nti vuccati, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Saddhāyā^eb^ti ettha ^b^ya^eb^-kāro hetuattho. Pariccāgacetanāya hi saddhā visesapaccayo assaddhassa tadabhāvato. ^b^Pi^eb^-saddo vuttatthasampiṇḍanattho. ^b^‘‘Sāhū’’^eb^ti padaṃ sādhusaddena samānatthaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Katha^eb^nti dānayuddhānaṃ vipakkhasabhāvāti adhippāyo. ^b^Etaṃ ubhaya^eb^nti dānaṃ yuddhanti idaṃ dvayaṃ. ^b^Jīvitabhīruko^eb^ti jīvitavināsabhīruko. ^b^Khayabhīruko^eb^ti bhogakkhayassa bhīruko. ^b^Vadanto^eb^ti jīvite sālayataṃ, tato eva yujjhane asamatthataṃ pavedento. ^b^Chejja^eb^nti hatthapādādichedo. ^b^Ussahanto^eb^ti vīriyaṃ karonto. ^b^Evaṃ bhoge rakkhissāmī^eb^ti tathā bhoge aparikkhīṇe karissāmīti. ^b^Vadanto^eb^ti idha bhogesu lobhaṃ, tato eva dātuṃ asamatthataṃ pavedento. ^b^Eva^eb^nti evaṃ jīvitabhoganirapekkhatāya dānañca yuddhañca samaṃ hoti. ^b^Saddhādisampanno^eb^ti saddhādhammajīvitāvīmaṃsāsīlādiguṇasamannāgato. So hi deyyavatthuno parittakattā appakampi dadanto attano pana cittasampattiyā khettasampattiyā ca bahuṃ uḷārapuññaṃ pavaḍḍhento bahuvidhaṃ lobha-dosa-issā-macchariya-diṭṭhivicikicchādibhedaṃ tappaṭipakkhaṃ abhibhavati, tato eva ca taṃ mahapphalaṃ hoti mahānisaṃsaṃ. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ^b^‘‘maccheraṃ maddati’’^eb^cceva vuttaṃ, tassa pana ujuvipaccanīkabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paratthā^eb^ti paraloke. ^b^Ekasāṭakabrāhmaṇavatthu^eb^ anvayavasena, aṅkuravatthu byatirekavasena vitthāretabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Dhammo laddho etenāti ^b^dhammaladdho,^eb^ puggalo. Aggiāhitapadassa viya saddasiddhi daṭṭhabbā. ^b^‘‘Uṭṭhāna^eb^nti kāyikaṃ vīriyaṃ, ^b^vīriya^eb^nti cetasika’’nti vadanti. ^b^Uṭṭhāna^eb^nti bhoguppāde yuttapayuttatā. ^b^Vīriya^eb^nti tajjo ussāho. ^b^Yamassa^eb^ āṇāpavattiṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Vetaraṇimpi^eb^ itare niraye ca atikkamma. Te pana abbudādīnaṃ vasena avīciṃ dasadhā katvā avasesamahāniraye sattapi āyuppamāṇabhedena tayo tayo katvā ekatiṃsāti vadanti. Sañjīvādinirayasaṃvattanassa kammassa tikkhamajjhamudubhāvena tassa āyuppamāṇassa tividhatā vibhāvetabbā. Apare pana ‘‘aṭṭha mahānirayā soḷasa ussadanirayā ādito cattāro sitaniraye ekaṃ katvā satta sitanirayāti evaṃ ekatiṃsa mahānirayā’’ti ^a^M1.0105^ea^ vadanti. Mahānirayaggahaṇato ādito cattāro sitanirayā eko nirayo katoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tesa^eb^nti ^a^V1.0093^ea^ vicinitvā gahitapaccayānaṃ. ^b^Pañcanavutipāsaṇḍabhedā^eb^ papañcasūdanisaṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttanayena veditabbā. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti tesu dvīsu vicinanesu. ^b^Dakkhiṇāvicinanaṃ āha,^eb^ upamānāni hi nāma yāvadeva upameyyatthavibhāvanatthāni. Etena sukhettagahaṇatopi dakkhiṇeyyavicinanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pāṇesu saṃyamo^eb^ti iminā dasavidhampi kusalakammapathadhammaṃ dasseti. Yathā hi ‘‘pāṇesu saṃyamo’’ti iminā sattānaṃ jīvitāvoropanato saṃyamo vutto, evaṃ tesaṃ sāpateyyāvahārato paradārāmasanato visaṃvādanato aññamaññabhedanato pharusavacanena saṅghaṭṭanato niratthakavippalapanato parasantakābhijjhānato ucchedacintanato micchābhinivesanato ca saṃyamo hotīti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sīlānisaṃsaṃ kathetumāraddhā’’^eb^ti. Pharusavacanasaṃyamo panettha sarūpeneva vutto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Parassa upavādabhayenā^eb^ti pāpakiriyahetu parena attano vattabbaupavādabhayena. ^b^Upavādabhayā^eb^ti upavādabhayanimittaṃ. ‘‘Kathaṃ nu kho amhe pare na upavadeyyu’’nti āsīsantā ^b^pāpaṃ na karonti. Dhammapadamevā^eb^ti asaṅkhatadhammakoṭṭhāso eva ^b^seyyo^eb^ seṭṭho. Yasmā sabbasaṅkhataṃ aniccaṃ khayadhammaṃ vayadhammaṃ virāgadhammaṃ nirodhadhammaṃ, tasmā tadadhigamāya ussāho karaṇīyoti dasseti. Pubbasaddo kālavisesavisayoti āha ^b^‘‘pubbe ca kassapabuddhādikālepī’’^eb^tiādi. Puna akālaviseso apāṭiyekko bhummatthavisayovāti āha ^b^‘‘sabbepi vā’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^sabbepi vā^eb^ti ete sabbepi kassapabuddhādayo lokanāthā ^b^santo nāma^eb^ vūpasantasabbakilesasantāpā santasabbhūtaguṇattā.<br/><br/>[06]Sādhusuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 35
title: maccharisuttavaṇṇanā^sādhusuttavaṇṇanā^nasantisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^34^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kamanīyānī^eb^ti ^a^M1.0106^ea^ kantāni. Tato eva etāni ^b^iṭṭhārammaṇāni^eb^ sukhārammaṇāni ^b^rūpādīni,^eb^ te pana vatthukāmā, tadārammaṇakilesakāmā vā. ^b^‘‘Na santi kāmā manujesū’’^eb^ti desanāsīsametaṃ, nicchayena kāmā aniccāyeva. Maccu dhīyati etthāti ^b^maccudheyyaṃ^eb^. Na puna āgacchati ettha taṃ ^b^apunāgamanaṃ. Apunāgamanasaṅkhātaṃ nibbānaṃ^eb^ anupagacchanato. ^b^Nibbānaṃ hī^eb^tiādi vuttassevatthassa vivaraṇaṃ. ^b^Baddho^eb^ti paṭibaddhacitto. ^b^Pamatto^eb^ti vossaggapamādaṃ āpanno.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Taṇhāchandato^eb^^a^V1.0094^ea^^b^jātaṃ^eb^ tassa visesapaccayattā. Icchitaṃ hanatīti ^b^aghaṃ,^eb^ dukkhaṃ. Idha pana anavasesapariyādānavasena pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhanti. ^b^Chandavinayā aghavinayo^eb^ti hetunirodhena hi phalanirodho, evaṃ saupādisesanibbānaṃ vatvā ^b^aghavinayā dukkhavinayo^eb^ti anupādisesanibbānaṃ vadati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Citrānī^eb^ti kilesakāmāpi vedanādiṭṭhisampayogabhedena honti, ākārabhedena ca atthi savighātāvighātāti tato visesetuṃ ^b^‘‘ārammaṇacittānī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Saṅkappitarāgo^eb^ti subhādivasena saṅkappitavatthumhi rāgo. ^b^Kilesakāmo kāmoti vutto^eb^ tassevidha visesato kāmabhāvasiddhito. ^b^Pasūrasuttena vibhāvetabbo^eb^ ‘‘na te kāmā’’tiādinā tassa vatthumhi āgatattā. Idāni tamatthaṃ saṅkhepeneva vibhāvento ^b^‘‘pasūraparibbājako hī’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Na te kāmā yāni citrāni loke^eb^ti te ce kāmā na honti, yāni loke citrāni rūpādiārammaṇāni. ^b^Vedesī^eb^ti kevalaṃ saṅkapparāgañca kāmaṃ katvā vadesi ce. ^b^Hehintī^eb^ti bhaveyyunti attho. Suṇanto saddāni manoramāni, satthāpi te hehiti kāmabhogīti paccekaṃ gāthā, idha pana saṃkhipitvā dassitā. Dhīrā nāma dhitisampannāti āha ^b^‘‘paṇḍitā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tassā^eb^ti yo pahīnakodhamāno sabbaso saṃyojanātigo nāmarūpasmiṃ asajjanto rāgādikiñcanarahito, tassa. ^b^Mogharājā nāma thero^eb^ bāvarībrāhmaṇassa paricārakānaṃ soḷasannaṃ aññataro. ^b^Yathānusandhiṃ^eb^ appatto sāvasesa-^b^attho,^eb^ kiñci vattabbaṃ atthīti adhippāyo ^a^M1.0107^ea^. Sabbaso vimuttattāva devamanussā namassanti, ye taṃ paṭipajjanti. Tesaṃ kiṃ hoti? Kiñcipi na siyāti ayamettha atthaviseso? ^b^Dasabalaṃ sandhāyevamāha^eb^ ukkaṭṭhaniddesena. ^b^Anupaṭipattiyāti^eb^ paṭipattiṃ anugantvā paṭipajjanena. ^b^Namassanti^eb^ taṃ pūjenti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Catusaccadhammaṃ jānitvā^eb^ti tena paṭividdhaṃ catusaccadhammaṃ paṭivijjhitvā. Tathā ca buddhasubuddhatāya nibbematikā hontīti āha ^b^‘‘vicikicchaṃ pahāyā’’^eb^ti. Tato paraṃ pana anukkamena aggamaggādhigamena ^b^saṅgātigāpi^eb^ honti. Asekkhadhammapāripūriyā ^b^pasaṃsiyā^eb^ viññūnaṃ pasaṃsāpi hontīti.<br/><br/>[06]Nasantisuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 36
title: sādhusuttavaṇṇanā^nasantisuttavaṇṇanā^ujjhānasaññisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^35^eb^^b^.^eb^ Ujjhānavasena ^a^V1.0095^ea^ pavattā saññā etesaṃ atthi, ujjhānavasena vā sañjānantīti ^b^ujjhānasaññī. Kāraye^eb^ti katānaṃ pariyantaṃ kārayeti attho. ^b^Pariyantakārita^eb^nti paricchinnakāritaṃ parimitavacananti attho. Paṃsukūlādipaṭipakkhanayena ^b^pattuṇṇadukulādi^eb^ vuttaṃ. ^b^Nāmaṃ gahita^eb^nti etena ‘‘ujjhānasaññikā’’ti ettha ka-saddo saññāyanti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aññenākārena bhūta^eb^nti attanā pavediyamānākārato aññena asuddhena ākārena vijjamānaṃ upalabbhamānaṃ attānaṃ. ^b^Vañcetvā^eb^ti palambhetvā. ^b^Tassa^eb^ kuhakassa. ^b^Taṃ^eb^ catunnaṃ paccayānaṃ paribhuñjanaṃ. ^b^Parijānantī^eb^ti tassa paṭipattiṃ paricchijja jānanti. ^b^Kārako^eb^ti sammāpaṭipattiyā kattā, sammāpaṭipajjitāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ida^eb^nti liṅgavipallāsena vuttaṃ, ayanti attho. ^b^Dhammānudhammapaṭipadā^eb^ti nibbānadhammassa anucchavikatāya anudhammabhūtā paṭipadā. Paṭipakkhavidhamane asithilatāya ^b^daḷhā. Bhāsitamattena ca savanamattena cā^eb^ti ettha ^b^ca^eb^-saddo visesanivattiattho. Tena bhāsitassa sutassa ca sammāpaṭipattivisesaṃ nivatteti. ^b^Lokapariyāya^eb^nti lokassa parividhamanaṃ uppādanirodhavasena saṅkhārānaṃ parāvuttiṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘saṅkhāralokassa udayabbaya’’^eb^nti. Svāyamattho saccapaṭivedheneva hotīti āha ^b^‘‘catusaccadhammañca aññāyā’’^eb^ti ^a^M1.0108^ea^. ^b^Evaṃ na kubbantī^eb^ti attani vijjamānampi guṇaṃ anāvīkaronto ‘‘yathā tumhe vadatha, evaṃ na kubbantī’’ti avijjamānataṃ byākarotīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Akārakamevā^eb^ti dosaṃ akārakameva. Accayassa paṭiggaṇhanaṃ nāma adhivāsanaṃ, evaṃ so desakena desiyamāno tato vigato nāma hoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘paṭiggaṇhātūti khamatū’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabhāvenā^eb^ti sabhāvato. ^b^Ekasadisa^eb^nti paresaṃ cittācāraṃ jānantampi ajānantehi saha ekasadisaṃ karontā. ^b^Parato^eb^ti pacchā. ^b^Kathāya uppannāyā^eb^ti ‘‘kassaccayā na vijjantī’’tiādikathāya pavattamānāya ‘‘tathāgatassa buddhassā’’tiādinā ^b^buddhabalaṃ^eb^ buddhānubhāvaṃ dīpetvā. ^b^Khamissāmī^eb^ti accayadesanaṃ paṭiggaṇhissāmi. Tappaṭiggaho hi idha khamananti adhippetaṃ, satthā pana sabbakālaṃ khamo eva.<br/><br/>[03]Kopo ^a^V1.0096^ea^ antare citte etassāti ^b^kopantaro^eb^. Doso garu garukātabbo assāti ^b^dosagaru^eb^. ‘‘Paṭimuccatī’’ti vā pāṭho, ayameva attho. ^b^Accāyikakamma^eb^nti sahasā anupadhāretvā kiriyā. ^b^No cidhā^eb^ti no ce idha. ^b^Idhā^eb^ti nipātamattaṃ. ^b^Apagataṃ^eb^ apanītaṃ. Doso no ce siyā, tena pariyāyena yadi aparādho nāma na bhaveyyāti. ^b^Na sammeyyuṃ^eb^ na vūpasameyyuṃ. ^b^Kusalo^eb^ti anavajjo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dhīro sato^eb^ti padadvayena vaṭṭachindaṃ āha. ^b^Ko niccameva paṇḍito nāmāti attho^eb^ti ‘‘kassaccayā’’tiādikāya pucchāgāthāya attho. Dīghamajjhimasaṃvaṇṇanāsu tathāgata-saddo vitthārato saṃvaṇṇitoti āha ^b^‘‘evamādīhi kāraṇehi tathāgatassā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Buddhattādīhī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena ‘‘bodhetā pajāyā’’tiādinā (mahāni. 192; cūḷani. pārāyanatthutigāthāniddesa 97) niddese āgatakāraṇāni saṅgayhanti. ^b^Vimokkhaṃ^eb^ vuccati ariyamaggo, tassa ^b^anto^eb^ aggaphalaṃ, tattha bhavā ^b^paṇṇatti,^eb^ tassā vasena. Evaṃ buddhabalaṃ dīpeti. Idāni khittaṃ saṅkhepena saṃharāpitaṃ hotīti dasseti.<br/><br/>[06]Ujjhānasaññisuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 37
title: nasantisuttavaṇṇanā^ujjhānasaññisuttavaṇṇanā^saddhāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^36^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tatvassā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0109^ea^ o-kārassa va-kārādesaṃ a-kārassa ca lopaṃ katvā niddesoti āha ^b^‘‘tato assā’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Tatassā’’ti vā pāṭho, ^b^tato^eb^ti ca saddhāhetūti attho. ^b^Nānupatantī^eb^ti na vattanti. ^b^Pamādaṃ karontī^eb^ti pamajjanti, micchā paṭipajjantīti attho. ^b^Lakkhaṇānī^eb^ti aniccādilakkhaṇāni. ^b^Upanijjhāyatī^eb^ti upecca ñāṇacakkhunā pekkhati, anupassatīti attho. ^b^Āgatakicca^eb^nti āhatakiccaṃ, ayameva vā pāṭho. ^b^Sādhetī^eb^ti asammohapaṭivedhavasena nipphādeti, tathalakkhaṇaṃ nirodhasaccaṃ upanijjhāyatīti ayamattho maggepi vattabbo tena vinā asammohapaṭivedhassa asambhavato. ^b^Kasiṇārammaṇassā^eb^ti idaṃ lakkhaṇavacanaṃ. Akasiṇārammaṇasamāpattiyopi hi santīti. Yathā ca kasiṇārammaṇāni aṭṭhannaṃ samāpattīnaṃ avasesānañca tadārammaṇānaṃ paccavekkhaṇavasena cittānaṃ, evaṃ tena tāni ārammaṇāni gahitānīti ‘‘kasiṇārammaṇassa’’icceva vuttaṃ. Paramaṃ uttamaṃ sukhanti vattabbato ^b^paramasukhaṃ arahattaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[06]Saddhāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 38
title: ujjhānasaññisuttavaṇṇanā^saddhāsuttavaṇṇanā^samayasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^37^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Udānaṃ^eb^^a^V1.0097^ea^^b^paṭiccā^eb^ti ukkākaraññā jātisambhedaparihāranimittaṃ attano vaṃsaparisuddhaṃ nissāya vuttaṃ pītiudāhāraṃ paṭicca gottavasena ^b^‘‘sakkā’’ti laddhanāmānaṃ^eb^. Yadi ekopi janapado, kathaṃ bahuvacananti āha ^b^‘‘ruḷhīsaddenā’’^eb^ti. Akkharacintikā hi īdisesu ṭhānesu yutte viya saliṅgavacanāni icchanti, ayamettha ruḷhī yathā ‘‘avantī kurū’’ti, tabbisesane pana janapadasadde jātisaddatāya ekavacanameva. ^b^Aropime^eb^ti kenaci na ropime.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Āvaraṇenā^eb^ti setunā. ^b^Bandhāpetvā^eb^ti paṇḍupalāsapāsāṇamattikakhaṇḍādīhi āliṃ thiraṃ kārāpetvā. ^b^Sassāni kārentī^eb^ti jeṭṭhamāse kira ghammassa balavabhāvena himavante himaṃ vilīyitvā sanditvā anukkamena rohiṇiṃ nadiṃ pavisati, taṃ bandhitvā sassāni kārenti. ^b^‘‘Jātiṃ^eb^^a^M1.0110^ea^^b^ghaṭṭetvā kalahaṃ vaḍḍhayiṃsū’’^eb^ti saṅkhepena vuttamatthaṃ pākaṭataraṃ kātuṃ ^b^‘‘koliyakammakarā vadantī’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Niyuttāmaccāna^eb^nti tasmiṃ sassaparipālanakamme niyojitamahāmattānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tīṇi jātakānī^eb^ti ‘‘kuṭhārihattho puriso’’tiādinā ^b^phandanajātakaṃ^eb^ (jā. 1.13.14 ādayo) ‘‘duddubhāyati bhaddante’’tiādinā ^b^duddubhajātakaṃ,^eb^ (jā. 1.4.85 ādayo) ‘‘vandāmi taṃ kuñjarā’’tiādinā ^b^laṭukikajātaka^eb^nti (jā. 1.5.39 ādayo) imāni tīṇi jātakāni. ^b^Dve jātakānī^eb^ti –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Sādhu sambahulā ñātī, api rukkhā araññajā;<br/><br/>[22]Vāto vahati ekaṭṭhaṃ, brahantampi vanappati’’nti. –<br/><br/>[07]Ādinā ^b^rukkhadhammajātakaṃ^eb^ (jā. 1.1.74).<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Sammodamānā gacchanti, jālamādāya pakkhino;<br/><br/>[22]Yadā te vivadissanti, tadā ehinti me vasa’’nti. (jā. 1.1.33) –<br/><br/>[07]Ādinā ^b^sammodamānajātaka^eb^nti imāni dve jātakāni.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Attadaṇḍā ^a^V1.0098^ea^ bhayaṃ jātaṃ, janaṃ passatha medhagaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Saṃvegaṃ kittayissāmi, yathā saṃvijitaṃ mayā’’ti. (su. ni. 941) –<br/><br/>[07]Ādinā ^b^attadaṇḍasuttaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tenā^eb^ti bhagavatā. ^b^Kalahakaraṇabhāvo^eb^ti kalahakaraṇassa atthibhāvo. Mahāpathaviyā mahagghe khattiye kasmā nāsethāti dassetvā kalahaṃ vūpasametukāmo bhagavā pathaviṃ nidassanabhāvena gaṇhīti dassento ^b^‘‘pathavī nāma kiṃ agghatī’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Aṭṭhāne^eb^ti akāraṇe. ^b^Veraṃ katvā^eb^ti virodhaṃ uppādetvā. Taṃtaṃpalobhanakiriyāya parakkamantiyo ^b^‘‘ukkaṇṭhantū’’ti sāsanaṃ pesenti^eb^. ^b^Kuṇāladahe^eb^ti kuṇāladahatīre patiṭṭhāya. ^b^Pucchitaṃ kathesi^eb^ anukkamena kuṇālasakuṇarājassa pucchāpasaṅgena ^b^kuṇālajātakaṃ^eb^ (jā. 2.21.kuṇālajātaka) kathessāmīti. ^b^Anabhiratiṃ vinodesi^eb^ itthīnaṃ dosadassanamukhena kāmānaṃ ādīnavokārasaṃkilesavibhāvanavasena. ^b^Purisapurisehī^eb^ti kosajjaṃ viddhaṃsetvā purisathāmabrūhanena uttamapurisehi no bhavituṃ vaṭṭatīti uppannacittā ^a^M1.0111^ea^. ^b^Avissaṭṭhasamaṇakammantā^eb^ apariccattakammaṭṭhānābhiyogāti attho. ^b^Nisīdituṃ vaṭṭatī^eb^ti bhagavā cintesīti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paduminiya^eb^nti padumavane. ^b^Vikasiṃsu^eb^ guṇagaṇavibodhena. ^b^Ayaṃ^eb^^b^imassa…pe… na kathesī^eb^ti iminā sabbepi te bhikkhū tāvadeva paṭipāṭiyā āgatattā aññamaññassa lajjamānā attanā paṭiladdhavisesaṃ bhagavato nārocesunti dasseti. ^b^Khīṇāsavāna^eb^ntiādinā tattha kāraṇamāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Osaṭamatte^eb^ti bhagavato santikaṃ upagatamatte. ^b^Ariyamaṇḍale^eb^ti ariyapuggalasamūhe. ^b^Pācīnayugandharaparikkhepato^eb^ti yugandharapabbatassa pācīnaparikkhepato, na bāhirakehi vuccamānaudayapabbatato. ^b^Rāmaṇeyyakadassanattha^eb^nti buddhuppādapaṭimaṇḍitattā visesato ramaṇīyassa lokassa ramaṇīyabhāvadassanatthaṃ. ^b^Ullaṅghitvā^eb^ti uṭṭhahitvā. ^b^Evarūpe khaṇe laye muhutte^eb^ti yathāvutte candamaṇḍalassa uṭṭhitakkhaṇe uṭṭhitavelāyaṃ uṭṭhitamuhutteti uparūparikālassa vaḍḍhitabhāvadassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ jātiādivasena bhagavato anurūpaparivārabhāvaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘tatthā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Mahāsammatassa vaṃse uppanno^eb^tiādi kulavaṃsasuddhidassanaṃ. ^b^Khattiyagabbhe jāto^eb^ti idaṃ satipi jātivisuddhiyaṃ mātāpitūnaṃ vasena avisuddhatā siyāti tesampi ‘‘avisuddhatā natthi imesa’’nti ^a^V1.0099^ea^ visuddhidassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Satipi ca gabbhavisuddhiyaṃ katadosena missakattā arajjārahatāpi siyāti ‘‘tampi natthi imesa’’nti dassanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘rājapabbajitā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sāmantā^eb^ti samīpe. ^b^Caliṃsū^eb^ti uṭṭhahiṃsu. Kosamattaṃ ṭhānaṃ ^b^saddantaraṃ,^eb^ ‘‘saddasavanaṭṭhānameva saddantara’’nti apare. ^b^Tikkhattuṃ tesaṭṭhiyā nagarasahassesū^eb^ti jambudīpe kira ādito mahantāni tesaṭṭhi nagarasahassāni uppannāni, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ. Taṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘tikkhattuṃ tesaṭṭhiyā nagarasahassesū’’ti. Tāni pana sampiṇḍetvā satasahassato paraṃ navasahassādhikāni asītisahassāni. ^b^Navanavutiyā doṇamukhasatasahassesū^eb^ti navasatasahassādhikesu ^a^M1.0112^ea^ navutisatasahassesu doṇamukhesu. ^b^Doṇamukha^eb^nti ca mahānagarassa āyuppattiṭṭhānabhūtaṃ pādanagaraṃ vuccati. ^b^Chanavutiyā paṭṭanakoṭisatasahassesū^eb^ti chakoṭisatasahassādhikesu navutikoṭisatasahassapaṭṭanesu. Tambapaṇṇidīpādi^b^chapaṇṇāsāya ratanākaresu^eb^. Evaṃ pana nagara-doṇamukhapaṭṭana-ratanākarādibhāvena kathanaṃ taṃtaṃadhivatthāya vasantīnaṃ tāsaṃ devatānaṃ bahubhāvadassanatthaṃ. Yadi dasasahassacakkavāḷesu devatā sannipatitā. Atha kasmā pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘dasahi ca lokadhātūhī’’ti? Vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘dasasahassa…pe… adhippeta’’^eb^nti. Tena sahassilokadhātu idha ‘‘ekā lokadhātū’’ti veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Lohapāsāde^eb^ti sabbapaṭhamakate lohapāsāde. ^b^Brahmaloke^eb^ti heṭṭhime brahmaloke. Yadi tā devatā evaṃ nirantarā hutvā sannipatitā, pacchā āgatānaṃ okāso eva na bhaveyyāti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘yathā kho panā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Suddhāvāsakāye uppannā ^b^suddhāvāsakāyikā^eb^. Tāsaṃ pana yasmā suddhāvāsabhūmi nivāsaṭṭhānaṃ, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘suddhāvāsavāsīna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Āvāsā^eb^ti āvāsaṭṭhānabhūtā. Devatā pana orambhāgiyānaṃ itaresañca saṃyojanānaṃ samucchinnaṭṭhena suddho āvāso vihāro etesanti ^b^suddhāvāsā^eb^. ^b^Mahāsamāgamaṃ ñatvā^eb^ti mahāsamāgamaṃ gatāti ñatvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Puratthimacakkavāḷamukhavaṭṭiyaṃ otari^eb^ aññattha okāsaṃ alabhamāno. Evaṃ sesāpi. ^b^Maṇivamma^eb^nti indanīlamaṇimayaṃ kavacaṃ. Buddhānaṃ abhimukhabhāgo ^b^buddhavīthi,^eb^ sā yāva cakkavāḷā ^b^uttarituṃ na sakkā. Mahatiyā buddhavīthiyāvā^eb^ti buddhānaṃ santikaṃ upasaṅkamantehi tehi devabrahmehi valañjitabuddhavīthiyāva.<br/><br/>[03]Samiti ^a^V1.0100^ea^ saṅgati sannipāto samayo, mahanto samayo ^b^mahāsamayo^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘mahāsamūho’’^eb^ti. Pavaddhaṃ vanaṃ ^b^pavana^eb^nti āha ^b^‘‘vanasaṇḍo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Devaghaṭā^eb^ti devasamūhā. ^b^Samādahaṃsū^eb^ti samāhitaṃ lokuttarasamādhiṃ suṭṭhu appitaṃ akaṃsu. Tathā samāhitaṃ pana samādhinā niyojitaṃ nāma hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘samādhinā yojesu’’^eb^nti. Sabbesaṃ gomuttavaṅkādīnaṃ dūrasamussāritattā ^b^attano…pe… akariṃsu^eb^. Vinayati asse etehīti ^b^nettāni,^eb^ yottāni. Avīthipaṭipannānaṃ assānaṃ vīthipaṭipādanaṃ rasmiggahaṇena hotīti ^b^‘‘yottāni gahetvā acodento’’^eb^ti vatvā taṃ pana acodanaṃ avāraṇamevāti āha ^b^‘‘acodento avārento’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Yathā ^a^M1.0113^ea^ khīlaṃ bhittiyaṃ, bhūmiyaṃ vā ākoṭitaṃ dunnīharaṇaṃ, yathā ca palighaṃ nagarappavesanivāraṇaṃ, yathā ca indakhīlaṃ gambhīranemi sunikhātaṃ dunnīharaṇaṃ, evaṃ rāgādayo sattasantānato dunnīharaṇā nibbānanagarappavesanivāraṇā cāti te ^b^‘‘khīlaṃ palighaṃ indakhīla’’^eb^nti ca vuttā. ^b^Ūhaccā^eb^ti uddharitvā. Taṇhāejāya abhāvena ^b^anejā^eb^. Paramasantuṭṭhabhāvena cātuddisattā ^b^appaṭihatacārikaṃ caranti^eb^. Buddhacakkhu-dhammacakkhu-dibbacakkhu-samantacakkhu-pakaticakkhūnaṃ vasena ^b^pañcahi cakkhūhi^eb^. Sudantā kutoti āha ^b^‘‘cakkhutopī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Chandādīhī^eb^ti chandādīnaṃ vasena ^b^na gacchanti^eb^ na vattanti. ^b^Na āgacchanti^eb^ anuppādanato. ^b^Āgu^eb^nti aparādhaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabbasaṃyogā^eb^ti vibhattilopena niddeso, sabbe saṃyogeti attho. ^b^Visajjāti^eb^ visajjitvā. ^b^Evampī^eb^ti imāyapi gāthāya vasena ‘‘āguṃ na karotī’’ti pade.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Gatāse^eb^ti gatā eva. ^b^Na gamissanti^eb^ pariniṭṭhitasaraṇagamanattā. Lokuttarasaraṇagamanañhettha adhippetaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nibbematikasaraṇagamanena gatā’’^eb^ti. Te hi niyamena apāyaṃ na gamissanti, devakāyañca paripūressanti. Ye pana lokiyena saraṇagamanena buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā, na te gamissanti apāyaṃ, sati ca paccayantarasamavāye pahāya mānusaṃ dehaṃ devakāyaṃ paripūressantīti. Tenāha so brahmā ^b^‘‘ye keci buddhaṃ…pe… paripūressantī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Samayasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 39
title: saddhāsuttavaṇṇanā^samayasuttavaṇṇanā^sakalikasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^38^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ta^eb^nti uyyānaṃ saṅkhaṃ gatanti sambandho. Dhanunā sarena gahanti pothayanti bādhentīti ^b^dhanuggahā. Taṃ sampaṭicchī^eb^ti tassā silāya heṭṭhābhāgena uggantvā sampaṭicchi. Satthu puññānubhāvena ^a^V1.0101^ea^ upahatattā sayampi paripatantī vātaṃ upatthambheti. ^b^Abhihani^eb^ satthārā anāvajjitattā. Tañca kho kammaphalavasenāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tato eva ^b^tato paṭṭhāya bhagavato aphāsu jāta^eb^nti etenapi upādiṇṇakasarīre nāma aniṭṭhāpi samphassakā patanti eva tathārūpena kammunā katokāseti dasseti. ^b^Ayaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0114^ea^^b^vihāro^eb^ti gijjhakūṭavihāro. ^b^Ujjaṅgalo^eb^ na kattabbaparo. ^b^Visamo^eb^ti bhūmibhāgavasena visamo. Sivikākārena sajjito mañco eva ^b^mañcasivikā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bhusā^eb^ti daḷhā. ^b^Dukkhā^eb^ti dukkhamā duttitikkhā. ^b^Kharā^eb^ti kakkasā. ^b^Kaṭukā^eb^ti aniṭṭhā. ^b^Asātā^eb^ti na sātā appiyā. ^b^Na appetī^eb^ti na upeti. ^b^Na appāyantī^eb^ti na khamanti. Vedanādhivāsanakhantiyā satisampajaññayuttattā sabbasattaṭṭhitāhārasamudayavatthujātassa ādīnavanissaraṇānaṃ pageva suppaṭividitattā yathā samudācāro cittaṃ nābhibhavati, evaṃ sammadeva upaṭṭhāpitasatisampajaññattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘vedanādhivāsana…pe… hutvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Apīḷiyamāno^eb^ti abādhiyamāno. Kāmaṃ aniṭṭhāya vedanāya phuṭṭho tāya apīḷiyamāno nāma natthi, pariññātavatthukattā pana tassā vase avattamāno ‘‘avihaññamāno’’ti vutto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘samparivattasāyitāya vedanānaṃ vasaṃ agacchanto’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sīhaseyya^eb^nti ettha sayanaṃ seyyā, sīhassa viya seyyā sīhaseyyā, taṃ sīhaseyyaṃ. Atha vā ^b^sīhaseyya^eb^nti seṭṭhaseyyaṃ uttamaseyyaṃ. Svāyamattho aṭṭhakathāyameva āgamissati. ‘‘Vāmena passena sentī’’ti evaṃ vuttā ^b^kāmabhogiseyyā^eb^. ^b^Dakkhiṇapassena sayāno nāma natthi^eb^ dakkhiṇahatthassa sarīraggahaṇādiyogakkhamato. Purisavasena cetaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Ekena passena sayituṃ na sakkonti^eb^ dukkhuppattito. ^b^Ayaṃ sīhaseyyā^eb^ti ayaṃ yathāvuttā sīhaseyyā. ^b^Tejussadattā^eb^ti iminā sīhassa abhītabhāvaṃ dasseti. Bhīrukajātikā hi sesamigā attano āsayaṃ pavisitvā utrāsabahulā santāsapubbakaṃ yathā tathā sayanti, sīho pana abhirukabhāvato satokārī bhikkhu viya satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvāva sayati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dve purimapāde’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Purimapāde^eb^ti dakkhiṇapurimapāde vāmassa purimapādassa ṭhapanavasena dve purimapāde ekasmiṃ ṭhāne ṭhapetvā. ^b^Pacchimapāde^eb^ti dve pacchimapāde. Vuttanayeneva idhāpi ekasmiṃ ṭhāne ṭhapanaṃ veditabbaṃ. ^b^Ṭhitokāsasallakkhaṇaṃ^eb^ abhīrukabhāveneva. ^b^Sīsaṃ pana ukkhipitvā^eb^tiādinā vuttasīhakiriyā anutrāsapabujjhanaṃ viya abhīrukabhāvasiddhā dhammatāvasenevāti veditabbā. ^b^Sīhavijambhitavijambhanaṃ^eb^ ativelaṃ ekākārena ṭhapitānaṃ sarīrāvayavānaṃ ^a^M1.0115^ea^ gamanādikiriyāsu yoggabhāvāpādanatthaṃ. ^b^Tikkhattuṃ sīhanādanadanaṃ^eb^ appesakkhamigajātapariharaṇatthaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Seti ^a^V1.0102^ea^ abyāvaṭabhāvena pavattati etthāti seyyā, catutthajjhānameva seyyā ^b^catutthajjhānaseyyā^eb^. Kiṃ panettha taṃ catutthajjhānanti? Ānāpānacatutthajjhānaṃ. Tato hi vuṭṭhahitvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā anukkamena aggamaggaṃ adhigantvā tathāgato jātoti. ‘‘Tayidaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ nāma, na seyyā, tathāpi yasmā ‘catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā samanantaraṃ bhagavā parinibbāyī’ti ^b^mahāparinibbāne^eb^ (dī. ni. 2.219) āgataṃ. Tasmā lokiyacatutthajjhānasamāpatti eva ^b^tathāgataseyyā’’^eb^ti keci. Evaṃ sati parinibbānakālikāva tathāgataseyyāti āpajjati; na ca tathāgato lokiyacatutthajjhānasamāpajjanabahulo vihāsi. Aggaphalavasena pavattaṃ panettha catutthajjhānaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tattha yathā sattānaṃ niddupagamalakkhaṇā seyyā bhavaṅgacittavasena hoti, sā ca nesaṃ paṭhamaṃ jātisamanvayā yebhuyyavuttikā, evaṃ bhagavato ariyajātisamanvayaṃ yebhuyyavuttikaṃ aggaphalabhūtaṃ catutthajjhānaṃ ^b^tathāgataseyyā^eb^ti veditabbā. ^b^Sīhaseyyā^eb^ nāma seṭṭhaseyyāti āha ^b^‘‘uttamaseyyā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Kālaparicchedaṃ katvā yathāparicchedaṃ uṭṭhahissāmī’’ti evaṃ tadā manasikārassa akatattā pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘uṭṭhānasaññaṃ manasikaritvā’’ti na vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘uṭṭhānasaññanti panettha na vutta’’^eb^nti. Tattha kāraṇamāha ^b^‘‘gilānaseyyā hesā’’^eb^ti. Sā hi cirakālappavattikā hoti.<br/><br/>[03]Visuṃ visuṃ rāsivasena anāgantvā ekajjhaṃ puñjavasena āgatattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sabbāpi tā’’^eb^ti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sattasatā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vikāramattampī^eb^ti vedanāya asahanavasena pavattanākāramattampi. ^b^Susammaṭṭhakañcanaṃ viyā^eb^ti sammaṭṭhasusajjitasuvaṇṇaṃ viya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dhammālapana^eb^nti asaṅkhārikasamuppannasabhāvālapanaṃ. Samullapitañhi ākārasamānavacanametaṃ. Nāgo viya vāti pavattatīti nāgavo. Tassa bhāvo ^b^nāgavatā^eb^. Vibhattilopena hesa niddeso, mahānāgahatthisadisatāyāti attho. ^b^Byattuparicaraṇaṭṭhenā^eb^ti byattaṃ uparūpari attano kiriyācaraṇena. ^b^Ājānīyo^eb^ti sammāpatitaṃ ^b^dukkhaṃ^eb^ sahanto ^a^M1.0116^ea^ attanā kātabbakiriyaṃ dhīro hutvā nitthārako. Kāraṇākāraṇajānanenāti niyyānikāniyyānikakaraṇañātatāya. ^b^Tenevaṭṭhenā^eb^ti appaṭisamaṭṭheneva. ‘‘Mutto moceyya’’ntiādi ^b^dhuravāhaṭṭhena. Nibbisevanaṭṭhenā^eb^ti rāgādivisavigatabhāvena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aniyamitāṇattī^eb^ti anuddesikaṃ āṇāpanaṃ. Sāmaññakatopi samādhisaddo pakaraṇato idha visesatthoti āha ^b^‘‘samādhinti arahattaphalasamādhi’’^eb^nti. Paṭippassaddhivasena sabbakilesehi suṭṭhu ^a^V1.0103^ea^ vimuttanti ^b^suvimuttaṃ. Abhinataṃ nāma^eb^ ārammaṇe abhimukhabhāvena pavattiyā. ^b^Apanataṃ^eb^ apagamanavasena pavattiyā, vimukhatāyāti attho. Lokiyajjhānacittaṃ viya vipassanā viya ca sasaṅkhārena sappayogena tadaṅgappahānavikkhambhanapahānavasena ca vikkhambhetvā na adhigataṃ na ṭhapitaṃ, kiñcarahi kilesānaṃ sabbaso chinnatāyāti āha ^b^‘‘chinnattā vataṃ phalasamādhinā samāhita’’^eb^nti. ^b^Atikkamitabba^eb^nti ācārātikkamavasena laṅghitabbaṃ. Sā pana laṅghanā āsādanā ghaṭṭanāti āha ^b^‘‘ghaṭṭetabba’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]Pañcavedā nāma – iruvedo, yajuvedo, sāmavedo, āthabbaṇavedo, itihāso cāti evaṃ itihāsapañcamānaṃ vedānaṃ. ‘‘Cara’’nti vacanavipallāsena vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘carantā’’^eb^ti, tapantāti attho. ^b^Hīnattarūpā^eb^ti hīnādhimuttikatāya nihīnacittasabhāvā. Vimuttikatāya abhāvato ^b^nibbānaṅgamā na honti^eb^. Arahattādhigamakammassa abhabbatāya ^b^parihīnatthā^eb^. ^b^Ajjhotthaṭā^eb^ti abhibhūtā. ^b^Tādiseheva sīlehī^eb^ti gosīlādīhi. ^b^Baddhā^eb^ti samādapetvā pavattanavasena anubaddhā. ^b^Lūkhaṃ tapa^eb^nti attakilamathānuyogaṃ. Taṃ pana ekadesena dassento ^b^‘‘pañcātapatāpana’’^eb^ntiādimāha. ‘‘Evaṃ paṭipannassa mokkho natthi, evaṃ paṭipannassa vaṭṭato mutti atthī’’ti vadantī sā attato sāsanassa niyyānabhāvo kathito nāma hotīti āha ^b^‘‘sāsanassa niyyānikabhāvaṃ kathentī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ādi^eb^nti gāthādvayaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Sakalikasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 40
title: samayasuttavaṇṇanā^sakalikasuttavaṇṇanā^paṭhamapajjunnadhītusuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^39^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Cātumahārājikassā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0117^ea^ cātumahārājikakāyikassa. ^b^Dhammo anubuddho^eb^ti catusaccadhammo pariññeyyādibhāvassa anurūpato buddho. ^b^Paccakkhamevā^eb^ti parapattiyā ahutvā attapaccakkhameva katvā jānāmi. Dhammaṃ garahantā nāma saddadosavasena vā atthadosavasena vā garaheyyunti taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘hīnakkhara…pe… kotivā’’^eb^ti āha. Sā pana ‘‘tesaṃ vigarahā dummedhatāya mahānatthāvahāvā’’ti dassentī devatā āha ^b^‘‘dummedhā upenti roruva’’^eb^nti. ^b^Visuṃ hotī^eb^ti avīcimahānirayato visuṃ eva hoti. ^b^Khantiyā^eb^ti ñāṇakhantiyā. ^b^Upasamenā^eb^ti rāgādīnaṃ sabbaso vūpasamena. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ruccitvā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[06]Paṭhamapajjunnadhītusuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 41
title: sakalikasuttavaṇṇanā^paṭhamapajjunnadhītusuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyapajjunnadhītusuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^40^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Buddhañca^eb^^a^V1.0104^ea^^b^dhammañca namassamānā^eb^ti buddhasubuddhataṃ dhammasudhammatañca ñatvā tadubhayaṃ namassamānā. Yasmā buddhe ca dhamme ca pasanno saṅghe ca pasanno eva hoti tassa suppaṭipattiyā vijānanato, tasmā so attho gāthāya ca-saddasaṅgahitoti dassento ^b^‘‘ca-saddena saṅghañcā’’^eb^ti āha ^b^atthavatiyo^eb^ti lokiyalokuttarātthasaṅgahitā lokiyakusalalokuttaramaggasaṅgaṇhanato. ^b^Yaṃ dhammaṃ sā abhāsī^eb^ti yaṃ tumhākaṃ dhammaṃ paṭivijjhitvā ṭhitā, sā mahākokanadā attano balānurūpaṃ abhāsi. ^b^Bahunā^eb^ti nānappakārena. ^b^Pariyāyenā^eb^ti kāraṇena. ^b^Tādiso^eb^ti tathārūpo tathāpaṭividdhasacco atthadhammādīsu kusalo ekekaṃ padampi udāharaṇahetunigamanāni nīharanto ācikkhati deseti paññapeti paṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānīkaroti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ayaṃ bhagavā’’^eb^tiādi. Etena ativiya vitthārakkhamo sugatadhammoti dasseti. ^b^Pariyāpuṭa^eb^nti parivattitaṃ. Evaṃ vitthārakkhamaṃ ^a^M1.0118^ea^ dhammaṃ yasmā devadhītā ‘‘saṃkhittamatthaṃ lapayissāmī’’ti avoca, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘tassattha’’^eb^ntiādi.<br/><br/>[06]Dutiyapajjunnadhītusuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Satullapakāyikavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 42
title: paṭhamapajjunnadhītusuttavaṇṇanā^ādittavaggo^ādittasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^41^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sīsa^eb^nti desanāpadeso, desanāya aññesupi vattabbesu kassacideva sīsabhāgena apadisanaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘rāgādīhī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Dānenā^eb^ti attano santakassa paresaṃ pariccajanena. Taṃ pana pariccajanaṃ cetanāya hotīti āha ^b^‘‘dānacetanāyā’’^eb^ti ^b^dānapuññacetanā^eb^ti dānamayā puññacetanā ^b^dāyakasseva hoti^eb^ taṃsantatipariyāpannattā. ^b^Nīhatabhaṇḍaka^eb^nti ādittagehato bahi nikkhāmitaṃ bhaṇḍakaṃ. ^b^Eta^eb^nti ‘‘dinnaṃ hotī’’tiādivacanaṃ. ^b^Adinne^eb^ti dānamukhe aniyuñjite bhoge. ‘‘Antenā’’ti jīvitassa anto adhippetoti āha ^b^‘‘maraṇenā’’^eb^ti. Mamāti pariggahitattā ^b^pariggahā,^eb^ bhogā. Tepi kenaci ākārena vināsaṃ anupagatā maraṇena pahīyanti ^a^V1.0105^ea^ nāmāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘corādīnaṃ vasena avinaṭṭhabhoge’’^eb^ti. Sobhanā aggabhūtā rūpādayo etthāti saggo, taṃ ^b^saggaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[06]Ādittasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 43
title: ādittavaggo^ādittasuttavaṇṇanā^kiṃdadasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^42^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dve tīṇi bhattāni abhutvā^eb^ti dve tayo vāre bhattāni abhuñjitvā. ^b^Uṭṭhātuṃ na sakkotī^eb^ti uṭṭhātumpi na sakkotī, pageva aññaṃ sarīrena kātabbakiccaṃ dubbalabhāvato. ^b^Dubbalopi hutvā^eb^ti bhuñjanato pubbe dubbalo hutvā balasampanno hoti. Evaṃ byatirekato anvayato ca āhārassa sarīre balavataṃ āha. Yasmā annado ^a^M1.0119^ea^ dāyako paṭiggāhakassa balado hoti, tasmā so āyatiṃ attano sarīre balado avināsavasena balassa rakkhako ca hoti. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘balaṃ kho pana datvā balassa bhāgī hotī’’ti (a. ni. 5.37) sesapadesupi eseva nayo. ^b^Surūpopī^eb^ti abhirūpopi. ^b^Virūpo hotī^eb^ti bībhaccharūpo kopīnassa acchannattā. ^b^Idañca yāna^eb^nti sāmaññato vuttaṃ. ^b^Upāhanā^eb^ti sarūpato dasseti. Adukkhappatto hutvā yāti vattati etenāti ^b^yāna^eb^nti chattādīnampi yānabhāvo vutto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yānado sukhado hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Cakkhudo nāma^eb^ hoti cakkhunā kātabbakicce sahakārīkāraṇabhāvato dīpassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Sabbesaṃyeva balādīnaṃ dāyako hotī’’^eb^ti saṅkhepato vuttaṃ atthaṃ vitthārato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘dve tayo gāme’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Nisajjādivasena patissayitabbato ^b^patissayo,^eb^ vihāro. ^b^Pakkhittaṃ viya hoti^eb^ parissamassa vinoditattā. ^b^Bahi vicarantassā^eb^ti patissayaṃ alabhitvā bahi vivaṭaṅgaṇe vicarantassa. ^b^Jhāyatī^eb^ti jhāyantaṃ hoti, kilamatīti attho. Sītuṇhādivirodhipaccayavasena sasantāne ^b^visabhāgasantati,^eb^ tabbipariyāyato ^b^sabhāgasantati^eb^ veditabbā. Sukhaṃ nāma dukkhapaccayaparihārato sukhapaccayuppannato ca hoti, tadubhayaṃ patissayavasena labhatīti dassento ^b^‘‘bahi vicarantassa pāde’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Dhammapītisukha^eb^nti dhammapaccavekkhaṇena uppannapītisukhaṃ. ^b^Upasamasukha^eb^nti kilesānaṃ vūpasamena pavattasukhaṃ. Nivātaṃ pihitavātapānaṃ patissayaṃ pavisitvā dvāraṃ pidhāya ṭhitassa andhakāro hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘kūpe otiṇṇo viya hotī’’^eb^ti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘mañcapīṭhādīni na paññāyantī’’^eb^ti. Tayidaṃ bahisamāpannaparissamadosena, na ca patissayadosena. Tenāha ^b^‘‘muhutta’’^eb^ntiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Na ^a^V1.0106^ea^ marati etenāti ^b^amaraṇaṃ,^eb^ nibbānādhigamādayo. Tassa dānaṃ dhammūpadeso, taṃ deti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yo dhammaṃ anusāsatī’’^eb^ti. Tayidaṃ dhammānusāsanaṃ kathaṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘aṭṭhakatha’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Aṭṭhakathaṃ kathetī^eb^ti avivaṭapāṭhassa pāḷiyā atthasaṃvaṇṇanaṃ karotīti attho. Anadhītino pana ^b^pāḷiṃ vāceti^eb^. Tattha tattha gataṭṭhāne ^b^pucchitapañhaṃ vissajjeti,^eb^ ayaṃ tāva ganthadhuro, paṭipattivāsadhure pana ^b^kammaṭṭhānaṃ ācikkhati,^eb^ ubhayesampi ^a^M1.0120^ea^^b^dhammassavanaṃ karoti. Sabbadāna^eb^nti yathāvuttāamisadānaṃ abhayadānaṃ. ^b^Dhammadāna^eb^nti dhammadesanā. ^b^Dhammaratī^eb^ti samathavipassanādhamme abhirati. ^b^Dhammaraso^eb^ti saddhammasannissayaṃ pītipāmojjaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Kiṃdadasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 44
title: ādittasuttavaṇṇanā^kiṃdadasuttavaṇṇanā^annasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^43^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Patthentī^eb^ti pihenti. Yatthassa upagamanaṃ loke pākaṭataraṃ ahosi, te udāharaṇavasena dassento ^b^‘‘cittagahapatisīvalittherādike viyā’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Anna^eb^nti annasaññito catubbidhopi paccayo. Sabbepi dāyake ekajjhaṃ gahetvā sāmaññato ekavasena ^b^‘‘dāyakamevā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, yathā cāha ^b^‘‘ko nāma so yakkho, yaṃ annaṃ nābhinandatī’’^eb^ti? Tattha ^b^yakkho^eb^ti satto. Sāmaññajotanā ca nāma yasmā puthuatthavisayā, tasmā ^b^‘‘ye naṃ dadanti saddhāya, vippasannena cetasā. Tameva annaṃ bhajatī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^ma^eb^-kāro padasandhikaro, te evāti attho. ^b^Dāyakaṃ^eb^ apariccajanameva ^b^anugacchati^eb^ cakkaṃ viya kubbaraṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Annasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 45
title: kiṃdadasuttavaṇṇanā^annasuttavaṇṇanā^ekamūlasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^44^eb^^b^.^eb^ Patiṭṭhaṭṭhena avijjāsaṅkhātaṃ ekaṃ mūlaṃ etissāti ekamūlā. Taṃ ^b^ekamūlaṃ^eb^. Yathā saṃyojanīyesu assādānupassanāvasena taṇhāsamuppādo, evaṃ taṇhābhibhavavasena anavabodhoti ^b^avijjā taṇhāya mūlaṃ, taṇhā ca avijjāya mūlaṃ^eb^. Ayañhi nayo upanissayatāvasena vutto, sahajātavasena cāyaṃ aññamaññaṃ mūlabhāvo pākaṭoyeva. ^b^Idha pana^eb^ imissaṃ gāthāyaṃ ^b^adhippetā^eb^ ‘‘ekamūla’’nti sā taṇhā. Tattha yā bhavataṇhā, sā sassatadiṭṭhivasena āvaṭṭati parivattati, vibhavataṇhā ^a^M1.0121^ea^ ucchedadiṭṭhivasena, evaṃ ^b^dvirāvaṭṭaṃ. Sahajātakoṭiyā^eb^ti sahajātakoṭiyāpi, pageva sammuyhaṃ āpannassa pana vattamānāya taṇhāya balavabhāvena malīnatā siyā. ^b^Upanissayakoṭiyā^eb^ti upanissayakoṭiyāva sahajātakoṭiyā asambhavato. ^b^Pattharaṇaṭṭhānā^eb^ti vitthatā hutvā pavattiṭṭhānabhūmi ^a^V1.0107^ea^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tesu sā pattharatī’’^eb^ti. Samuddanaṭṭhena ^b^samuddo^eb^. Uttarituṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya patāya alaṃ pariyattoti pātālo, ayaṃ pana pātālo viyāti ^b^pātālo^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘appatiṭṭhaṭṭhenā’’^eb^ti. Agādhagambhīratāyāti attho.<br/><br/>[06]Ekamūlasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 46
title: annasuttavaṇṇanā^ekamūlasuttavaṇṇanā^anomasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^45^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Anomanāma^eb^nti anūnanāmaṃ. Guṇanemittikāni eva hi bhagavato nāmāni. Guṇānañcassa paripuṇṇatāya anūnanāmanti āha ^b^‘‘sabbaguṇasamannāgatattā’’^eb^tiādi. Apica tathā tevijjo, chaḷabhiññotiādīni nāmāni anomanāmāni na honti paricchinnavisayattā, bhagavato pana satthā, sabbaññū, sammāsambuddhotiādīni nāmāni anomanāmāni nāma mahāvisayattā anūnabhāvato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘avekallanāma’’^eb^nti. ^b^Khandhantarādayo^eb^ti khandhavisesādike. Ñāṇena yāthāvato araṇīyaṭṭhena ^b^atthe. Anvayapaññādhigamāyā^eb^ti lokuttarapaññāpaṭilābhāya. ^b^Paṭipada^eb^nti samathavipassanāpaṭipadaṃ. Kilesakāmānaṃ vasena allīyitabbaṭṭhena kāmā eva ^b^ālayo^eb^. Atītakāleyeva kamanataṃ gahetvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘kamamāna’’^eb^nti. Na etarahi tadabhāvatoti āha ^b^‘‘atītaṃ pana upādāya idaṃ vutta’’^eb^nti. Mahānubhāvatādinā ^b^mahantānaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[06]Anomasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 47
title: ekamūlasuttavaṇṇanā^anomasuttavaṇṇanā^accharāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^46^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Accharāgaṇasaṅghuṭṭha’’nti gāthā devaputtena yenādhippāyena gāyitā, so anupubbikathāya vinā na paññāyatīti taṃ āgamanato paṭṭhāya ^a^M1.0122^ea^ kathento ^b^‘‘ayaṃ kira devaputto’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^sāsane^eb^ti imasseva satthusāsane. ^b^Kammākamma^eb^nti kammavinicchayaṃ. Atthapurekkhāratāya appakiccatāya ca ^b^sallahukavuttiko. Sayanassa koṭṭhāso^eb^ti divasaṃ purimayāmañca bhāvanānuyogavasena kilantakāyassa samassāsanatthaṃ seyyāya upagamanabhāgo anuññāto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Abbhantare^eb^ti kucchiyaṃ bhattassa parittatāya ^b^satthakavātā^eb^ti tikkhabhāvena satthakā viya kantanakā vātā. ^b^Dhurasmiṃyevā^eb^ti kilesamārena yuddhe eva. Vimuttāyatanasīse ṭhatvā ^b^dhammaṃ desento vā. Upanissayamandatāya^eb^ aparipakkañāṇatāya āsavakkhayaṃ appatto kālaṃ katvāti yojanā. ^b^Upari ṭhita^eb^nti parikkhārabhāvena dibbadussūpari ṭhitaṃ. ^b^Tatheva aṭṭhāsī^eb^ti tāhi tathā vuttepi ^a^V1.0108^ea^ yathā tato pubbe, tatheva aṭṭhāsi. ^b^Suvaṇṇapaṭṭa^eb^nti nibbuddhe paṭijinitvā laddhabbasuvaṇṇapaṭṭaṃ. Vītikkamassa akatattā ^b^asambhinneneva sīlena^eb^. Yasmā tasmiṃ satthu santikaṃ āgacchante tāpi tena saddhiṃ āgamaṃsu tasmā ^b^‘‘accharāsaṅghaparivuto’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saṅghosita^eb^nti saṅgamma ghositaṃ, tattha tattha accharānaṃ gītasaddavasena ghositaṃ. ^b^Pisācagaṇaṃ katvā vadati^eb^ acchandarāgatāya. ^b^Niyāmacittatāyā^eb^ti sammattaniyāme ninnacittatāya. ^b^Garubhāvenā^eb^ti tāsaṃ vase avattanato garuṭṭhānabhāvena. ^b^Yātrā^eb^ti nibbānaṃ pati yātrā. Taṃ pana vaṭṭato niggamanaṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘kathaṃ niggamanaṃ bhavissatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Atisallekhatevā^eb^ti ativiya kilesānaṃ sallekhitavuttiko. ^b^Akatābhinivesassā^eb^ti bhāvanamananuyuttassa anāraddhavipassakassa. ^b^Kārakassā^eb^ti sugatovādakārakassa sammāpaṭipajjato. ^b^Suññatāvipassana^eb^nti suññatādīpanaṃ vipassanaṃ duccaritataṇhāya dūrīkaraṇena ekavihāritāya. ^b^Eko maggo assā^eb^ti lokuttaramaggo eva assa anāgato, pubbabhāgamaggo pana kataparicayoti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kāyavaṅkādīna^eb^nti kāyaduccaritādīnaṃ abhāvato samucchindanena anupalabbhanato. Natthi ettha bhayaṃ, asmiṃ vā adhigate puggalassa natthi bhayanti ^a^M1.0123^ea^^b^abhayaṃ nāma^eb^. Saṃsārakantāraṃ atikkamitvā nibbānasaṅkhātaṃ khemaṃ amataṭṭhānaṃ gamane sugatasārathinā susajjitayānabhāvato ^b^ratho akūjanoti aṭṭhaṅgiko maggova adhippeto^eb^. Dhammato anapetatāya aparāparuppattiyā ca ^b^dhammacakkehi^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ottappampi gahitameva^eb^ avinābhāvā. ^b^Apālambo^eb^ti avassayo. ^b^Parivāro^eb^ti parikkhāro abhisaṅkharaṇato. Maggassa karaṇaṭṭhāne dhammo tappariyāpannā ^b^sammādiṭṭhi. Aniccādivasenā^eb^ti aniccānupassanādivasena. ^b^Sodhitesu^eb^ vajjhamānesu. ^b^Bhūmiladdhavaṭṭa^eb^nti bhūmiladdhasaṅkhātaṃ vaṭṭaṃ. Tattha vipassanāya pavattiṭṭhānabhāvato pañcakkhandhā bhūmi nāma, vaṭṭamayakammabhāvato tattha uppajjanārahaṃ kilesajātaṃ bhūmiladdhavaṭṭaṃ. ^b^Parijānamānā^eb^ti paricchindanavasena samatikkamavasena jānamānā paṭivijjhantī.<br/><br/>[03]Kasmā devaputto sotāpattiphaleyeva patiṭṭhāsi, nanu ca sā desanā bhagavatā catumaggappadhānabhāvena pavattitāti āha ^b^‘‘yathā hī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[06]Accharāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 48
title: anomasuttavaṇṇanā^accharāsuttavaṇṇanā^vanaropasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^47^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kesa^eb^nti ^a^V1.0109^ea^ sāmivasena vuttakasaddo ‘‘dhammaṭṭhā sīlasampannā’’ti ettha paccattabahuvacanavasena pariṇāmetabbo. Atthavasena hi vibhattivipariṇāmo. ^b^Ke janā^eb^ti ettha vā vuttakesaddo sīhavilokananayena ānetvā yojetabboti āha ^b^‘‘ke dhammaṭṭhā, ke sīlasampannā’’^eb^ti? ^b^Pucchatī^eb^ti iminā tattha kāraṇamāha. Phalādisampattiyā āramanti ettha sattāti ārāmo. Ārāme ropenti nipphādentīti ^b^ārāmaropā^eb^. Vanīyati chāyāsampattiyā bhajīyatīti ^b^vanaṃ^eb^. Tattha yaṃ upavanalakkhaṇaṃ vanaṃ, taṃ ārāmaggahaṇeneva gahitanti tapovanalakkhaṇaṃ, taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘sīmaṃ parikkhipitvā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Visame^eb^ti udakacikkhallena visame padese. Pānīyaṃ pivanti etthāti papā, taṃ ^b^papaṃ^eb^. Udakaṃ pīyati etthāti vā papā. ^b^Taḷākādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena mātikaṃ saṅgaṇhāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Imamatthaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0124^ea^^b^sandhāyā^eb^ti iminā kammappathappattaṃ paṭikkhipati. Attanā katañhi puññaṃ anussarato taṃ ārabbha bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati, na pana yathā kataṃ puññaṃ sayameva pavaḍḍhati. ^b^Tasmiṃ dhamme ṭhitattā^eb^ti tasmiṃ ārāmaropanādidhamme patiṭṭhitattā. ^b^Tenapi sīlena sampannattā^eb^ti tena yathāvuttadhamme katasīle ṭhatvā ciṇṇena tadaññenapi kāyavācasikasaṃvaralakkhaṇena sīlena samannāgatattā. ^b^Dasa kusalā dhammā pūrenti^eb^ duccaritaparivajjanato. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.<br/><br/>[06]Vanaropasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 49
title: accharāsuttavaṇṇanā^vanaropasuttavaṇṇanā^jetavanasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^48^eb^^b^.^eb^ Esitaguṇattā esiyamānaguṇattā ca isī, asekkhā sekkhakalyāṇaputhujjanā ca. Isīnaṃ saṅgho ^b^isisaṅgho^eb^. Isisaṅghena nisevitaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘bhikkhusaṅghanisevita’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]Taṃ kārentassa gandhakuṭipāsādakūṭāgārādivasena siniddhasandacchāyarukkhalatāvasena bhūmibhāgasampattiyā ca anaññasādhāraṇaṃ atiramaṇīyaṃ taṃ jetavanaṃ cittaṃ toseti, tathā ariyānaṃ nivāsabhāvenapīti āha ^b^‘‘evaṃ paṭhamagāthāya jetavanassa vaṇṇaṃ kathetvā’’^eb^ti. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘yattha arahanto viharanti, taṃ bhūmirāmaṇeyyaka’’nti (dha. pa. 98; theragā. 991). Apacayagāmicetanā sattānaṃ visuddhiṃ āvahati kammakkhayāya saṃvattanatoti āha ^b^‘‘kammanti maggacetanā’’^eb^ti. Catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ viditakaraṇaṭṭhena kilesānaṃ vijjhanaṭṭhena ca ^b^vijjā^eb^^a^V1.0110^ea^. Maggapaññā sammādiṭṭhīti āha ^b^‘‘vijjāti maggapaññā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Samādhipakkhikā dhammā^eb^ sammāvāyāmasatisamādhayo. Yathā hi vijjāpi vijjābhāgiyā, evaṃ samādhipi samādhipakkhiko. Sīlaṃ etassa atthīti ^b^sīla^eb^nti āha ^b^‘‘sīle patiṭṭhitassa jīvitaṃ uttama’’^eb^nti. ^b^Diṭṭhisaṅkappā^eb^ti sammādiṭṭhisaṅkappā. Tattha sammāsaṅkappassa sammādiṭṭhiyā upakārabhāvena vijjābhāvo vutto. Tathā hi so paññākkhandhasaṅgahitoti vuccati. Yathā ca sammāsaṅkappādayo paññākkhandhasaṅgahitā, evaṃ vāyāmasatiyo ^a^M1.0125^ea^ samādhikkhandhasaṅgahitāti āha ^b^‘‘vāyāmasatisamādhayo’’^eb^ti. Dhammoti hi idha samādhi adhippeto ‘‘evaṃdhammā te bhagavanto ahesu’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.13; ma. ni. 3.197; saṃ. ni. 5.378) viya. ^b^Vācākammantājīvā^eb^ti sammāvācākammantājīvā. Maggapariyāpannā eva hete saṅgahitā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘etena aṭṭhaṅgikamaggenā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Upāyena vidhinā ariyamaggo bhāvetabbo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘samādhipakkhiyadhamma’’^eb^nti. Sammāsamādhipakkhiyaṃ vipassanādhammañceva maggadhammañca. ‘‘Ariyaṃ vo, bhikkhave, sammāsamādhiṃ desessāmi saupanisaṃ saparikkhāra’’nti (ma. ni. 3.136) hi vacanato sammādiṭṭhiādayo maggadhammā sammāsamādhiparikkhārā. ^b^Vicineyyā^eb^ti vīmaṃseyya, bhāveyyāti attho. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti hetumhi bhummavacanaṃ. Ariyamaggahetukā hi sattānaṃ visuddhi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tasmiṃ ariyamagge visujjhatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pañcakkhandhadhammaṃ vicineyyā^eb^ti paccuppanne pañcakkhandhe vipasseyya. Tesu vipassiyamānesu vipassanāya ukkaṃsagatāya yadaggena dukkhasaccaṃ pariññāpaṭivedhena paṭivijjhīyati, tadaggena samudayasaccaṃ pahānapaṭivedhena paṭivijjhīyati, nirodhasaccaṃ sacchikiriyāpaṭivedhena, maggasaccaṃ bhāvanāpaṭivedhena paṭivijjhīyatīti evaṃ tesu catūsu saccesu visujjhatīti imasmiṃ pakkhe nimittatthe eva bhummaṃ, tesu saccesu paṭivijjhiyamānesūti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Avadhāraṇavacana^eb^nti vavatthāpanavacanaṃ, avadhāraṇanti attho. ‘‘Sāriputtovā’’ti ca avadhāraṇaṃ sāvakesu ^b^sāriputtova seyyo^eb^ti imamatthaṃ dīpeti tassevukkaṃsabhāvato. ^b^Kilesaupasamenā^eb^ti iminā mahātherassa tādiso kilesavūpasamoti dasseti. Tassa sāvakavisaye paññāya pāramippatti ahosi. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘yopi pāraṅgato bhikkhu, etāvaparamo siyā’’ti idaṃ tesaṃ buddhānaṃ ñāṇavisaye paññāpāramippattānaṃ vaseneva vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Avadhāraṇampi vimuttiyā nānattā tīhi vimuttīhi pāraṅgate sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘pāraṃ gatoti nibbānaṃ^eb^^a^V1.0111^ea^^b^gato’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Na therena uttaritaro nāma atthi^eb^ labbhati, labbhati ce, evameva labbheyyāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[06]Jetavanasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 50
title: vanaropasuttavaṇṇanā^jetavanasuttavaṇṇanā^maccharisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^49^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Maccharino^eb^ti ^a^M1.0126^ea^ maccheravanto maccherasamaṅginoti āha ^b^‘‘maccherena samannāgatā’’^eb^ti. Maccheraṃ macchariyanti atthato ekaṃ. ^b^Na vandatī^eb^ti vandanamattampi na karoti, kuto dānanti adhippāyo. ^b^Upaṭṭhānaṃ kātu^eb^nti madhurapaṭisanthāraṃ karotīti yojanā. ^b^Idaṃ tāva mudumacchariyaṃ^eb^ na hadayaṃ viya attānaṃ dassentassa macchariyanti katvā. ^b^Kiṃ tuyhaṃ pādā rujjanti^eb^ nanu tuyhaṃyeva āgatagamanesu pādā rujjanti, kinte ime chindantīti adhippāyo. ^b^Sāmīcimpi na karoti^eb^ kuto dānanti adhippāyo. Yathākammaṃ taṃtaṃgatiyo aranti upagacchantīti ariyā, sattā. Ime pana kucchitā ariyāti ^b^kadariyā,^eb^ thaddhamaccharino. Macchariyasadisañhi kucchitaṃ sabbahīnaṃ natthi sabbaguṇābhibhūtattā bhogasampattiādisabbasampattīnaṃ mūlabhūtassa dānassa nisedhato. ^b^Itiādīhi^eb^ vacanehi. ^b^Attano upaghātako^eb^ti macchariyānuyogena kusaladhammānaṃ gatisampattiyā ca vināsako.<br/><br/>[03]Puññapāpavasena samparetabbato upagantabbato ^b^samparāyo,^eb^ paraloko. ^b^Kāmaguṇaratī^eb^ti kāmaguṇasannissayo assādo. ^b^Khiḍḍā^eb^ti kāyikakhiḍḍā vācasikakhiḍḍā cetasikakhiḍḍāti evaṃ tividhā. ^b^Esa vipāko^eb^ti coḷādīnaṃ kicchalābhoti esa evarūpo vipāko. ^b^Yamaloka^eb^nti paralokaṃ. ^b^Upapajjare^eb^ti ettha ^b^iti^eb^-saddo pakārattho. Tena pāḷiyaṃ vuttaṃ nirayaṃ tiracchānayoniñca saṅgaṇhāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yācanti^eb^ nāma ariyayācanāya. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘uddissa ariyā tiṭṭhanti, esā ariyāna yācanā’’ti (jā. 1.7.59). Ye saṃvibhajanti, te ^b^vadaññū^eb^ nāma ñatvā kattabbakaraṇato. ^b^Vimānappabhāyā^eb^ti nidassanamattaṃ, uyyānakapparukkhappabhāhi devatānaṃ vatthābharaṇasarīrappabhāhipi sagge pakāsentiyeva. ^b^Pakāsantī^eb^ti vā pākaṭā honti, na apāyaloke viya apākaṭāti attho. ^b^Parasambhatesū^eb^ti sayaṃ sambhataṃ anāpajjitvā pareheva sambharitesu sukhūpakaraṇesu. Tenāha pāḷiyaṃ ^b^‘‘vasavattīva modare’’^eb^ti, paranimmitabhogesu vasavattī devaputtā viya sukhasamaṅgitāya modantīti attho. ^b^Evaṃ vuttasamparāyo^eb^ti ete saggāti evaṃ heṭṭhā ^a^M1.0127^ea^ vuttasamparāyo. ^b^Ubhinna^eb^nti etesaṃ yathāvuttānaṃ ubhinnaṃ dukkaṭasukaṭakammakārīnaṃ. ^b^Tato cavitvā^eb^ tato nirayasaggādito cavitvā ^a^V1.0112^ea^ manussesu nibbattati. Tesu yo maccharī manussesu nibbatto, so daliddo hutvā pubbacariyavasena maccharīyeva honto dārādibharaṇatthaṃ macchakacchapādīni hantvā punapi niraye nibbatto. Itaro suddhāsayo samiddho hutvā pubbacariyāvasena punapi puññāni katvā sagge nibbatteyya. Tenāha ^b^‘‘puna samparāyepi duggatisugatiyeva hotī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Maccharisuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 51
title: jetavanasuttavaṇṇanā^maccharisuttavaṇṇanā^ghaṭīkārasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^50^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Upapannāse’’ti se-kārāgamaṃ katvā niddeso, ‘‘upapannā’’icceva atthoti āha ^b^‘‘nibbattivasena upagatā’’^eb^ti. Attano sampattito avihānato avihā, tesaṃ brahmaloko ^b^avihābrahmaloko,^eb^ tasmiṃ. ^b^Upapattisamanantaramevā^eb^ti paṭhamakoṭṭhāse eva. ^b^Arahattaphalavimuttiyā^eb^ti asekkhavimuttiyā. Sekkhavimuttiyā pana avihūpapattito pageva vimuttā. Mānusaṃ dehaṃ samatikkamanti cittupakkilesapahānavasenāti phalena hetudassanamidanti āha ^b^‘‘mānusaṃ dehanti idha…pe… vuttānī’’^eb^ti. Divi bhavaṃ dibbaṃ, brahmattabhāvasaññitaṃ khandhapañcakaṃ. Tattha saṃyojanakoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘dibbaṃ yoganti pañca uddhambhāgiyasaṃyojanānī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Imassā^eb^ti devaputtassa. ^b^‘‘Hitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, dibbayogaṃ upaccagu’’^eb^nti tesaṃ tvaṃ kusalaṃ sabbāvajjappahānena anavajjataṃ bhāsatīti kusalī vadesi. Atthena saddassa abhedopacāraṃ katvā gambhīravacanaṃ vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘gambhīrattha’’^eb^nti atthasseva gambhīrato, na saddassa. Samucchinnakāmarāgatāya sabbaso kāmavisayappahānena ^b^nirāmisabrahmacārī nāma anāgāmī^eb^. Nivāsanaṭṭhānabhūto samāno eko gāmo etassāti āha ^b^‘‘ekagāmavāsī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Ghaṭīkārasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Ādittavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 52
title: maccharisuttavaṇṇanā^jarāvaggo^jarāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^51^eb^^b^.^eb^ Hitassa ^a^M1.0128^ea^ sādhanato ^b^sādhu,^eb^ yaṃ kiñci atthajātaṃ. Taṃ pana atthakāmena labhitabbato upasevitabbato ^a^V1.0113^ea^ laddhakaṃ, kalyāṇaṭṭhena bhaddakanti vuccatīti āha ^b^‘‘sādhūti laddhakaṃ bhaddaka’’^eb^nti. ^b^‘‘Sīlaṃ yāva jarā sādhū’’^eb^ti vuttamatthaṃ byatirekato vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘iminā idaṃ dassetī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Ida^eb^nti idaṃ atthajātaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Patiṭṭhitā^eb^ti cittasantāne laddhapatiṭṭhā, kenaci asaṃhāriyā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘maggena āgatā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Cittīkataṭṭhādīhī^eb^ti pūjanīyabhāvādīhi. ^b^Vuttaṃ hetaṃ^eb^ porāṇaṭṭhakathāyaṃ. ^b^Cittīkatanti ratana^eb^nti idaṃ ratanaṃ nāma loke cittīkataṃ vatthūnaṃ sahassagghanatādivasena. ^b^Yepi loke cittīkatā^eb^ khattiyapaṇḍita-catumahārāja-sakka-suyāma-mahābrahmādayo, ^b^tesaṃ cittīkato^eb^ tehi saraṇanti upagantabbatādivasena. ^b^Ratikara^eb^nti pītisukhāvahaṃ. ^b^Jhānaratisukhenā^eb^ti duvidhenapi jhānaratisukhena. ^b^Tuletu^eb^nti paricchindituṃ. ^b^Guṇapārami^eb^nti guṇānaṃ ukkaṃsapāramiṃ. ^b^Dullabho^eb^ anekāni asaṅkhyeyyāni atidhāvitvāpi laddhuṃ asakkuṇeyyattā. ^b^Anomo^eb^ti anūno paripuṇṇo. Tattha visesato anomasattaparibhogato tehi ‘‘sammāsambuddho bhagavā’’ti anussaritabbatoti āha ^b^‘‘bhagavā anomo sīlenā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Ariyamaggapaññāyeva idha adhippetāti ^b^‘‘idha pana dullabhapātubhāvaṭṭhena paññā ‘ratana’nti vutta’’^eb^nti āha. Pujjaphalanibbattanato, attano santānaṃ punātīti ca puññacetanā ^b^puññaṃ,^eb^ sā pana yassa uppannā, tasseva āveṇikatāya anaññasādhāraṇattā kenacipi anāhaṭā, aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ^b^‘‘arūpattā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Jarāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 53
title: jarāvaggo^jarāsuttavaṇṇanā^ajarasāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^52^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ajīraṇenā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0129^ea^ jiṇṇabhāvānāpajjanena. Lakkhaṇavacanañcetaṃ avināsappattiyā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘avipattiyāti attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Niddhamitabbo^eb^ti nīharitabbo.<br/><br/>[06]Ajarasāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 54
title: jarāsuttavaṇṇanā^ajarasāsuttavaṇṇanā^mittasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^53^eb^^b^.^eb^ Saha atthena vattatīti ^b^sattho,^eb^ bhaṇḍamūlaṃ gahetvā vāṇijjavasena desantarādīsu vicaraṇakajanasamūho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘saddhiṃcaro’’^eb^ti, sahacaraṇakoti attho. ^b^Mitta^eb^nti sinehayogena mittakiccayuttaṃ ^a^V1.0114^ea^. Idhādhippetappakāraṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘roge uppanne’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Tathārūpe^eb^ti jigucchanīye, duttikicche vā. Yathā asaṇṭhitānaṃ saṇṭhāpanavasena pavasato purisassa bhogabyasane nāthatā, evaṃ puttasinehavasena puttassa mātuyā antogehe nāthatāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘mātā mittaṃ sake ghare’’^eb^ti. ^b^Atthajātassā^eb^ti upaṭṭhitapayojanassāti atthoti āha ^b^‘‘uppannakiccassā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Samparāyahita^eb^nti samparāye hitāvahaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Mittasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 55
title: ajarasāsuttavaṇṇanā^mittasuttavaṇṇanā^vatthusuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^54^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Patiṭṭhā^eb^ti avassayo. ^b^Guyhassā^eb^ti guhitabbassa rahassassa. ^b^Paramo sakhā nāma^eb^ atipiyaṭṭhānatāya.<br/><br/>[06]Vatthusuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 56
title: mittasuttavaṇṇanā^vatthusuttavaṇṇanā^paṭhamajanasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^55^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vidhāvatī^eb^ti vividhaṃ rūpaṃ padhāvati, yathākāmaṃ pavattatīti attho.<br/><br/>[06]Paṭhamajanasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 57
title: vatthusuttavaṇṇanā^paṭhamajanasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyajanasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^56^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vaṭṭadukkhato^eb^ti ^a^M1.0130^ea^ saṃsāradukkhato. Saṃsāro hi kilesakammavipākānaṃ aparāparuppattitāya vidhāvati. Tañca dukkhaṃ dukkhamattāya nānāvidhadukkharāsibhāvato.<br/><br/>[06]Dutiyajanasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 58
title: paṭhamajanasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyajanasuttavaṇṇanā^tatiyajanasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^57^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nipphattī^eb^ti iṭṭhāniṭṭhavipākānaṃ nipphajjanato nipphatti. Tato eva ^b^avassayo,^eb^ nipphattitavipākassa avassayo adhiṭṭhānaṃ kāraṇanti attho.<br/><br/>[06]Tatiyajanasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 59
title: dutiyajanasuttavaṇṇanā^tatiyajanasuttavaṇṇanā^uppathasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^58^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Amaggo^eb^ti ^a^V1.0115^ea^ na maggo anupāyo. ^b^Rattindivakkhayo^eb^ti tattha vayakkhaṇassa pākaṭabhāvato. Vuttakkhaṇopi hi sayaṃ khīyateva. ^b^Sesaṃ bāhiramalaṃ^eb^ vatthasarīrādibhūtaṃ. Tathā hi ^b^‘‘bhasmakhārādīhi dhovitvā sakkā sodhetu’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Duṭṭho^eb^ti dūsito sattasantāno ^b^na sakkā suddho nāma kātuṃ^eb^ abbhantaramalīnabhāvāpādanato. ^b^Itthiya^eb^nti brahmacariyassa antarāyakarāyapi. ^b^Pajā^eb^ti sattakāyo ^b^sajjati^eb^ saṅgaṃ karoti yāthāvato ādīnavaṃ apassanto. Indriyasaṃvarādi kilesānaṃ tāpanato ^b^tapo,^eb^ tenāha ^b^‘‘sabbāpī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[06]Uppathasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 60
title: tatiyajanasuttavaṇṇanā^uppathasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^59^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kissā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0131^ea^ bhummatthe sāmivacananti āha ^b^‘‘kismiṃ abhirato’’^eb^ti. Saddhā nāma anavajjasabhāvā, tasmā lokiyalokuttarahitasukhāvahāti āha ^b^‘‘sugatiñceva nibbānañca gacchantassa dutiyikā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Anusāsati^eb^ hitacariyāya pariṇāyikabhāvato.<br/><br/>[06]Dutiyasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 61
title: uppathasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyasuttavaṇṇanā^kavisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^60^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Gāyattiādiko^eb^ti chabbīsatiyā chandesu gāyattiādiko ukkatipariyosāno ^b^chando gāthānaṃ nidānaṃ^eb^ samuṭṭhānaṃ ‘‘samuṭṭhahati etenā’’ti katvā. Tehi pana anuṭṭhubhādiko hotīti āha ^b^‘‘chando gāthānaṃ nidāna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Pubbapaṭṭhāpanagāthā^eb^ti dhammakathāya ādito ārocanabhāvajānanatthaṃ satijananaṃ viya pavattitagāthā. ^b^Akkharañhi padaṃ janetī^eb^ti yasmā akkharasamudāyo padaṃ, padasamudāyo gāthā, samudāyo ca samudāyīhi byañjīyati taṃpavattanato, tasmā byañjanabhāve ṭhitaṃ akkharaṃ, taṃsamudāyo padaṃ, padaṃ taṃ viyañjetā janetā viya hotīti ‘‘akkharañhi padaṃ janetī’’ti vuttaṃ. Akkharaṃ hi uccāritaviddhaṃsitāya taṃtaṃkhaṇamattāvaṭṭhāyīpi parato pavattiyā manoviññāṇavīthiyā saṅkalanavasena ekajjhaṃ katvā padabhāvena gayhamānaṃ yathāsaṅketamatthaṃ byañjeti. ^b^Padaṃ gāthaṃ janetī^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Gāthā atthaṃ pakāsetī^eb^ti gāthāsaññito padasamudāyo kiriyākārakasambandhavasena sambandhito kattuadhippāyānurūpaṃ ālocitavilocitaṃ saṃhitaṃ atthaṃ vibhāveti. ^b^Samuddādipaṇṇattinissitā^eb^ vohārasannissayeneva ^a^V1.0116^ea^ pavattatīti katvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘gāthā ārabhanto’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Āsayo^eb^ti avassayoti āha ^b^‘‘patiṭṭhā’’^eb^ti ^b^kavito^eb^ti vicittakathīādito.<br/><br/>[06]Kavisuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Jarāvaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 62
title: dutiyasuttavaṇṇanā^addhavaggo^nāmasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^61^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nāma^eb^nti ^a^M1.0132^ea^ sāmaññanāmādibhedaṃ nāmaṃ. ^b^Sabba^eb^nti sabbaṃ paññattipathaṃ sabbaṃ ñeyyapavattipathaṃ. ^b^Addhabhavī^eb^ti kāmaṃ pāḷiyaṃ atītakālaniddeso kato, taṃ pana lakkhaṇamattaṃ. ^b^Abhibhavati anupatatī^eb^ti etena abhibhavo anupatanaṃ pavatti evāti dasseti. Taṃ panassa abhibhavanaṃ appavisaye anāmasitvā mahāvisayānaṃ vasena dassento ^b^‘‘opapātikena vā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Tassa nāmaṃ hotī^eb^ti tassa rukkhapāsāṇādikassa anāmakoicceva samaññā hoti, tathā naṃ sañjānantīti attho.<br/><br/>[06]Nāmasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 63
title: addhavaggo^nāmasuttavaṇṇanā^cittasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^62^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ye cittassa vasaṃ gacchantī^eb^ti ye apariññātavatthukā, tesaṃyeva. ^b^Anavasesapariyādāna^eb^nti anavasesaggahaṇaṃ. Na hi pariññātakkhandhā pahīnakilesā cittassa vasaṃ gacchanti, taṃ attano vase vattenti.<br/><br/>[06]Cittasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 64
title: nāmasuttavaṇṇanā^cittasuttavaṇṇanā^taṇhāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^63^eb^^b^.^eb^ Tatiye ^a^V1.0117^ea^^b^‘‘sabbeva vasamanvagū’’^eb^ti ye taṇhāya vasaṃ gacchanti, tesaṃ eva anavasesapariyādānanti imamatthaṃ ^b^‘‘eseva nayo’’^eb^ti iminā atidissati.<br/><br/>[06]Taṇhāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 65
title: cittasuttavaṇṇanā^taṇhāsuttavaṇṇanā^saṃyojanasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^64^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kiṃ^eb^^a^M1.0133^ea^^b^su saṃyojano^eb^ti ^b^sū^eb^ti nipātamattanti āha ^b^‘‘kiṃ-saṃyojano’’^eb^ti? Vicaranti etehīti ^b^vicāraṇā,^eb^ pādā. Bahuvacane hi vattabbe ekavacanaṃ kataṃ. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti lokassa.<br/><br/>[06]Saṃyojanasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 66
title: taṇhāsuttavaṇṇanā^saṃyojanasuttavaṇṇanā^bandhanasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^65^eb^^b^.^eb^ Catutthe āgatāttho eva anantarepi vutto, byañjanameva nānanti āha ^b^‘‘pañcamepi eseva nayo’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Bandhanasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 67
title: saṃyojanasuttavaṇṇanā^bandhanasuttavaṇṇanā^attahatasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^66^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Kenassubbhāhato’’ti pāṭhoti adhippāyena ^b^‘‘su-kāro nipātamatta’’^eb^nti āha, ‘‘kenassabbhāhato’’ti pana pāṭhe u-kāralopena padasandhi. ^b^Icchādhūpāyito^eb^ti asampattavisayicchālakkhaṇāya taṇhāya santāpito daḍḍho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘icchāya āditto’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Attahatasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 68
title: bandhanasuttavaṇṇanā^attahatasuttavaṇṇanā^uḍḍitasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^67^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ullaṅghito^eb^ti ubbandhitvā laṅghito. ^b^Saddādīsū^eb^ti saddādināgadantesu ^b^sotādīni^eb^ uḍḍitāni ^b^taṇhārajjunā^eb^ daḷhabandhanena baddhattā tadanativattanato. ^b^Loko^eb^ti āyatanaloko. Tathā atthayojanāya katattā khandhādilokavasenapi yojanā kātabbā. Na ^b^dūraṃ^eb^^a^M1.0134^ea^ anantarabhavakattā. Cuticittāntaritattā ^a^V1.0118^ea^ ekacittantarabhavassa kammassa abujjhanaṃ, evaṃ sante kasmā sattā na bujjhantīti āha ^b^‘‘balavatiyā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[06]Uḍḍitasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 69
title: attahatasuttavaṇṇanā^uḍḍitasuttavaṇṇanā^pihitasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^68^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pañho^eb^ti ñātuṃ icchito attho. ^b^Pucchito^eb^ti sattamasutte gāthāya purimaddhaṃ pacchimaddhaṃ, pacchimaṃ purimaṃ katvā aṭṭhamasutte devatāya pucchitattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘heṭṭhupariyāyavasena pucchito’’^eb^ti. Pucchānurūpaṃ vissajjananti avuttampi siddhametanti anāhaṭaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Pihitasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 70
title: uḍḍitasuttavaṇṇanā^pihitasuttavaṇṇanā^icchāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^69^eb^^b^.^eb^ Navame ^b^vinayāyā^eb^ti vinayena. Karaṇatthe hi idaṃ sampadānavacanaṃ. ^b^Kissassū^eb^ti kissa, ^b^su^eb^-kāro nipātamattaṃ. ^b^Sabbaṃ chindati bandhana^eb^nti sabbaṃ dasavidhampi saṃyojanaṃ samucchindati. Na hi taṃ kiñci kilesabandhanaṃ atthi, yaṃ asamucchinnaṃ hutvā ṭhitaṃ assā taṇhāya samucchinnāya. Svāyamattho suviññeyyoti āha ^b^‘‘sabbaṃ uttānamevā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Icchāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 71
title: pihitasuttavaṇṇanā^icchāsuttavaṇṇanā^lokasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^70^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kismi^eb^nti kismiṃ sati? Tassa pana santabhāvo uppattivasenevāti āha ^b^‘‘kismiṃ uppanne’’^eb^ti? ^b^Loko uppannoti vuccati^eb^ anupādānattā lokasamaññāya. ^b^Chasū^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo ^b^santhava^eb^nti adhikasinehaṃ ^a^M1.0135^ea^^b^karoti^eb^ adhikasinehavatthubhāvato ajjhattikāyatanānaṃ. ^b^Upādāyā^eb^ti pubbakālakiriyā aparakālakiriyaṃ apekkhatīti vacanasesavasena kiriyāpadaṃ gahitaṃ ^b^‘‘pavattatī’’^eb^ti. Kiṃ pana pavattati? Loko, lokasamaññāti attho. ^b^Chasū^eb^ti idaṃ nimittatthe bhummaṃ. Chaḷāyatananimittañhi sabbadukkhaṃ. ^b^Aya^eb^nti sattaloko. ^b^Uppanno nāma hoti^eb^ chaḷāyatanaṃ nāma mūlaṃ sabbadukkhānanti katvā. ^b^Bāhiresu^eb^ āyatanesu ^b^santhavaṃ karoti^eb^ visesato rūpādīnaṃ taṇhāvatthukattā. Yasmā cakkhādīnaṃ santappanavasena ^a^V1.0119^ea^ rūpādīnaṃ pariggahitattā lokassa nisevitāya saṃvattati, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘channaṃ…pe… vihaññatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Lokasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Addhavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 72
title: icchāsuttavaṇṇanā^chetvāvaggo^chetvāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^71^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vadhitvā^eb^ti hantvā vināsetvā. ^b^Aparidayhamānattā^eb^ti apīḷiyamānattā. ^b^Vinaṭṭhadomanassattā na socati^eb^ cetodukkhadukkhābhāvato. Visaṃ nāma dukkhaṃ aniṭṭhabhāvato, tassa mūlakāraṇaṃ kodho aniṭṭhaphalattāti āha ^b^‘‘visamūlassāti dukkhavipākassā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Akkuṭṭhassā^eb^ti akkosāparādhassa. Akkosapahāratthasambandhena hi ‘‘kuddhassā’’ti upayogatthe sampadānavacanaṃ. ^b^Sukhaṃ uppajjati^eb^ kodhaṃ nassati. Sukhuppattiṃ sandhāya esa kodho ^b^‘‘madhuraggo’’ti vutto,^eb^ sukhāvasānoti attho.<br/><br/>[06]Chetvāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 73
title: chetvāvaggo^chetvāsuttavaṇṇanā^rathasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^72^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Paññāṇa^eb^nti lakkhaṇaṃ sallakkhaṇūpāyo. ^b^Disvā^eb^ti dassanahetu. ‘‘Coḷarañño raṭṭhaṃ coḷaraṭṭha’’nti evaṃ ^b^raṭṭhaṃ raññā paññāyati^eb^.<br/><br/>[06]Rathasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 74
title: chetvāsuttavaṇṇanā^rathasuttavaṇṇanā^vittasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^73^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Saddhāyā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0136^ea^ saddhāhetu. ^b^Kulasampadā^eb^ti khattiyādisampattiyo. Sabbalokiyalokuttaravittapaṭilābhahetuto ^b^saddhāvittameva^eb^. Heṭṭhā tiṇṇaṃ dvārānaṃ vasena uppannakassa sabbassapi anavajjadhammassa saṅgaṇhanato ^b^‘‘dhammoti dasakusalakammapatho’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Asaṃkiliṭṭhasukha^eb^nti. Nirāmisaṃ ^a^V1.0120^ea^ sukhaṃ. Tameva sāmisaṃ upanidhāya sambhāvento āha ^b^‘‘asaṃkiliṭṭha’’^eb^nti. Asecanakabhāvena abhirucijananato piyākicchakaraṇato bahuṃ sucirampi kālaṃ āsevantassa adosāvahato ^b^saccameva madhurataraṃ^eb^. Na hi taṃ pivitabbato sāditabbato anubhavitabbato rasoti vattabbataṃ arahati. Idāni tassa kiccasampattiatthehipi mahārahataṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘saccasmiṃ hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha nadīnivattanaṃ ^b^mahākappinavatthuādīhi^eb^ (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1ṃahākappinattheravatthu; a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.231; theragā. aṭṭha. 2ṃahākappinattheragāthāvaṇṇanā) dīpetabbaṃ, itarāni ^b^kaṇhadīpāyanajātaka-^eb^ (jā. 1.10.62 ādayo) ^b^sutasoma-^eb^ (jā. 2.21.371 ādayo) ^b^macchajātakehi^eb^ (jā. 1.1.34, 75; 1.2.131 ādayo) dīpetabbāni. ^b^Nimmaddenti^eb^ abhibhavanti. ^b^Madhuratara^eb^nti sundarataraṃ seṭṭhesūti attho. ^b^Paññājīvī^eb^ti paññāya jīvanasīloti paññājīvī, paññāpubbaṅgamacariyoti attho. ^b^Paññājīvī^eb^ti ca paññāvasena iriyati vattati jīvitaṃ pavattetīti atthoti dassento ^b^‘‘yo paññājīvī’’^eb^tiādimāha. ‘‘Jīvata’’nti keci paṭhanti, jīvantānaṃ paññājīviṃ seṭṭhamāhūti attho.<br/><br/>[06]Vittasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 75
title: rathasuttavaṇṇanā^vittasuttavaṇṇanā^vuṭṭhisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^74^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Uppatantāna^eb^nti pathaviṃ bhinditvā uṭṭhahantānaṃ. ‘‘Seṭṭha’’nti vuccamānattā ^b^‘‘sattavidha’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ, itaresaṃ vā tadanulomato. ^b^Khemo hoti^eb^ dubbhikkhupaddavābhāvato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘subhikkho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nipatantāna^eb^nti adhomukhaṃ pavattantānaṃ. ^b^Pavajamānāna^eb^nti vajanasīlānaṃ. Te pana yasmā jaṅgamā nāma honti, na rukkhādayo viya thāvarā, tasmā āha ^b^‘‘jaṅgamāna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Gāvo^eb^ti dhenuyo. Tena mahiṃsādikānampi saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Vadantāna^eb^nti uppannaṃ atthaṃ vadantānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Attano^eb^^a^M1.0137^ea^^b^khantiyā^eb^ti attano khantiyā ruciyā gahitabhāvena. ^b^Itarā devatā^eb^ tassā vissajjane aparitussamānā ^b^āha. Yāva padhaṃsī^eb^ti guṇadhaṃsī satthudesanāya laddhabbaguṇanāsanato. ^b^Pagabbā^eb^ti pāgabbiyena samannāgatā, yathā vacīpāgabbiyena akharā, tathā vācāya bhavitabbaṃ. ^b^Mukharā^eb^ti mukhakharā. ^b^Dasabalaṃ pucchi^eb^ saṇhaṃ sukhumaṃ ratanattayasaṃhitaṃ atthaṃ sotukāmā. ^b^Assā^eb^ devatāya ^b^vissajjento^eb^ ajjhāsayānurūpaṃ. ^b^Uppatamānā^eb^ti uppatantī ^b^samugghāṭeti^eb^ odhiso. ^b^Vaṭṭamūlakamahāavijjā^eb^ti tassā ādīnavadassanatthaṃ bhūtakathanavisesanaṃ. ^b^Osīdantāna^eb^nti paṭipakkhavasena adho sīdantānaṃ, ussādayamānānanti attho. ^b^Puññakkhettabhūto^eb^ti idaṃ ‘‘padasā caramānāna’’nti ^a^V1.0121^ea^ padassa atthavivaraṇavasena bhūtakathanavisesanaṃ. ^b^Yādiso putto vā hotū^eb^ti idaṃ purimapade devatāya puttagahaṇassa katattā vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Vuṭṭhisuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 76
title: vittasuttavaṇṇanā^vuṭṭhisuttavaṇṇanā^bhītāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^75^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kiṃ sūdha bhītā^eb^ti ettha ^b^su-idhā^eb^ti nipātamattanti āha ^b^‘‘kiṃ bhītā’’^eb^ti? ^b^Maggo ca nekāyatanappavutto^eb^ti anekakāraṇaṃ nānāvidhādhigamokāsaṃ katvā pavutto kathito. Tenāha ^b^‘‘aṭṭhatiṃsārammaṇavasenā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Evaṃ sante^eb^ti evaṃ sabbasādhāraṇānekāyatanehi nibbānagāmimaggassa tumhehi paveditattā labbhamāne kheme magge kiṃ bhītāyaṃ janatā uppathabhūtā viparītadiṭṭhito gaṇhīti attho? Evaṃ devatā yathicchāya purimaddhena attanā yathācintitamatthaṃ satthu paveditā, pacchimaddhena attano saṃsayaṃ pucchati. ^b^Bahupaññā^eb^ti puthupañña. ^b^Ussannapaññā^eb^ti adhikapaññā. ^b^Ṭhapetvā^eb^ti saṃyametvā. ^b^Saṃvibhāgī^eb^ti āhāraparibhoge sammadeva vibhajanasīlo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘accharāyā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Vuttatthameva^eb^ heṭṭhā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Manenā^eb^ti manogahaṇena. ^b^Pubbasuddhiaṅga^eb^nti pubbabhāgasuddhibhūtaṃ aṅgaṃ. ^b^Catūsū^eb^ti vuttāṅgapariyāpannaṃ. ^b^Yaññaupakkharo^eb^ti dānassa sādhanaṃ. ^b^Etesu dhammesū^eb^ti ^a^M1.0138^ea^ etesu saddhādiguṇesu. Yathā hi saddho paccayaṃ paccupaṭṭhapetvā vatthupariccāgassa visesapaccayo kammaphalassa paralokassa ca paccakkhato viya pattiyāyanato, evaṃ muduhadayo. Muduhadayo hi anudayaṃ patvā yaṃ kiñci attano santakaṃ paresaṃ deti. Yo ca saṃvibhāgasīlo, so appakasmimpi attano santake parehi sādhāraṇabhogī hoti. Vadaññū vadāniyatāya yāginova yuttaṃ yuttakālaṃ ñatvā atthikānaṃ manorathaṃ pūretīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘iti…pe… catūsūti āhā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vācantiādīni tīṇi aṅgāni^eb^ tividhasīlasampattidīpanato. Sampannasīlo hi paralokaṃ na bhāseyya. ^b^Saddho ekaṃ aṅgaṃ^eb^ payogāsayasuddhidīpanato. Suddhāsayassa sammāpayoge ṭhitassa kathaṃ paralokato bhayanti. Dukavasena caturaṅgayojanā ^b^dukanayo. Etesu catūsu dhammesu ṭhito^eb^ti etesu yathāvuttadukasaṅgahesu catūsu guṇesu patiṭṭhito.<br/><br/>[06]Bhītāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 77
title: vuṭṭhisuttavaṇṇanā^bhītāsuttavaṇṇanā^najīratisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^76^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nāmagotta^eb^nti ^a^V1.0122^ea^ tisso kassapo gotamoti evarūpaṃ nāmañca gottañca. Nidassanamattametaṃ, tasmā sabbassa paññattiyā lakkhaṇavacananti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Na jīratī^eb^ti asabhāvadhammattā uppādavayābhāvato jaraṃ na pāpuṇāti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘jīraṇasabhāvo na hotī’’^eb^ti. Yasmā samaññābhāvato kālantarepi taṃ samaññāyateva, tasmā ^b^‘‘atītabuddhānaṃ…pe… na jīratīti vuccatī’’^eb^ti āha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ālasiya^eb^nti alasabhāvo daḷhakosajjaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yenā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Ṭhiti^eb^nti byāpāraṃ. ^b^Niddāvasena pamajjanaṃ^eb^ kattabbassa akaraṇaṃ. ^b^Kilesavasena pamajjanaṃ^eb^ akattabbassa karaṇampi. ^b^Kammasamaye^eb^ti kammaṃ kātuṃ yuttakāle. ^b^Kammakaraṇavīriyābhāvo^eb^ti taṃkammakiriyasamuṭṭhāpakavīriyābhāvo. So pana atthato vīriyapaṭipakkho akusalacittuppādo, na vīriyassa abhāvamattaṃ. ^b^Sīlasaññamābhāvo^eb^ dussīlyaṃ. ^b^Vissaṭṭhācāratā^eb^ nāma anācāro. ^b^Soppabahulatā^eb^ti niddālutā ^a^M1.0139^ea^. Yato gahaṇahatthopi na kilāsupi puriso niddāya abhibhuyyati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tāyā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Aticchātādīnī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena abhibhuyyatādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Āgantukālasiyaṃ^eb^ na pubbe vuttāalasyaṃ viya pakatisiddhaṃ. ‘‘Te chidde’’ti pāḷiyaṃ liṅgavipallāsena vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘tāni cha chiddānī’’^eb^ti. Kusalacittappavattiyā anokāsabhāvato ^b^chiddāni^eb^. Tenāha bhagavā – ^b^‘‘yattha vittaṃ na tiṭṭhatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sabbākārena^eb^ lesamattaṃ asesetvāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[06]Najīratisuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 78
title: bhītāsuttavaṇṇanā^najīratisuttavaṇṇanā^issariyasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^77^eb^^b^.^eb^ Satthassa malanti ^b^satthamalaṃ,^eb^ yena satthaṃ malīnaṃ hoti, satthamalaggahaṇena cettha malīnaṃ satthameva gahitanti āha ^b^‘‘malaggahitasattha’’^eb^nti. ^b^Āṇāpavattana^eb^nti appake vā mahante vā yattha katthaci attano āṇāya pavattanavasena vasanaṃ issariyattamicchanti. Maṇiratanampi vissajjanīyapakkhikattā uttamaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ nāma na hoti, itthī pana pariccattakulācāritthikāyapi anissajjanīyatāya uttamabhaṇḍaṃ nāma. Tenāha ^b^‘‘itthī bhaṇḍānamuttama’’^eb^nti. Tesaṃ tesañhi purisājānīyānaṃ uppattiṭṭhānatāya uttamaratanākarattā itthī bhaṇḍānamuttamaṃ. ^b^Malaggahitasatthasadiso^eb^ avabodhakiccavibandhanato. Satthamalaṃ viya satthassa paññāsatthassa guṇābhāvakaraṇato ^b^paññāsatthamalaṃ^eb^^a^V1.0123^ea^. Abbu vuccati upaddavaṃ, taṃ detīti ^b^abbudaṃ,^eb^ vināsakāraṇaṃ. Nanu haraṇaṃ samaṇassa ayuttanti? Yuttaṃ. Tassa anvayato byatirekato ca yuttataṃ dassento ^b^‘‘salākabhattādīnī’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[06]Issariyasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 79
title: najīratisuttavaṇṇanā^issariyasuttavaṇṇanā^kāmasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^78^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Attakāmo’’ti ^a^M1.0140^ea^ pāḷiyaṃ vuttattā āha ^b^‘‘ṭhapetvā sabbabodhisatte’’^eb^ti. Te hi sabbaso paratthāya eva paṭipajjamānā mahākāruṇikā paratthakāmā, atthakāmā nāma na honti, yā ca tesaṃ attatthāvahā paṭipatti, sāpi yāvadeva paratthā evāti. ^b^Vuttaṃ^eb^ porāṇaṭṭhakathāyaṃ. Yasmā bodhisattā parahitapaṭipattiyā pāramiyo pūrentā tathārūpaṃ kāraṇaṃ patvā attānaṃ paresaṃ pariccajanti paññāpāramiyā paripūraṇato, tasmā idhāpi ^b^‘‘sabbabodhisatte ṭhapetvāyevāti vutta’’^eb^nti āha. ^b^Kalyāṇa^eb^nti bhaddakaṃ. Vācāya adhippetattā āha ^b^‘‘saṇhaṃ muduka’’^eb^nti. ^b^Pāpika^eb^nti lāmakaṃ nihīnaṃ. Taṃ pana ^b^pharusaṃ vāca^eb^nti sarūpato dasseti.<br/><br/>[06]Kāmasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 80
title: issariyasuttavaṇṇanā^kāmasuttavaṇṇanā^pātheyyasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^79^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Saddhā bandhati pātheyya^eb^nti saddhā nāma sattassa maraṇavasena mahāpathaṃ saṃvajato mahākantāraṃ paṭipajjato mahāviduggaṃ pakkhandato pātheyyapuṭaṃ bandhati sambalaṃ sajjeti. Kathanti āha ^b^‘‘saddhaṃ uppādetvā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Etaṃ vutta^eb^nti ‘‘saddhā bandhati pātheyya’’nti etaṃ gāthāpadaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā. ^b^Sirī^eb^ti katapuññehi sevīyati tehi paṭilabhīyatīti sirī. ^b^Issariyaṃ^eb^ vibhavo. Āsayitabbato ^b^āsayo, vasanaṭṭhānaṃ^eb^ niketanti attho. ^b^Parikaḍḍhatī^eb^ti icchāvasikaṃ puggalaṃ tattha tattha upakaḍḍhati.<br/><br/>[06]Pātheyyasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 81
title: kāmasuttavaṇṇanā^pātheyyasuttavaṇṇanā^pajjotasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^80^eb^^b^.^eb^ Taṃ taṃ samavisamaṃ pajjotatīti ^b^pajjoto^eb^. Padīpo andhakāraṃ vidhamitvā paccakkhato rūpagataṃ dasseti, evaṃ paññāpajjoto avijjandhakāraṃ vidhamitvā dhammānaṃ paramatthabhūtaṃ ^a^V1.0124^ea^ rūpaṃ dasseti. ^b^Jāgarabrāhmaṇo viyā^eb^ti jāgarakhīṇāsavabrāhmaṇo viya. So hi satipaññāvepullappattiyā sabbadāpi jāgaro hoti. ^b^Gāvo^eb^ti gojātiyo. Idaṃ ^a^M1.0141^ea^ gunnaṃ goṇānañca sāmaññato gahaṇaṃ. ^b^Kamme^eb^ti karaṇatthe bhummavacanaṃ. Jīvanaṃ jīvo, saha jīvenāti ^b^sajīvino^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kammena saha jīvantāna’’^eb^nti, kasivāṇijjādikammaṃ katvā jīvantānanti attho. ^b^Gomaṇḍalehi saddhi^eb^nti gogaṇena saha. Na tena vinā kasikammādīni uppajjanti, gorasasiddhiyā ceva kasanabhāravahanasiddhiyā ca kasikammaekaccavāṇijjakammādīni ijjhanti. ^b^Sattakāyassā^eb^ti āhārupajīvino sattakāyassa kasito aññathā jīvikaṃ kappentassapi kasijīvitavuttiyā mūlakāraṇaṃ phalanipphattinimittattā tassa. ^b^Iriyāpatho^eb^ ca iriyanakiriyānaṃ pavattanupāyo. ^b^‘‘Sīta^eb^nti naṅgalasītakamma’’nti vadanti.<br/><br/>[06]Pajjotasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 82
title: pātheyyasuttavaṇṇanā^pajjotasuttavaṇṇanā^araṇasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^81^eb^^b^.^eb^ Raṇanti kandanti etehīti raṇā, rāgādayo. Tehi abhibhūtatāya hi sattā nānappakāraṃ kandanti paridevanti. Te pana sabbaso natthi etesaṃ raṇāti ^b^araṇā. Nikkilesā^eb^ khīṇāsavā. ^b^Vusitavāso^eb^ti vusitabrahmacariyavāso. ^b^Bhojissiya^eb^nti bhujissabhāvo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘adāsabhāvo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Samaṇā^eb^ti samitapāpasamaṇāti āha ^b^‘‘khīṇāsavasamaṇā’’^eb^ti. Puthujjanakalyāṇakāle lokiyapariññāya, ^b^sekkhā^eb^ pubbabhāge lokiyapariññāya, paccavekkhaṇe ^b^lokiyalokuttarāya pariññāya^eb^ pariññeyyaṃ tebhūmakaṃ khandhapañcakaṃ ^b^parijānanti^eb^ paricchijjanti. Khīṇāsavā pana pariññātapariññeyyā honti. Tathā hi te sāmī hutvā paribhuñjanti. ^b^Vandanti naṃ patiṭṭhita^eb^nti vuttaṃ, vandanīyabhāvo ca sīlasampannatāyāti āha ^b^‘‘patiṭṭhitanti sīle patiṭṭhita’’^eb^nti. ^b^Idhā^eb^ti imasmiṃ loke. ^b^Khattiyā^eb^ti lakkhaṇavacananti āha ^b^‘‘na kevalaṃ khattiyāvā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[06]Araṇasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Chetvāvaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Sāratthappakāsiniyā saṃyuttanikāya-aṭṭhakathāya<br/><br/>[06]Devatāsaṃyuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 39
item: 83
title: devaputtasaṃyuttaṃ^paṭhamavaggo^paṭhamakassapasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^82^eb^^b^.^eb^ Devassa ^a^V1.0125^ea^^a^M1.0142^ea^ putto ^b^devaputto^eb^. Devānaṃ janakajanetabbasambandhābhāvato kathamayaṃ devaputtoti vuccatīti āha ^b^‘‘devānaṃ hī’’^eb^tiādi. ‘‘Apākaṭo aññataroti vuccatī’’ti idaṃ yebhuyyavasena vuttaṃ. Pākaṭopi hi katthaci ‘‘aññataro’’ti vuccati. Heṭṭhā devatāsaṃyutte ‘‘apākaṭā aññatarā devatā’’ti vatvā idha ‘‘pākaṭo devaputto’’ti vuttaṃ. Tathā hissa ^b^kassapo^eb^ti gottanāmaṃ gahitaṃ, tañca kho purimajātisiddhasamaññāvasena. Anusāsanaṃ anusāso, taṃ ^b^anusāsaṃ. Bhikkhuniddesa^eb^nti bhikkhusaddassa niddesaṃ. ^b^Bhikkhuovāda^eb^nti bhikkhubhāvāvahaṃ ovādaṃ. Yadi pana na assosi, kathamayaṃ pañhaṃ kathesīti? Aññato sutaṃ nissāya pañhaṃ kathesi, na pana bhagavato sammukhā sutabhāvena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tesa^eb^nti yathāvuttānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ puggalānaṃ. ^b^‘‘Kathetukāmo cevā’’^eb^tiādinā hi catutthaṃ idha uddhaṭaṃ. Tattha ādito tiṇṇaṃ bhagavā pañhaṃ bhāraṃ na karoti ekekaṅgavekallato ceva aṅgadvayavekallato ca, catutthassa pana ubhayaṅgapāripūrattā bhāraṃ karotīti āha ^b^‘‘ayaṃ panā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Gāthāyaṃ ^b^‘‘subhāsitassā’’^eb^ti upayogatthe sāmivacananti āha ^b^‘‘subhāsitaṃ sikkheyyā’’^eb^ti. Catusaccādinissitaṃ buddhavacanaṃ sikkhanto catubbidhaṃ vacīsucaritaṃ sikkhati nāmāti āha ^b^‘‘catusaccanissitaṃ…pe… sikkheyyā’’^eb^ti. Avadhāraṇena tappaṭipakkhaṃ paṭinivatteti. ^b^Upāsitabba^eb^nti āsevitabbaṃ bhāvetabbaṃ bahulīkātabbaṃ. ^b^Aṭṭhatiṃsabhedaṃ kammaṭṭhāna^eb^nti idaṃ tassa vipassanāpadaṭṭhānataṃ hadaye ṭhapetvā vuttaṃ. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘dutiyapadena adhipaññāsikkhā kathitā’’^eb^ti. Ye pana ‘‘dutiyapadena adhicittasikkhā cittavūpasamena adhipaññāsikkhā’’ti ^a^V1.0126^ea^ paṭhanti, tesaṃ padena aṭṭhatiṃsappabhedakammaṭṭhānaṃ suddhasamathakammaṭṭhānasseva gahaṇaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘aṭṭhasamāpattivasenā’’ti idaṃ kathanti? ‘‘Taṃ vipassanādhiṭṭhānānaṃ samāpattīnaṃ vasena ^a^M1.0143^ea^ kathita’’nti vadanti. Evañca katvā ‘‘dutiyapadena adhipaññāsikkhā’’ti idaṃ vacanaṃ samatthitaṃ hoti. Sikkhanaṃ nāma āsevananti āha ^b^‘‘bhāveyyāti attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Upāsana^eb^nti payirupāsanaṃ. Tañca kho assutapariyāpuṇanakammaṭṭhānuggahādivasena dassento ^b^‘‘tampī’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Adhisīlasikkhā kathitā^eb^ lakkhaṇahāranayena. Vacīsucaritassa hi sīlasabhāvattā taggahaṇeneva tadekalakkhaṇaṃ kāyasucaritampi itarampi gahitamevāti. Ettha ca adhisīlasikkhāya cittaviveko, adhipaññāsikkhāya upadhiviveko, adhicittasikkhāya kāyaviveko kathito, kāyaviveko pana sarūpeneva pāḷiyaṃ gahitoti tividhassapi vivekassa pakāsitattaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Paṭhamakassapasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 84
title: paṭhamavaggo^paṭhamakassapasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyakassapasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^83^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dvīhi jhānehī^eb^ti ārammaṇalakkhaṇūpanijjhānalakkhaṇehi dvīhi jhānehi. ^b^Kammaṭṭhānavimuttiyā^eb^ti kammaṭṭhānānuyogaladdhāya vimuttiyā. Tena tadaṅgavikkhambhanavimuttiyo vadati. Satthusāsanassa hadayattā abbhantarattā ^b^hadayassa^eb^ mānasassa, ^b^anupattiṃ^eb^ paṭilābhamānasaṃ. Taṃ pana atthato aññā evāti āha ^b^‘‘arahatta’’^eb^nti. Taṃ pattukāmena ekantato vajjetabbataṇhādiṭṭhīnaṃ bhāve tassa anijjhanato, tadabhāve ijjhanato ca te uppādanavasena yadaggena nissito, tadaggena panāyampi tehi nissito nāma hotīti āha ^b^‘‘anissito’’^eb^tiādi. Arahattaṃ ānisaṃsitabbaṭṭhena ānisaṃsaṃ etassāti ^b^arahattānisaṃso^eb^. Arahattaṃ pattukāmassa pubbabhāgapaṭipadā icchitabbā. Tattha ca sabbapaṭhamo kammaṭṭhānāttānuyogo, so idha na gahitoti āha ^b^‘‘tantidhammo pubbabhāgo’’^eb^ti. Tattha ^b^tantidhammo^eb^ti pariyattidhammo.<br/><br/>[06]Dutiyakassapasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


